2014 Catalog Web PDF

Product Catalog
Pieh Tool Company • www.piehtoolco.com
Blacksmith
Metalsmith
Knifemaker
Farrier
www.piehtoolco.com
888.743.4866 928.554.0700
$7
Pieh Tool Company is
located in Arizona’s pristine
Yavapai County, just minutes
from captivating Sedona. We
are in a country that is rich with
metalsmiths, sculptors, artists
and horse enthusiasts!
We stock a variety of machinery, vises, power
tools, saws, anvils, forges, fluxes, finishes,
hammers, tongs, horseshoes, feed, nails, rivets,
lag bolts, videos & hundreds of book titles.
We serve blacksmiths, fabricators, knifemakers,
jewelers, farriers, horseowners and hobbyists.
The Pieh Legacy Collection ™ demonstrates our
commitment to quality blacksmith tools. Be sure to check
out the Billy ™ tongs, our new Ergonomic Hammer line,
and other Pieh Tool products. We’re sure you will be Pieh Tool Company Distribution Center in Camp Verde, Arizona
extremely satisfied!
EDUCATION The "Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork" offers educational opportunities to the metal
working trades in the United States. Classes are held monthly. Reservations are required.
SEMINARS Semi-annual demonstrations offer you an opportunity to learn from the masters in your craft. Be
sure to visit the Calendar on our website for our schedule of events.
CONVENIENCE Secure online shopping is available to you at www.piehtoolco.com. We ship worldwide.
The following trademarks are owned by their respective companies; Pieh Tool Company: Pieh Legacy Collection, the Billy, the Bonnie; Radians: Radians AV; Rad Band, Thoro’Bred: Thoro’Bred, Queens Plate, Easy
Care: Easy Boot Glove, Hoof Suspension; Equine Innovations: Hoofjack; Gene Ovnicek: Natural Balance; JET, WILTON, Powermatic: Milwaukee, Sawzall, Hackzall, Thunderbolt, M12, M18, Shockwave.
PIEH TOOL COMPANY, INC.

661 E. Howards Rd. Suite J . Camp Verde, AZ 86322 USA
DIRECTIONS TO THE DISTRIBUTION CENTER
Look for a tan and rust colored western style building on the south side of Hwy 260. We
are located in the Zane Grey Complex. Parking is available in front of the building.
Coming from the South (Phoenix or Prescott):
I-17 North. Take exit #285, General Crook Trail ramp. Turn right. Go East (right) on Hwy
260/General Crook Trail. Drive 1.8 miles on Hwy 260. Take 2nd right after over Verde
River Bridge on Howards Road. (This is the frontage and access road to Hwy 260)
Take an immediate left on Howards Road. Go 1/8 mi-we’re on the right.
Coming from the Nor th (Flagstaff):
I-17 South. Take exit #287, Hwy-260/Cottonwood (AZ-89A) exit towards Payson. Travel
East (left) on Hwy 260/General Crook Trail. Drive about 5 miles on Hwy 260. Take 2nd
right after over Verde River Bridge on Howards Road. (This is the frontage and access
road to Hwy 260) Take an immediate left on Howards Road. Drive 1/8 mi-we’re on the right.
Coming from the West on Hwy 89A (Cottonwood/Sedona):
Take 89A, cross over freeway and keep going East on Hwy 260/General Crook Trail.
Drive about 5 miles on Hwy 260. Take 2nd right after over Verde River bridge on
Howards Road. (This is the frontage and access road to Hwy 260) Take an immediate
left on Howards Road. Drive 1/8 mi-we’re on the right.
Coming from the East (Payson):
Take Hwy 87/Hwy 260/General Crook Trail for 30 miles. Continue on Hwy 260/General
Crook Trail . Turn left onto Parish Lane. Take an immediate left onto Howards Road.
(Hwy 260 Frontage and Access Road) Drive about 1/4 mile down and we are on the left.
Distribution Center Hours Phoenix Store Hours

Monday-Friday: 8 am - 5 pm Monday-Friday: 8 am - 4 pm
(June 1 - Sept. 30: 7 am - 4 pm)
Saturday: 9 am - 1 pm
Follow us on Facebook! If you are in the Phoenix area be sure to visit

our second location:
28255 N. Tatum Blvd. #1
Cave Creek, AZ 85331
See page 161 for directions.
Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Gift Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160-161
Order Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201-204 Grinder, Belt Sanders, & Buffers . .111, 129-130, 135
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Inside Back Cover Hammers, Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76-83
Abrasives, Rouges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120 Hand Stamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Advertisers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205-208 Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Air Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Hoof Care & Repair, Liniments . . . . . . 46-47, 52
Antiseptics (Veterinary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Hoof Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-45
Anvil Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 84-88 Hoof Stands, Shoeing Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . 38-39
Anvils, Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72, 74 Horseshoe Nails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Aprons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 67 Horseshoes, Hoof Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Benders, Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134, 145 Ironworkers (Edwards™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144-145
Blacksmith Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Blacksmith Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Metal Finishes, Patinas, Sealers . . . . . . 100-104
Blowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146-147 Metal Forming Stakes & Tools . . . . . . . . . . 84-88
Books & DVDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162-199 Power Hammers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138, 141
Brushes (Wire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Power Tools (Corded & Cordless) . . .109-117, 129-135
Clothing (Work Shirts, T-Shirts, Suspenders) 159-160 Punches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-66, 88-90
Coke & Coal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Repousse Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . .83-84, 90-91
Drills, Drill Presses. . 110, 112-113, 115, 130, 135 Rivets, Lags, Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-99
Equine Anatomy Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Safety Protection (Gloves, Eye & Ear) . . . . . . 68-69
Farrier Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-67, 94 Saws & Blades . . 109-110, 114-115, 124-125, 131
Files & Rasps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-59 Shears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 107, 111, 116, 133
Fly Presses & Tooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142-143 Studs (Traction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Forges, Coal & Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 150-156 Swage Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Furnaces & Crucibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Tongs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92-94
Vises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-75
Follow us today to stay updated! Welding Fluxes, Hardener . . . . . . . . . . . 147-149
Visit our 2nd store location Dedication

serving the North Phoenix area. This catalog is dedicated to my dear parents whom I miss very much
Pieh Tool Company 2, LLC. and to my son William, the future.
NE Corner of Tatum & Dynamite Thank you to our holy Father God and Jesus Christ for giving me the
28255 N. Tatum Blvd., Ste #1 strength to persevere. We ask for your continued guidance
Cave Creek, Arizona 85331 in the operation of Pieh Tool Company.
(See photos and information on page 161)
Thank you to all our customers. We appreciate your business and
hope we enhance your lives by touching it.
Sincerely, Amy Pieh
Catalog Coupon $5.00 Off Order

Present or mention this coupon at time of order
and we will deduct $5.00 from your order.
If faxing or mailing in order,
fax to: 928-554-0800, OR mail to: Pieh Tool Company, Inc
$'276%&6PDOO%XVLQHVV&RQFHUQ&HUWL¿FDWLRQ 661 E. Howards Rd. Suite J • Camp Verde, AZ 86322 U.S.A.
ADOT DBE - Disadvantaged Business Enterprise
*Only one coupon per person per year
Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 1

About the President
Many people ask me how I ended up selling horseshoes and blacksmith supplies.
Their second question usually is: "Why did you pick Camp Verde, Arizona?"
It's a simple story…
In 1960, seven years before I was born, my father Bill and mother Bonnie started
Centaur Forge, Ltd. I grew up knowing blacksmiths and shoers. Didn't everybody?
Dad and Mom's passion for taking care of the folks who depended upon them
brought them success in their business. They also made a lot of friends. As far as
my parents were concerned, 'caring' was a hundred and ten percent effort. It was
always their goal to provide the widest selection of products from books to anvils
for the best value. That stuck with me.
That passion for caring stuck with me when I joined the United States Air Force and became a safety
inspector on aircraft. After I separated from the military I continued as a metallurgical inspector in the
aerospace, fossil fuel and nuclear power industries worldwide.
When my father became seriously ill and died in 2000, I moved back to Wisconsin to help at the company.
Not long after, my mother also passed away. In the two years I worked at my parents' company, I realized
that there was more to my returning home than just helping out -- I was carrying on a forty-year family
tradition.
Everyday when I awakened I could hardly wait to get to the office. Centaur Forge's customers had become
my parents' friends, and their friends were quickly becoming my friends too. Just like my parents, I wanted
to be there for my friends when they needed me. I realized how much I loved this business.
When the company was sold, I went back to work at the Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station in Arizona,
but I just could not walk away from the industry or the customers who had now become my friends. I asked
for and received loads of advice from a lot of folks. I prayed a lot. Then one day I visited Camp Verde.
Looking across the western landscape I thought, “You know Amy face it, you miss the blacksmith and
horseshoe supply business and the people. You like the wide-open spaces here. And the neighbors are
terrific. Dad and Mom would be very proud that I established a business and carried on the traditions they
practiced over four decades.” Just then there was this little voice that whispered out of nowhere. "You can
do it Amy, right here." And well, what can I say? Welcome to Pieh Tool Company! It is hard to believe we
celebrated our 10 year anniversary and also opened a second store in North Phoenix just last year!
Pieh Tool Company is my dream in the making. It is my 'thank you' to

two of the most wonderful people I ever knew, Bonnie and Bill Pieh.
My Chief Director and son, William Theodore, my staff and I look forward
to your visit at our store for a cup of coffee. Come see what's new in
the world of blacksmithing and horseshoeing. Our dog and company
mascot Ally, will be waiting at the door to greet you. Until then, we are
only a web page or a phone call away from your horseshoeing and
blacksmithing needs. If you're not near a computer, just pick up the
phone and dial toll free.
We'll be excited to hear from you and process your order in the same prompt, friendly and
efficient manner my parents did...and always at the best prices in the industry.
Warmest regards,
Amy Pieh, President
2 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Horseshoe Nails
ANVIL BRAND NAILS

City Nails are in 5 lb box quantities only.
COUNT LENGTH BOXES SHIP WT BOX CASE PRICE
ITEM # SIZE U/M
/BOX (in) /CASE (lb) PRICE BREAK
A ABCH6 CH 6 660 2.12 1 BX 5.34 61.85 N/A
ABCH7 CH 7 590 2.44 1 BX 5.32 58.80 N/A
ABCH8 CH 8 560 2.56 1 BX 5.32 58.80 N/A A
CAPEWELL NAILS
Manufactured from high quality steel. Capewell nails are carefully monitored in production
procedures. Uniformly tempered to give optimum elasticity. Designed and formed to permit easy,
accurate driving.
City For use with saddle horses, working horses and ponies.
ITEM # SIZE U/M
B CCH5/100 CH 5 100 1.87 32 BX 0.63 7.85 7.46
CCH5/250 CH 5 250 1.87 16 BX 1.52 18.85 17.91
B
CCH5/500 CH 5 500 1.87 8 BX 3.06 36.90 35.06
CCH6/250 CH 6 250 2.10 8 BX 1.87 18.85 17.91
CCH7/100 CH 7 100 2.25 16 BX 0.90 9.12 8.66 C
CCH7/250 CH 7 250 2.25 8 BX 2.26 19.95 18.95
CCH8/100 CH 8 100 2.44 16 BX 0.96 9.12 8.66 D
CCH8/250 CH 8 250 2.44 8 BX 2.58 19.95 18.95
City Slim Blade Drives with less hoof displacement. Great for sliding plates. E
C CSB4.5/250 SB 4-1/2 250 1.76 16 BX 1.03 19.00 18.05
CSB4.5XL/250 SB 4-1/2 XL 250 1.81 16 BX 1.08 19.55 18.57 F
CSB5/100 SB 5 100 1.95 32 BX 0.57 7.85 7.46
CSB5/250 SB 5 250 1.95 16 BX 1.42 18.85 17.91
CSB5/500 SB 5 500 1.95 8 BX 2.90 36.90 35.06
G
CSB6/250 SB 6 250 2.15 8 BX 1.86 19.20 18.24
Race For racing and reining horses (racing and sliding plates) and in smaller feet.
D CRN3/250 RN 3 250 1.37 32 BX 0.74 22.40 21.28 Nail Styles
"CH" City Head nails are an excellent choice for
CRN3.5/250 RN 3-1/2 250 1.50 16 BX 0.90 21.15 20.10
a variety of shoes. They work especially
CRN3.5XL250 RN 3-1/2 XL 250 1.50 16 BX 0.93 19.00 18.05 well in drop-forged shoes.
CRN4/100 RN 4 100 1.62 32 BX 0.45 9.15 8.69 “Combo” Combo features larger head with slim shank
CRN4/250 RN 4 250 1.62 16 BX 1.07 22.00 20.90 making it perfect for resets and shoes with
CRN4.5/100 RN 4-1/2 100 1.75 32 BX 0.43 8.95 8.50
larger nail holes.
“CS” Countersunk nails are used for hand-made
CRN4.5/250 RN 4-1/2 250 1.75 16 BX 1.05 21.35 20.28 and foreign-made shoes.
CRN5/100 RN 5 100 1.83 32 BX 0.49 9.15 8.69 "E" E nails are styled after the traditional European
CRN5/250 RN 5 250 1.83 16 BX 1.18 19.20 18.24 design and work well in both hand-made and a
variety of imported shoes.
Platers Special For racing and reining horses, length of 5, head of 4.5 race nail - good for small shoes.
“E-Slim" E-Slim nails feature a more defined head and
E CPS5/250 PS-5 250 1.83 16 BX 1.29 19.95 18.95 a much slimmer shank than the regular E nails,
CPS5/500 PS-5 500 1.83 8 BX 2.90 39.10 37.14 allowing them to be used in a wider variety of
Regular Used for larger shoes - farm, draft and show horses, and also used for resets. shoes, including ones punched for City Head
nails. For pleasure and sport horses.
F CRH5/250 RH-5 250 1.95 8 BX 1.65 21.55 20.47
“FROST” FROST nails are used to provide traction in icy
CRH6/250 RH-6 250 2.12 8 BX 2.14 21.55 20.47 conditions.
CRH7/100 RH-7 100 2.31 16 BX 1.12 9.15 8.69 “MUD” MUD nails are used to provide traction in mud
CRH7/250 RH-7 250 2.31 8 BX 2.72 22.40 21.28 conditions.
CRH8/100 RH-8 100 2.50 8 BX 1.23 9.15 8.69 "RN" Race nails are the perfect choice for the plater
and can be used in pony shoes and sliding
CRH9/100 RH-9 100 2.68 8 BX 1.75 8.80 8.36
plates.
CRH10/100 RH-10 100 2.87 8 BX 1.82 9.15 8.69
“RH” Regular Head nails feature a larger head and
CRH10/250 RH-10 250 2.87 4 BX 4.38 22.40 21.28 used for larger shoes -- farm, draft, show
CRH12/100 RH-12 100 3.22 8 BX 2.04 9.15 8.69 horses and for resetting.
CRH16/100 RH-16 100 3.72 8 BX 2.22 9.15 8.69
Countersunk Used for hand-made and foreign-made shoes.
G CCS5/250 *S/O CS-5 250 1.87 16 BX 1.51 22.40 21.28
COOPER NAILS
City Lite Versatile light nail for thin walled hooves, smaller/lighter keg or hand-made shoes.
ITEM # SIZE U/M
/BOX (mm) /CASE (lb) PRICE BREAK
H CS5L250 Lite 5 250 48 16 BX 1.46 18.70 17.77
CS5L500 Lite 5 500 48 8 BX 2.82 35.95 34.15 H
CS10L100 Lite 10 100 71 8 BX 1.66 8.75 8.31
CS12L100 Lite 12 100 80 8 BX 1.92 8.75 8.31

Horseshoe Nails
DELTA NAILS
Delta nails feature a sharp point, an exact bevel and a slightly longer shank than other brands.
City
ITEM # SIZE U/M
A D4.5/250 CH 4.5 250 44 24 BX 1.14 16.40 15.58
D5/250 CH 5 250 49 12 BX 1.72 17.85 16.96
D5/500 CH 5 500 49 8 BX 3.30 35.70 33.92
A D6/250 CH 6 250 54 16 BX 2.04 16.40 15.58
City Slim
B D5SL/250 CH 5 Slim 250 52 12 BX 1.59 17.85 16.96
B D5SL/500 CH 5 Slim 500 52 8 BX 3.02 35.70 33.92
E Head
C D3E/250 E3 250 45 12 BX 16.40 15.58
C D4E/250 E4 250 51 12 BX 1.75 16.40 15.58
D5E/500 E5 500 51 8 BX 3.94 32.75 31.12
E Slim
D D D3ESL/250 E 3 Slim 250 48 12 BX 1.54 20.05 19.05
D4ESL/250 E 4 Slim 250 51 12 BX 1.66 20.05 19.05
D5ESL/250 E 5 Slim 250 54 12 BX 1.86 20.05 19.05
E D6ESL/250 E 6 Slim 250 56 12 BX 2.13 20.05 19.05
Combo Slim (Larger head than the City nail-perfect for resets)
E D5CSL/250 Combo 5 Slim 250 52 12 BX 1.62 20.00 19.00
F D5CSL/500 Combo 5 Slim 500 52 8 BX 3.06 40.00 38.00
Race
G F D3.5R/250 RN 3.5 250 40 24 BX 0.90 20.05 19.05
D4R/250 RN 4 250 41 24 BX 0.96 17.85 16.96
D4.5R/250 RN 4.5 250 46 24 BX 1.22 20.05 19.05
Dex
G DX/500 DEX 50 500 50 8 BX 1.48 37.20 35.34
LIBERTY NAILS
The new Liberty nails, by Kerckhaert are engineered to meet the demand for a high quality forged nail.
City
ITEM # SIZE U/M
H LCH5/250 CH 5 250 50 12 BX 1.74 18.30 17.39
H LCH6/250 CH 6 250 53 12 BX 2.03 20.15 19.14
Combo
J LCO5/250 Combo 5 250 49.55 12 BX 1.73 18.30 17.39
Combo Slim
LCOS5/250 Combo 5 Slim 250 52.55 12 BX 1.71 18.30 17.39
Slim
LSB5/250 Slim 5 250 52.55 12 BX 1.68 18.30 17.39
E Slim
K LESL2/250 E-Slim 2 250 45.7 24 BX 1.20 17.46 16.59
J LESL3/250 E-Slim 3 250 47.8 12 BX 1.49 17.86 16.97
LESL4/250 E-Slim 4 250 50.3 12 BX 1.79 18.67 18.30
LESL5/250 E-Slim 5 250 53.9 12 BX 2.09 19.48 18.51
LESL6/250 E-Slim 6 250 57.5 12 BX 2.34 19.80 18.81
LESL7/250 E-Slim 7 250 60.3 8 BX 2.72 20.70 19.67
K
MUSTAD NAILS
The Mustad nail has a slimmer, sleeker shank and drives easy. Reinforced, tapered head fits
properly in most standard shoes. New head ribbing allows easy identification of inner side.
Sharper beveled points for easy hoof wall exit and proper stiffness for straight accurate driving
without bending.
E Head For European and hand-made shoes.
ITEM # SIZE U/M
L ME2/250 E-2 250 1.614 16 BX 1.26 20.85 19.81
L ME3/250 E-3 250 1.772 16 BX 1.38 20.25 19.24
ME4/250 E-4 250 1.870 8 BX 1.73 20.05 19.03
ME5/250 E-5 250 2.008 8 BX 1.91 20.25 19.24
ME6/250 E-6 250 2.125 8 BX 2.14 20.45 19.43
ME7/250 E-7 250 2.244 8 BX 2.48 19.08 18.13
ME8/100 E-8 100 2.382 8 BX 1.21 8.50 8.08
Magnets ME9/100 E-9 100 2.520 8 BX 1.36 8.50 8.08
ME10/100 E-10 100 2.677 8 BX 1.55 8.50 8.08
are on page 105.
ME12/100 E-12 100 3.031 8 BX 1.91 8.50 8.08

Horseshoe Nails
MUSTAD NAILS (continued)

E Slim European style for thin walls & brittle hooves. Longer and thinner than a normal E nail.
ITEM # SIZE U/M
A ESL3/250 E-3 Slim 250 1.850 8 BX 1.47 21.08 20.03
ESL4/250 E-4 Slim 250 2.008 8 BX 1.71 21.08 20.03 A
ESL5/250 E-5 Slim 250 2.125 8 BX 1.96 21.08 20.03
City For use with saddle horses, working horses and ponies.
MCH4.5/250 CH 4.5 250 1.870 16 BX 1.13 19.65 18.67
MCH5/100 CH 5 100 1.969 16 BX 1.00 8.10 7.70
MCH5/250 CH 5 250 1.969 8 BX 1.50 19.65 18.67
Combo For thin walls and brittle hooves. B
B COMBO5 Combo 5 250 1.890 8 BX 1.50 17.85 16.96
COMBO6 Combo 6 250 2.126 8 BX 2.09 20.85 19.81 C
Frost (Traction Nail) Used for icy conditions.
C FROST4/100 Frost 4 100 1.969 16 BX 0.98 8.50 8.08
FROST5/100 Frost 5 100 2.087 16 BX 0.96 8.50 8.08
FROST6/100 Frost 6 100 2.205 16 BX 1.14 8.50 8.08 D
LiBero Arc Used to provide traction in mud.
D MARC2/250 LiBero Arc 2 250 1.791 12 BX 1.30 19.00 18.05
MARC3/250 LiBero Arc 3 250 1.870 12 BX 1.61 18.00 17.10
MARC4/250 LiBero Arc 4 250 2.001 12 BX 1.74 18.00 17.10 E
MARC5/250 LiBero Arc 5 250 2.126 12 BX 1.94 18.00 17.10
MARC6/250 LiBero Arc 6 250 2.343 12 BX 2.28 18.00 17.10 F
MUD (Traction Nail) Used to provide traction in mud.
E MUD4/100 MUD 4 100 1.732 16 BX 0.79 8.50 8.08
MUD5/100 MUD 5 100 1.850 16 BX 1.00 8.50 8.08
MUD6/100 MUD 6 100 2.008 16 BX 1.24 8.50 8.08
MX G
Slim shank with four-sided tapered head. MX 50 fits 6 mm shoes, MX 60 fits 8 mm shoes. The
MX nail has been developed especially for extra thin walled hooves.
F MX50/250 MX 50 250 1.969 8 BX 1.46 19.65 18.67
MX55/250 *S/O MX 55 250 2.165 8 BX 1.76 20.05 19.05
MX60/250 *S/O MX 60 250 2.323 8 BX 2.00 20.05 19.05
MX70/250 *S/O MX 70 250 2.086 8 BX 2.25 20.45 19.43
Race Used for race horses.
G MRN3/250 RN 3 250 1.378 16 BX 0.82 20.45 19.43
MRN3.5/250 RN 3.5 250 1.496 16 BX 0.83 20.25 19.24
MRN4/250 RN 4 250 1.614 16 BX 1.13 20.05 19.05
MRN4.5/250 RN 4.5 250 1.752 16 BX 1.16 19.15 18.20
MRN5/250 RN 5 250 1.870 16 BX 1.28 19.85 18.86 3-1/2 Race
MRN6/250 RN 6 250 2.008 16 BX 1.33 20.25 19.24
VECTOR NAILS 4-1/2 Race

Packaged in convenient and durable plastic containers that resist moisture and damage. A rolled
nail with high tensile strength. 5 Race
E Slim
ITEM # SIZE U/M
/BOX (in) /CASE (lb) PRICE BREAK 4-1/2 Special
H VES3/250 ES 3 250 1.85 12 BX 1.65 19.92 18.93
VES4/250 ES 4 250 2.05 12 BX 2.00 20.29 19.28 5 Special
Slim
H
VSB5/250 SB 5 250 2.00 12 BX 1.64 19.92 18.93 5 Slim
City
VCH5/250 CH 5 250 1.90 12 BX 1.76 19.92 18.93
5 City
VCH6/250 CH 6 250 2.15 12 BX 2.16 21.48 20.41
Race
6 City
VRN3.5/250 RN 3.5 250 1.50 24 BX 1.08 19.16 18.203
VRN4.5/250 RN 4.5 250 1.60 24 BX 1.19 19.92 18.93
VX 50
VRN5/250 RN 5 250 1.80 12 BX 1.55 19.92 18.93
VX
VX50/250 VX 50 250 1.95 12 BX 1.72 19.92 18.93 VX 60
VX60/250 VX 60 250 2.15 12 BX 1.70 19.92 18.93

Special ES 3
VS4.5/250 Special 4.5 250 1.65 24 BX 1.15 19.92 18.93
VS5/250 Special 5 250 1.70 12 BX 1.29 19.92 18.93 ES 4

Horseshoes (Riding)
STEEL RIDING SHOES - PLAIN

St. Croix Plain
Among all the special shoes is a perennial favorite: The Plain is America’s basic flat creased horseshoe.
This versatile shoe is designed for steady performance wherever you shoe. Punched for CH5 nails.
Lite Plain
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK (in) PR WT LxW (in) PR U/M SHIP WT PRICE BX PRICE
(oz) /BX (lb) BREAK
A SC11110 3x0 N/A 5/16 13.9 4-3/8 x 4-1/8 20 PR 0.87 4.00 3.56
SC11111 2x0 N/A 5/16 17.0 4-3/4 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.06 4.00 3.56
SC11112 0 N/A 5/16 19.7 5 x 4-5/8 20 PR 1.23 4.00 3.56
A SC11113 1 N/A 5/16 21.1 5-1/4 x 4-7/8 20 PR 1.32 4.25 3.78
SC11114 2 N/A 5/16 24.0 5-5/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.50 4.50 4.01
SC11115 3 N/A 5/16 27.4 6 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.71 4.80 4.27
Plain
B SC10110 3x0 N/A 3/8 16.2 4-3/8 x 4-1/8 20 PR 1.01 4.35 3.87
SC10111 2x0 N/A 3/8 18.6 4-3/4 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.16 4.35 3.87
B SC10112 0 N/A 3/8 21.8 5 x 4-5/8 20 PR 1.36 4.35 3.87
SC10113 1 N/A 3/8 25.0 5-1/4 x 4-7/8 20 PR 1.56 4.60 4.09
SC10114 2 N/A 3/8 28.5 5-5/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.78 4.85 4.32
SC10115 3 N/A 3/8 29.8 6 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.86 5.15 4.58
Surefit
These shoes are based on the popular line of Lite shoes, a hind pattern with a V-shaped crease. Web
grows with the size of the shoe, reducing time on the anvil. Gives sole pressure relief, and finished heels.
C Nail pattern allows room for side clips to be drawn.
C 11150 3x0 Front 5/16 15.5 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 20 PR 0.97 3.95 3.52
11151 2x0 Front 5/16 17.9 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.12 3.95 3.52
11152 0 Front 5/16 20.3 4-7/8 x 5 20 PR 1.27 3.95 3.52
11153 1 Front 5/16 22.9 5-1/4 x 5-3/8 20 PR 1.43 4.20 3.74
11154 2 Front 5/16 27.3 5-1/4 x 5-3/8 20 PR 1.54 4.45 3.97
D D 11170 3x0 Hind 5/16 14.6 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 20 PR 0.91 3.95 3.52
11171 2x0 Hind 5/16 16.6 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 20 PR 1.04 3.95 3.52
11172 0 Hind 5/16 19.2 5-1/8 x 4-7/8 20 PR 1.20 3.95 3.52
11173 1 Hind 5/16 21.9 5-1/4 x 5-1/8 20 PR 1.37 4.20 3.74
11174 2 Hind 5/16 24.6 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 20 PR 1.54 4.45 3.97
Diamond Classic
The nail hole pattern in the Diamond Classic allows more accurate nail placement with precision spaced
and punched. The Classic is wide webbed for increased bearing surface and hoof wall support. Full 1/8”
wide crease permits deep seating of nail head in counter sink. The nail head won’t hang-up on crease walls.
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK (in) PR WT LxW (in) PR U/M SHIP WT PRICE BX PRICE
(oz) /BX (lb) BREAK
E DC000 3x0 N/A 1/4 12.6 4 x 4-13/32 20 PR 0.79 3.25 3.09
E
DC00 2x0 N/A 1/4 14.7 4-1/4 x 4-3/8 20 PR 0.92 3.45 3.28
DC0 0 N/A 1/4 16.8 4-5/8 x 5 20 PR 1.05 3.70 3.52
DC1 1 N/A 1/4 19.2 4-7/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.20 4.15 3.94
DC2 2 N/A 1/4 22.7 5-1/8 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.42 4.25 4.04
Kerckhaert
SX7 (Light - 7mm)
The Kerckhaert SX-7 is an ideal shoe for the quarter horse or light riding horse. Made from a light but
tough steel and precisely punched. The nail head locks securely in the countersunk crease. Popular in
America. Advised nails: City Head or Slim Blade.
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK PR WT LxW (in) PR U/M SHIP WT PRICE BX PRICE
(mm) (oz) /BX (lb) BREAK
F 30SX7F187 3x0 Front 18 x 7 17.0 4-1/2 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.06 4.66 4.43
20SX7F187 2x0 Front 18 x 7 18.7 4-3/4 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.17 4.66 4.43
F 0SX7F187 0 Front 18 x 7 20.0 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.25 4.66 4.43
1SX7F187 1 Front 18 x 7 19.8 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.24 4.66 4.43
2SX7F187 2 Front 18 x 7 21.6 5-3/8 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.30 4.66 4.43
G 30SX7H187 3x0 Hind 18 x 7 16.1 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 15 PR 1.01 4.66 4.43
20SX7H187 2x0 Hind 18 x 7 17.3 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.08 4.66 4.43
0SX7H187 0 Hind 18 x 7 18.7 5 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.17 4.66 4.43
G 1SX7H187 1 Hind 18 x 7 19.8 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.24 4.66 4.43
2SX7H187 2 Hind 18 x 7 20.4 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.30 4.66 4.43

Horseshoes (Riding)
Kerckhaert SX7, Clipped (Light - 7mm) (continued)

ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE BX PRICE
BREAK
STEEL
A 30SX7F187Q 3x0 Front QC 18 X 7 19.0 4-1/2 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.19 6.91 6.56
20SX7F187Q 2x0 Front QC 18 X 7 19.4 4-3/4 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.20 6.91 6.56
0SX7F187Q 0 Front QC 18 X 7 20.5 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.28 6.91 6.56
1SX7F187Q 1 Front QC 18 X 7 20.8 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.30 6.91 6.56
2SX7F197Q 2 Front QC 19 X 7 21.8 5-3/8 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.36 6.91 6.56
B 30SX7H187S 3x0 Hind SC 18 X 7 18.4 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 15 PR 1.15 6.91 6.56
20SX7H187S 2x0 Hind SC 18 X 7 18.6 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.16 6.91 6.56
0SX7H187S 0 Hind SC 18 X 7 19.2 5 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.20 6.91 6.56 A
1SX7H187S 1 Hind SC 18 X 7 20.3 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.27 6.91 6.56
2SX7H197S 2 Hind SC 19 X 7 22.0 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.38 6.91 6.56
Delta
Challenger TS7 Shoes
The Delta Challenger is a flat steel creased horseshoe with a full toe for longer wear. Has built in sole relief
with a nail hole placement for thin walled horses. *The TS7 is similar to the Kerckhaert SX7 horseshoe and
is a “light” shoe. Their full toes simply last longer than the competition. Their balanced shape means less time B
on the anvil. Delta Challenger shoes are punched for CH5 Nail.
C TS7-F40 4x0 Front 7 14.6 4-1/4 x 4-3/8 10 PR 0.91 4.45 3.96
TS7-F30 3x0 Front 7 17.2 4-1/2 x 4-5/8 10 PR 1.08 4.45 3.96
TS7-F20 2x0 Front 7 19.2 4-3/4 x 4-7/8 10 PR 1.20 4.45 3.96
TS7-F0 0 Front 7 20.5 4-1/4 x 4-3/8 10 PR 1.28 4.45 3.96
TS7-F1 1 Front 7 21.8 4-1/2 x 4-5/8 10 PR 1.36 4.45 3.96
TS7-F2 2 Front 7 30.6 4-3/4 x 4-7/8 10 PR 1.41 4.45 3.96
TS7-H40 4x0 Hind 7 14.6 4-1/8 x 4-1/4 10 PR 0.90 4.45 3.96
TS7-H30 3x0 Hind 7 17.2 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 10 PR 1.04 4.45 3.96
TS7-H20 2x0 Hind 7 18.6 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.16 4.45 3.96
C
TS7-H0 0 Hind 7 20.5 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.28 4.45 3.96
TS7-H1 1 Hind 7 21.9 5x5 10 PR 1.37 4.45 3.96
TS7-H2 2 Hind 7 22.2 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.39 4.45 3.96
Challenger TS8 Shoes
The Delta Challenger is a flat steel creased horseshoe with a full toe for longer wear. Has built in sole relief
with a nail hole placement for thin walled horses. *The TS8 is similar to the Kerckhaert SX8 horseshoe. The
full toes simply last longer, their balanced shape means less time on the anvil. Delta Challenger shoes are
punched for CH5 Nail.
D TS8-F20 2x0 Front 8 22.2 5X5 10 PR 1.39 4.90 4.36 D
TS8-F0 0 Front 8 24.3 5-1/8 X 5-1/8 10 PR 1.52 4.90 4.36
TS8-F1 1 Front 8 27.0 5-1/4 X 5-3/8 10 PR 1.69 4.90 4.36
TS8-F2 2 Front 8 28.0 5-3/4 X 5-1/2 10 PR 1.75 4.90 4.36
TS8-F3 3 Front 8 31.7 5-3/4 X 5-7/8 10 PR 1.98 5.60 4.98
TS8-F4 4 Front 8 32.6 6X6 10 PR 2.04 5.60 4.98
TS8-H20 2x0 Hind 8 21.3 4-7/8 X 4-3/4 10 PR 1.33 4.90 4.36
TS8-H0 0 Hind 8 22.4 5X5 10 PR 1.40 4.90 4.36
TS8-H1 1 Hind 8 24.6 5-1/4 X 5-1/4 10 PR 1.54 4.90 4.36
TS8-H2 2 Hind 8 26.7 5-1/2 X 5-1/2 10 PR 1.67 4.90 4.36
TS8-H3 3 Hind 8 29.6 5-3/4 X 5-3/4 10 PR 1.85 5.60 4.98
TS8-H4 4 Hind 8 30.6 5-7/8 X 5-7/8 10 PR 1.91 5.60 4.98
Kerckhaert E
SX8 (Regular - 8mm)
The Kerckhaert SX8 is wider and thicker than the SX7. The steel size gives more support in a tough,
workable material. Very popular shoe in America. Advised nails: CH and SB.
E 20SX8F198 2x0 Front 19 x 8 21.8 4-1/2 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.36 5.16 4.90
0SX8F198 0 Front 19 x 8 22.9 4-3/4 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.43 5.16 4.90
1SX8F208 1 Front 20 x 8 25.8 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.61 5.16 4.90 F
2SX8F208 2 Front 20 x 8 26.9 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.68 5.16 4.90
3SX8F228 3 Front 22 x 8 30.9 5-3/8 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.93 5.89 5.60
F 20SX8H198 2x0 Hind 19 x 8 21.3 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 15 PR 1.33 5.16 4.90
0SX8H198 0 Hind 19 x 8 22.2 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.39 5.16 4.90
1SX8H208 1 Hind 20 x 8 24.6 5 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.54 5.16 4.90
2SX8H208 2 Hind 20 x 8 26.4 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.64 5.16 4.90
3SX8H228 3 Hind 22 x 8 30.4 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.90 5.89 5.60
SC = Side Clip QC = Quarter Clip
Horseshoes (Riding)
Kerckhaert SX8, Clipped (Regular - 8mm)

STEEL ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK
(mm) (oz)
(continued)
PR WT LxW (in) PR
/BX U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE BX PRICE
BREAK
A 20SX8F198Q 2x0 Front QC 19 x 8 22.8 4-3/4 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.42 7.19 6.83
0SX8F198Q 0 Front QC 19 x 8 24.3 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.52 7.19 6.83
1SX8F208Q 1 Front QC 20 x 8 26.4 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.65 7.19 6.83
3SX8F228Q 3 Front QC 22 x 8 33.0 5-7/8 x 6 15 PR 2.06 8.08 7.68
B 20SX8H198S 2x0 Hind SC 19 x 8 22.1 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.38 7.19 6.83
0SX8H198S 0 Hind SC 19 x 8 23.2 5 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.45 7.19 6.83
A 1SX8H208S 1 Hind SC 20 x 8 25.1 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.57 7.19 6.83
2SX8H218S 2 Hind SC 21 x 8 29.0 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.81 7.19 6.83
3SX8H228S 3 Hind SC 22 x 8 30.9 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 15 PR 1.93 8.08 7.68
4SX8H228S 4 Hind SC 22 x 8 33.6 6-1/8 x 6 15 PR 2.10 8.08 7.68
KH SSP
Kerckhaert’s unique ability to design front and hind shapes, allows the user to minimize the amount of
shaping work necessary to get an optimum fit. The shoes are symmetrical - not left and right as in the
European styles. The original unclipped style, most popular on the hunter jumper circuit. A broad choice
of steel sizes, made in front and hind patterns - left and right, makes this an extremely versatile series.
B Punched for E-head.
C 20SSPF198 2x0 Front 19 x 8 21.9 4-3/4 x 5 15 PR 1.37 6.38 6.06
0SSPF208 0 Front 20 x 8 24.6 5 x 5-5/16 15 PR 1.51 6.38 6.06
1SSPF208 1 Front 20 x 8 25.6 5-5/16 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.60 6.38 6.06
2SSPF228 2 Front 22 x 8 29.9 6 x 5-3/4 15 PR 1.87 6.65 6.32
3SSPF2210 3 Front 22 x 10 37.8 5-3/4 x 6-1/8 15 PR 2.36 7.61 7.23
4SSPF2210 4 Front 22 x 8 40.0 6-1/8 x 6-3/8 15 PR 2.50 7.92 7.52
5SSPF2210 5 Front 22 x 10 42.6 6-3/8 x 6-3/4 15 PR 2.66 7.92 7.52
C 20SSPH198 2x0 Hind 19 x 8 21.3 4-7/8 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.33 6.38 6.06
0SSPH208 0 Hind 20 x 8 23.7 5-1/2 x 5 15 PR 1.48 6.38 6.06
1SSPH208 1 Hind 20 x 8 24.8 5-3/8 x 5-5/16 15 PR 1.54 6.38 6.06
2SSPH228 2 Hind 22 x 8 28.5 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.78 6.65 6.32
3SSPH2210 3 Hind 22 x 10 36.8 5-7/8 x 5-3/4 15 PR 2.30 7.61 7.23
4SSPH2210 4 Hind 22 x 10 38.4 6-3/16 x 6-1/8 15 PR 2.40 7.92 7.52
5SSPH2210 5 Hind 22 x 10 41.3 6-5/8 x 6-7/16 15 PR 2.58 7.92 7.52
KH DF
The DF series of shoes is a European line of shoes. This line has become very popular in recent years.
D Made for the discerning farrier who requires finesse and attention to detail in his work. The DF line offers
the broadest selection in features such as fronts and hinds, different web sizes, clip positioning and nail
hole sizing according to the size of the shoe. The front shape DF shoes with quarter clips are the fastest
growing style in the A class Jumper circuit. The variety of steel sizes, combined with the excellent clip style
and punching, has helped lead Kerckhaert to the top in this segment of the market. Shoes are symmetrical.
Punched for E-head.
D 0DF208FQ 0 Front QC 20 x 8 25.4 5 x 5-5/16 15 PR 1.59 7.96 7.56
1DF228FQ 1 Front QC 22 x 8 29.8 5-5/16 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.86 8.05 7.65
2DF228FQ 2 Front QC 22 x 8 31.4 6 x 5-3/4 15 PR 1.96 8.05 7.65
E 3DF248FQ 3 Front QC 24 x 8 32.0 5-3/4 x 6-1/8 15 PR 2.19 9.12 8.66
6DF2510FQ 6 Front QC 25 x 10 46.7 7 x 7-1/8 10 PR 2.92 11.12 10.56
KH DF Select
Specifically designed for the hunter jumper market where additional support is required. Heels are
elongated and tapered with side clips. Widest part of shoe is moved forward, allowing an “extended” heel
fit. Punched for E-head.
E 0DFS208-H 0 Hind SC 20 x 8 22.6 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.41 8.69 8.26
1DFS208-H 1 Hind SC 20 x 8 26.0 5-3/8 x 5-5/16 15 PR 1.62 8.69 8.26
2DFS228-H 2 Hind SC 22 x 8 30.0 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.88 8.69 8.26
3DFS228-H 3 Hind SC 22 x 8 32.6 5-7/8 x 5-7/16 15 PR 2.04 8.69 8.26
4DFS2210-H 4 Hind SC 22 x 10 40.0 6-3/16 x 6-1/8 15 PR 2.50 10.07 9.57
5DFS2510-H 5 Hind SC 22 x 10 6-1/2 x 6-3/8 15 PR 1.47 10.87 10.33

Horseshoes (Riding)
Werkman
WS Special Shoes
The Werkman Special has improved shaping to reduce fitting time. They feature convenient front and hind
STEEL
patterns with an exact crease and precise nail holes. The toe sections have slightly more material for extra
durability, and the left and right shoes feature a longer outside branch. They are punched for E-head nails.
A WS188F0 0 WS Front 18 x 8 22.8 5-1/16 x 5-3/16 15 PR 1.40 5.85 5.56
WS188F1 1 WS Front 18 x 8 24.4 5-5/16 x 5-7/16 15 PR 1.52 5.85 5.56
WS188H0 0 WS Hind 18 x 8 22.8 5-1/16 x 5-3/16 15 PR 1.40 5.85 5.56 A
WS188H1 1 WS Hind 18 x 8 23.7 5-3/8 x 5-7/16 15 PR 1.50 5.85 5.56
St. Croix
EZ
St. Croix EZ Shoe protects a hoof with a wider web. It fits without going to the anvil. Advised nails: City Head.
(in) (oz) /BX (lb) BREAK
B SC14611 2x0 Front 5/16 19.6 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.23 4.85 4.32
SC14612 0 Front 5/16 23.0 5x5 20 PR 1.44 4.85 4.32
SC14613 1 Front 5/16 26.7 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.67 4.85 4.32
SC14614 2 Front 5/16 30.0 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 20 PR 1.88 5.20 4.63
SC14615 3 Front 5/16 32.0 5-7/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 2.00 5.40 4.81
B
SC14616 4 Front 5/16 35.2 6 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.20 5.80 5.16
C SC14711 2x0 Hind 5/16 18.9 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.18 4.85 4.32
SC14712 0 Hind 5/16 23.0 5x5 20 PR 1.44 4.85 4.32
SC14713 1 Hind 5/16 25.6 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.60 4.85 4.32
SC14714 2 Hind 5/16 27.8 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 20 PR 1.74 5.20 4.63
SC14715 3 Hind 5/16 31.4 5-7/8 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.96 5.40 4.81
SC14716 4 Hind 5/16 35.2 6-1/4 x 6-1/8 10 PR 2.20 5.80 5.16 C
EZ, Clipped
Hind feet need traction to push off, plus support and protection. Find it all in this fine-fitting hind pattern.
D SC15621 2x0 Front QC 5/16 19.8 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.24 7.15 6.36
SC15622 0 Front QC 5/16 23.8 5x5 10 PR 1.49 7.15 6.36
SC15623 1 Front QC 5/16 25.9 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.62 7.15 6.36
SC15624 2 Front QC 5/16 30.7 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.92 7.35 6.54 D
SC15625 3 Front QC 5/16 32.8 5-7/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 2.05 7.65 6.81
SC15626 4 Front QC 5/16 36.2 6 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.26 7.80 6.94
E SC15721 2x0 Hind SC 5/16 19.0 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.19 7.15 6.36
SC15722 0 Hind SC 5/16 22.2 5x5 10 PR 1.39 7.15 6.36
SC15723 1 Hind SC 5/16 25.9 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.62 7.15 6.36
SC15724 2 Hind SC 5/16 30.2 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.89 7.35 6.54
SC15725 3 Hind SC 5/16 31.6 5-7/8 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.98 7.65 6.81
E
SC15726 4 Hind SC 5/16 33.3 6-1/4 x 6-1/8 10 PR 2.08 7.80 6.94
EZ Plus *S/O
F SCEZPF1 1 Front 3/8 28.8 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.80 5.35 5.08
SCEZPF2 2 Front 3/8 30.4 5-11/16 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.90 5.45 5.18
SCEZPF3 3 Front 3/8 40.0 6 x 5-5/16 10 PR 2.50 6.30 5.99
G SCEZPH1 1 Hind 3/8 28.3 5-3/8 x 5-1/2 20 PR 1.77 5.35 5.08 F
SCEZPH2 2 Hind 3/8 30.4 5-3/4x 5-7/8 10 PR 1.90 5.40 5.18
SCEZPH3 3 Hind 3/8 45.1 6-1/16 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.82 6.30 5.99
St. Croix
Xtra
St. Croix Xtra has extra width, extra protection and is perfect for “in-between” sized feet. Advised nails: City Head.
H SC14111 2x0 N/A 5/16 19.2 4-7/8 x 4-1/2 20 PR 1.20 4.95 4.41 G
SC14112 0 N/A 5/16 22.2 5-1/8 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.39 4.95 4.41
SC14113 1 N/A 5/16 25.9 6-3/8 x 6 20 PR 1.62 5.05 4.49
SC14114 2 N/A 5/16 29.1 5-3/4 x 5-3/8 20 PR 1.82 5.25 4.67
SC14115 3 N/A 5/16 30.4 6-1/8 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.84 5.70 5.07
SC14116 4 N/A 5/16 32.7 6-3/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 2.06 6.35 5.65
SC14117 5 N/A 5/16 38.4 6-3/4 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.40 7.05 6.27
H

Horseshoes (Riding)
Diamond
STEEL Specials Plain
The Diamond Special has a wide web and provides more hoof wall support and protection to hoof. Easily
worked cold to fit either front or hind hooves. Advised nails: City Head.
A DS000 3x0 N/A 1/4 14.4 4-1/2 x 4 20 PR 0.90 3.50 3.32
DS00 2x0 N/A 1/4 17.4 4-3/4 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.09 3.85 3.66
DS0 0 N/A 1/4 18.1 5 x 4-11/16 20 PR 1.13 4.05 3.85
A DS1 1 N/A 1/4 19.4 5-1/4 x 5 10 PR 1.21 4.30 4.09
DS2 2 N/A 1/4 23.8 5-5/8 x 5-3/16 10 PR 1.49 4.60 4.37
DS4 4 N/A 1/4 35.5 6-5/8 x 6-1/8 10 PR 2.22 6.30 5.99
DS5 5 N/A 1/4 42.9 7-1/4 x 6-1/2 10 PR 2.68 8.80 8.36
Kerckhaert
Standard
Quality in a one shape pattern (no front or hind). The placement of the nails in a V-shaped crease allows
you to nail with confidence, knowing the integrity of the hoof will not be compromised. Fuller toe, inside bevel,
sole relief and slight taper to heel area. The quality is unsurpassed. Shoes are symmetrical. Punched for 5
City or 5 Slim.
B 20STD188 2x0 N/A 8 20.2 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.26 4.89 4.65
0STD198 0 N/A 8 22.1 5 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.38 5.00 4.75
1STD198 1 N/A 8 23.0 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.44 5.00 4.75
2STD208 2 N/A 8 24.0 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.60 5.54 5.26
Standard Extra
B A wide-web pattern designed to give protection and support - especially in rough terrain. Features include
bevel on ground side, sole relief and slight tapering of heels. V-crease allows for better nail fit. Shoes are
symmetrical. Punched for 5 City or 5 Slim.
C 20STDSTRA 2x0 N/A 5/16 22.2 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.39 5.32 5.05
0STDSTRA 0 N/A 5/16 24.3 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.52 5.32 5.05
1STDSTRA 1 N/A 5/16 27.2 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.70 5.41 5.14
2STDSTRA 2 N/A 5/16 29.1 5-3/4 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.82 5.65 5.37
Comfort, Clipped
The new Steel Comfort meets the demands of farriers looking for a high quality shoe that aids in breakover.
Key design features include - rolled toe and branches, better breakover improves coordination of movement,
C optimizes balance, less pressure on the tendons. Built-in sole relief. Punched for Liberty E-4 Slim and 5
Combo.
D 0CSFC 0 Front SC 5/16 28.2 5x5 10 PR 1.76 10.73 10.19
1CSFC 1 Front SC 5/16 29.1 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.82 10.73 10.19
2CSFC 2 Front SC 5/16 33.1 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 2.07 11.51 10.93
3CSFC 3 Front SC 5/16 35.1 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 10 PR 2.20 11.51 10.93
Classic Fast Break (Roller)
This half round style actually boasts more ground surface than a true half round but you get the full benefit
of ease of break-over that half round shoes are noted for. The full shape of the front pattern allows for
D easy fitting. The width of the sections gives a great base of support. Classic Roller Fronts are symmetrical.
Punched for E-head nails.
E 0CRU 0 Front 1/4 26.1 5 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.63 9.88 9.39
1CRU 1 Front 1/4 28.2 5-1/4 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.76 9.88 9.39
2CRU 2 Front 1/4 32.6 5-1/2 x 5-7/8 10 PR 2.04 10.98 10.98
Classic Roller, Clipped
E 20CRCF 2X0 Front SC 1/4 24.24 * 10 PR 1.50 9.88 9.39
E 0CRCF 0 Front SC 1/4 26.24 5 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.64 10.10 9.88
1CRCF 1 Front SC 1/4 29.52 5-1/4 x 5-3/8 10 PR 1.85 10.10 10.25
2CRCF 2 Front SC 1/4 29.87 5-1/2 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.87 10.10 10.25
3CRCF 3 Front SC 1/4 35.2 6x6 10 PR 2.20 11.15 11.33
0CRCH 0 Hind SC 1/4 27.28 5 x 5 10 PR 1.71 10.10 10.25
1CRCH 1 Hind SC 1/4 28.96 5-1/4 x 5-1/8 10 PR 1.81 10.10 10.25
2CRCH 2 Hind SC 1/4 29.76 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.86 10.10 10.25
3CRCH 3 Hind SC 1/4 31.52 5-7/8 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.97 11.15 11.35
SC = Side Clip

Horseshoes (Riding)
Kerckhaert TDR Half-Round (continued)

The TDR is a steel half-round trotter shoe. The advantage is that the front legs can make place for the fast
moving hind legs. The crease of the TDR gives you traction that is not available with a typical plain stamped
STEEL
half-round. In addition to this, there are no sharp edges, which prevents damage to the legs. The available
different dimensions make it possible to experiment with the balance of the horse. Advised nails: E or JC.
A 30TDRF169 3x0 Front 8 14.70 4-7/16 x 4.42 15 PR 0.92 8.55 8.12
20TDRF189 2x0 Front 9 19.40 4-3/4 x 4.70 15 PR 1.19 8.80 8.36
0TDRF189 0 Front 9 21.28 5 x 5-1/8 15 PR 1.33 8.80 8.36
1TDRF189 1 Front 9 22.24 5-1/4 x 5-3/8 15 PR 1.39 8.80 8.36
2TDRF189 2 Front 9 23.89 5-1/2 x 5-3/4 15 PR 1.49 8.80 8.36 A
Grand Circuit
Shapers, 7mm (Lite)
A steel shoe with the shape most like the natural shape of a horse’s hoof before being distorted by ground
pressure. For balanced motion, ease of fit and most natural motion for the horse. The Grand Circuit Shaper is
GHVLJQHGWRJLYHHDVHRIEUHDNRYHUDQGGLUHFWLRQLQÀLJKWZKLOHUHGXFLQJWKHSRVVLELOLW\RIIRUJLQJRURYHUUHDFKLQJ
B GCS7-F4 4 (3x0) Front 7 14.7 4-1/2 x 4-1/4 15 PR 0.93 4.35 4.13
GCS7-F5 5 (2x0) Front 7 16.23 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 15 PR 1.02 4.42 4.20
GCS7-F6 6 (0) Front 7 17.7 5 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.11 4.58 4.35
GCS7-F7 7 (1) Front 7 18.6 5-1/4 x 5 15 PR 1.16 4.59 4.35
GCS7-F8 8 (2) Front 7 19.4 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.18 4.64 4.41 B
C GCS7-H4 4 (3x0) Hind 7 14.6 4-1/2 x 4-1/4 15 PR 1.23 4.35 4.13
GCS7-H5 5 (2x0) Hind 7 15.5 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 15 PR 0.97 4.42 4.20
GCS7-H6 6 (0) Hind 7 17.3 5 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.08 4.58 4.35
GCS7-H7 7 (1) Hind 7 18.2 5-1/4 x 5 15 PR 1.16 4.59 4.35
Shapers, 7mm (Lite) Clipped
B GCS7C-F5 5 (2x0) Front SC 7 16.8 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.05 4.67 4.44
GCS7C-F6 6 (0) Front SC 7 18.6 5 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.16 4.98 4.73
GCS7C-F7 7 (1) Front SC 7 19.4 5-1/4 x 5 10 PR 1.21 5.06 4.81
GCS7C-F8 8 (2) Front SC 7 20.8 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.30 5.06 4.81 C
C GCS7C-H5 5 (2x0) Hind SC 7 16.3 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.02 4.67 4.44
GCS7C-H6 6 (0) Hind SC 7 17.6 5 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.10 4.98 4.73
GCS7C-H7 7 (1) Hind SC 7 19.0 5-1/4 x 5 10 PR 1.19 5.06 4.81
GCS7C-H8 8 (2) Hind SC 7 21.6 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.31 5.06 4.81
Shapers, 8mm
D GCS8-F5 5 (2x0) Front 8 19.7 4-3/4 x 4-1/4 15 PR 1.23 4.48 4.26
D
GCS8-F6 6 (0) Front 8 21.9 5 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.37 4.88 4.64
GCS8-F7 7 (1) Front 8 24.3 5-1/4 x 5 15 PR 1.52 5.00 4.75
GCS8-F8 8 (2) Front 8 26.4 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.65 5.17 4.91
GCS8-F9 9 (3) Front 8 30.0 5-3/4 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.87 5.41 5.14
GCS8-F10 10 (4) Front 8 33.0 6 x 6-1/4 15 PR 2.06 5.59 5.31
GCS8-F11 11 (5) Front 8 36.5 6-1/4 x 6 15 PR 2.28 6.07 5.77
GCS8-F12 12 (6) Front 8 41.0 6-1/2 x 6-1/4 15 PR 2.56 6.18 5.87
E GCS8-H5 5 (2x0) Hind 8 18.2 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 15 PR 1.14 4.48 4.26
GCS8-H6 6 (0) Hind 8 21.2 5 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.32 4.88 4.64 E
GCS8-H7 7 (1) Hind 8 23.0 5-1/4 x 5 15 PR 1.44 5.00 4.75
GCS8-H8 8 (2) Hind 8 25.1 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.57 5.17 4.91
GCS8-H9 9 (3) Hind 8 28.6 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.79 5.41 5.14
GCS8-H10 10 (4) Hind 8 31.0 5-3/4 x 6 15 PR 1.94 5.59 5.31
GCS8-H11 11 (5) Hind 8 37.4 6 x 6-1/4 15 PR 2.34 6.07 5.77
GCS8-H12 12 (6) Hind 8 41.6 6-1/2 x 6-1/2 15 PR 2.60 6.18 5.87
Shapers, 8mm Clipped
F GCS8C-F5 2x0 (5) Front SC 8 19.8 4-3/4 x 4-1/4 10 PR 1.03 4.85 4.61
F
GCS8C-F7 1 (7) Front SC 8 22.7 5-1/4 x 5 10 PR 1.43 5.30 5.04
GCS8C-F8 2 (8) Front SC 8 26.9 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.68 5.49 5.22
GCS8C-F9 3 (9) Front SC 8 30.7 5-3/4 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.92 5.78 5.49
GCS8C-F11 5 (11) Front SC 8 37.5 6-1/4 x 6 10 PR 2.34 6.55 6.22 6mm = 1/2”
7mm = 5/16”
GCS8C-F12 6 (12) Front SC 8 44.2 6-1/2 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.76 6.65 6.32 8mm = 5/8”
9mm = 3/4”
SC = Side Clip

Horseshoes (Riding • Sport)
Shapers, 8mm Clipped (continued)

STEEL ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK
(mm)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE BX PRICE
BREAK
A GCS8C-H5 5 (2x0) Hind SC 8 20.3 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.27 4.85 4.61
GCS8C-H6 6 (0) Hind SC 8 21.1 5 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.35 5.20 4.94
GCS8C-H7 7 (1) Hind SC 8 23.7 5-1/4 x 5 10 PR 1.48 5.30 5.04
GCS8C-H8 8 (2) Hind SC 8 27.5 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.72 5.49 5.22
A GCS8C-H9 9 (3) Hind SC 8 29.8 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.86 5.78 5.49
GCS8C-H10 10 (4) Hind SC 8 34.9 5-3/4 x 6 10 PR 2.18 6.07 5.77
GCS8C-H11 11 (5) Hind SC 8 39.2 6 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.45 6.55 6.22
GCS8C-H12 12 (6) Hind SC 8 42.2 6-1/2 x 6-1/2 10 PR 2.64 6.65 6.32
Shapers, RT (Regular Toe) Hind
Hind patterns offers a more traditional toe shape and longer branches for added heel support.
B GCRT8-H5 5 (2x0) Hind 8 19.5 4-7/8 x 4-1/2 15 PR 1.22 4.48 4.26
GCRT8-H6 6 (0) Hind 8 21.8 5-1/4 X 4-3/4 15 PR 1.36 4.88 4.64
B GCRT8-H7 7 (1) Hind 8 24.6 5-3/8 x 5 15 PR 1.54 5.00 4.75
GCRT8-H8 8 (2) Hind 8 26.8 5-3/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.68 5.17 4.91
GCRT8-H9 9 (3) Hind 8 28.8 6 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.80 5.41 5.14
GCRT8-H10 10 (4) Hind 8 34.6 * 15 PR 2.16 5.59 5.31
GCRT8-H11 11 (5) Hind 8 38.4 * 15 PR 2.40 6.07 5.77
Shapers, RT (Regular Toe) Hind, Clipped
GCRT8-HC5 5 (2x0) Hind SC 8 19.5 4-7/8 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.35 5.15 4.90
GCRT8-HC6 6 (0) Hind SC 8 21.8 5-1/4 X 4-3/4 10 PR 1.45 5.49 5.22
Werkman
WZL Riding Shoe, 19x8 Clipped
The Werkman Riding Horse line of steel shoes was designed with the pleasure horse in mind; the lightest
of the Werkman clipped shoe with a V-style crease. User friendly front/hind pattern, punched for E-Nails.
C WZL198FQC1 1 (2x0) Front QC 8 23.2 5 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.45 7.00 6.65
C WZL198FQC2 2 (0) Front QC 8 25.4 5-3/8 x 5-1/8 10 PR 1.59 7.00 6.65
WZL198FQC3 3 (1) Front QC 8 27.0 5-5/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.69 7.00 6.65
WZL198FQC5 5 (3) Front QC 8 28.2 6 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.76 7.00 6.65
WZL198HSC1 1 (2x0) Hind SC 8 22.6 5-1/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.41 7.00 6.65
WZL198HSC2 2 (0) Hind SC 8 25.0 5-3/8 x 5-1/16 10 PR 1.56 7.00 6.65
D WZL198HSC5 5 (3) Hind SC 8 28.3 6 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.77 7.00 6.65

WZL Riding Shoe, 22x8 Clipped
D WZL228FQC3 3 (1) Front QC 8 * 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 10 PR 2.00 7.00 6.65
WZL228FQC4 4 (2) Front QC 8 * 5-3/4 x 5-3/8 10 PR 2.00 7.00 6.65
WZL228FQC5 5 (3) Front QC 8 32.5 5-7/8 x 5 10 PR 2.03 7.00 6.65
WZL228HSC3 3 (1) Hind SC 8 * 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.90 7.00 6.65
WZL228HSC4 4 (2) Hind SC 8 * 5-3/4 x 5-3/8 10 PR 1.90 7.00 6.65
WZL228HSC6 6 (4) Hind SC 8 33.8 6-1/4 x 6 10 PR 2.11 7.00 6.65
Equi-Librium
Mustad
The Equi-Librium shoe is the “Official Horseshoe of the Tevis.” It is a sport shoe for performance horses,
having to make (fast) turns in their work; a great shoe for Dressage. The outside branch is slightly longer,
with the nail holes punched a fraction coarser for optimum fitting and nailing on. The extra wide toe area is
forged with a 2 dimensional convex curve allowing the horse to fluently breakover in any direction required.
E Having full heels gives the farrier the option of forging a variety of innovative alternatives in the heel area of
the shoe. Advised nails: E Head and E Head Slim.
E MUEL20F 2x0 Front 3/8 27.4 5-1/8 x 5 10 PR 1.71 10.35 9.84
MUEL0F 0 Front 3/8 29.8 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.86 10.35 9.84
MUEL1F 1 Front 3/8 33.6 5-1/2 x 5-5/8 10 PR 2.08 10.35 9.84
F Mustad, Side Clipped
F MUEL2FC 2 Front SC 3/8 39.7 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.48 12.07 11.47
MUEL3FC 3 Front SC 3/8 40.3 6x6 10 PR 2.52 12.07 11.47
MUEL4FC 4 Front SC 3/8 44.5 6-1/2 x 6-1/2 10 PR 2.78 12.07 11.47

Horseshoes (Riding • Sport)
Toe/Heeled
St. Croix Heeled STEEL
St. Croix Heeled has clean, angled heel calks to help horses on rough ground. Advised nails: City Head.
ITEM # SIZE THICK PR WT LxW (in) PR U/M SHIP WT PRICE BX PRICE
A SC10310 3x0 3/8 17.0 4-1/8 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.09 4.89 4.65
SC10311 2x0 3/8 19.5 4-3/8 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.22 4.89 4.65
SC10312 0 3/8 23.7 4-5/8 x 5 10 PR 1.48 4.89 4.65
SC10313 1 3/8 27.7 4-7/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.73 5.30 5.04
SC10314 2 3/8 30.0 5-1/4 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.87 5.70 5.42
SC10315 3 3/8 32.6 5-1/2 x 6 10 PR 2.04 6.13 5.83
A
SC10316 4 3/8 32.6 5-3/4 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.40 6.15 5.84
Toed and Heeled
St. Croix Toed and Heeled is a maximum-traction shoe with rounded toe grab. Advised nails: City Head.
B SC10410 3x0 3/8 18.2 4-1/8 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.14 5.11 4.85
SC10411 2x0 3/8 21.9 4-3/8 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.37 5.11 4.85
SC10412 0 3/8 23.5 4-5/8 x 5 10 PR 1.47 5.11 4.85
SC10413 1 3/8 27.2 4-7/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.70 5.40 5.13
SC10414 2 3/8 32.0 5-1/4 x 5-5/8 10 PR 2.00 5.72 5.44
SC10415 3 3/8 38.1 5-1/2 x 6 10 PR 2.38 6.08 5.78
SC10416 4 3/8 40.0 5-3/4 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.50 6.70 6.37
B
SPORT SHOES
St. Croix
Eventer
St. Croix Eventer, a wide rolled-toe shoe has a concave hoof surface, graduated thickness 9/32” to 3/8” and
a full, clean crease. Natural shape with heel platform ready for drilling and tapping. Advised nails: City Head.
C SC14810 3x0 Front 3/8 17.0 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 20 PR 1.06 4.85 4.32
SC14811 2x0 Front 3/8 19.7 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.23 4.85 4.32
C
SC14812 0 Front 3/8 24.0 5x5 20 PR 1.50 4.85 4.32
SC14813 1 Front 3/8 26.2 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.64 4.85 4.32
SC14814 2 Front 3/8 29.8 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 20 PR 1.86 5.20 4.63
SC14815 3 Front 3/8 32.0 5-7/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 2.00 5.40 4.81
SC14816 4 Front 3/8 34.6 6 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.16 5.80 5.16
D SC14910 3x0 Hind 3/8 17.0 4-1/2 x 4-7/16 20 PR 1.06 4.85 4.32
SC14911 2x0 Hind 3/8 19.2 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.20 4.85 4.32
SC14912 0 Hind 3/8 22.6 5x5 20 PR 1.41 4.85 4.32
D
SC14913 1 Hind 3/8 24.8 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.55 4.85 4.32
SC14914 2 Hind 3/8 29.8 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 20 PR 1.86 5.20 4.63
SC14915 3 Hind 3/8 31.0 5-7/8 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.94 5.40 4.81
SC14916 4 Hind 3/8 33.3 6-1/4 x 6-1/8 10 PR 2.08 5.80 5.16
Eventer, Side Clipped
E SC15820 3x0 Front SC 3/8 17.6 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.10 7.15 6.36
SC15821 2x0 Front SC 3/8 19.7 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.23 7.15 6.36
SC15822 0 Front SC 3/8 24.8 5x5 10 PR 1.55 7.15 6.36 E
SC15823 1 Front SC 3/8 26.1 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.63 7.15 6.36
SC15824 2 Front SC 3/8 30.7 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.92 7.35 6.54
SC15825 3 Front SC 3/8 34.2 5-7/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 2.14 7.65 6.81
SC15826 4 Front SC 3/8 36.2 6 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.26 7.80 6.94
F SC15920 3x0 Hind SC 3/8 16.5 4-1/2 x 4-7/16 10 PR 1.03 7.15 6.36
SC15921 2x0 Hind SC 3/8 19.8 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.23 7.15 6.36
SC15922 0 Hind SC 3/8 23.0 5x5 10 PR 1.44 7.15 6.36
SC15923 1 Hind SC 3/8 25.3 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.58 7.15 6.36
F
SC15924 2 Hind SC 3/8 30.4 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.90 7.35 6.54
SC15925 3 Hind SC 3/8 31.0 5-7/8 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.94 7.65 6.81
SC15926 4 Hind SC 3/8 32.8 6-1/4 x 6-1/8 10 PR 2.05 7.80 6.94
SC = Side Clip
Needing up-to-date information?

Visit us on the Web: www.piehtoolco.com

Horseshoes (Sport)
St. Croix Eventer Plus

STEEL (continued)
Same as the Eventer shoe only wider with finished boxed heels.
A SC14842 0 Front 5/16 22.4 5x5 20 PR 1.40 5.40 5.13
SC14843 1 Front 3/8 29.3 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.83 5.40 5.13
SC14844 2 Front 3/8 33.3 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 2.08 5.55 5.28
SC14845 3 Front 3/8 37.8 5-7/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 2.36 6.45 6.13
B SC14942 0 Hind 5/16 21.8 5x5 20 PR 1.36 5.40 5.13
A SC14943 1 Hind 3/8 27.2 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.70 5.40 5.13
SC14944 2 Hind 3/8 32.0 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 10 PR 2.00 5.55 5.28
SC14945 3 Hind 3/8 36.2 5-7/8 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.26 6.45 6.13
Advantage
Balance and versatility: these are the qualities that determine the success of both the horse and rider
at a competitive level. A horse must move with agility and speed, quickly and smoothly responding to
directions, particularly in Western performance. This Advantage is designed to allow fluid movement with
B total control. Punched for CH5.
C SCADVF000 3x0 Front 5/16 16.3 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 20 PR 1.02 5.00 4.45
SCADVF00 2x0 Front 5/16 17.6 4-3/8 x 4-1/2 20 PR 1.10 5.00 4.45
SCADVF0 0 Front 5/16 19.5 5-5/8 x 5 20 PR 1.22 5.00 4.45
SCADVF1 1 Front 5/16 25.6 5-3/8 x 5-5/8 20 PR 1.60 5.00 4.45
SCADVF2 2 Front 3/8 28.2 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 20 PR 1.76 5.10 4.54
SCADVF3 3 Front 3/8 30.7 6-1/8 x 6 20 PR 1.92 5.95 5.30
C D SCADVH000 3x0 Hind 5/16 16.0 4-1/4 x 4-1/2 20 PR 1.00 5.00 4.45
SCADVH00 2x0 Hind 5/16 17.3 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.08 5.00 4.45
SCADVH0 0 Hind 5/16 19.2 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.20 5.00 4.45
SCADVH1 1 Hind 5/16 25.3 5-5/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.58 5.00 4.45
SCADVH2 2 Hind 3/8 27.8 5-3/4 x 5-1/2 20 PR 1.74 5.10 4.54
SCADVH3 3 Hind 3/8 30.4 6-1/8 x 6-1/4 20 PR 1.90 5.95 5.30
D Kerckhaert
Triumph
This new broad toe rim shoe is based on Kerckhaert’s aluminum Triumph shoe. It provides excellent
traction, enhanced break-over and built-in sole relief. They are available in front and hind patterns from
sizes 00 to 3. Punched for City Head nails such as the Delta Slim and Combo nail.
E 20TSF 2x0 Front 7/16 20.0 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.25 5.32 5.05
0TSF 0 Front 7/16 22.4 5x5 15 PR 1.40 5.32 5.05
1TSF 1 Front 7/16 26.2 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 15 PR 1.64 5.32 5.05
2TSF 2 Front 7/16 28.5 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.78 5.90 5.61
3TSF 3 Front 7/16 29.6 5-7/8 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.85 5.90 5.61
F 20TSH 2x0 Hind 7/16 19.4 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 15 PR 1.21 5.32 5.05
0TSH 0 Hind 7/16 22.1 5-1/8 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.38 5.32 5.05
1TSH 1 Hind 7/16 27.7 5-1/2 x 5 15 PR 1.73 5.32 5.05
E 2TSH 2 Hind 7/16 28.0 5-3/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.75 5.90 5.61
3TSH 3 Hind 7/16 30.0 5-3/4 x 5-3/8 15 PR 1.82 5.90 5.61
Triumph Light Steel
G 30TLSF 3x0 Front 3/8 17.1 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 15 PR 1.07 5.32 5.05
20TLSF 2x0 Front 3/8 18.1 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.13 5.32 5.05
0TLSF 0 Front 3/8 18.6 5x5 15 PR 1.16 5.32 5.05
1TLSF 1 Front 3/8 19.8 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 15 PR 1.24 5.32 5.05
F 30TLSH 3x0 Hind 3/8 16.0 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 15 PR 0.98 5.32 5.05
20TLSH 2x0 Hind 3/8 16.3 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 15 PR 1.02 5.32 5.05
0TLSH 0 Hind 3/8 17.0 4-1/8 x 5-7/8 15 PR 1.06 5.32 5.05
1TLSH 1 Hind 3/8 18.2 5-1/2 x 5 15 PR 1.14 5.32 5.05
We have designed the ultimate hoof knife with a comfortable long and narrow or
TM
the Bonnie knives
TM
shorter and wider redwood handle. “The Bonnie " fulfills the farrier’s needs at
a bladesmith’s standard with a deep curve to aid in cleaning out the frog, having
TM
a tight hook at the blade’s end. Accomplished farriers like "The Bonnie " for its
long lasting sharpness of the stainless steel blade. With frequent use and proper
TM
care "The Bonnie " should last for one year before replacement. (Pages 55-56)

Horseshoes (Sport • Toe Weights)
Kerckhaert Triumph Steel, Side Clipped (continued)

ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE BX PRICE
BREAK
STEEL
A 20TSFC 2x0 Front SC 7/16 21.3 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.33 7.56 7.18
0TSFC 0 Front SC 7/16 22.9 5x5 15 PR 1.43 7.56 7.18
1TSFC 1 Front SC 7/16 26.4 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 15 PR 1.65 7.56 7.18
2TSFC 2 Front SC 7/16 28.6 5-1/4 x 5-3/8 15 PR 1.79 7.92 7.52
3TSFC 3 Front SC 7/16 32.2 5-7/8 x 5-1/2 15 PR 2.01 7.92 7.52
20TSHC 2x0 Hind SC 7/16 20.5 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 15 PR 1.28 7.56 7.18
0TSHC 0 Hind SC 7/16 23.8 4-1/8 x 5-7/8 15 PR 1.49 7.56 7.18
1TSHC 1 Hind SC 7/16 27.5 5-1/2 x 5 15 PR 1.72 7.56 7.18
2TSHC 2 Hind SC 7/16 28.5 5-3/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.78 7.92 7.52
A
3TSHC 3 Hind SC 7/16 32.0 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 15 PR 2.00 7.92 7.52
Vulcan
Blenkinsop Front Steel Shoes
These shoes have a conventional design that incorporates many necessary modern day features. These
shoes come in a true front pattern that helps eliminate some issues caused by the “one-style-fits-all” shape
of many keg shoes on the market today. The shape allows farriers to achieve a better fit more quickly
because the shoe is designed to fit around the coffin bone will few alterations, meaning the widest part
of the shoe aligns with the widest part of the foot quite well right out of the box. This shoe features a
well designed ROLL in the toe of the shoe that continues around towards the quarters, offering the much
needed leverage reduction required for many equine athletes today.
B VBF-00 00 Front 5/16 20.2 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.26 6.40 6.08
VBF-0 0 Front 5/16 22.4 5x5 10 PR 1.40 6.45 6.13
VBF-1 1 Front 5/16 26.0 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.62 6.55 6.22
B
VBF-2 2 Front 5/16 30.4 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.90 6.60 6.27
Vulcan Profile Wedged Hind
The PROfile™ Hind shoes are specially designed to facilitate many of the needs of today’s performance
and sport horses. The PROfile™ features a beveled toe to allow for ease of breakover and leverage
reduction and a unique nailing pattern to allow for an optimal amount of toe slide required by performance
horses. The primary nail hole is set out of the crease so the nail head can be ground flush causing the toe
portion to have a reduced amount of friction. The shoe is then creased from the second nail hole back to
allow for some M/L traction. The overall side profile of the shoe is slightly graduated to help with pastern
alignment and to mimic the natural progressive wear configuration of hind sport shoes. The foot surface of
the PROfile™ is well seated out to allow for good sole relief. And finally, alignment marks on the center of C
the shoe make it easier to get the shoe properly placed around the widest part of the foot to maintain good
D/P balance.
C PROH-000 3x0 Hind 5/16 17.8 4-5/8 x 4-1/4 10 PR 1.11 5.70 5.42
PROH-00 2x0 Hind 5/16 20.3 4-7/8 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.27 5.85 5.56
PROH-0 0 Hind 3/8 24.3 5-1/8 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.52 5.95 5.66
PROH-1 1 Hind 3/8 27.5 5-3/8 x 5 10 PR 1.72 6.00 5.70
PROH-2 2 Hind 7/16 30.2 5-5/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.89 6.10 5.80
TOE WEIGHTS
Diamond
Tennessee Walking
The Diamond Toe Weight shoes are designed for Tennessee walking horses and breeds requiring extra
weights. Forged with countersunk nail holes and weight at the toe. Sizes 1-2 have six nail holes, size 3 has
eight. D
D 1TW 1 3/8 31.0 5-1/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.94 16.05 15.25
2TW 2 3/8 37.4 5-3/4 x 4-7/8 10 PR 2.34 15.60 14.82
3TW 3 7/17 39.4 6-1/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 2.46 15.70 14.92
EVEN WEIGHTS
Anvil Brand
Even Weight Die B 3/8” Blank Shoe is not punched.
E 34-314-14 14” 3/8 44.8 6-5/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 2.80 8.30 7.89
34-314-15 15” 3/8 48.0 7 x 5-5/8 10 PR 3.00 8.45 8.03
34-314-16 16” 3/8 52.2 7-1/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 3.26 8.60 8.17 E
SC = Side Clip

Horseshoes (Gaited Toe Weights • Racing)
STEEL GAITED TOE WEIGHTS

For Gaited Horse Breeds. Used to enhance the horse’s gait. A horse must be conditioned to carry a shoe with a
toe weight. Horse should be hot shoed every time. Sizing is circumferential.
Anvil Brand
Die B
5/16” Blank Shoe is not punched.
A 34-099-12 12” 5/16 25.4 4-3/8 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.59 7.75 7.37
A 34-099-13 13” 5/16 28.8 4-3/4 x 6-1/8 10 PR 1.80 8.00 7.60

34-099-14 14” 5/16 31.0 5-1/8 x 6-1/2 10 PR 1.94 8.25 7.84
34-099-15 15” 5/16 33.6 5-1/2 x 7 10 PR 2.10 8.55 8.13
34-099-16 16” 5/16 35.4 5-5/8 x 7-3/8 10 PR 2.21 8.75 8.32
5/16” It is punched for pads.
B 34-101-12 12” 5/16 25.8 4-5/8 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.65 10.80 10.26
34-101-13 13” 5/16 28.8 5 x 6-1/8 10 PR 1.80 11.10 10.55
B 34-101-14 14” 5/16 30.6 5-1/4 x 6-1/2 10 PR 1.91 11.35 10.79
34-101-15 15” 5/16 33.3 5-1/2 x 7 10 PR 2.08 11.55 10.98
34-101-16 16” 5/16 34.4 5-1/2 x 7-1/4 10 PR 2.15 11.75 11.17
3/8” Blank Shoe is not punched.
C 34-102-12 12” 3/8 31.2 4-5/8 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.95 7.75 7.37
34-102-13 13” 3/8 34.2 4-3/4 x 6-1/8 10 PR 2.12 8.10 7.70
34-102-14 14” 3/8 37.4 5-1/8 x 6-7/8 10 PR 2.34 8.30 7.89
34-102-15 15” 3/8 40.3 5-1/2 x 7 10 PR 2.52 8.55 8.13
C 34-102-16 16” 3/8 43.2 5-5/8 x 7-1/2 10 PR 2.70 8.85 8.41
D 34-103-12 12” 3/8 31.2 4-1/2 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.95 10.90 10.36
34-103-13 13” 3/8 34.8 4-7/8 x 6-1/8 10 PR 2.14 11.10 10.55
34-103-14 14” 3/8 37.4 5-3/8 x 6-1/2 10 PR 2.34 11.35 10.79
34-103-15 15” 3/8 39.4 5-5//8 x 7 10 PR 2.46 11.65 11.07
34-103-16 16” 3/8 42.2 5-1/2 x 7-3/8 10 PR 2.64 11.90 11.31
Die C
D E 34-118-12 12” 3/8 30.9 5-1/2 x 4-3/8 10 PR 1.93 10.90 10.36
34-118-13 13” 3/8 34.7 6x5 10 PR 2.17 11.10 10.55
34-118-14 14” 3/8 36.5 6-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 2.28 11.35 10.79
34-118-15 15” 3/8 39.4 6-1/2 x 5-3/8 10 PR 2.46 11.65 11.07
34-118-16 16” 3/8 42.2 7-1/4 x 5-7/8 10 PR 2.64 11.90 11.31
RACING
Steel rim shoes provide excellent traction. We offer three weights of rim shoes. The regular weight, light
and ultra light. The ultra light makes a great training plate.
E St. Croix
Ultra Lite Rim (Training Plate)
The St. Croix Ultra Lite Rim has traction without weight! Thin and used as a training plate, forged for
strength with a full crease and rolled toe. Advised nails: City Head.
F SC13220 3x0 1/4 10.9 4-3/8 x 4-1/8 20 PR 0.68 5.50 4.90
SC13221 2x0 1/4 12.4 4-3/4 x 4-3/8 20 PR 0.77 5.50 4.90
SC13222 0 1/4 14.1 5 x 4-5/8 20 PR 0.88 5.50 4.90
SC13223 1 1/4 15.4 5-1/4 x 4-7/8 20 PR 0.96 5.70 5.07
SC13224 2 1/4 17.3 5-5/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.08 5.85 5.21
Concorde
The Concorde horseshoe is a light steel shoe designed for competitive horses where good grip and traction
F are important factors, for example racing horses. The Concorde is a complete concave horseshoe that in
combination with the all-round crease offers extra traction and lower weight. The crease is continuous through
the toe area and back to the heel. The concave section in the toe moves the turning point slightly, so it is
displaced backwards, which assists the rolling motion of the foot. The concave form also ensures that manure
and sand on the inside of the horseshoe can easily drop off. On hind Concorde horseshoes the heel section is
fully formed to provide additional support and to easily allow adaptations such as drilling holes for studs.
G G SCCSF5 5 Front 5/16 16.5 19 x 129 10 PR 1.03 3.85 3.43
SCCSF6 6 Front 5/16 17.8 20 x 133 10 PR 1.11 4.00 3.56

Horseshoes (Rimmed)
RIMMED STEEL
St. Croix
Lite Rim
Full-crease and outside-rim traction, but relief from grab! Unique rolled toe eases breakover.
A SC11210 3x0 N/A 3/8 13.0 4-3/8 x 4-1/8 20 PR 0.81 4.15 3.69
SC11211 2x0 N/A 3/8 15.8 4-3/4 x 4-3/8 20 PR 0.99 4.15 3.69
SC11212 0 N/A 3/8 17.1 5 x 4-5/8 20 PR 1.07 4.15 3.69
A
SC11213 1 N/A 3/8 20.5 5-1/4 x 4-7/8 20 PR 1.28 4.40 3.92
SC11214 2 N/A 3/8 23.7 5-5/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.48 4.65 4.14
SC11215 3 N/A 3/8 24.3 6 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.52 4.80 4.27
Rim
St. Croix Rim shoes have full-crease and outside-rim traction, but relief from grab! The unique rolled toe
eases breakover. Advised nails: City Head.
B SC10210 3x0 N/A 7/16 15.7 4-3/8 x 4-1/8 20 PR 0.98 4.50 4.01
SC10211 2x0 N/A 7/16 18.7 4-3/4 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.17 4.50 4.01
SC10212 0 N/A 7/16 19.4 5 x 4-5/8 20 PR 1.21 4.50 4.01 B
SC10213 1 N/A 7/16 22.4 5-1/4 x 4-7/8 20 PR 1.40 4.75 4.23
SC10214 2 N/A 7/16 25.4 5-5/8 x 5-1/4 20 PR 1.59 5.00 4.45
SC10215 3 N/A 7/16 28.5 6 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.78 5.35 4.76
Surefit
These shoes are based on the popular line of Lite shoes with a V-shaped crease for better nail position.
They are designed to reduce your time at the anvil and ensure the best possible fit. The Surefit provides
sole pressure relief and improved comfort.
C 11191 2x0 Front 5/16 17.3 4-5/8 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.08 4.10 3.65
11192 0 Front 5/16 19.7 5 x 5-1/8 20 PR 1.23 4.10 3.65 C
11193 1 Front 5/16 21.9 5-1/4 x 5-3/8 20 PR 1.37 4.35 3.87
11194 2 Front 5/16 24.5 5-1/4 x 5-3/8 20 PR 1.53 4.60 4.09
11181 2x0 Hind 5/16 16.6 4-3/4 X 4-5/8 20 PR 1.08 4.10 3.65
11182 0 Hind 5/16 19.2 5-1/8 X 4-7/8 20 PR 1.20 4.10 3.65
11183 1 Hind 5/16 21.4 5-1/4 X 5-1/8 20 PR 1.37 4.35 3.87
11184 2 Hind 5/16 24.6 5-5/8 X 5-1/2 20 PR 1.53 4.60 4.09
Kerckhaert
KH Standard Rim
These shoes are based on the popular line of Lite shoes with a V-shaped crease for better nail position.
They are designed to reduce your time at the anvil and ensure the best possible fit. The NEW (2011)
improved fit provides sole pressure relief and improved comfort.
30STDLR188 3x0 N/A 5/16 14.7 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 15 PR 0.92 4.51 4.29
20STDLR188 2x0 N/A 5/16 17.1 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.07 4.51 4.29
D 0STDR198 0 N/A 5/8 21.0 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.31 5.28 5.02
D
1STDR198 1 N/A 5/8 22.4 5 x 4-7/8 15 PR 1.40 5.28 5.02
2STDR208 2 N/A 5/8 23.5 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.47 5.28 5.02
Grand Circuit
Shaper Rim
Shaped to fit more feet with less effort with more nail holes. Wide Rim for dirt to dirt traction. Rim set to the
back third at the toe for improved wear.
E GCSR8-F5 5 Front 5/16 18.7 4-1/2 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.17 4.48 4.26
GCSR8-F6 6 Front 5/16 20.6 4-5/8 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.29 4.88 4.64
E
GCSR8-F7 7 Front 5/16 23.0 5x5 15 PR 1.44 5.00 4.75
GCSR8-F8 8 Front 5/16 25.6 5-1/2 x 5-3/8 15 PR 1.60 5.17 4.91
GCSR8-F9 9 Front 5/16 26.1 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 15 PR 1.60 5.41 5.14
GCSR8-H5 5 Hind 5/16 18.2 4-1/2 x 4-5/8 15 PR 1.14 4.48 4.26
GCSR8-H6 6 Hind 5/16 19.7 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.23 4.88 4.64
GCSR8-H7 7 Hind 5/16 22.2 5-1/8 x 5 15 PR 1.39 5.00 4.75
GCSR8-H8 8 Hind 5/16 26.1 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 15 PR 1.63 5.17 4.91
We offer flux coated Carbraze rods (borium),

page 148 as another traction option besides studs.

Horseshoes (Rimmed)
Vulcan
STEEL RM Steel
The Vulcan RM Shoes have a conventional concave design in front and hind patterns that allow farriers to
achieve a better fit more quickly. The shoe is designed to fit around the coffin bone with few alterations,
meaning the widest part of the shoe aligns with the widest part of the foot quite well, right out of the box.
A VRMF30 3x0 Front 20 x 9.25 15.2 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 0.95 5.20 4.94
VRMF20 2x0 Front 20 x 9.25 19.8 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.24 5.25 4.99
VRMF0 0 Front 20 x 9.5 21.9 5x5 10 PR 1.32 5.30 5.04
VRMF1 1 Front 21 x 9.5 24.3 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.52 5.40 5.13
A VRMF2 2 Front 22 x 10 26.6 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.66 5.50 5.23
VRMF3 3 Front 23 x 10 30.2 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.89 5.55 5.28
VRMF4 4 Front 23 x 10 33.0 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.00 5.60 5.32
B VRMH30 3x0 Hind 20 x 9.25 18.4 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.15 5.20 4.94
VRMH20 2x0 Hind 20 x 9.25 20.5 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.28 5.25 4.99
VRMH0 0 Hind 20 x 9.25 22.1 5x5 10 PR 1.38 5.30 5.04
VRMH1 1 Hind 21 x 9.5 25.9 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.62 5.40 5.13
B VRMH2 2 Hind 22 x 10 26.1 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.63 5.50 5.23
VRMH3 3 Hind 23 x 10 32.2 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.01 5.55 5.28
RM Steel, Clipped
C VRMF-C30 3x0 Front QC 20 x 9.25 18.3 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.19 6.55 6.23
VRMF-C20 2X0 Front QC 20 x 9.25 20.6 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.29 6.60 6.27
VRMF-C0 0 Front QC 20 x 9.5 22.2 5x5 10 PR 1.39 6.70 6.37
C VRMF-C1 1 Front QC 21 x 9.5 23.7 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.48 6.75 6.42
VRMF-C2 2 Front QC 22 x 10 29.1 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.82 6.85 6.51
VRMF-C3 3 Front QC 23 x 10 31.0 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.94 6.90 6.56
VRMF-C4 4 Front QC 23 x 10 32.0 6x6 10 PR 2.00 7.00 6.65
VRMH-C30 3x0 Front QC 20 x 9.25 18.9 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.29 6.55 6.23
VRMH-C20 2X0 Hind QC 20 x 9.25 20.2 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.32 6.60 6.27
VRMH-C0 0 Hind QC 20 x 9.25 23.2 5x5 10 PR 1.39 6.70 6.37
VRMH-C1 1 Hind QC 21 x 9.5 27.4 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.71 6.75 6.42
VRMH-C2 2 Hind QC 22 x 10 29.6 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.85 6.85 6.51
VRMH-C3 3 Hind QC 23 x 10 31.4 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.00 6.90 6.56
Thoro’Bred
USH Legacy
D Thoro’Bred has brought together all of the new features found in pleasure shoes today and added even
more into our USH LEGACY shoes. Sole reliefs, no sharp edges, ease of breakover and positive locking
nail head pockets are just a few of the features.
D USHL-F30 3x0 Front 7/8 18.3 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.22 4.16 3.95
USHL-F20 2X0 Front 7/8 20.6 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.29 4.16 3.95
USHL-F0 0 Front 7/8 22.2 5x5 10 PR 1.39 4.16 3.95
USHL-F1 1 Front 7/8 23.7 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.48 4.16 3.95
USHL-F2 2 Front 7/8 29.1 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.82 4.16 3.95
USHL-F3 3 Front 7/8 31.0 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.94 4.31 4.09
E
E USHL-H30 3x0 Hind 7/8 18.9 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.18 4.16 3.95
USHL-H20 2X0 Hind 7/8 20.2 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.25 4.16 3.95
USHL-H0 0 Hind 7/8 23.2 5x5 10 PR 1.45 4.16 3.95
USHL-H1 1 Hind 7/8 27.4 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.71 4.16 3.95
USHL-H2 2 Hind 7/8 29.6 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.85 4.16 3.95
USHL-H3 3 Hind 7/8 31.4 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 1.96 4.31 4.09
QC = Quarter Clip

Horseshoes (Reining) • Barstock
Hand Made Shoes

Billy Crothers’ Concave Shoes have similar qualities to a hand forged shoe. A beautiful concave shoe that STEEL
has a symmetrical, elliptical shape, ‘forged’ upright heels, unique ‘bob punch’ clips and crisp nail holes
which offer excellent fit and correct pitch. Hind shoes are sided with safe inside heel and toe.
Billy Crothers’ Concave Shoes
A HM34x38-5F 5 Front 20 x 10 24.0 3/4 x 3/8 stock 10 PR 1.50 8.75 8.31
HM34x38-6F 6 Front 20 x 10 24.0 3/4 x 3/8 stock 10 PR 1.50 8.75 8.31
HM34x38-7F 7 Front 20 x 10 28.0 3/4 x 3/8 stock 10 PR 1.75 8.75 8.31
HM34x38-5H 5 Hind 20 x 10 24.3 3/4 x 3/8 stock 10 PR 1.52 8.75 8.31
B HM34x38-5FSC 5 Front SC 20 x 10 24.3 3/4 x 3/8 stock 10 PR 1.52 9.15 8.69
HM34x38-6FSC 6 Front SC 20 x 10 24.3 3/4 x 3/8 stock 10 PR 1.52 9.15 8.69 A
HM34x38-7FSC 7 Front SC 20 x 10 28.5 3/4 x 3/8 stock 10 PR 1.78 9.15 8.69
HM34x38-5HSC 5 Hind SC 20 x 10 24.0 3/4 x 3/8 stock 10 PR 1.50 9.15 8.69
BAR STOCK
Billy Crothers’ HMS
Concave Bar Stock for horseshoes from Billy Crothers in the UK is in 6 foot lengths. B
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN STOCK SIZE PR U/M SHIP WT PRICE BX PRICE
(Iin) /BX (lb) BREAK
C BSC34x38-6 6’ Concave 3/4 x 3/8 10 EA 3.60 13.30 12.64
BSC78x38-6 6’ Concave 7/8 x 3/8 10 EA 6.00 13.30 12.64
THERAPEUTIC C
EDSS
Centre Fit
The EDSS Centre Fit Shoes are designed to fit the foot in a balanced fashion around the widest part of
the foot (which is essentially the center of rotation of the coffin joint). The Centre Fit Shoes are used for a
wide variety of disciplines including dressage, hunters, jumpers, and western performance & English show
horses, and a good choice for trail and other pleasure horses.
D CFF-20 2x0 Front 5/16 17.0 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.06 5.80 5.51
CFF-0 0 Front 5/16 20.2 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.26 5.85 5.56
CFF-1 1 Front 3/8 23.7 5x5 10 PR 1.48 5.90 5.61
CFF-2 2 Front 3/8 27.4 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.71 6.00 5.70
E CFH-20 2x0 Hind 5/16 16.3 4-5/8 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.02 5.80 5.51
D
CFH-0 0 Hind 5/16 19.5 4-7/8 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.22 5.85 5.56
CFH-1 1 Hind 3/8 23.4 5-1/8 x 5 10 PR 1.46 5.90 5.61
CFH-2 2 Hind 3/8 28.3 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.77 6.00 5.70
Centre Fit Performance
The Centre Fit Performance Hind shoes are specially designed to facilitate many of the needs of today’s
performance horses that work in arena surfaces. The wider toe section allows for less toe-sink in the
propulsion stride phase, and extra heel length has been added to support the heel and minimize reverse
rotation of the foot.
E
F CFPH-00 2x0 Hind 5/16 18.9 4-7/8 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.18 6.15 5.84
CFPH-0 0 Hind 5/16 21.9 5-1/8 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.37 6.25 5.94
CFPH-1 1 Hind 3/8 26.4 5-3/8 x 5 10 PR 1.65 6.30 5.99
CFPH-2 2 Hind 3/8 31.2 5-5/8 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.95 6.40 6.08
CFPH-3 3 Hind 3/8 34.7 5-7/8 x 5-1/2 10 PR 2.17 6.55 6.23
SC = Side Clip
F
Be sure to look at all of the

Horseshoeing
and Horse Care Books
in the back of the catalog!
Pages 189-191.

Horseshoes (Therapeutic • Reining • Sliding)
STEEL THERAPEUTIC
Natural Balance
The EDSS Natural Balance Shoe (NBS) addresses the biomechanical needs of the equine foot for support
and protection in a domestic environment. This shoe offers the horse the most natural foundation for
optimal performance with minimal stress. A few suggested hoof preparation guidelines will help to properly
orient the shoe to the coffin bone as well as prevent hoof capsule distortion.
A NBS2X0F 2x0 Front 3/8 20.3 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.27 8.60 8.17
NBS0F 0 Front 3/8 21.6 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.35 8.95 8.50
NBS1F 1 Front 3/8 23.8 5x5 10 PR 1.49 8.95 8.50
NBS2F 2 Front 3/8 25.9 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.62 9.20 8.74
A
NBS3F 3 Front 3/8 31.0 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.94 9.20 8.74
NBS4F 4 Front 3/8 34.6 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.16 9.70 9.22
NBS5F 5 Front 3/8 37.8 6x6 10 PR 2.36 10.90 10.36
NBS2X0H 2x0 Hind 3/8 18.4 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.15 8.10 7.70
NBS0H 0 Hind 3/8 21.1 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.32 8.10 7.70
NBS1H 1 Hind 3/8 25.9 5x5 10 PR 1.62 8.50 8.08
NBS2H 2 Hind 3/8 27.7 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.73 8.50 8.08
NBS3H 3 Hind 3/8 24.7 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 1.90 9.70 9.22
NBS4H 4 Hind 3/8 32.6 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.04 10.00 9.50
SLIDING PLATES (REINING)

Kerckhaert
The Pride “Fine” series of sliding plates offers a choice for the farrier that prefers a finer punching pattern.
The series is available in a 1/4” x 7/8” stock size, with a very slight taper in the heel area. The nail pattern
works best for a shoe fit that is very close to a perimeter fit, where the shoe is not set forward. The shoe
design pattern and nail hole placement compares to the Equine Forgings™ pattern. However the Pride
Fine series offers cleaner and more consistent hole punching, a flatter shoe, and a more refined heel finish.
B Shoes are symmetrical. Punched precisely for 4-1/2 Race or 4-1/2 Race XS nails and requiring little filing
to reduce the head of the nail. Size 2x0 and 0 are punched for 6 nails; sizes 1 is punched for 8 nails. New
Material: Now made with a higher carbon steel. Because higher carbon content can increase the chances
for breakage, if the shoes are quenched while red hot, Kerckhaert advises “air cooling” of the shoe.
Fine Sliding Plate, Pride 7/8”
B 20SP78 10” 1/4 23.4 4-3/4 x 3-7/8 15 PR 1.46 7.62 7.24
0SP78 11” 1/4 23.4 5-1/4 x 4-1/8 15 PR 1.46 7.62 7.24
1SP78 12” 1/4 23.4 5-3/4 x 4-1/4 15 PR 1.46 7.62 7.24
Fine Sliding Plate, Pride 1”
C 0SP1 11” 1/4 21.6 5-1/4 x 4-1/8 15 PR 1.35 8.00 7.60
1SP1 12” 1/4 24.2 5-3/4 x 4-1/4 15 PR 1.51 8.00 7.60
2SP1 13” 1/4 27.4 6-1/4 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.71 8.00 7.60
Fine Sliding Plate, Pride 1-1/4”
C 0SP1.25TH 11” 1/4 24.7 5-1/4 x 4-1/8 15 PR 1.54 11.30 10.74
1SP1.25TH 12” 1/4 26.4 5-3/4 x 4-1/4 15 PR 1.65 11.30 10.74
2SP1.25TH 13” 1/4 29.6 6-1/4 x 4-3/4 15 PR 1.85 11.30 10.74
EDSS
The general shape of the shoe has a bold toe with an arched bevel to allow better breakover and better
stabilization during the slide. The Inside web of the shoe is made as straight as possible on the Regular
and Super Slider models, to minimize friction over the ground surface of the foot during slides. At the
same time, the outside perimeter of the shoe closely follows the radius of the foot to make for a close fit
D (meaning less chance of pulling shoes), yet does not hinder slide length.
TK Sliders, Max 1”
D TKK-20 2x0 1/4 22.9 5 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.43 10.15 9.64
TKK-0 0 1/4 25.4 5-1/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.59 10.15 9.64
TKK-1 1 1/4 28.2 5-1/2 x 5 10 PR 1.76 10.15 9.64
TK Sliders, Super 1-1/4”
E TKSS-0 0 1/4 26.1 5-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.63 10.90 10.36
E
TKSS-1 1 1/4 26.9 6 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.68 10.90 10.36

Horseshoes (Sliding)
Anvil Brand
3/4” Tapered Sliding Plates STEEL
Anvil Brand’s reining shoes are popular all across the United States. Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
A 34-027-11 11” 1/4 17.1 5-3/16 x 3-7/8 20 PR 1.07 7.05 6.70
34-027-11.5 11.5” 1/4 18.2 5-5/16 x 4 20 PR 1.14 7.20 6.84
34-027-12 12” 1/4 19.0 5-7/16 x 4-3/16 20 PR 1.19 7.20 6.84
7/8” Sliding Plates Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
B 34-284-11 11” 1/4 20.0 5-1/4 x 4-1/8 20 PR 1.25 7.90 7.51
34-284-11.5 11.5” 1/4 21.1 5-3/8 x 4-1/8 20 PR 1.34 8.15 7.75
34-284-12 12” 1/4 22.2 5-5/8 x 4-5/16 20 PR 1.49 8.15 7.75
34-284-13 13” 1/4 23.4 6-1/8 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.49 8.45 8.03
A B
1” Tapered Sliding Plates Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
C 34-034-11 11” 1/4 20.3 5-1/2 x 4 20 PR 1.27 9.00 8.55
34-034-12 12” 1/4 22.6 5-3/4 x 4-1/4 20 PR 1.41 9.15 8.70
34-034-13 13” 1/4 24.3 6-1/4 x 4-1/2 20 PR 1.52 9.35 8.89
1” Sliding Plates Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
D 34-035-11 11” 1/4 23.2 5-1/2 x 4-1/4 20 PR 1.45 7.15 6.80
34-035-11.5 11.5” 1/4 23.8 5-3/4 x 4-1/4 20 PR 1.49 7.30 6.94
C D
34-035-12 12” 1/4 24.6 5-3/4 x 4-7/16 20 PR 1.54 7.30 6.94
34-035-13 13” 1/4 27.4 6-1/8 x 4-5/8 20 PR 1.71 7.55 7.18
34-035-14 14” 1/4 29.1 6-7/8 x 4-3/4 20 PR 1.82 7.60 7.22
1-1/4” Tapered Sliding Plates Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
E 34-041-11 11” 1/4 24.8 5-5/8 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.55 9.45 8.98
34-041-11.5 11.5” 1/4 26.4 5-7/8 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.64 9.65 9.17
34-041-12 12” 1/4 27.0 6-1/8 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.69 9.65 9.17
E
34-041-13 13” 1/4 29.4 6-5/8 x 4-1/2 20 PR 1.84 9.90 9.41
34-041-14 14” 1/4 31.8 7 x 4-5/8 20 PR 1.99 10.05 9.55
Double S
Double S Horseshoes is an environmentally friendly endeavor, using clean, carbon neutral, sustainable
energy. Double S Sliders are made in Italy.
S Sliding Plate, 7/8” Advised nail: RN 4.5.
F 74072 10” 1/4 18.9 5-1/4 x 4 10 PR 1.18 9.20 8.74
74073 11” 1/4 19.8 5-1/2 x 4-1/4 10 PR 1.24 9.20 8.74
74074 12” 1/4 21.3 5-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.33 9.20 8.74 F G
74075 13” 1/4 22.4 5-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.40 9.20 8.74
SL Sliding Plate, 1” Advised nail: RN 4.5.
G 74032 10” 1/4 18.9 5-1/4 x 4 10 PR 1.18 9.20 8.74
74033 11” 1/4 21.1 5-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.32 9.20 8.74
74034 12” 1/4 22.6 5-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.41 9.20 8.74
74035 13” 1/4 23.4 6 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.46 9.20 8.74
SN Tapered Sliding Plate, 1” Advised nail: RN 4.5.
Double S Slider “SN’’ has a 1” Tapered Heel Futurity Plate, with beveled toe, four nail holes. H J
H 74052 10” 1/4 19.5 5-1/4 x 4 10 PR 1.22 9.20 8.74
74053 11” 1/4 20.2 5-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.26 9.20 8.74
74054 12” 1/4 18.7 5-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.44 9.20 8.74
74055 13” 1/4 25.1 6 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.57 9.20 8.74
SM Tapered Sliding Plate, 1-1/4” Advised nail: 4RN 4.5.
J 74042 10” 1/4 20.8 5-1/4 x 4 10 PR 1.30 9.85 9.36
74043 11” 1/4 23.0 5-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.44 9.85 9.36
74044 12” 1/4 25.1 5-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.57 9.85 9.36 K
S Tapered Sliding Plate, 1-1/4” Advised nail: RN 4.5.
K 74062 10” 1/4 20.6 5-1/4 x 4 10 PR 1.29 9.85 9.36
74063 11” 1/4 22.9 5-1/2 x 4-1/4 10 PR 1.43 9.85 9.36
74064 12” 1/4 25.0 5-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.56 9.85 9.36
74065 13” 1/4 26.9 6 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.63 9.85 9.36

Horseshoes (Sliding • Pony • Mule • Draft)
Double S SJ Directional Sliding Plate, 1” Advised nail: RN 4.5 or PS5.

STEEL (continued)
The Double S Directional Slider features one tapered heel (to help straighten the direction of the slide)
beveled toe, four nail holes and a great easy fit shape. One branch is wider than the other (called a trailer)
giving the shoe a right and left pattern.
A 74120 10” 1/4 18.4 5-1/4 x 4 10 PR 1.15 9.85 9.36
74121 11” 1/4 20.2 5-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.26 9.85 9.36
A
74122 12” 1/4 22.2 5-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.39 9.85 9.36
74123 13” 1/4 22.9 6 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.43 9.85 9.36
PONY
St. Croix
Shoes for our smallest customers! A smaller version of the St. Croix “Plain” shoe. Dropped-forged for strength.
B SC25118 0 1/2 x 1/4 9.4 3-3/4 x 3-1/4 40 PR 0.59 3.65 3.25
SC25119 1 5/8 x 1/4 10.2 4-1/8 x 3-1/2 40 PR 0.64 3.90 3.47
Diamond
The Diamond Pony shoe is forged from special steel (like the regular horseshoe) to give long wear. Six
B properly spaced nail holes fit the average pony hoof. NOTE: For No. 2 Pony shoe, use Diamond 3x0
Classic Plain horseshoe.
C 0PONY 0 1/2 x 1/4 8.2 3-1/4 x 3-3/4 40 PR 0.51 3.25 3.09
1PONY 1 5/8 x 1/4 10.4 3-1/2 x 4-1/8 40 PR 0.65 3.50 3.33
Kerckhaert
This has a natural shape that makes it ideal for ponies and horses with smaller feet. It is a good shoe for
miniatures as well. It is punched for Race nails. Shoes are 16x6 mm.
C D 80STDPO 8x0 3/16 10.1 3-3/8 x 3-1/2 15 PR 0.63 4.84 4.60
60STDPO 6x0 3/16 10.8 3-3/4 x 4 15 PR 0.68 4.84 4.60
40STDPO 4x0 3/16 11.7 4-1/8 x 4-1/8 15 PR 0.73 4.84 4.60
MULE
St. Croix Mule shoes are easy to nail on with added heal traction. Punched for City Head nails.
E SC25135 3x0 3/8 15.4 3-3/8 x 4-5/8 20 PR 0.96 3.80 3.38
SC25136 2x0 3/8 18.1 3-7/8 x 4-3/8 20 PR 1.13 4.10 3.65
SC25137 0 3/8 20.2 4-1/8 x 5 20 PR 1.26 4.40 3.92
D DRAFT
Kerckhaert
Workhorse (Light)
This Kerckhaert Workhorse Lite is a working horseshoe left unclipped. Advised nails: E.
F 5WHF2810 5 Front 3/8 53.1 6-5/8 x 6-7/8 10 PR 3.32 14.90 14.16
6WHF2810 6 Front 3/8 56.3 7-1/8 x 7-1/8 10 PR 3.52 14.90 14.16
7WHF2810 7 Front 3/8 59.5 7-3/8 x 7-1/2 10 PR 3.72 14.90 14.16
E 8WHF2810 8 Front 3/8 62.7 7-5/8 x 7-7/8 10 PR 3.92 14.90 14.16
5WHH2810 5 Hind 3/8 51.2 6-1/2 x 6-5/8 10 PR 3.20 14.90 14.16
6WHH2810 6 Hind 3/8 55.0 7x7 10 PR 3.44 14.90 14.16
7WHH2810 7 Hind 3/8 57.9 7-3/8 x 7-1/4 10 PR 3.62 14.90 14.16
8WHH2810 8 Hind 3/8 61.1 7-5/8 x 7-1/2 10 PR 3.82 14.90 14.16
Workhorse, Toe Clipped (Light)
The Kerckhaert Workhorse Light features a big strong clip, v-style crease and course punching. Toe clips
are recommended because these horses do not walk at high speed and the there is smaller chance of
damaging the front legs. Advised nails: E.
G 5WHF2810T 5 Front TC 3/8 53.8 6-5/8 x 6-7/8 10 PR 3.41 14.90 14.16
F 6WHF2810T 6 Front TC 3/8 56.6 7-1/8 x 7-1/8 10 PR 3.54 14.90 14.16
7WHF2810T 7 Front TC 3/8 60.2 7-3/8 x 7-1/2 10 PR 3.76 14.90 14.16
8WHF2810T 8 Front TC 3/8 63.7 7-5/8 x 7-7/8 10 PR 3.98 14.90 14.16
5WHH2810T 5 Hind TC 3/8 52.2 6-1/2 x 6-5/8 10 PR 3.32 14.90 14.16
G 6WHH2810T 6 Hind TC 3/8 55.4 7x7 10 PR 3.46 14.90 14.16

7WHH2810T 7 Hind TC 3/8 58.2 7-3/8 x 7-1/4 10 PR 3.64 14.90 14.16
8WHH2810T 8 Hind TC 3/8 61.4 7-5/8 x 7-1/2 10 PR 3.84 14.90 14.16
TC = Toe Clip

Horseshoes (Draft • Egg Bar)
Workhorse, Toe Clipped (Heavy) (continued)

The Workhorse Heavy is a 1/2” x 1-1/4” shoe designed for the heaviest of draft horses and features a big
strong clip. Toe clips are recommended because these horses do not walk at high speed and the there is
STEEL
smaller chance of damaging the front legs. Advised nails: E.
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK PR WT LxW (in) PR/ U/M SHIP WT PRICE BX PRICE
(in) (oz) BX (lb) BREAK
A 3WHF2812T 3 Front TC 1/2 x 1-1/4 57.9 5-7/8 x 6-1/8 10 PR 3.62 14.60 13.87
4WHF2812T 4 Front TC 1/2 x 1-1/4 61.1 6-1/4 x 6-3/8 10 PR 3.82 14.93 14.18
8WHF3212T 8 Front TC 1/2 x 1-1/4 91.8 7-5/8 x 7-7/8 10 PR 5.74 17.97 17.07 A
3WHH2812T 3 Hind TC 1/2 x 1-1/4 55.4 5-7/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 3.46 14.60 13.87
4WHH2812T 4 Hind TC 1/2 x 1-1/4 59.5 6-1/4 x 6-1/8 10 PR 3.72 14.93 14.18
5WHH3212T 5 Hind TC 1/2 x 1-1/4 75.5 6-1/2 x 6-5/8 10 PR 4.72 17.68 16.80
6WHH3212T 6 Hind TC 1/2 x 1-1/4 80.6 7x7 10 PR 5.04 17.68 16.80
7WHH3212T 7 Hind TC 1/2 x 1-1/4 84.2 7-3/8 x 7-1/4 10 PR 5.26 17.97 17.07
8WHH3212T 8 Hind TC 1/2 x 1-1/4 89.6 7-5/8 x 7-1/2 10 PR 5.60 17.97 17.07
EGG BAR
Blurton
Quarter Clip Heart Bar
The Jim Blurton Heart Bar shoe is designed to offer maximum support to the foot and coffin bone while
offering the farrier a shoe that is superbly balanced and easy to fit. The shoe incorporates a roll toe and is
safed off at the heel. Side clips are standard with a countersunk position for stud holes. Unique to these B
shoes are pitched nail holes providing a different angle for each nail making it easier to nail on.
B BHBC3X0 3x0 QC 3/8 25.0 5-1/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.56 30.30 28.79
BHBC2X0 2x0 QC 3/8 27.2 5-1/2 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.70 30.30 28.79
BHBC0 0 QC 3/8 28.3 5-3/4 x 5 10 PR 1.77 30.30 28.79
BHBC1 1 QC 3/8 31.0 6 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.94 30.30 28.79
BHBC2 2 QC 3/8 40.0 6-1/4 x 5-1/2 10 PR 2.50 31.80 30.21
C
BHBC3 3 QC 3/8 44.0 6-1/2 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.75 31.80 30.21
BHBC4 4 QC 3/8 47.8 6-3/4 x 6 10 PR 2.99 33.90 32.21
BHBC5 5 QC 3/8 51.8 7 x 6-1/4 10 PR 3.24 33.90 32.21
Blurton Quarter Clip Straight Bar
The Jim Blurton Straight Bar shoe offers support to the heel and frog spreading the weight evenly. A bar
runs directly between the two heels, enlarging the ground-bearing surface at the back of the foot, ideal for
competition horses. The shoe incorporates a roll toe and is safed off at the heel. Side clips are standard
with a countersunk position for stud holes. Unique to these shoes they incorporate pitched nail holes
providing a different angle for each nail making it easier to nail on.
C BSBC3X0 3x0 QC 3/8 18.6 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 1.16 30.30 28.79
BSBC2X0 2x0 QC 3/8 22.4 5 x 4-3/4 10 PR 1.40 30.30 28.79
BSBC0 0 QC 3/8 26.2 5-1/4 x 5 10 PR 1.64 30.30 28.79
BSBC1 1 QC 3/8 29.9 5-3/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 1.87 30.30 28.79 D
BSBC2 2 QC 3/8 32.3 5-3/4 x 5-1/2 10 PR 2.02 31.80 30.21
BSBC3 3 QC 3/8 38.1 6 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.38 31.80 30.21
BSBC4 4 QC 3/8 40.3 6-1/4 x 6 10 PR 2.52 33.90 32.21
BSBC5 5 QC 3/8 47.8 6-1/2 x 6-1/4 10 PR 2.99 33.90 32.21
Delta Egg Bar
Delta’s Eggbar is the only European style eggbar with no weld. These shoes feature a true crease, precise
nail holes and an easy-to-fit shape. Advised nails: City Head.
D DEBP2X0 2x0 1/4 21.3 5-1/4 x 4-3/8 10 PR 1.33 15.55 14.77
DEBP0 0 5/16 24.3 5-1/2 x 4-5/8 10 PR 1.52 15.55 14.77
DEBP1 1 5/16 29.1 5-3/4 x 4-7/8 10 PR 1.82 15.55 14.77
DEBP2 2 5/16 32.6 6 x 5-1/8 10 PR 2.04 15.55 14.77
DEBP3 3 5/16 36.5 6-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 2.28 19.15 15.77
QC = Quarter Clip TC = Toe Clip

Horseshoes (Egg Bar)
Kerckhaert
STEEL FPD SX7 Egg Bar Front, Quarter Clipped
The SX7 Egg bar shoes are carefully fabricated using the Kerckhaert shoes and the same steel for the
bars. Available in a variety of styles, these bar shoes have become the most popular brand in North
America. The SX7 is used in a variety of disciplines, especially where strength and good support are
required. Shoes are symmetrical (shoe fits left or right). Punched for 4-1/2 Regular, 5 Race or 5 Slim.
A EBS7F-20 2x0 QC Front 7 23.5 4-5/16 x 5-1/2 5 PR 1.47 21.45 20.38
EBS7F-0 0 QC Front 7 27.2 5-1/4 x 5-5/8 5 PR 1.70 21.45 20.38
EBS7F-1 1 QC Front 7 30.9 5-3/8 x 6-1/8 5 PR 1.93 21.45 20.38
FPD SX8 Egg Bar, Clipped
A The Kerckhaert SX-8 Egg Bar shoes are carefully fabricated using the Kerckhaert shoes and the same
steel for the bars. The SX-8 is used in a variety of disciplines, especially where strength and good support
are required. Clipped Only. Advised nail: 5 City or 5 Slim.
B EBS8F-20 2x0 QC Front 8 28.8 4-3/4 x 4-7/8 5 PR 1.80 22.34 21.22
EBS8F-0 0 QC Front 8 29.9 5-1/8 x 5 5 PR 1.87 22.34 21.22
B EBS8F-1 1 QC Front 8 33.0 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 5 PR 2.06 22.34 21.22
EBS8F-2 2 QC Front 8 37.1 5-1/2 x 5-3/8 5 PR 2.32 22.34 21.22
EBS8F-3 3 QC Front 8 41.0 6 x 5-7/8 5 PR 2.56 24.01 22.81
EBS8F-4 4 QC Front 8 43.8 6-1/8 x 6-1/8 5 PR 2.74 24.01 22.81
EBS8H-20 2x0 SC Hind 8 27.7 4-1/2 x 4-5/8 5 PR 1.73 22.34 21.22
EBS8H-0 0 SC Hind 8 29.9 5 x 4-7/8 5 PR 1.87 22.34 21.22
EBS8H-1 1 SC Hind 8 33.0 5-1/8 x 5 5 PR 2.06 22.34 21.22
C EBS8H-2 2 SC Hind 8 36.5 5-3/8 x 5-1/4 5 PR 2.28 22.34 21.22
EBS8H-3 3 SC Hind 8 40.6 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 5 PR 2.54 24.01 22.81
EBS8H-4 4 SC Hind 8 42.2 6-1/8 x 6 5 PR 2.64 24.01 22.81
FPD SX8 Straight Bar, Clipped
SX8 Straight Bar Shoes are symmetrical. Available in a Front Pattern only. Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
C SBS8F0 0 QC Front 8 29.0 5-1/8 x 5 5 PR 1.81 22.34 21.22
SBS8F1 1 QC Front 8 30.4 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 5 PR 1.90 22.34 21.22
D
SBS8F2 2 QC Front 8 33.0 5-3/8 x 5-1/2 5 PR 2.06 22.34 21.22
SBS8F3 3 QC Front 8 36.5 5-7/8 x 6 5 PR 2.28 24.03 22.83
SBS8F4 4 QC Front 8 41.9 6-1/8 x 6-1/8 5 PR 2.62 24.03 22.83
SBS8F5 5 QC Front 8 42.8 6-3/8 x 6-5/8 5 PR 2.67 24.03 22.83
FPD SX8 Heart Bar, Clipped
SX8 Straight Bar Shoes are symmetrical. Available in a Front Pattern only. Advised nail: 5 Race or 5 Slim.
D HBS8F20 2X0 QC Front 8 19.8 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 5 PR 1.24 26.29 24.98
HBS8F0 0 QC Front 8 29.8 5-1/8 x 5 5 PR 1.86 26.29 24.98
HBS8F1 1 QC Front 8 30.9 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 5 PR 1.93 26.29 24.98
HBS8F2 2 QC Front 8 34.2 5-3/8 x 5-1/2 5 PR 2.14 26.29 24.98
HBS8F3 3 QC Front 8 37.0 5-7/8 x 6 5 PR 2.31 26.94 25.59
E HBS8F4 4 QC Front 8 39.7 6-1/8 x 6-1/8 5 PR 2.48 26.94 25.59
Vulcan
Egg Bar
The Vulcan Egg Bar is a flat steel shoe with an integrated sole relief, and has plenty of nail holes for a wide
choice of nailing options when installing. They have no sharp edges, safeing at the heels.
E VEB-20 2X0 18 x 8 19.8 5-3/4 x 5 5 PR 1.24 20.80 19.76
F VEB-0 0 18 x 8 24.8 6-1/8 x 5-5/16 5 PR 1.55 22.20 21.09
VEB-1 1 18 x 8 29.1 6-3/8 x 5-1/2 5 PR 1.82 22.20 21.09
VEB-2 2 18 x 8 33.9 6-5/8 x 5-3/4 5 PR 2.12 23.55 22.37
Heart Bar
The Vulcan Heart Bar has an integrated sole relief and has plenty of nail holes for a wide choice of nailing
options when installing. It has side clips to help keep the shoe in place and the nails tightly clinched,
center punched flats for ease of stud or caulk placement and has no sharp edges. The pattern has a nicely
rounded toe area and the bar is easily opened or closed at the heels when heated if needed due to the
shape of the bar.
F VCHB-20 2X0 3/8 17.9 5-1/8 x 5 5 PR 1.12 24.30 23.08
VCHB-0 0 3/8 19.8 5-3/8 x 5-5/16 5 PR 1.24 25.00 23.75
VCHB-1 1 3/8 21.8 5-5/8 x 5-1/2 5 PR 1.36 25.00 23.75
VCHB-2 2 3/8 24.5 5-7/8 x 5-3/4 5 PR 1.53 25.90 24.61
QC = Quarter Clip

Horseshoes (Egg Bar) • Traction Aids
Vulcan Straight Bar (continued)

The Vulcan Straight Bar has an integrated sole relief and has plenty of nail holes for a wide choice of
nailing options when installing. It also has side clips to help keep the shoe in place and the nails tightly
STEEL
clinched, center punched flats for ease of stud or caulk placement and has no sharp edges. The pattern
has a nicely rounded toe area and the bar is easily closed at the heels when heated if needed due to the
shape of the bar.
A VCSB-20 2X0 3/8 17.9 5-1/16 x 5 5 PR 1.12 22.35 21.23
VCSB-0 0 3/8 19.8 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 5 PR 1.24 22.35 21.23
VCSB-1 1 3/8 21.8 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 5 PR 1.36 22.35 21.23
A
VCSB-2 2 3/8 24.4 5-3/4 x 6 5 PR 1.53 23.10 21.94
Werkman
Quarter Clip Egg Bar
Although Werkman uses modern technologies, they still cling to traditional principles: horseshoes of rolled
metal. The life span is long and they are renowned for their creases and nail holes and are carefully finished
to provide a beautiful, well-groomed look - an important advantage in today’s equestrian events.
B WCEBP2X0 2x0 QC 3/16 18.9 5-1/4 x 4-3/8 10 PR 1.18 25.75 24.46
WCEBP0 0 QC 1/4 28.2 5-3/8 x 4-5/8 10 PR 1.76 25.75 24.46
WCEBP1 1 QC 1/4 29.8 5-3/4 x 4-7/8 10 PR 1.86 25.75 24.46
WCEBP2 2 QC 1/4 32.6 6-1/8 x 5-1/8 10 PR 2.04 25.75 24.46
B
WCEBP3 3 QC 1/4 33.6 6-3/8 x 5-3/8 10 PR 2.10 29.00 27.55
WCEBP4 4 QC 1/4 39.7 6-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 2.48 29.00 27.55
WCEBP5 5 QC 1/4 41.3 6-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 2.58 29.00 27.55
WCEBP6 6 QC 1/4 45.1 7x6 10 PR 2.82 29.00 27.55
STUDS (PLUGS)
Mustad
Mustad Ice
Ice studs made of steel with hardened body and welded tungsten carbide insert. Designed for riding and
jumping on hard and rocky terrain.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE WxL (mm) THICK CNT/ U/M WT PRICE BX PRICE
(in) BX (oz) BREAK C
C 70632 Screw-In Stud 3 12 x 15 3/8 50 EA 0.04 1.35 1.28
70640 Screw-In Stud 4 10 x 9-1/2 3/8 50 EA 0.03 1.05 0.99
70648 Screw-In Stud 5 10 x 11 3/8 50 EA 0.02 1.05 0.99
70664 Screw-In Stud 7 12 x 9 3/8 50 EA 0.02 1.30 1.24
70678 Screw-In Stud 8 10 x 7-1/2 3/8 50 EA 0.01 1.05 0.99 D E F
70680 Screw-In Stud 8 12 x 7-1/2 3/8 50 EA 0.02 1.05 0.99
70676 Screw-In Stud 8 10 x 7-1/2 5/16 50 EA 0.01 1.05 0.99
Drive-In Studs
Mustad’s carbide tip studs offer superior traction on ice, snow, mud, and blacktop without time consuming
welds. They are quick and easy to apply, just drill the hole and drive them in! G
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE CNT U/M WT PRICE BX PRICE
(in) /BX (oz) BREAK
D 70682 Stud, P-9 9/16 50 EA 0.02 1.10 1.05
Shows 5/16” above the shoe. For hacks,
hunters, light harness horses, and roadsters.
E 70694 Stud, P-11 3/8 50 EA 0.01 1.05 1.00 DRILL BIT AND TAP GUIDE
Shows 1/4” above the shoe. Drive in stud This chart is helpful in the selection of
for small ponies, light weight hunters, and correct drill bits and taps for use with studs.
thoroughbreds in training. Size Drill Bit Taper Tap
F 70697 Stud, P-13 5/16 50 EA 0.01 0.95 .91 5/16” 17/64” 5/16”
3/8” taper into shoe. This drive-in stud is a flush 9/16” 15/32” 9/16”
fitting plug for very heavy commercial or draft 3/8” 5/16” 3/8”
horses.
Drill Stud Rivet
Plugits 3/32” #14 Copper Rivets
Mustad Plugits prevent debris from getting into the horse’s heel area by plugging the stud hole. Plugits are 1/8” #12 Copper Rivets
treated with a rust preventive formula to give the ultimate in thread protection. 9/64” #10 Copper Rivets
ITEM # DESCRIPTION CNT/
BAG U/M WT
(oz) PRICE BAGBREAK
PRICE
G 80601 Mustad Plugits, Cotton 100 BAG 0.11 9.60 9.12 HELPFUL TIPS FOR STUDS
The shoes should always be fitted to the foot before drilling
holes, or the holes will become egg shaped or the WearTrac/
Borium may be damaged. We recommend practicing on another
horseshoe or piece of scrap steel. Each method has advantages
and disadvantages. The decision is made based on the horse, the
shoe and usage, economics and available tools and equipment.
We have borium rods Our Stud Punches Drive Calks: Following the Screw Calk method with the
in 3 sizes on page 148. are on page 66. exception of using a tapered punch (greased) instead. The holes
are dried thoroughly and calks are driven in and the shoe nailed
on. The tungsten pins must not be struck on directly with a steel
hammer, but use a 1” round drift with a hole countersunk in the
center so the force of the blow will not be in the insert.

Tapper & Therapeutic Aids
TAPPING TOOLS
Valley Shoe Tapper
Easy to use, faster than a drill and reduces tap breakage. Simplify Threading Stud Holes with the Valley
A Shoe Tapper!
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M WT PRICE
(oz)
A VST *S/O Valley Shoe Tapper w/Bolt Down Plate 3/8” Hardie EA 6.00 107.45
This model comes with a bolt down plate so
you can attach it to a work bench or even a
swing out arm in the shoeing trailer.
B VST1 *S/O Valley Shoe Tapper 1” Hardie EA 6.00 90.45
VST78 *S/O Valley Shoe Tapper 7/8” Hardie EA 6.00 90.45
B
C SPT170130 Tap Spiral, Pointed Straight 5/16” Bit EA 0.05 6.65
SPT170132 Tap Spiral, Pointed Straight 3/8” Bit EA 0.05 7.20
D SFTP170932 Tap Spiral, Fluted 5/16” Bit EA 0.04 11.90
SFTP170934 Tap Spiral, Fluted 3/8” Bit EA 0.06 13.80
THNDTW T Handle for Tap Wrench 1/2” EA 0.36 5.00
Fits 1/4” - 1/2”
E O4Z-NRT Rapid Tap Cutting Fluid 4 oz EA 0.32 3.95
C
CLIPS
Weld-On Toe Clips
Weld on clips are sheared pieces of steel which are designed to be welded to a horseshoe. Clips help to
stabilize the horseshoe on the horses hoof and reduce the stress applied to the nails.
D CNT/ PR WT BX PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) BOX U/M (oz) PRICE BREAK
F WOTC1 Steel Weld-On Toe Clip 1 x 1-1/2 10 PR 0.05 0.95 0.90
WOTC2 Steel Weld-On Toe Clip 1x2 10 PR 0.07 0.95 0.90
WOTC3 Steel Weld-On Toe Clip 1 x 2-1/2 10 PR 0.10 0.95 0.90
E
WOTC4 Steel Weld-On Toe Clip 3/4 x 1 10 PR 0.13 0.95 0.90
Heel Springs
Heel springs are used for contracted heels-use under a pad.
G HSS Heel Spring Small PR 0.04 7.32 N/A
HSM Heel Spring Medium PR 0.03 7.32 N/A
F HSL Heel Spring Large PR 0.04 7.32 N/A
INSERTS
Halverson Heart Bar ‘V’ Insert
Steel heart bar “V” inserts are used in modified or handmade shoes to add frog support.
G H HLVinsert Halverson V Insert PR 0.62 6.00 N/A
RAILS
Aluminum Wedge Rails
The Aluminum EDSS Wedge Rails - are wedge shaped parts that attach to the branches of a shoe. The
H stabilizing peg and attachment hole are used to fasten the Rails to the pre-drilled EDSS Shoes. The rails are
most beneficial for adjusting the tension on the deep digital flexor tendon. Aluminum Rails are sold in Pairs
of individual sizes (4 pieces).
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE THICK PR U/M PR WT PRICE BX PRICE
(in) /BX (oz) BREAK
J AlumWRail-S Alum Wedge Rail Short 1/4 3 PR 0.18 14.00 13.30
J AlumWRail-M Alum Wedge Rail Medium 1/2 3 PR 0.25 14.50 13.78
AlumWRail-T Alum Wedge Rail Tall 3/4 3 PR 0.34 15.00 14.25
*S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEM
Pieh Tool Company

Gift Certificates
We customize each certificate! Be sure to check out our equine books
on pages 189-190.

Horseshoes Aluminum (Therapeutic • Sport)
THERAPEUTIC A LUM I NUM

Natural Balance
The Natural Balance Shoe addresses the biomechanical needs of the equine foot for support and protection
which offers the horse the most natural foundation for optimal performance with minimal stress. This wide-
web, rolled toe shoe has no wear plate in the shoe, therefore the toe can wear back as the foot grows in
length, allowing the foot to stay in “Natural Balance” for a longer period of time until the reset. Made of a
forged aluminum alloy that is heat treated for added hardness.
A 4NBS00 2x0 3/8 10.7 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 0.64 17.00 16.15
4NBS0 0 3/8 11.5 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.72 17.00 16.15 A
4NBS1 1 3/8 12.8 5x5 10 PR 0.80 17.00 16.15
4NBS2 2 3/8 12.3 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.77 17.00 16.15
4NBS3 3 3/8 13.6 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 0.85 17.00 16.15
4NBS4 4 3/8 14.2 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 0.89 17.50 16.63
Natural Balance PLR

The NB PLR is the next generation in aluminum performance foot wear for horses. Reducing the leverage
to the joint by bringing the breakover point of a shoe in a closer proximity to the tip of P3 has proven to be B
extremely beneficial as a treatment protocol. Horses that are free of pain with a reduction in the amount of
effort it takes to move will perform better and stay sounder longer.
B NBPLR-F30 3x0 Flat 1/2 10.9 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 0.68 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-F20 2x0 Flat 1/2 10.2 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 0.64 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-F0 0 Flat 1/2 11.8 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.74 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-F1 1 Flat 1/2 12.6 5x5 10 PR 0.79 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-F2 2 Flat 1/2 13.3 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.83 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-F3 *S/O 3 Flat 1/2 13.8 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 0.86 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-F4 *S/O 4 Flat 1/2 14.2 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 0.89 19.60 18.62 C
C NBPLR-W30 3x0 Wedge 1/2 10.1 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 0.63 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-W20 2x0 Wedge 1/2 10.4 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 0.65 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-W0 0 Wedge 1/2 11.2 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.70 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-W1 1 Wedge 1/2 12.6 5x5 10 PR 0.79 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-W2 2 Wedge 1/2 12.6 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.79 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-W3 *S/O 3 Wedge 1/2 13.4 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 0.84 19.20 18.24
NBPLR-W4 *S/O 4 Wedge 1/2 14.1 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 0.88 19.60 18.62
KB
2-Degree
KB horseshoes take on the traditional horseshoe, by being light and durable with a two-degree graduation,
adding excellent base support. Made from the same user-friendly aluminum alloy as all KB shoes, extending
the life of the shoe for active horses. This true ”sporthorse” shoe has a wide-web “rolled-toe” feature, which
provides greater stability and ease of breakover.
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK PR WT LxW (in) PR U/M SHIP WT PRICE BX PRICE D
D GEOHW00 2x0 Wedge 3/8 9.8 4-13/16 x 4-7/16 10 PR 0.61 22.05 20.95
GEOHW0 0 Wedge 3/8 11.2 5-1/8 x 4-11/16 10 PR 0.70 23.15 21.99
GEOHW1 1 Wedge 13/32 13.1 5-1/2 x 5 10 PR 0.82 24.15 22.94
GEOHW2 2 Wedge 13/32 14.2 5-5/8 x 5-5/16 10 PR 0.89 25.15 23.89
Navicular Open Heel E
This shoe is very similar to the Navicular Egg Bar only with the open heel.
E GEOHN00 2x0 Heeled 3/8 10.4 5-3/16 x 4-5/16 10 PR 0.65 22.05 20.95
GEOHN0 0 Heeled 3/8 12.5 5-1/2 x 4-5/8 10 PR 0.78 23.15 21.99
GEOHN1 1 Heeled 3/8 13.8 5-11/16 x 4-13/16 10 PR 0.86 24.15 22.94
GEOHN2 2 Heeled 3/8 14.6 5-7/8 x 5 10 PR 0.91 25.15 23.89
SPORT
St. Croix
Eventer, Clipped
The St. Croix Eventer is a rolled-toe shoe with a concave hoof surface, graduated thickness, and a full,
clean crease. Same great features as the Steel Eventer! State-of-the-art quarter clips now with forged in
wear plates. Punched CH.
(in) (oz) /BX (lb) BREAK F
F SC19841 2x0 Front QC 3/8 7.8 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.49 11.80 10.50
SC19842 0 Front QC 3/8 9.1 5x5 10 PR 0.57 11.80 10.50
SC19843 1 Front QC 3/8 10.1 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.63 11.80 10.50
SC19844 2 Front QC 3/8 11.2 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 0.70 12.45 11.08
SC19845 3 Front QC 3/8 12.8 5-7/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 0.80 12.45 11.08
SC19846 4 Front QC 3/8 12.6 6 x 6-1/4 10 PR 0.79 12.45 11.08

Horseshoes (Sport)
St Croix Eventer, Clipped (continued)

ALU M IN U M ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE BX PRICE
BREAK
A SC19941 2x0 Hind QC 3/8 8.3 4-3/4 x 4-7/8 10 PR 0.52 11.80 10.50
SC19942 0 Hind QC 3/8 8.5 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 10 PR 0.53 11.80 10.50
SC19943 1 Hind QC 3/8 10.7 5-3/8 x 5-1/2 10 PR 0.67 11.80 10.50
SC19944 2 Hind QC 3/8 11.0 5-1/2 x 5-5/8 10 PR 0.69 12.45 11.09
SC19945 3 Hind QC 3/8 11.5 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 0.72 12.45 11.09
Victory
A Elite
A lightweight wide web aluminum competition shoe. It has sure-footed traction, rugged durability and flat
heels; can be drilled and tapped for studs. The 2-degree provides firm heel support and faster breakover.
B 010 2x0 XS 5/16 6.9 4-5/8 x 4-5/8 10 PR 0.43 10.65 10.12
012 0 S 5/16 7.5 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 10 PR 0.47 10.65 10.12
013 0.5 S+ 5/16 8.5 5-1/8 x 5 10 PR 0.52 10.65 10.12
014 1 M 5/16 8.6 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.54 10.75 10.22
015 1.5 M+ 3/8 10.1 5-3/8 x 5-1/2 10 PR 0.63 10.75 10.22
016 2 L 3/8 10.6 6 x 5-5/8 10 PR 0.66 10.75 10.22
018 3 XL 3/8 11.4 6 1/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 0.71 11.00 10.45
B 2-Degree
C 020 2x0 XS 3/8 7.8 4-5/8 x 4-5/8 10 PR 0.49 10.90 10.36
022 0 S 3/8 8.5 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 10 PR 0.53 10.90 10.36
023 0.5 S+ 3/8 9.3 5-1/8 x 5 10 PR 0.58 10.90 10.36
024 1 M 3/8 9.6 5-1/2 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.60 11.10 10.55
025 1.5 M+ 3/8 10.6 5-3/8 x 5-1/2 10 PR 0.66 11.10 10.55
C 026 2 L 3/8 11.0 6 x 5-5/8 10 PR 0.69 11.10 10.55
D 072 0 Hind S 3/8 8.0 4-7/8 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.50 11.50 10.93
074 1 Hind M 3/8 11.7 5-1/4 x 5-1/8 10 PR 0.73 11.75 11.16
076 2 Hind L 3/8 13.1 5-5/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 0.82 11.75 11.16
3-Degree
E 032 0 Wedge S 9.4 4-7/8 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.59 19.75 18.76
D 034 1 Wedge M 11.0 5-1/4 x 5-1/8 10 PR 0.69 19.75 18.76
036 2 Wedge L 13.4 5-5/8 x 5-7/8 10 PR 0.84 20.30 19.28
Kerckhaert
Triumph (Fronts Only)
A dropped forge shoe with built-in sole relief and designed with a toe shape that is more natural. The
branches are less round, providing a quicker fit for the narrower foot. It features six nail holes in each
E branch offering excellent nail placement choices. This shoe offers a slight taper from toe to heel to suit a
more traditional shoeing style and a taper in the heel to help minimize the finish work in that area.
F 40TAF 4x0 Front 5/16 6.0 * 15 PR 0.38 10.23 9.72
30TAF 3x0 Front 5/16 7.0 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 15 PR 0.44 10.23 9.72
20TAF 2x0 Front 5/16 7.7 4-7/8 x 4-3/4 15 PR 0.48 10.23 9.72
0TAF 0 Front 5/16 9.0 5x5 15 PR 0.56 10.23 9.72
1TAF 1 Front 5/16 10.1 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 0.63 10.23 9.72
2TAF * S/O 2 Front 5/16 11.0 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 15 PR 0.69 10.95 10.41
3TAF *S/O 3 Front 5/16 12.6 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 15 PR 0.79 10.95 10.41
Wedged
F 30TAFW 3x0 Front 7/16 8.5 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 15 PR 0.53 11.81 11.22
F 20TAFW 2x0 Front 7/16 9.6 4-7/8 x 4-3/4 15 PR 0.60 11.81 11.22
0TAFW 0 Front 7/16 10.6 5x5 15 PR 0.66 11.81 11.22
1TAFW 1 Front 7/16 12.0 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 0.75 11.81 11.22
2TAFW 2 Front 7/16 13.4 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 15 PR 0.84 12.60 11.97
3TAFW 3 Front 7/16 14.8. 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 15 PR 0.92 12.60 11.97
Triumph, Side Clipped
F 30TAFC 3x0 Front SC 5/16 7.5 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 15 PR 0.47 11.95 11.35
20TAFC 2x0 Front SC 5/16 8.3 4-7/8 x 4-3/4 15 PR 0.52 11.95 11.35
0TAFC 0 Front SC 5/16 9.1 5x5 15 PR 0.57 11.95 11.35
1TAFC 1 Front SC 5/16 10.4 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 15 PR 0.65 11.95 11.35
2TAFC 2 Front SC 5/16 11.7 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 15 PR 0.73 12.68 12.05
3TAFC 3 Front SC 5/16 12.7 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 15 PR 0.79 12.68 12.05
4TAFC 4 Front SC 5/16 15.0 6-1/8 x 6-1/8 15 PR 0.94 12.68 12.05
SC = Side Clip *S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEM
QC = Quarter Clip

Horseshoes (Sport • Racing Plates)
Kerckhaert Comfort Aluminum Side Clip Front

An addition to the Comfort series that offers a lighter weight option. Key design features include - rolled toes
and branches, better breakover improves coordination of movement, optimizes balance, less pressure on the
A LUM I NUM
tendons. Adequate thickness to provide strength and durability. Toe insert to increase wear. Built-in sole relief.
Punched for E-head: 0 & 1 – E-4 Slim; 2 & 3 – E-5 Slim.
A 0CAFC 0 Front SC 12.3 5x5 10 PR 0.77 13.75 13.06
1CAFC 1 Front SC 14.2 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.89 13.75 13.06
2CAFC 2 Front SC 15.0 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 0.94 14.27 13.57
3CAFC 3 Front SC 16.0 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.00 14.27 13.57
RACING PLATES A
Kerckhaert
Traditional XT
The Tradition series racing plates from Kerckhaert offer the North American market an option for shoeing
styles and feet that require a narrower pattern than the Kings. The main design differences are the shape,
a slight taper in the width from toe to heel, a nail pattern that is spread and punched slightly finer. This has
met with a good response from farriers in the market. They are finding that the Tradition and the Kings shape
have a place in their trucks due to the wider variations of front shaped feet. Shoes are symmetrical. Punched
for 3-1/2 Race, 3-1/2 Race XL, 4-1/2 Race or 4-1/2 Slim.
THICK PR WT LxW (in) PR SHIP WT BX PRICE
B
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN (in) (oz) /BX U/M (lb) PRICE BREAK
B KH5TXTF 5 Front 1/4 7.9 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 0.59 6.97 6.62
KH6TXTF 6 Front 1/4 6.6 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.41 6.97 6.62
KH5TXTH 5 Hind 1/4 6.4 5x5 10 PR 0.40 6.97 6.62
KH6TXTH 6 Hind 1/4 6.6 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.41 6.97 6.62
EDSS
The Natural Balance shoes are used for a wide variety of disciplines ranging from hunter & jumpers to gaming & speed event
horses. The aluminum NBS have been used with success for training on the race track, where as the steel have shown Set = 4 shoes
improved shoe wear and less fatigue and interference on endurance rides. When used in conjunction with a pad, frog insert
and sole support impression material, minor chronic lameness problems can be treated.
PLR Race C
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK PR WT LxW (in) PR U/M SHIP WT PRICE BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
(in) (oz) /BX (lb) BREAK BREAK
C NBPLR-R4 4 Front 7/8 8.0 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 PR 0.50 10.00 9.50 9.02
NBPLR-R5 5 Front 7/8 8.5 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.53 10.00 9.50 9.02
NBPLR-R6 6 Front 7/8 10.1 5x5 10 PR 0.63 10.00 9.50 9.02
NBPLR-R7 7 Front 7/8 11.4 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.71 10.00 9.50 9.02
Thoro’Bred
Queens
Thoro’Bred Queens Aluminum Racing Plates are for tracks that do not allow inserts, calks or toe grabs that protrude
above the plate. This shoe reduces tendon strain and muscle pulls. Set = 4 shoes.
(in) (oz) /BX (lb) BREAK BREAK Set = 4 shoes
D 1QPF3 3 Front 5/8 11.8 4-1/4 x 4-1/8 10 SET 0.74 11.50 10.92 10.35
1QPF4 4 Front 5/8 13.0 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10 SET 0.81 11.50 10.92 10.35
1QPF5 5 Front 5/8 14.2 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 SET 0.89 11.50 10.92 10.35 D
1QPF6 6 Front 5/8 14.2 5 x 4-7/8 10 SET 0.89 11.50 10.92 10.35
1QPF7 7 Front 5/8 14.9 5-1/4 x 5-1/8 10 SET 0.93 11.50 10.92 10.35
1QPF8 *S/O 8 Front 5/8 28.8 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 10 SET 1.80 12.05 11.45 10.84
E 1QPH3 3 Hind 5/8 12.3 4-3/8 x 4-1/8 10 SET 0.77 11.50 10.92 10.35
1QPH4 4 Hind 5/8 11.8 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 10 SET 0.74 11.50 10.92 10.35
1QPH5 5 Hind 5/8 13.0 5-5/8 x 4-5/8 10 SET 0.81 11.50 10.92 10.35
1QPH6 6 Hind 5/8 14.1 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 SET 0.88 11.50 10.92 10.35
1QPH7 7 Hind 5/8 14.1 5-1/4 x 4-7/8 10 SET 0.88 11.50 10.92 10.35 E
1QPH8 *S/O 8 Hind 5/8 28.8 5-1/4 x 5-1/8 10 SET 1.80 12.05 11.45 10.84
Silver Queens
The new Silver Queen was developed as a moderate approach to the Natural Balance Shoe and the World Racing Plate.
A beveled toe allows ease of breakover to help reduce the strain on muscles, tendons and joints and has a thicker cross
section that creates a better cupping action. More nail holes so the farrier can choose and alternate the nail pattern from
one shoeing to the next to help preserve the integrity of the hoof. Tapered heels on the inside to reduce the pressure on
one of the most sensitive areas. The Silver Queen is basically a front shoe although it can be used on the hind for horses
that forge. Shoeing competition horses for top performance requires experienced farriers who understand anatomy and
conformation, especially in the legs and hooves. It is extremely important to know where the center of the hoof is in order to F
place the shoe where the break over point is located. Set = 4 shoes.
F 1SQF4 4 Front 3/4 16.0 4-3/8 x 4-1/2 10 SET 1.00 12.45 11.83 11.21
1SQF5 5 Front 3/4 16.0 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 SET 1.00 12.45 11.83 11.21
1SQF6 6 Front 3/4 17.6 5-1/8 x 5 10 SET 1.10 12.45 11.83 11.21
1SQF7 7 Front 3/4 20.8 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 10 SET 1.30 12.45 11.83 11.21
*S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEM SC = Side Clip

Horseshoes (Racing Plates)
Silver Queens XT
ALU M IN U M A step-down section on the inside of the toe area like the fronts, gives more traction without increasing the height;
multiple nail holes, a thicker cross section with sole relief and side grooving for addional traction. The XT Toe grab is
set back to give the horse a more efficient angle for grip. XT Toe height is .080 (2 mm) above the aluminum surface.
A 1QHXT4 4 Hind 5/8 17.6 4-3/8 x 4-1/4 10 SET 1.10 11.30 10.74 10.17
1QHXT5 5 Hind 5/8 20.8 4-5/8 x 4-1/2 10 SET 1.30 11.30 10.74 10.17
1QHXT6 6 Hind 5/8 22.4 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 SET 1.40 11.30 10.74 10.17
Set = 4 shoes 1QHXT7 7 Hind 5/8 24.8 5 x 4-3/4 10 SET 1.55 11.30 10.74 10.17
Aluminum Regular Toe
A This is the most popular Thoro’Bred style plate. An excellent all around performer. Five nail hole pattern in sizes 5-8.
B 1RTF3 3 Front 3/4 11.7 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 10 SET 0.73 11.30 10.74 10.17
1RTF4 4 Front 3/4 12.8 4-7/16 x 4-7/16 10 SET 0.80 11.30 10.74 10.17
1RTF5 5 Front 3/4 13.6 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 SET 0.80 11.30 10.74 10.17
1RTF6 6 Front 3/4 14.4 5x5 10 SET 0.90 11.30 10.74 10.17
1RTF7 7 Front 3/4 14.7 5-1/8 x 5-1/4 10 SET 0.92 11.30 10.74 10.17
1RTF8 *S/O 8 Front 3/4 15.2 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 10 SET 0.95 11.85 11.26 10.67
B
Aluminum Regular Plain
Thoro’Bred’s most popular hind pattern racing plate in the USA. Features a regular height toe grab and plain heels
for protection. Five nail hole pattern in size 5 and above. Available with side clips to help prevent the plate from
moving back on the hoof and becoming loose between shoeings.
C 1RPH3 3 Hind 5/8 11.0 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 10 SET 0.69 11.30 10.74 10.17
1RPH4 4 Hind 5/8 12.8 4-3/8 x 4-3/8 10 SET 0.80 11.30 10.74 10.17
1RPH5 5 Hind 5/8 12.6 4-5/8 x 4-5/8 10 SET 0.79 11.30 10.74 10.17
C 1RPH6 6 Hind 5/8 14.4 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 SET 0.90 11.30 10.74 10.17
1RPH7 7 Hind 5/8 14.1 5 x 4-7/8 10 SET 0.88 11.30 10.74 10.17
1RPH8 *S/O 8 Hind 5/8 15.2 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 10 SET 0.95 11.85 11.26 10.67
Aluminum Regular Toe Block, Hinds
The TB Regular Toe Block is used to lift the heels and prevent excessive heel grab or “running down.” Has regular
toe grab.
D 1BH3 3 Hind 5/8 16.0 4-1/4 x 4-1/16 10 SET 1.00 12.80 12.16 11.52
D
1BH4 4 Hind 5/8 17.6 4-3/8 x 4-1/4 10 SET 1.10 12.80 12.16 11.52
1BH5 5 Hind 5/8 19.2 4-5/8 x 4-1/2 10 SET 1.20 12.80 12.16 11.52
1BH6 6 Hind 5/8 22.4 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 SET 1.40 12.80 12.16 11.52
1BH7 7 Hind 5/8 25.6 5 x 4-3/4 10 SET 1.60 12.80 12.16 11.52
Aluminum Quarter Horse Block, Hinds *S/O
The TB Quarter Hourse Block is used to lift the heels and prevent excessive heel grab or “running down.” Has an
increased height of the Toe Grab for increased traction and acceleration.
E E 1QBH3 *S/O 3 Hind 5/8 17.6 4-1/4 x 4-1/16 10 SET 1.10 12.80 12.16 11.52
1QBH4 *S/O 4 Hind 5/8 20.8 4-3/8 x 4-1/4 10 SET 1.30 12.80 12.16 11.52
1QBH5 *S/O 5 Hind 5/8 24.0 4-5/8 x 4-1/2 10 SET 1.50 12.80 12.16 11.52
1QBH6 *S/O 6 Hind 5/8 27.2 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 SET 1.70 12.80 12.16 11.52
1QBH7 *S/O 7 Hind 5/8 28.0 5 x 4-3/4 10 SET 1.75 12.80 12.16 11.52
Aluminum Low Toe, Fronts *S/O
The TB Low Toe is used on hard or fast tracks. It provides traction with less strain on tendons and ligaments.
Available in fronts only. 5 Nail Holes.
F ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK BREAK
F 1LTF3 *S/O 3 Front 5/8 17.6 4-1/4 x 4-1/16 10 SET 1.10 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LTF4 *S/O 4 Front 5/8 19.2 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 10 SET 1.20 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LTF5 *S/O 5 Front 5/8 24.0 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 SET 1.50 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LTF6 *S/O 6 Front 5/8 26.4 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 10 SET 1.65 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LTF7 *S/O 7 Front 5/8 28.0 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 10 SET 1.75 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LTF8 *S/O 8 Front 5/8 29.6 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 10 SET 1.85 11.95 11.35 10.67
G Aluminum Level Grip, Fronts
The TB Level Grip Front is a great performer, excellent for turf and dirt courses. This style was worn by John Henry
most of his career, and features a high outside rim for equal traction and balance. The grip provides 180 degrees of
good cupping action. 5 Nail Hole Pattern in Sizes 5-8.
G 1LGF3 3 Front 5/8 17.6 4-1/4 x 4-1/16 10 SET 1.10 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LGF4 4 Front 5/8 22.4 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 10 SET 1.40 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LGF5 5 Front 5/8 13.9 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 SET 0.87 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LGF6 6 Front 5/8 14.1 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 10 SET 0.88 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LGF7 7 Front 5/8 15.2 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 10 SET 0.95 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LGF8 *S/O 8 Front 5/8 29.6 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 10 SET 1.85 11.95 11.35 10.67

Aluminum Level Grip, Hinds

TB Level Grip Hinds - Raised outside rim for improved traction and balance. Provides 180 degrees of gripping A LUM I NUM
surface. Thoro’Bred applied for a patent on the Level Grip, but the application was rejected. The reason - the design
was traced back to the 16th century, Ming Dynasty, China.
A 1LGH3 3 Hind 5/8 12.0 4-1/4 x 4-1/16 10 SET 0.75 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LGH4 4 Hind 5/8 12.8 4-3/8 x 4-1/4 10 SET 0.80 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LGH5 5 Hind 5/8 13.4 4-5/8 x 4-5/8 10 SET 0.84 11.30 10.74 10.17
1LGH6 6 Hind 5/8 13.8 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 SET 0.87 11.30 10.74 10.17 Set = 4 shoes
1LGH7 7 Hind 5/8 17.3 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 SET 0.91 11.30 10.74 10.17
Aluminum Regular Wedge, Hinds A
B 1RWH4 4 Hind 5/8 19.2 4-3/8 x 4-1/4 10 SET 1.20 12.60 11.97 11.34
1RWH5 5 Hind 5/8 22.4 4-5/8 x 4-5/8 10 SET 1.40 12.60 11.97 11.34
1RWH6 6 Hind 5/8 24.8 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 SET 1.55 12.60 11.97 11.34
1RWH7 7 Hind 5/8 27.2 4-5/8 x 5-1/8 10 SET 1.70 12.60 11.97 11.34
St. Croix
XLT Racing Plate, Front
XLT Racing Plates. St Croix XLT aluminum plates have a symmetrical, concave patern. Same as their Turf Plates, but with a
.08” steel toe grab. B
C SCXLTF3 3 Front 3/8 11.2 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 5 SET 0.70 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCXLTF4 4 Front 3/8 12.2 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 5 SET 0.75 11.90 10.59 10.06
Low Toe Racing Plate, Front Set = 4 shoes
Same pattern as XLT Racing Plates, but with a .158” (4.0 mm) steel toe grab. Twice as high for twice the grab!
D SCLTF3 3 Front 3/8 11.4 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 5 SET 0.71 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCLTF4 4 Front 3/8 11.8 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 5 SET 0.74 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCLTF5 5 Front 3/8 13.0 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 5 SET 0.81 11.90 10.59 10.06 C
SCLTF6 6 Front 3/8 14.0 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 5 SET 0.87 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCLTF7 7 Front 3/8 15.0 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 5 SET 0.94 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCLTF8 8 Front 3/8 15.8 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 5 SET 0.99 11.90 10.59 10.06
Regular Toe Racing Plate, Front
The ultimate in traction. This shoe is their XLT Racing Plate with a .24” steel toe grab.
E SCRF3 3 Front 3/8 12.5 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 5 SET 0.78 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCRF4 4 Front 3/8 13.0 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 5 SET 0.81 11.90 10.59 10.06 D
SCRF5 5 Front 3/8 13.4 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 5 SET 0.84 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCRF6 6 Front 3/8 14.2 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 5 SET 0.89 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCRF7 7 Front 3/8 14.9 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 5 SET 0.93 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCRF8 8 Front 3/8 15.5 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 5 SET 0.97 11.90 10.59 10.06
Quarter Horse Toe Racing Plate, Front
The ultimate in traction. This shoe is their XLT Racing Plate with a .33” steel toe grab.
THICK PR WT LxW (in) PR SHIP WT BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
E
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN (in) (oz) /BX U/M (lb) PRICE BREAK BREAK
F SCQTF3 3 Front 3/8 12.6 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 5 SET 0.79 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCQTF4 4 Front 3/8 13.3 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 5 SET 0.83 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCQTF5 5 Front 3/8 13.8 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 5 SET 0.86 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCQTF6 6 Front 3/8 15.2 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 5 SET 0.95 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCQTF7 7 Front 3/8 16.8 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 5 SET 1.05 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCQTF8 8 Front 3/8 17.9 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 5 SET 1.12 11.90 10.59 10.06 F
Quarter Horse Toe Racing Plate, Hind
G SCQTH3 3 Hind 3/8 12.2 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 5 SET 0.76 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCQTH4 4 Hind 3/8 13.1 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 5 SET 0.82 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCQTH5 5 Hind 3/8 14.1 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 5 SET 0.88 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCQTH6 6 Hind 3/8 14.2 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 5 SET 0.89 11.90 10.59 10.06
SCQTH7 7 Hind 3/8 16.5 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 5 SET 1.03 11.90 10.59 10.06 G
SCQTH8 8 Hind 3/8 17.6 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 5 SET 1.10 11.90 10.59 10.06

Concorde Racing Plate, Regular Toe, Hind With a steel insert at the toe for strength.
ALU M IN U M ITEM # SIZE PATTERN THICK
(in)
PR WT LxW (in)
(oz)
PR
/BX U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE BX PRICE 100+ PRICE
BREAK BREAK
A SCCRH4 4 Hind 5/16 6.6 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.41 6.40 5.70 5.42
SCCRH5 5 Hind 5/16 6.9 4-7/8 x 5 10 PR 0.43 6.40 5.70 5.42
SCCRH6 6 Hind 5/16 7.4 5 x 5-1/8 10 PR 0.46 6.40 5.70 5.42
Set = 4 shoes SCCRH7 7 Hind 5/16 8.0 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.50 6.40 5.70 5.42
SCCRH8 8 Hind 5/16 8.2 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 8 PR 0.51 6.40 5.70 5.42
Concorde Racing Plate, Regular Toe, Hind Side Clip
A
SCCRH4-SC 4 Hind SC 5/16 6.7 4-5/8 x 4-5/8 10 PR 0.42 6.85 6.10 5.80
SCCRH5-SC 5 Hind SC 5/16 7.0 5 x 4-7/8 10 PR 0.44 6.85 6.10 5.80
SCCRH6-SC 6 Hind SC 5/16 7.7 5-1/4 x 5 10 PR 0.48 6.85 6.10 5.80
B Wedge 2 Degree Racing, Hind With a steel insert at the toe for strength.
B SC2DH4 4 Hind 5/16 13.4 4-5/8 x 4-5/8 5 SET 0.84 12.75 11.35 10.78
SC2DH5 5 Hind 5/16 14.9 5 x 4-7/8 5 SET 0.93 12.75 11.35 10.78
SC2DH6 6 Hind 5/16 15.7 5-1/4 x 5 5 SET 0.98 12.75 11.35 10.78
SC2DH7 7 Hind 5/16 17.1 5-3/16 x 5-1/4 5 SET 1.07 12.75 11.35 10.78
SC2DH8 8 Hind 5/16 17.9 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 5 SET 1.12 12.75 11.35 10.78
BARREL RACING
Thoro’Bred
Aluminum Sidewinder *S/O
C Thoro’Bred horseshoes are made of prime high strength aluminum alloys, guaranteed against breakage and defects. .
Sidewinder shoes are perfect for Barrel Racing, Pole Bending, Roping, Team Penning or other competitions that require
fast starts and quick turns. Bevel style toe for ease of breakover reduces strains and pains. This is the secret weapon of
many champion barrel horse riders. Being lightweight and with the side notches, 80% of the barrel racers have improved
their time with these shoes. They give the horse more confidence on a variety of arena surfaces.
C 4SW000.5 *S/O 000.5 5/8 9.0 4-1/4 x 4-1/8 10 PR 0.56 11.20 10.64
4SW00.5 *S/O 00.5 5/8 9.8 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 10 PR 0.61 11.20 10.64
4SW0.5 *S/O 0.5 5/8 10.4 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 10 PR 0.65 11.20 10.64
D
4SW1.5 *S/O 1.5 5/8 11.4 4-7/8 x 4-7/8 10 PR 0.71 11.20 10.64
OPEN ROLLER
Double S
D RFA-2X0 2x0 Flat 1/2 9.4 4-1/2 x 4-3/4 5 PR 0.59 12.70 NA
E RFA-0 0 Flat 1/2 9.9 5x5 5 PR 0.62 12.70 NA
RFA-1 1 Flat 1/2 10.7 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 5 PR 0.67 12.70 NA
E RWA-2X0 2x0 Wedge 1/2 8.8 4-1/2 x 4-3/4 5 PR 0.55 31.75 NA
RWA-0 0 Wedge 1/2 9.3 5x5 5 PR 0.58 33.20 NA
RWA-1 1 Wedge 1/2 10.4 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 5 PR 0.65 33.20 NA
Morrison Open Roller

Dr. Morrison prescribes this shoe for horses with arthritic form of navicular, chronic heel pain or low grade founder.
The design of the shoe helps relieve stress on the hoof capsule.
F GCMOR5 2x0 #5 10.6 10 PR 0.66 37.90 NA
GCMOR6 0 #6 11.5 10 PR 0.72 44.25 NA
GCMOR7 1 #7 13.2 10 PR 0.83 44.25 NA
GCMOR8 2 #8 14.4 10 PR 0.90 44.25 NA
F
GCMOR9 3 #9 17.3 10 PR 1.11 54.35 NA
GCMOR10 4 #10 19.4 10 PR 1.21 54.00 NA
GCMOR11 5 #11 20.0 10 PR 1.31 61.51 NA
GCMOR12 6 #12 23.0 10 PR 1.41 61.51 NA
Grand Circuit Open Roller

Originally made in the 1800’s to treat ankleosis (transmitting motion from the phalangeal joints to the bottom of the
foot). Can be useful in treating ringbone, and in some cases, laminitis as it tends to improve circulation. Should be
used only upon the advice of a veterinarian.
G GCOR5 2x0 #5 11.0 10 PR 0.69 41.30 NA
GCOR6 0 #6 13.3 10 PR 0.83 47.40 NA
G GCOR7 1 #7 14.7 10 PR 0.92 47.40 NA
GCOR8 2 #8 16.3 10 PR 1.02 47.40 NA
GCOR9 3 #9 17.9 10 PR 1.12 53.40 NA
*S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEM SC = Side Clip

Horseshoes (Barrel Racing • Open Roller)
FULL ROCKER SHOE A LUM I NUM

Nanric
The Drop Forged Full Rocker Shoe is designed to offer high-end mechanical breakover which is located in
the center of the shoe, allowing the horse to self-adjust its palmar angle. Horses with limited solar perfusion
(blood supply) have little to no sole growth because there is a lack of sufficient nutrition to the trim line. By
relieving deep digital flexor tension, blood supply to the laminae and sole is increased. This shoe offers
continuous self-adjustment that the horse needs, even when standing still. It is also an aid to enhance rigid
sole growth, and it offers farriers and vets a new option for treating a variety of problems that are associated
with thin, painful soles. Lateral radiographs are helpful in trim and shoe placement, and aid to evaluate
progress. Shoe can be shaped cold. It comes pre-punched but not drilled allowing you to choose hole pitch.
ITEM # SIZE WT LxW (in) U/M SHIP WT PRICE A
(oz) (lb)
A DFR1CC *S/O #1 9.4 4-1/2 x 4-9/16 EA 0.59 11.25
DFR2CC *S/O #2 9.9 4-13/16 x 4-15/16 EA 0.62 11.25
DFR3CC *S/O #3 10.7 5-1/16 x 5-1/4 EA 0.67 11.25
DFR4CC *S/O #4 11.4 5-3/8 x 5-3/8 EA 0.71 11.25
DFR4SC *S/O #4 12.2 5-7/16 x 5-5/8 EA 0.76 11.25
DFR5CC *S/O #5 12.8 5-11/16 x 5-15/16 EA 0.80 11.25
EGG BAR
EDSS PLR
Multi-Direction Leverage Relief for ease of movement in all directions with a tapered heel to ease foot B
landing forces. Aluminum Alloy for strength & durability. Bar-Shoe Design for extra stability & support for a
variety of pathologies or injuries
B NBPLRBAR-00 00 Bar 5/8 13.1 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 10 PR 0.82 30.95 29.40
NBPLRBAR-0 0 Bar 5/8 14.1 5 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.88 30.95 29.40
NBPLRBAR-1 1 Bar 5/8 16.0 5-1/4 x 5 10 PR 1.00 31.25 29.69
KB
Made from the finest aircraft-quality aluminum alloy available. Designed for hunter jumpers but can be used
in many applications. Modifications such as clips, drilling and tapping for studs or protection plates, and
welded-on accessories area easy with KB shoes.
C GEKB00 2x0 Bar 3/8 13.0 5.2 x 4.3 15 PR 0.81 24.25 23.04
GEKB0 0 Bar 3/8 14.9 5.5 x 4.5 15 PR 0.93 25.25 23.99
GEKB1 1 Bar 3/8 16.5 5.7 x 4.8 15 PR 1.02 25.75 24.46
GEKB2 2 Bar 3/8 18.2 5.9 x 5 15 PR 1.14 26.85 25.51 C
GEKB3 3 Bar 3/8 21.0 6.2 x 5.3 15 PR 1.32 27.85 26.46
GEKB4 4 Bar 3/8 23.9 6.4 x 5.6 15 PR 1.48 29.05 27.60
Wedged
Machined to a precision 3-degree graduation from heel to toe.
D GEKBW00 2x0 Bar 5/8 13.0 5.2 x 4.3 15 PR 0.81 30.35 28.83
GEKBW0 0 Bar 5/8 14.9 5.5 x 4.5 15 PR 0.93 31.35 29.78 D
GEKBW1 1 Bar 5/8 17.0 5.7 x 4.8 15 PR 1.06 32.10 30.50
GEKBW2 2 Bar 5/8 17.9 5.9 x 5 15 PR 1.12 33.10 31.44
GEKBW3 3 Bar 5/8 21.1 6.2 x 5.3 15 PR 1.32 34.35 32.63
GEKBW4 4 Bar 5/8 28.0 6.4 x 5.6 15 PR 1.75 36.05 34.25
Navicular
Designed to relieve stress in the critical navicular coffin joint area and other symptomatic areas. It is easily
applied. Shoe can be shaped either hot or cold. Modifications such as clips, drilling and tapping for studs or
protection plates, and welded-on accessories area easy with KB shoes.
E
E GEKBN00 2x0 Bar 5/8 9.9 5.2 x 4.3 15 PR 0.76 34.55 32.82
GEKBN0 0 Bar 5/8 13.8 5.5 x 4.5 15 PR 0.86 35.55 33.77
GEKBN1 1 Bar 5/8 14.8 5.7 x 4.8 15 PR 0.92 37.05 35.20
GEKBN2 2 Bar 5/8 19.2 5.9 x 5 15 PR 1.20 38.60 36.67
GEKBN3 3 Bar 5/8 18.7 6.2 x 5.3 15 PR 1.17 40.60 38.57
GEKBN4 4 Bar 5/8 22.1 6.4 x 5.6 15 PR 1.38 43.10 40.95
Kerckhaert
Triumph Egg Bar, Front Clipped
The same features as the regular Triumph, the aluminum Triumph Egg Bar is a front pattern with quarter-clips.
F 30TAEBC 3x0 Bar QC 3/8 9.6 5-1/4 x 5-3/4 10 PR 0.63 17.92 17.02
20TAEBC 2x0 Bar QC 3/8 10.2 4-7/8 x 4-3/4 10 PR 0.69 17.92 17.02
0TAEBC 0 Bar QC 3/8 11.0 5x5 10 PR 0.75 17.92 17.02 F
1TAEBC 1 Bar QC 3/8 12.2 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 10 PR 0.81 17.92 17.02
2TAEBC 2 Bar QC 3/8 13.8 5-1/2 x 5-1/2 10 PR 0.87 19.03 18.08
3TAEBC 3 Bar QC 3/8 15.0 5-3/4 x 5-5/8 10 PR 0.93 18.30 17.39
*S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEM QC = Quarter Clip

Horseshoes (Egg Bar • Plastic)
ALU M IN U M Anvil Brand

Straight Bar
Machined aluminum Straight Bar shoe with blunt toe by Anvil Brand. Made in USA.
A 34-303 2x0 11.5 4-1/2 x 5 PR 0.72 22.05 20.95
34-304 0 11.8 5-1/4 x 4-5/8 PR 0.74 22.50 21.38
34-305 1 13.0 5-1/2 x 4-3/4 PR 0.81 22.50 21.38
34-310 2 14.2 5-3/4 x 5-1/4 PR 0.89 22.50 21.38
Heart Bar
A
B 34-306 2x0 12.0 4-1/2 x 5 PR 0.75 29.25 27.79
34-307 0 12.6 5-1/4 x 4-5/8 PR 0.79 29.70 28.22
34-308 1 13.4 5-1/2 x 4-3/4 PR 0.84 29.70 28.22
34-311 2 14.9 5-3/4 x 5-1/4 PR 0.93 29.70 28.22
Double S
Straight Bar Double S Horseshoes are made in Italy.
B C ABR-2X0 2x0 3/4 11.0 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 5 PR 0.69 31.75 30.16
ABR-0 0 3/4 12.3 5-1/8 x 4-7/8 5 PR 0.77 33.20 31.54
ABR-1 1 3/4 14.2 5-1/2 x 5-1/8 5 PR 0.89 33.20 31.54
Straight Bar, Wedged Aluminum Straight Bar with 3 degree Wedge.
C AWB-00 2x0 1/2 10.8 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 5 PR 0.68 31.75 30.16
AWB-0 0 1/2 12.5 5-1/8 x 4-7/8 5 PR 0.78 33.20 31.54
AWB-1 1 1/2 14.4 5-1/4 x 5-3/16 5 PR 0.90 33.20 31.54
Heart Bar, Wedged 3 Degree Wedged Aluminum Heart Bar Shoe
C D AWHB-2X0 2x0 1/2 13.2 4-3/4 x 4-1/2 5 PR 0.83 31.75 30.16
AWHB-0 0 1/2 14.6 5-3/8 x 4-1/8 5 PR 0.91 33.20 31.54
AWHB-1 1 1/2 16.8 5-3/4 x 5-1/8 5 PR 1.05 33.20 31.54
PLASTIC HORSESHOES
EDSS
Steward Clogs
The Steward Clogs are becoming one of the most useful tools available today for treating chronic and acute
D laminitis, ring bone and strains or tears of the collateral ligaments. Its Multi-Directional Leverage Reduction
design and easy of modification make it a very versatile treatment appliance. Since Dr. Michael Steward
of Oklahoma began using his wooden shoe 10 years ago, the successful use of this approach has steadily
grown. EDSS has since converted that concept into a much more user friendly version with improved
materials and multiple attachment options. As always, hoof preparation is the key to success or failure, so
please check out the Shoe Application Guidelines included with the clogs.
ITEM # SIZE THICK PR WT LxW (in) PR U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(in) (oz) /BX (lb)
E CLOG-45 4-1/2” 5/8 12.2 4-7/16 x 4-5/8 10 PR 0.76 19.90
CLOG-50 5” 3/4 14.7 4-7/8 x 5-1/8 10 PR 0.92 19.90
CLOG-55 5-1/2” 7/8 17.9 5-7/16 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.12 22.90
CLOG-60 6” 1 23.8 5-7/8 x 6-1/8 10 PR 1.49 22.90
Natural Balance
Polysteel Plastic
Like its aluminum and steel counterparts, the PolySteel NBS has all the same special features of breakover,
protection & support. The uniqueness is the special urethane material allows for an extremely durable, yet
lightweight shoe for a variety of uses and disciplines. Endurance users are extremely happy with the wear
they are seeing. For horses that primarily live in a stall, this shoe gives a more natural support to the foot,
E yet offers some protection when they are taken out on different terrains. Use the Patented Bridge System
for sizing adjustments and to provide the support and rigidity that is necessary for proper foot function.
ITEM # SIZE THICK PR WT LxW (in) PR U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(in) (oz) /BX (lb)
F NBPS.S Small 9/16 5.3 4-1/2 x 4-9/16 5 PR 0.33 20.00
NBPS.M Medium 9/16 6.9 5-5/16 x 5-9/16 5 PR 0.43 20.00
NBPS.L Large 9/16 9.1 6-1/2 x 5-5/8 5 PR 0.57 20.00
Double Bridge System
F G PSDBR-S1 1 1.8 3-1/2 x 2 SET 0.11 5.85
PSDBR-S2 2 1.8 3-1/2 x 2 SET 0.12 5.85
PSDBR-S3 3 2.0 3-1/2 x 2 SET 0.12 5.85
PSDBR-S4 4 2.2 4x2 SET 0.14 5.85
PSDBR-S5 5 2.0 4x2 SET 0.14 5.85
G
PSDBR-S6 6 2.4 4x2 SET 0.16 5.85

Horseshoes (Glue On Shoes) • Hoof Boots
GLUE ON SHOES A LUM I NUM

Sigafoos 1
Horses can be kept in full work while they grow healthy hooves with the use of Sound Horse’s Sigafoos
Series™ glue-on horseshoes. Many owners use the Series I Shoe prophylactically to avoid problems caused
by nails. The Sigafoos Series™ horseshoes are the only glue-on horseshoes that are clinically proven for
treating most “sore feet” problems. The adhesive bonded, fabric cuff system with a 1/4-inch thick, concaved
polyurethane rim pad to reduce concussive shock effects on the hoof and lower leg. Can be used on horses
with thin, cracked, broken, brittle or shelly hooves and those exhibiting a sensitivity to nails. The Sigafoos
Series I™ glue-on horseshoe system is fast & simple. It is fitted to the horse’s hoof just like a conventional
horseshoe. Although the aluminum Series I™ shoe cannot be heated, it can be easily cold formed and shaped
with conventional farrier tools. Everything needed to apply the Sigafoos Series™ glue-on horseshoes come
pre-packaged. Set includes: 1 pair shoes, 2 pair rubber gloves, 1 roll of CoFlex, 2 mix cups, 4 wooden blades,
1 mini-roll of stretch wrap, 2 foil pouches of 90 gram 3 oz bi-component packs of EquAcrylic adhesive and
detailed instructions. A
THICK PR WT LxW (in) SHIP WT
ITEM # SIZE (in) (oz) U/M (lb) PRICE
A S1GLEF-00 00 (XS) 5/16 26.7 4-1/2 x 4-3/8 PR 1.67 88.75

S1GLEF-0 0 (S) 5/16 28.3 4-3/4 x 4-5/8 PR 1.77 88.75
S1GLEF-0.5 0.5 (S+) 5/16 28.3 5 x 4-3/4 PR 180 88.75
S1GLEF-1 1 (M) 5/16 23.8 5-1/4 x 5 PR 1.83 88.75
S1GLEF-1.5 2 (M+) 3/8 31.0 5-1/2 x 5-1/8 PR 1.94 88.75
S1GLEF-2 2 (L) 3/8 32.5 5-3/4 x 5-1/4 PR 2.03 88.75
S1GLEF-3 3 (XL) 3/8 33.9 6 x 5-3/4 PR 2.12 88.75
HOOF BOOTS
Delta Boot *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
Delta Hoof Boots are excellent for all-terrain hoof protection. They provide comfort for horses with sensitive
soles, or for rehabilitation from hoof injuries. The Delta Hoof Boot can also add protection and extra traction
for the shod horse. Boots come packaged in a handy drawer style shoe box.
PR WT LxW (in) PR WT
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN U/M PRICE
(oz) (lb) B
B DHB3X0 *S/O 000 Boot 28.4 4 to 4-1/4 PR 2.4 124.80
DHB2X0 *S/O 00 Boot 40.0 4-5/16 to 4-9/16 PR 2.5 124.80
DHB0 *S/O 0 Boot 43.2 4-5/8 to 4-7/8 PR 2.7 124.80
DHB1 *S/O 1 Boot 46.4 4-15/16 to 5-3/16 PR 2.9 124.80
DHB2 *S/O 2 Boot 48.0 5-1/4 to 5-1/2 PR 3.0 124.80
DHB3 *S/O 3 Boot 54.4 5-9/16 to 5-13/16 PR 3.4 124.80
DHB4 *S/O 4 Boot 57.6 5-7/8 to 6-1/8 PR 3.6 124.80
DHBFP *S/O Flat Pad 8.0 PR 0.5 6.80
Soft-Ride Boots
Soft-Ride gel orthotics absorb the shock and vibrations of long trailer trips. A less-stressful trip means the
horse can perform better right out of the trailer. Soft-Ride boots provide soothing insulation to make the
trip more bearable. Their non-slip soles provide traction on loading ramps. The deep gel assists the natural
blood circulation in horses’ hooves as they shift their weight. Soft-Ride boots ease the discomfort of hard
concrete floors without the need for expensive floor mats. Soft-Ride Equine Comfort Boots relieve suffering
from a wide variety of hoof conditions and disorders.
SHIP WT
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN MAX WxL (in) U/M PRICE
(lb)
C SR1001 *S/O 1 Boot 7-3/4 x 7-1/2 PR 265.00
SR1002 *S/O 2 Boot 7-1/8 x 6-1/2 PR 265.00
SR1003 *S/O 3 Boot 6-3/8 x 6-1/4 PR 265.00
SR1004 4 Boot 6 x 5-3/4 PR 4.28 218.00 C
SR1005 5 Boot 5-3/4 x 5-3/4 PR 4.38 218.00
SR1005L 5L Boot 6-1/8 x 5-5/8 PR 4.34 218.00
SR1006 6 Boot 5-1/4 x 5-1/4 PR 4.44 218.00
SR1006L 6L Boot 5-3/4 x 5-1/4 PR 4.24 218.00
SR1007 7 Boot 4-3/4 x 4-3/8 PR 2.92 218.00
SR1007L 7L Boot 5-1/4 x 4-3/4 PR 218.00
SR1008 *S/O 8 Boot 4 x 3-3/4 PR 218.00
SR1009 *S/O 9 Boot 3-3/8 x 3-1/8 PR 218.00
SR1010 *S/O 10 Boot 2-5/8 x 2-3/4 PR 218.00
Pieh Tool Company

Gift Certificates
We customize each certificate for you!

Hoof Boots (Slippers • Gloves)
Easyboot Gloves *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS

A Revolutionary Hoof Boot Design. This form-fitting, seamless boot hugs the hoof and responds like a
natural foot. Flexible and tough, Glove and Glove Wide have an aggressive tread pattern and still allow
free stride and breakover. Like a glove, this boot provides protection without stifling mobility. The Easyboot
Glove material stretches over the hoof and clings to the hoof wall so debris stays out of the boot, even in
sandy or muddy conditions. There is no external hardware so there is no need to worry about replacing
cables or buckles. Studs are available separately for winter riding. The Glove must be carefully sized and
fitted to the hoof. If you believe you measured correctly, but the boot does not fit tightly, try a smaller size.
A Fit Kit will ensure getting the right size and model of Glove.
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN EA WT MAX LxW (mm) U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(OZ) (lb)
A EBGL-00 *S/O 00 Boot 24 106-109 x 96-99 EA 1.50 67.00
A EBGL-00.5 *S/O 00.5 Boot 24 110-113 x 100-103 EA 1.50 67.00
EBGL-0 *S/O 0 Boot 24 114-117 x 104-107 EA 1.50 67.00
EBGL-0.5 *S/O 0.5 Boot 24 118-121 x 108-111 EA 1.50 67.00
EBGL-1 *S/O 1 Boot 24 122-125 x 112-115 EA 1.50 67.00
EBGL-1.5 *S/O 1.5 Boot 24 126-129 x 116-119 EA 1.50 67.00
EBGL-2 *S/O 2 Boot 24 130-133 x 120-123 EA 1.50 67.00
EBGL-2.5 *S/O 2.5 Boot 24 134-137 x 124-127 EA 1.50 67.00
EBGL-3 *S/O 3 Boot 24 138-141 x 128-131 EA 1.50 67.00
EBGL-3.5 *S/O 3.5 Boot 24 142-145 x 132-135 EA 1.50 67.00
EBGL-4 *S/O 4 Boot 24 146-149 x 136-139 EA 1.50 67.00
Deluxe Equine Slippers

The Deluxe Equine Slipper is a revolutionary advancement for the equine industry. It was developed to
aid in medicating, treating and protecting the equine hoof. A Better Alternative: Replacing foot wraps every
time medication is re-applied can be expensive and time consuming. Foot wraps, if applied incorrectly, can
actually harm your horse. The Slipper replaces a foot wrap altogether. This unique product allows the hoof
to breathe and prevents hoof sweat while being treated, which helps to promote a healthy hoof. The body
of the Slipper is made of a heavy ply Cordura®, is fastened to a high-grade leather base with an abrasive
resistant and chemical resistant tensylon thread and fastens with industrial strength Velcro®. This durable,
yet pliable material allows a comfortable fit and makes them safe and easy to apply. The soft padding
around the top of the Slipper gives the horse a comfortable fit, eliminating the chance of cutting or digging
often experienced with other equine boots. This product is 100% machine washable and is designed for
multiple uses.
ITEM # SIZE PATTERN EA WT LxW (in) U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(oz) (lb)
B B DES.XXS 000 Slipper 6.20 * EA 0.39 44.00

DES.XS 00 Slipper 7.80 * EA 0.49 44.00
DES.S 0 Slipper 9.40 4-3/4 x 4-3/4 EA 0.59 38.50
DES.M 1 Slipper 11.00 5-3/4 x 6 EA 0.69 38.50
DES.L 2 Slipper 12.30 6-1/2 x 6-1/4 EA 0.77 38.50
DES.XL 3 Slipper 13.90 7-1/4 x 7 EA 0.87 38.50
DES.2XL 4 Slipper 15.50 * EA 0.97 44.00
DES.3XL 5 Slipper 17.10 * EA 1.07 44.00
Pieh Tool offers

Equine Anatomy Charts, page 193,
Horse Care Books, page 189-192,
American Farriers Journal, page 192,
and Videos, page 199.
See page 47 for

3M Vet Wrap Bandaging Tapes,
Elastikon and Equicast.

Rubber Horseshoes
RUBBER SHOES
Smooth Walker *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
Smooth Walker shoes offer excellent shock absorption by providing protection for horse’s legs and additional
comfort for the rider. They reduce stress on horse’s legs with increased traction on asphalt, concrete, marble and
other hard surfaces. The combination of natural and synthetic rubber is molded to cover top, bottom and sides of
shoes with an overall thickness of about one inch. They contain a full steel core shoe with pre-punched nail holes
and feature a double welded toe clip. Sizes 4x0-1 has 6 nail holes. Sizes 2-9 has 8 nail holes.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION PR WT DIM (in) OPENING U/M SHIP WT PRICE
A
SIZE (lb) WIDTH HEIGHT THICK AT HEEL (lb)
SW4X0 *S/O SW TC 4x0 .42 3-7/8 3-7/8 11/16 1-1/2 PR 2.00 25.00
SW3X0 *S/O SW TC 3x0 .45 3-7/8 4-1/4 11/16 1-3/4 PR 2.00 25.00
SW2X0F *S/O SW Front TC 2x0F .80 5 4-3/4 7/8 2-1/4 PR 2.00 25.00
SW0F *S/O SW Front TC 0F .70 5 5 7/8 2-3/8 PR 1.63 25.00
SW1F *S/O SW Front TC 1F .93 5 5-1/2 7/8 1 PR 3.00 28.40
SW1F-S *S/O SW Front Short TC 1F PR 3.00 28.40
SW2F *S/O SW Front TC 2F .97 5 5-3/16 7/8 1-1/2 PR 3.50 28.40
SW2F-S *S/O SW Front Short TC 2F .90 5 5-1/4 15/16 2 PR 3.50 28.40 B
SW3F *S/O SW Front TC 3F 1.1 5-5/8 6 15/16 1-5/8 PR 4.00 28.40
SW3F-S *S/O SW Front Short TC 3F 1.0 5-5/8 5-5/8 15/16 2 PR 4.00 28.40
SW4-S *S/O SW Short TC 4F 1.3 6-1/16 6-1/8 1-1/16 2-5/8 PR 4.30 34.00
SW4F *S/O SW Front TC 4F 1.4 6-1/8 6-3/4 1-1/16 1-1/2 PR 4.30 34.00
A SW5F *S/O SW Front TC 5F 1.9 6-7/8 6-7/8 1-1/4 2-5/8 PR 3.80 45.35
SW7F *S/O SW Front TC 7F 2.5 7-7/8 7-7/8 1-1/4 2-7/8 PR 4.96 48.75 C
B SW7F-S *S/O SW Front Short TC 7F 2.3 7-3/4 7-1/2 1-1/4 3-1/16 PR 5.00 48.75
C SW7F-N *S/O SW Front Narrow TC 7F 2.5 7-1/2 7-9/16 1-1/4 1-7/8 PR 5.00 48.75
D SW7F-NS *S/O SW Front Nrw Short TC 7F 2.35 7-1/2 7-9/16 1-1/4 2-1/4 PR 5.00 48.75
SW2X0H *S/O SW Hind TC 2x0H .80 4-1/2 4-3/4 7/8 2-1/4 PR 2.00 25.00
SW0H *S/O SW Hind TC 0H .70 4-1/2 4-3/4 7/8 1-3/8 PR 1.52 25.00
SW1H *S/O SW Hind TC 1H .93 4-1/2 5-1/8 7/8 1-1/2 PR 3.00 28.40 D
SW2H *S/O SW Hind TC 2H .90 5 5-9/16 15/16 1-1/2 PR 3.50 28.40
SW2H-S *S/O SW Hind Short TC 2H .90 5 5-1/4 15/16 2 PR 3.50 28.40
E SW2H-P *S/O SW Hind Pointed TC 2H .70 4-5/8 5-3/4 7/8 1-1/4 PR 3.50 28.40
F SW2H-PS *S/O SW Hind Ptd Short TC 2H .50 4-5/8 5 7/8 2 PR 3.50 28.40
SW3H *S/O SW Hind TC 3H 1.0 5-5/8 6 7/8 2 PR 4.00 28.40
SW3H-S *S/O SW Hind Short TC 7H 1.0 5-7/8 5-1/2 7/8 2 PR 4.00 28.40
SW4H *S/O SW Hind TC 4H 1.3 5-3/4 6-5/8 1-1/16 2-1/2 PR 4.30 34.00
SW4H-S *S/O SW Hind Short TC 4H 5-3/4 6-1/2 1 1/4 2-1/4 PR 4.30 34.00 E
G SW5H *S/O SW Hind TC 5H 1.9 7 6-15/16 1 1/4 2-1/2 PR 3.82 45.35
H SW5H-T *S/O SW Hind Thin-TC 5H 1.7 6-3/4 7 1 1-1/4 PR 4.00 45.35
SW6H *S/O SW Hind TC 6H 2.1 7-1/8 7-1/2 1-1/4 3 PR 5.00 45.35
SW7H *S/O SW Hind TC 7H 2.3 7-1/8 8 1-1/4 2-1/2 PR 4.46 48.75
SWCS *S/O SW Custom Shaping 12.60
SWRIM-NC *S/O SW Rim 1 (No Clips) 0.90 28.40
Call for custom sizes

and shaping.
ALL SMOOTH WALKERS
ARE SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS G

Hoof Stands
Save Your BACK HOOF STANDS - ADJUSTABLE

and use a Hoof Stand! Cliff Carroll
A farriers job is hard. Our adjustable hoof stand is designed to relieve the strain on your back and
make your job easier. Quickly and easily adjusts from Ponies to Draft Horses.
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M PRICE
(lb)
A CCDSTAND Cliff Carroll, Disc Style EA 8.55 170.00
Aluminum with cradle/caddy
B CCLSTAND Cliff Carroll, Leg Style EA 8.85 136.00
Aluminum with cradle/caddy
CCR Cliff Carroll Replacement Cradle EA 0.50 18.00
for Leg Style & Disc Style Hoof Stands
A B CCDISC Cliff Carroll Disc for all Style Hoof Stands EA 2.20 35.50
®
Hoofjack
Finally the hoof stand you’ve always wanted. Adjustable height to reduce stress to your back and
legs while dressing hooves and nailing shoes. Includes a useful tool caddy.
SHIP WT
(lb)
C HJHST-R Hoofjack®, Standard EA 9.45 192.00
Plastic with Cradle/Post (incl. 2 magnets)
D HJHST-M Hoof Jack, Mini EA 6.00 160.00
Plastic with Cradle/Post (incl. 2 magnets)
E HJHST-C Hoof Jack, Combo-Draft EA 21.00 248.00
Plastic with Draft/Std Cradle/Post (incl. 2 magnets)
HJSC Hoof Jack, Standard Cradle Only EA 1.45 52.50
HJDC Hoof Jack, Draft Cradle Only EA 5.00 72.00
C D E
StdCap Replacement Rubber Cap for Standard Post EA 0.16 6.50
DraftCap Replacement Rubber Cap for Draft Post EA 0.16 6.50
StdStrap Replacement Cradle Standard Strap EA 0.12 6.50
DraftStrap Replacement Cradle Draft Strap EA 0.13 6.50
TensKnob Replacement Tension Knob EA 0.01 9.60
HJDP Replacement Draft Post EA 5.00 18.00
HJSC Replacement Standard Cradle EA 1.45 52.50
HJDC Replacement Draft Cradle EA 5.00 72.00
F NC
Finally the hoof stand you’ve always wanted. Adjustable height to reduce stress to your back and
legs while dressing hooves and nailing shoes. Includes a useful tool caddy.
SHIP WT
(lb)
F 0241 NC Adjustable Hoof Stand w/Caddy EA 18.00 136.00
Hoof-it®
The Hoof-it® Hoof Stand, designed by farrier Steve Samet, features a new modern design which
integrates the post and cradle to create a “two-in-one” unit. This design allows the user to switch
from the hoof cradle to hoof post in one easy step. The cradle and post are covered with a shock-
absorbing rubber material that provides a comfortable support for the horse, while the wide base unit
provides added stability and safety for the user.
SHIP WT
(lb)
HI.HSD Hoof-it® Draft Hoof Stand w/Magnet EA 18.00 209.00
G G HI.HSS Hoof-it® Standard Hoof Stand w/Magnet EA 11.35 189.00
HLHSCRADLE Hoof-it® Cradle EA 50.00
Additional Farrier Tools

We offer LMF Horse Feeds.
Rounding Hammers -- page 77 They are available for pick up.
Driving Hammers -- page 79 Call if interested in shipping options.
All are listed on our website.
Center Punches -- page 66, 88
Tongs -- page 94

Shoeing Boxes
SHOEING BOXES
Nature Farms
PR WT
(lb)
A COBRAI Cobra Farrier’s Tool Box EA 18.00 233.00
Reduces stress on your back by holding tools where you
can reach them. It features seven upright tool holders with
padding, which reduces noise while making your tools
readily available. Custom fit rasp holders are included in A B
this tool box, keeping your rasps where you need them. The
lightweight ABS Plastic trays tilt forward to face you, and the
Large 4” casters move easily over dirt, grass, or any surface,
so your tool box can go where you go - without falling over.
Replacement trays are available, so if a horse kicks your box,
you don’t have to replace the whole thing!
NC
DIMENSION U/M PR WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION PRICE
(in) (lb)
B NCSBT.2 NC Tall Shoeing Box 22 H EA 15.00 237.00
The NC Tall Shoeing Box features 2 Nail 16 W
compartments, a large rubber lined tool tray, 12 D
2 rasp holsters, a knife holster and castered legs.
C
Thoro’bred *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
DIMENSION U/M PR WT
(in) (lb)
C 6SHS *S/O Thoro’bred Shoeing Box, Small 10 H EA 7.00 116.00
This is a basic style shoeing box by Thoro’bred. 13 L
Ideal for use as a trimming box or apprentice 8W
farrier’s shoeing box. Lightweight.
D 6SHL *S/O Thoro’bred Shoeing Box, Large 12 H EA 9.50 128.00
This is a basic style shoeing box by Thoro’bred. 14 L
Ideal for use as a trimming box or apprentice 12 W
farrier’s shoeing box. Lightweight.
D E
E 6SH90 *S/O Thoro’bred Shoeing Box, Model 90 9-1/2 H EA 7.25 175.00
Designed for the professional farrier. Has two 15 L
tiered thick sidewall construction with divided nail 9-1/4 W
and shoe trays. Has four swivel wheels and two
molded Neoprene knife pockets. Features a rasp
divider and removable tool tray
for easy cleaning.
Yoder
HEIGHT PR WT
(in) (lb)
F YSSB Yoder Shorty Shoeing Box 27 EA 14.0 189.00
The Yoder Shorty is small and compact! It offers
2 rasp holders with 3” casters. A perfect sized
starter box.
G YCSB Yoder Cricket Shoeing Box 27 EA 15.90 230.00
The Yoder Cricket Farrier tool box is light, compact F G
and portable offering two vinyl covered shelves.
H YDSB Yoder Deluxe Shoeing Box 32 EA 16.60 237.00
A light weight, compact toolbox boasting two
solid PVC tool holders on the side capable of
holding six tools heads up.
J YLSB Yoder Classic Shoeing Box 32 EA 18.00 239.00
The Yoder Classic includes three aluminum vinyl
covered tool shelves along with a top nail tray and
tool hanger.
H J
Pieh Tool Company

Gift Certificates
E-mail, fax or call for fast service
www.piehtoolco.com Fax 928-554-0800 Phone 1-928-554-0700.
z z
We customize each certificate specifically for you.

Plastic Bar/Wedge Hoof Pads
BAR PADS
Castle Plastics has introduced most of the successful pads in the past decades. Made in the USA from virgin
A polyurethane material. Castle Hoof Prints pads are called IMPAK and are cushioned.
Hoofprints (Impak Green) The frog is cushioned.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE LENGTH WIDTH HEEL U/M SHIP WT PRICE 10+ PRICE
(in) (in) (in) (lb) BREAK
A C1SBP #1 Bar #1 5-3/16 4-13/16 3/16 PR 0.23 5.25 4.99
C2MBP #2 Bar #2 5-9/16 5-3/8 3/16 PR 0.33 5.60 5.32
B C8IAP *S/O #8 Absorber #8 5-1/8 4-3/4 3/16 PR 0.38 6.55 6.22
C8LIAP *S/O #8L Absorber #8L 6-5/8 6 3/16 PR 0.66 8.15 7.74
B BAR WEDGE PADS

Castle (Black Plastic)
Castle Plastics has introduced most of the successful pads in the past decades. Made in the USA from virgin
polyurethane material.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE LENGTH
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in) U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
C C1BWP #1 Bar Wedge #1 4-1/2 5-3/4 1/4 PR 0.25 3.05 2.90

C2BWP #2 Bar Wedge #2 5-1/2 6 3/8 PR 0.33 3.25 3.09
C
C3BWP #3 Bar Wedge #3 6-1/2 6-1/4 1/2 PR 0.45 3.40 3.23
C4BWP #4 Bar Wedge #4 7-3/8 5-3/4 7/16 PR 0.58 4.60 4.37
Curtis Hamilton Curtis Hamilton bar wedge pads are made of vinyl.
D CH1BW Bar Wedge #1 4-3/4 7 5/16 PR 0.21 6.90 6.56
CH2BW Bar Wedge #2 4-1/2 6-5/8 3/8 PR 0.26 6.90 6.56
CH3BW Bar Wedge #3 5-1/8 7 1/2 PR 0.39 6.90 6.56
D E
Farriers Pride (Plastic, Clear)
E FPBW3 Bar Wedge #3 4-3/8 6-1/8 1/4 PR 0.23 3.30 3.14
FPBW4.5 Bar Wedge 4.5 5-5/8 6-1/4 3/8 PR 0.33 3.60 3.42
FPBW6 Bar Wedge 6 4-3/4 6-1/8 1/2 PR 0.44 4.35 4.13
FULL WEDGE PADS

F Castle (Black Urethane)
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in) U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
F C2FWUP #2 Full Wedge #2 5 6-5/16 5/16 PR 0.50 4.50 4.28

C3FWUP #3 Full Wedge #3 6-1/2 6-1/4 1/2 PR 0.86 5.45 5.18
C4FWUP #4 Full Wedge #4 7-1/2 6 3/4 PR 1.27 6.40 6.08
Black Plastic
H G C2FWP #2 Full Wedge #2 5 6-5/16 5/16 PR 0.50 3.30 3.14
G C3FWP #3 Full Wedge #3 6-1/2 6-1/4 1/2 PR 0.60 3.75 3.56
H C4FWP #4 Full Wedge #4 7-1/2 6 3/4 PR 0.94 4.15 3.94
Curtis Hamilton (Vinyl)

JCH2W 2-Degree Wedge #2 5 6-1/2 1/2 PR 0.54 6.90 6.56
CH2WL 2-Degree Wedge, Long #2 6 6 1/2 PR 0.65 7.65 7.27
J K K CH3W 3-Degree Wedge #3 6-3/4 5 3/8 PR 0.41 7.65 7.27
CH4W 4-Degree Wedge #4 7-3/8 6-1/4 3/4 PR 0.47 8.15 7.74

L FPW2 Wedge #2 5-5/8 5-7/8 3/8 PR 0.54 4.30 4.09
FPW3 Wedge #3 6 6 1/2 PR 0.74 5.50 5.22
No Vibe Wedge Pad (Brown)

L M No-Vibe pads are shock absorbing pads that reduce damaging shock load. No-Vibe is a pioneer for its cutting edge
synthetics & pads.
M NVBWP No-Vibe, Brown 6 6 1/4 PR 0.30 4.45 4.23
*S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
Bar and Full Wedge Pads

Castle Plastics has introduced most of the We have more Rulers with
successful pads in the past decades. Knife Sharpeners, Magnets,
Made in the USA from virgin polyurethane Silver Pencils, and Soap Stones
material. Castle Hoof Prints pads are on pages 105-108.
called IMPAK and are cushioned.

Wedge Pads • Flat / Draft / Arab Pads
DEGREE PADS
Castle (Black Urethane)
LENGTH WIDTH HEEL SHIP WT A
PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
A C1DWUP 1-Degree Wedge 5-7/8 6-7/8 3/16 PR 0.47 4.25 4.04
C2DWUP 2-Degree Wedge 6-3/4 6-5/8 7/32 PR 0.65 4.65 4.42
Black Plastic
C2DWP 2-Degree Wedge 6-3/4 6-5/8 7/32 PR 0.43 3.40 3.23
B C2DJP 2-Degree Jumbo 7-5/8 7-1/4 5/16 PR 0.77 5.45 5.18 B
C3DJP 3-Degree Jumbo 7-5/8 7-1/4 7/16 PR 1.06 6.30 5.99
C C3DBP 3-Degree Bullseye 7-3/4 7-1/2 3/16 PR 0.60 6.10 5.80
Black Plastic Oval
C1DOP 1-Degree Oval 5-7/8 6-7/8 3/16 PR 0.31 3.95 3.75
D C2DOP 2-Degree Oval 5-7/8 6-3/4 7/32 PR 0.43 4.10 3.90
C3DOP 3-Degree Oval 5-7/8 6-3/4 7/16 PR 0.66 4.50 4.28
C
Hoofprints (Impak Green)
C112DP #11, 2-Degree Oval #11 7-1/8 5-1/8 5/16 PR 0.35 7.40 7.03
C153DP #15, 3-Degree Oval #15 7-1/8 5-7/8 5/16 PR 0.68 8.50 8.08
E C122DOWP #12, 2-Degree Open Wedge #12 7 5/8 6 3/8 5/16 PR 0.57 7.15 6.79
LEATHER PADS D
Branded Leather Pads
Leather conforms to the hoof for a custom fit. Foreign materials are less likely to become trapped between the pad and
the sole. It “breathes” - the hoof sweats less - and the opportunity for thrush to incubate decreases. It allows moisture
to penetrate evenly and naturally yet not become trapped. Leather is disposable and biodegradable. *Branded pads will
have brand marks on the pad.
LENGTH WIDTH HEEL SHIP WT PRICE 12+BREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) (in) (in) U/M (lb)
F KL4BR Branded Leather Regular 4 6-3/8 5-3/4 1/8 PR 0.41 4.75 4.51
E
KL4BH Branded Leather Heavy 4 6-3/8 5-3/4 3/32 PR 0.52 5.20 4.94
KL6BR Branded Leather Regular 6 7-3/8 6-3/4 1/8 PR 0.52 5.65 5.37
KL6BH Branded Leather Heavy 6 7-3/8 6-3/4 3/32 PR 0.60 6.05 5.75
Keystone
Keystone Leather conforms to the hoof for a custom fit. Foreign materials are less likely to become trapped between
the pad and the sole. It “breathes” - the hoof sweats less - and the opportunity for thrush to incubate decreases. It
allows moisture to penetrate evenly and naturally yet not become trapped. Leather is disposable and biodegradable. F
LENGTH WIDTH HEEL
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) (in) (in) U/M SHIP
(lb)
WT PRICE 12+BREAK
PRICE
G KL4R Regular (11 oz) 4 6-3/4 5-7/8 1/8 PR 0.41 8.44 8.02
KL4H Heavy (13 oz) 4 6-3/4 5-7/8 3/32 PR 0.48 8.99 8.54
KL4XH X Heavy (16 oz) 4 6-3/4 5-7/8 3/16 PR 0.49 10.76 9.41
KL4XXHW XX Heavy Wedge (17 oz) 4 6-3/4 5-7/8 1/4 PR 0.37 14.61 13.88
KL6R Regular (11 oz) 6 7-1/2 6-5/8 1/8 PR 0.52 9.80 9.31
G
KL6H Heavy (13oz) 6 7-1/2 6-5/8 3/16 PR 0.62 10.37 9.85
KL6XH X Heavy (16 oz) 6 7-1/2 6-5/8 1/4 PR 0.67 12.94 12.29
KL6XXH XX Heavy (17 oz) 6 7-1/2 6-5/8 1/4 PR 0.70 14.86 14.03
Pad Cutter
Shape the shoe to fit, place the shoe on the pad and mark an outline of the shoe, then turn the handle of the Duval
Pad Cutter as you feed the pad material into the cutter. The blades of the Duval Pad Cutter are tempered steel and
make it easy to cut pads quickly, accurately, and with less effort and stress on your body. The pad cutter mounts using
a bracket with pre-tapped holes. The bracket then fits into a hardy hole for easy access (7/8” & 1”) or can be mounted
permanently to a bench or truck without using the bracket. Housing made from cast aluminum.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M SHIP WT PRICE PRICE H
(lb) BREAK
H DPC *S/O Duval Pad Cutter EA 10.1 289.00 N/A
DPBC *S/O Blade Cover (leather) EA 9.00 N/A
J DPCBB *S/O Replacement Blades-Bottom EA 24.00 N/A
DPCTB *S/O Replacement Blades-Top EA 24.00 N/A
K DPCH *S/O Replacement Handle EA 16.00 N/A
SHEARS J K
ICAR Shears for cutting leather pads. Made in Italy.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M SHIP WT PRICE PRICE
(lb) BREAK
L ICShear ICAR Heavy Pad Shears EA 0.80 44.00 N/A L
M SHEAR Farrier Grade Shears, 2” Blade (8” OAL) EA 0.52 31.45 N/A
Designed for Kevlar, Spectra & other modern repair polymeric fabrics. High carbon steel, with serrated jaws.
M

Flat Pads • Draft/Arab Pads
FLAT PADS
Aluminum
A LENGTH WIDTH HEEL SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) (in) (in) U/M (lb) PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
A ALPAD Thoro’bred Aluminum Flat Pad 6-1/2 6-3/8 1/16 PR 0.62 11.90 11.31
GCPP6 GC Alum. Protector Plate 6 5-3/4 5 1/8 PR 0.39 11.80 11.21
GCPP7 GC Alum. Protector Plate 7 6 5-1/2 1/8 PR 0.42 11.80 11.21
GCSP5 GC Alum. Spider Plate Stabilizer 5 5-1/4 4-3/4 1/8 PR 0.36 11.80 11.21
GCSP6 GC Alum. Spider Plate Stabilizer 6 5-1/2 5 1/8 PR 0.39 11.80 11.21
B C
GCSP7 GC Alum. Spider Plate Stabilizer 7 5-3/4 5-1/4 1/8 PR 0.43 11.80 11.21
Castle (Plastic)
Designed to assist farriers in promoting heel growth and soundness. With exceptions of performance and cushion frog
pads, and the frog support kits, all other pads will be used with support portion towards the ground surface.
B CTB Thinliner Black Th 5-3/4 6-3/8 1/16 PR 0.26 2.80 2.66
CTC Thinliner Clear Th 5-3/4 6-3/8 1/16 PR 0.25 2.90 2.76
D E
C C4BF Black 4 5-3/4 6-3/8 1/8 PR 0.40 3.65 3.47
C4CFP Clear 4 5-3/4 6-3/8 1/8 PR 0.40 3.80 3.61
C5FP Black 5 7-7/8 7-1/4 1/8 PR 0.54 4.60 4.37
C6FP Black 6 7-3/16 7-1/2 3/16 PR 0.91 5.50 5.22
Hoofprints (Impak Green)
Hunters, jumpers, thoroughbreds, trotters, pacers and polo ponies have all benefited from this shock absorbing
F G material (IMPAK). Manufactured from a special blend of polymers, these pads not only absorb shock, but also stand up
well and are able to be reset. These pads have also been used effectively for foal extensions, flat soles, pedel osteitis,
and hospital plates. More information is available from us about these pads and their uses.
D C4MFP Impak Green 4 6-3/8 5-3/4 3/16 PR 0.43 6.00 5.70
C5LFP Impak Green 5 7-1/4 6-5/8 3/16 PR 0.60 7.70 7.32

E FP1 Flat 1 5-7/8 6-1/4 3/32 PR 0.30 3.75 3.56
H J
FP2 Flat 2 6 6-1/4 1/8 PR 0.65 4.10 3.90
Shocktamer
SFPR Flat Pad, Grey Reg 5-9/16 5-9/16 3/16 PR 0.40 14.55 13.82
SFPL Flat Pad, Grey Large 7-3/8 7-1/8 3/16 PR 0.60 22.85 21.71
No-Vibe
K L NVBFP Flat Pad, Brown 6 6 1/8 PR 0.45 4.45 4.23
DRAFT/ARAB DOUBLE NAIL PADS

Castle (Plastic, Black)
LENGTH WIDTH HEEL SHIP WT
PRICE
F CDBFP *S/O Draft Draft 9-7/8 9-3/4 5/16 PR 2.10 12.50 11.88
M N G CAFP *S/O Arab Arab 6-7/8 6-1/8 3/8 PR 1.09 5.10 4.84
H CDN Double Nail Pad 7-3/4 6-1/2 1/2 PR 1.10 6.55 6.22
Anvil Brand (Plastic, Black)

J ABDS Draft Small 9 8x5/16 5/16 PR 1.77 12.85 12.21
K ABDS-W Draft Wedge Small 9-3/4 9x1/2 1/2 PR 1.75 13.40 12.73
Curtis Hamilton
O P L CH5F Flat Pad 5 7-1/2 6-1/8 3/8 PR 1.04 8.15 7.74
CH6F Flat Pad 6 8-5/8 6-3/4 3/8 PR 1.32 8.15 7.74
M CHAR Arab Pad 7-3/4 6-1/4 1/4 PR 0.87 7.65 7.27
N CHDN * S/O Double Nail Pad 7-3/4 6-3/8 1/2 PR 1.36 7.25 6.89
RIM PADS
R S Small
LENGTH WIDTH HEEL SHIP WT
PRICE
O CRP Castle Rim Plastic-Black 5 5-1/4 1/8 PR 0.07 1.35 1.28

P CRF Castle Rim Felt-Grey 5 5-1/4 1/8 PR 0.03 1.70 1.62
R CRR Castle Rim Rubber-Black 5 5-1/4 1/8 PR 0.08 1.45 1.38
U S CRTU Castle Rim Urethane-Tan 5 5-1/4 1/8 PR 0.10 2.30 2.19
T
T C10RP Hoofprints Rim Impak-Green #10 5-1/4 5-1/4 3/16 PR 0.09 3.55 3.37
Large
U CLR Castle Rim Plastic-Black 6-3/4 6 1/8 PR 0.27 2.55 2.42
CLRW Castle Rim Plastic-Black Wedge 6-3/4 6 3/8 PR 0.39 2.90 2.76
CILRP Hoofprints Rim Impak-Green 6-3/4 6 1/8 PR 0.27 3.40 3.23

Rim Pads • Frog Support Pads
Shocktamer
Shock tamer rim pads are dual-density hoof pads. The softer gray polyurethane is the shock absorber while the harder
black frame provides support and is the shock dissipater. Sold by the pair.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE LENGTH WIDTH HEEL U/M SHIP WT PRICE 10+ PRICE A B
A STPR Rim Pad 6 5-3/4 3/16 PR 0.23 14.80 14.06
No-Vibe
B NVBRP No-Vibe Rim Pad, Brown 6 6 1/8 PR 0.25 4.45 4.23
FROG SUPPORT PADS

Myron McLane (Plastic, Clear) C D
The Myron McLane Full Support pad supports the bony column of the hoof, distributing weight from the hoof wall to the
frog. The release of pressure increases the blood supply to the hoof wall area
C MMPS Full Support Egg Bar Small 5-1/4 6 3/8 PR 0.55 16.85 N/A
MMPM Full Support Egg Bar Med 7 6-1/4 3/8 PR 0.75 19.95 N/A
MMPL * S/O Full Support Egg Bar Large 9 8-1/4 3/8 PR 0.95 16.85 N/A
Castle (Plastic, Clear)

D CEB Egg Bar Small 6 6-1/2 1/8 PR 0.45 6.10 5.80 E
CEBL Egg Bar Large 7-1/8 7-3/8 1/8 PR 0.75 7.20 6.84
C2EBS 2-Degree Egg Bar Small 6 6-1/2 1/8 PR 0.65 7.20 6.84
Bar Wedge Frog Pad
This pad is just like the regular bar wedge above, but with an added frog support.
E C1BWF Bar Wedge Frog 1 4-1/2 6-1/2 1/4 PR 0.42 7.05 6.70
C2BWF Bar Wedge Frog 2 4-1/2 6-1/2 3/8 PR 0.52 7.45 7.08
C3BWF Bar Wedge Frog 3 5 6-3/4 1/2 PR 0.74 7.90 7.51
Cushion Frog (Plastic, Clear) F G
The cushion frog pads may be used for both frog pressure or heel support. Using the cushion frog pads and the egg
bar pads at ground surface, it will sometimes eliminate the need for a heart bar shoe. This promotes frog pressure with
Hoof Prints Silicone or other hoof packing materials.
F CCFS Cushion Frog Small 6-1/2 5-7/8 1/8 PR 0.43 5.50 5.22
CCFL Cushion Frog Large 6-1/2 7-1/2 1/8 PR 0.65 7.20 6.84
C2DCF 2-Degree Cushion Frog Small 6-1/2 5-7/8 5/16 PR 0.66 7.25 6.89
C2DCF-L 2-Degree Cushion Frog Large 8 7-1/2 PR 0.70 8.85 8.41
Hoofprints (Plastic Green) H
G CICFP Cushion Frog Small 6-1/2 5-7/8 1/8 PR 0.46 8.80 8.36
C2ICFP 2-Degree Cushion Frog Impak 6-1/2 6 3-8 PR 0.85 9.50 9.02
Frog Support Kit (Plastic, Clear)
Contains 1/2” Full, 1/2” Tapered, 3/8” Tapered, 1/4” Tapered.
H CFS Castle Frog Support Kit 2-3/4 3-3/8 3/4 EA 0.32 3.40 N/A
Natural Balance (Urethane, Clear) J

The Natural Balance Frog Pad is a durable, opaque Urethane rigidity with a “crystal clear” window above frog to aid
in alignment. The frog heel is recessed to address contracted heels, and the pad has a self-cleaning tapered frog.
The Natural Balance Pad are used for many ailing frog conditions and caudal heel pain. It can be used with or without
impression material.
J NBPF-R Frog Regular 000-1 5-3/4 5-3/8 1/8 PR 0.36 11.00 10.45
NBPF-L Frog Large 2-6 7-1/4 6-7/8 1/8 PR 0.62 13.90 13.21
NBPW-R Frog Wedge 000-1 5-5/8 5-3/8 3/8 PR 0.65 11.00 10.45
K
NBPW-L Frog Wedge Large 2-6 7-1/4 6-7/8 1/2 PR 1.30 13.90 13.21
SNOW PADS
Castle
Resilient in sub-zero conditions and resists barnyard acids. The convex ball in the center of the pad rejects packing
of snow and ice promoting safer footing. These pads work well with shoes with low calks or borium. The Rim style
is great for dealing with icy situations, and can be used all year around. Many farriers find them useful in muddy
situations. Instead of snow, the ball pops out the mud.
Flat, Plastic/Rubber-Black L
K CSR Sno Ball 00-3 6 6-1/2 1/8 PR 0.43 4.00 3.80
CSL Sno Ball 4+ 8 7-3/4 3/16 PR 0.77 6.20 5.89
CDS Sno Ball Draft 9-5/8 9-3/4 1/4 PR 1.82 13.45 12.78
Degree, Plastic/Rubber-Black
L C2DS Sno Ball 2-Degree 00-3 5-7/8 6-1/2 7/16 PR 0.62 5.95 5.65
C2DLS Sno Ball 2-Degree Lg 4+ 7-1/2 8 9/16 PR 1.39 8.40 7.98

Snow Pads • Therapeutic Pads
Rim, Urethane (continued)

LENGTH WIDTH HEEL U/M SHIP WT PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) (in) (in) (lb)
A CSRCF Sno Rim Front-Clear 00-1 5-1/4 6-1/2 1/8 PR 0.19 8.05 7.65
CSRLC Sno Rim Front Large-Clear 2-3 6-1/4 6-3/4 1/8 PR 0.24 8.05 7.65
CSRCH Sno Rim Hind-Clear 00-1 6 5-1/4 1/8 PR 0.24 8.05 7.65
A
B CSRBF Sno Rim Front-Black 1-2 6 5-1/2 1/8 PR 0.26 7.65 7.27
CSRBH Sno Rim Hind-Black 1-2 5-1/2 5-3/4 1/8 PR 0.26 7.65 7.27
CSRBH-W Sno Rim Hind-Black, 2 Deg Reg 5-1/2 6 3/8 PR 0.44 8.50 8.08
CSRBHL-W Sno Rim Hind-Black, 2 Deg Large 6-1/4 6-3/4 3/8 PR 0.44 8.50 8.08
Rim, Square Toe Urethane
C CSSTRBF-S Sno Rim Square Toe S 5-5/8 5-1/2 1/8 PR 0.25 8.10 7.70
B CSSTRBF-L Sno Rim Square Toe L 6-5/8 5-3/4 1/8 PR 0.29 8.10 7.70
THERAPEUTIC PADS
Castle
Performance
Castle Performance Pads are designed for the ultimate in sole protection and pre-cut. These pads have also been
used effectively for foal extensions, flat soles, pedal osteitis and hospital plates.
PRICE
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
C D C4P #4 Castle Performance 4 6-3/8 5-3/4 3/16 PR 0.42 7.65 7.27
C4.25P #4 Castle Performance 4 6-3/8 5-3/4 1/4 PR 0.58 8.50 8.08
C5P #5 Castle Performance 5 7-1/4 6-5/8 3/16 PR 0.54 9.35 8.88
Cushion Heel Pads
E CCH Castle Cushion Heel Black Reg 6-3/8 5-3/4 7/16 PR 0.60 4.60 4.37
CCHS Castle Cushion Heel Black Sm 5-3/4 5-1/2 7/16 PR 0.50 4.40 4.18
Magnetic Pad
D E F CMP * S/O Castle Magnetic Pad 7 6 1/8 PR 0.47 20.50 19.48
Pour (Screen) Pads
Used with hoof packing, such as Equi-Build. Also allows foot to breathe & leaves access for medications.
G CPP #4 Pour Black Reg 5-3/4 6-3/8 1/8 PR 0.20 2.70 2.56
CPPL Pour Black Large 7-7/8 7-3/8 1/8 PR 0.25 3.40 3.23
CPED * S/O Pour Black, Degree Pad Reg 5-3/4 6-3/8 Deg PR 0.20 3.00 2.85
HDP (Plastic) Pads

LENGTH WIDTH HEEL U/M SHIP WT PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE
F G (in) (in) (in) (lb)
H HDPE1 White Plastic Pad 1 6 6 1/8 EA 0.16 1.65 1.42
HDPE2 White Plastic Pad 2 6 6 3/16 EA 0.24 2.10 1.80
Natural Balance
Perforated Flat Pads
The NB Perforated Pad is lightweight with holes molded into the center to help hold various sole support materials in the
H foot. The Perf Pad can be used like a screen pad for injectable urethanes or silicone materials, or as a simple rim pad
that does not leave the frog completely unsupported.
PRICE
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
J NBPERF-RF NB Perforated Flat Reg 5-5/8 5-1/4 1/8 PR 0.18 2.95 2.81
NBPERF-LF NB Perforated Flat Large 7-1/4 6-5/8 1/8 PR 0.30 3.70 3.52
Perforated Wedge Pads
As a treatment tool, the wedged Perf Pad can be used right-side-up to change the hoof angle like a wedged rim pad, or up-
VLGHGRZQDVDFUDGOHSDGWRVXSSRUWDSURODSVHGIURJLQDKRUVHZLWKDQHJDWLYHSODQHFRI¿QERQHDQJOH
J
NBPERF-RW NB Perforated Wedge Reg 5-5/8 5-3/8 1/2 PR 0.28 3.75 3.56
NBPERF-LW NB Perforated Wedge Large 7-1/4 6-5/8 1/2 PR 0.49 4.50 4.28
Frog Inserts
This unique product was designed as an emergency support aid for various foot ailments. Taping this product to the frog
of the painful foot offers a resilient cushion support, as well as protection, and benefits the slightly reduced breakover.
This frog insert can be a useful aid for chronic laminitis provided palmar angle is less than 5 degrees.
U/M SHIP WT PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (lb)
K K LILYP Lily Pads 3/8 PR 0.53 22.75 N/A
*See pg 43 for more Frog Inserts

Therapeutic Pads • Hospital Pads
Thera Flex Pads

Treats the following conditions: Laminitis, Contracted heels and Founder.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE LENGTH WIDTH HEEL U/M SHIP WT PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
A TFP1 Thera Flex 1 PR 0.27 21.72 N/A A
TFP2 Thera Flex 2 5-1/4 5 PR 0.40 22.86 N/A
TFP3 Thera Flex 3 6 5-11/16 PR 0.48 24.06 N/A
TFP4 Thera Flex 4 6-1/2 6-1/8 PR 0.65 25.11 N/A
3P Podiatry Pads
The Purple Podiatry Pads have been designed by farrier & educator Mark Plumlee of Mission Farrier School for the
treatment of acute laminitis. For extremely severe cases (Grade IV or V), the 3P pads would be used after a few days of
Styrofoam and before shoeing. For other acute cases, we recommend using the 3P pads in conjunction with Impression B
Material. The benefit of the 3P pads is that they are easy to apply and once on, the horse can go several weeks without
the pads having to be maintained. Once you get the impression material applied and trimmed behind the sensitive
border of P3, you can cut one pad to fit in the caudal part of the foot over the impression material and then place a full
pad over the entire foot.
B PPP-PR Purple Podiatry Pad 5-1/2 5-3/4 7/16 PR 0.10 8.70 8.26
EDSS
Styrofoam Support Pads
The Styrofoam Pads are the most important tool we have found to treat horses in the acute stage of laminitis. They are C
pre-cut, hoof shaped pads of blocks of a very dense 2” piece of Styrofoam. The Styrofoam will compress into the caudal
portion of the foot. Use of the Styrofoam will allow the horse to stabilize so that a more comprehensive diagnosis and
treatment approach can be established. Set = 4 pads.
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in) U/M SHIP
(lb)
WT PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
C SF600-SM Styrofoam Support S (00-0) 5-1/2 5-1/8 2 SET 0.20 11.00 10.45
SF601-MD Styrofoam Support M (1-2) 5-3/4 5-1/2 2 SET 0.20 11.00 10.45
SF602-LG Styrofoam Support L (3) 6-3/8 5-1/2 2 SET 0.24 11.00 10.45
SF603-XL Styrofoam Support XL (4) 6-3/4 6 2 SET 0.40 11.00 10.45
HOSPITAL PADS
Castle D
Castle Plastics has created a Hospital Pad that will speed the recovery of a hoof injury. You will now be able to care
for the injury while protecting it, allowing the animal to be turned out and even ridden during the recovery period. The
Hospital Pad is designed specifically for injury and rehabilitation. The pad has a removable plate for easy access to
affected areas for quick cleaning and treatment. All you do is unscrew the removable plate to soak, clean, medicate,
and care for the injury. Then just screw the plate back on, and the injury will be protected, speeding up the recovery
process.
(in)
WIDTH
(in)
HEEL
(in) U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE 10+BREAK
PRICE
CHPS Castle Hospital Pad Small 5-1/2 6-3/4 1/8 PR 0.65 9.20 8.74
D CHPL Castle Hospital Pad Large 6 7-1/2 1/8 PR 0.80 9.60 9.12
Shocktamer (Plastic, Grey)

Designed like the sole of a jogging shoe, ShockTamer dual-density hoof pads are an effective aid in treating sore feet
or relieving lameness and can serve as a preventative measure against future hoof and leg problems. The softer gray E
polyurethane is the shock absorber while the harder black frame provides support and is the shock dissipater. Gives improved
performance and less fatigue on performance horses.
E STCHP Shocktamer Hospital Pad PR 0.40 21.65 20.57
Digital Thermometer
Measure temperature on hoof abscesses, inflammations as well
as hot metal in the range of -20 to 932°F. This non-contact
thermometer gun measures the surface temperature. Use anywhere,
it is fast and easy with the laser sighting, just point and shoot.
Read the temperature in the digital display.
5
Year
• User Configurative Hi/Low Alarm Settings Warranty
See our product line of
• K-Type Thermocouple Input: Contact Temperature
• Display: High Contrast, White on Black/Backlight
Laser Electric and Cordless
Temperature Gun
• Durable: Rugged Over-Molding Item #2266-20 Power Tools
• Hold, Max Value Functions, Work Light Pages 109-117.
• Slide Rail Mount: 2201 Voltage Detector See page 116 for
further details.

Hoof Care & Repair • Hoof Medications
CRACK AND HOOF REPAIR

A Hoof Staple
Hoof Staple: Keeping It Together. Gives alternatives and adjustibility in the treatment of cracks. Stainless steel
“staples”, sometimes called “French clips”, hold either side of the hoof wall in a desired position.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M SHIP
(lb)
WT PRICE
A HS14 Hoof Staple Small 3/16” EA 0.01 4.00

HS316 Hoof Staple Medium 31/4” EA 0.01 4.00
HS516 Hoof Staple Large 5/16” EA 0.01 4.00
SBS
Hoof Patch Kit
B Kit contains strong heat moldable resin patches and a two part space age adhesive. Unlike metal patches, patch does
not need to be removed at the next shoeing. Heat mold it. Glue it. Rasp it.
B SBSHP SBS Hoof Patch Kit KIT 0.56 51.30
Twenty minute crack repair kit.
Two resin patches & two 1 oz. dispensers of adhesive per kit.
Crack Filler Kit
Has excellent adhesive qualities. It is impervious to water, urine and other contaminants. When cured, SBS Crack
Filler becomes part of the hoof wall so that it can be rasped and trimmed like a natural horn. Approximately 3 to 4
repairs per kit.
C SBSCF SBS Crack Filler Kit KIT 0.19 21.90
Two part system includes convenient 1 oz. dispensing tube, mixing sticks
and reinforced mesh.
C
Yoder
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M PRICE
(lb)
D YDCRK Yoder Hoof Crack Repair Kit KIT 0.08 12.50
Two brass plates (2-1/2” x 1”) and SS screws.
Sound Hoof
A single packet contains: 8 Stainless Sutures with SS Backing Plates (pre-threaded with four inch wire legs), 8
Stainless Steel Backing Plates (additional plates on a loop in the bag).
E HCSK Hoof Crack Suture Kit KIT 0.08 17.25
Hoof Putty
F Q-EHP Equilox Hoof Putty 4 oz EA 0.29 6.95
D Equilox Hoof Putty does not require any special guns or applicators.
Simply break or cut off the required amount for the repair and work in
your hands then mold into the damaged hoof area. Very convenient,
quick drying and sets hard.
G KHP Keratex Hoof Putty 200 gr EA 0.58 21.85
ABCPBL Anvil Brand Hoof Putty, Black 3.68 oz EA 0.25 2.70
Hoof Putty does not require any special guns or applicators. Simply break
or cut off the required amount for the repair and work in your hands then
mold into the damaged hoof area.
H ABCPBR Anvil Brand Hoof Putty, Birch 3.68 oz EA 0.25 2.70
E
GLUE-ON SHOE/HOOF REPAIR ADHESIVES
Equilox #1
Medicated Formula
Equilox Adhesive Hoof Repair is a flexible resin which can be used for anything from repairing small quarter cracks to
reconstructing an entire hoof wall. The damaged hoof wall is rasped down and an artificial wall is built from Equilox
and a layer of Composite Fabric. Once applied, Equilox sets up in minutes. When cured, the hoof can be rasped,
nailed, and trimmed just like natural hoof wall.
F SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M (lb) PRICE
J G90650-301 Equilox #1, Medicated Adhesive 1 oz EA 0.17 17.20

Includes Step-by-Step Guide.
Adhesive Hoof Repair System
G H Equilox #1 Slower Setting Formula Adhesive is an extremely strong resin that can be used for anything from repairing
small quarter cracks to reconstructing an entire hoof wall, yet flexible enough for easy filing, shaping, and even nailing.
Set time: Sets in 6 - 8 minutes, final cure in 10 - 13 minutes at 70° Fahrenheit. Shelf life: At least 6 months from fill date
(as stated on label) — or longer if refrigerated.
G90400-301 Equilox #1, Black 1 oz EA 0.14 8.00
G90400-302 Equilox #1, Black 2 oz EA 0.22 13.70
K K G90350-301 Equilox #1, Tan 1 oz EA 0.17 8.00
J
G90350-302 Equilox #1, Tan 2 oz EA 0.22 13.70
G90400-150 Equilox #1, Stubbie, Black 5 oz EA 0.50 25.90
G90350-150 Equilox #1, Stubbie, Tan 5 oz EA 0.50 25.90
L G90393-000 Equilox #1, Converter EA 0.06 1.95
Gxsmtips Equilox Small Tips for Stubbies 0-50 ml EA 0.03 1.05
L
G90312-000 Equilox #1, Mixing Tips Large EA 0.03 2.20

Crack & Hoof Repair • Adhesives
Equilox #1 (continued)
Adhesive Hoof Repair System
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(lb)
A G90350-400 Equilox #1, Tan (Gold Side by Side) 14 oz EA 1.51 57.55
G90400-400 Equilox #1, Black (Gold Side by Side) 14 oz EA 1.50 57.55
Equilox #2 A B
B G90302-000 Equilox #2 Adhesive Tan 420 ml EA 1.33 76.55
Same properties as Equilox I formula, but a faster cure time for
colder weather. Sets in 4-6 min, final cure in 6-8 min at 70° F.
Elastikon Elastic Tape

Porous, flesh colored adhesive tape recommended for dynamic strapping. Stretches to cover most any surface.
C 70-325 Elastikon Tape 1” x 2-1/2 yd EA 0.06 2.90
70-326 Elastikon Tape 2” x 2-1/2 yd EA 0.13 6.20
C
70-327 Elastikon Tape 3” x 2-1/2 yd EA 0.29 9.25
Equicast®
Equicast® should be applied by a hoof care professional - is user-friendly and affordable for the treatment of hoof
problems (structural wall and sole failure) adding temporary wear protection and support to the whole hoof capsule to
help grow stronger healthier hoof walls and soles. Free DVD with all orders!
D Equicast 2 Equicast Tape 2” x 4 yd EA 0.25 16.75
Recommended for horses up to 1100 pounds
D
Equicast 3 Equicast Tape 3” x 4 yd EA 0.36 16.75
Recommended for horses from 1100 - 1300 pounds
Equicast 4 Equicast Tape 4” x 5 yd EA 0.57 19.75
Recommended for horses over 1300 pounds
3M Vet-Wrap Bandaging Tape

Veterinarians, animal trainers and animal owners need and expect the best in their animal care products.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M SHIP WT PRICE 18+BREAK
PRICE
(lb) E
E VW4BL 3M Vet-Wrap, Blue 4” EA 0.10 2.46 2.34
VW4PK 3M Vet-Wrap, Pink 4” EA 0.10 2.46 2.34
VW4BK 3M Vet-Wrap, Black 4” EA 0.10 2.46 2.34
VW4PR 3M Vet-Wrap, Purple 4” EA 0.10 2.46 2.34
VW4GR 3M Vet-Wrap, Green 4” EA 0.10 2.46 2.34
VW4RD 3M Vet-Wrap, Red 4” EA 0.10 2.46 2.34
VW4OR 3M Vet-Wrap, Orange 4” EA 0.10 2.46 2.34 F
VW4WT 3M Vet-Wrap, White 4” EA 0.10 2.46 2.34
Hoof Tite (Distributed by Pieh Tool)

No more cutting open cartridges with the NEW easy on/easy off system. 200 ml dual chamber with forced chamber mixing tip
has airtight storage using a replaceable plug. Bonds in 30 seconds with 1300 PSI strength. Ideal for rubber & wooden blocks.
Made in the USA. No Harmful Odors.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE QTY/ U/M
BAG
SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE 12+BREAK
PRICE
F HT-GUN Hoof Tite Gun 200 ml EA 2.58 64.00 N/A G H

G HT-C200 Hoof Tite Cartridge 200 ml EA 0.66 32.00 30.40
H HT-Tip12 Hoof Tite Mixing Tips 200 ml 12 BAG 0.28 12.50 N/A
HT-Tip100 Hoof Tite Mixing Tips 200 ml 100 BAG 2.00 91.85 N/A
Vettec
Superfast
Now you can create a custom shoe in minutes. You won’t believe all the things you can do with this new, 30 second
set, all-in-one hoof adhesive for farriers. Foal extensions attached in seconds, or custom made in minutes. Hoof
repairs completed in minutes. J
U/M SHIP WT PRICE 12+BREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (lb)
J 46140 SuperFast 180cc EA 0.59 31.40 29.83
K 46143 SuperFast 50cc EA 0.33 20.00 N/A
Convenient size comes with 2 tips and dispenser -- great for
emergencies while out riding.
K
Adhere
A fast-setting black or beige urethane adhesive designed to bond aluminum or steel shoes to the hoof and to fabricate
hoof wall repairs. Glues on steel, aluminum and most plastic shoes as well as any hoof repair project. Sets hard with
a superior bond, but maintains the flexibility necessary at the quarters and heels to allow the natural movement of the L
hoof. Initial set time is 1 minute and cure time is six minutes. Use with Vettec Dispensing Gun #46902 or #46908 and
Vettec Mixing Tips #46901.
(lb)
WT PRICE 12+BREAK
PRICE
M
L 46155 Adhere, Beige 180cc EA 0.59 31.40 29.83
46150 Adhere, Black 180cc EA 0.59 31.40 29.83
M 46153 Adhere, Black 50cc EA 0.33 20.00 N/A Note: All Vettec 180cc products are
Convenient size with 2 tips & dispenser, great for emergencies used with either Vettec Gun
while out riding. and Mixing Tips #46901.

Hoof Packing
HOOF PACKING
Impression Material
Equilox
A Equilox Hoof Support Impression Material is formulated to provide long lasting and resilient sole and frog support, and
aids in treating laminitis or dropped foot. Two part set.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE QTY U/M SHIP WT PRICE
/BX (lb)
A 801-10-001-3 EHS Blue (Hard) 3 lb 12 EA 3.26 71.00
EHS Blue (Hard) formula provides added support for larger
horses with shoe size 4+.
801-12-001-3 EHS Pink (Soft) 3 lb 12 EA 3.46 71.00
Use EHS Pink (Soft) formula for most applications.
B EDSS
Cures to a rubber-like consistency. The blended material is placed in the bottom of the foot with a pad taped over it. A
mold is made when the horse stands on the Impression Pad. After the material has cured it can be trimmed away from
the sensitive areas and placed back in the foot under the shoe and pad. Support is transferred through the pad evenly
to the frog, bars and sole.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE QTY U/M SHIP WT PRICE
/BX (lb)
B SSIM1.5 EDSS Sole Support Impression Material 1.5 lb 12 EA 1.57 40.00
Soft (Blue) Stays pliable.
C C SSIM1.5P EDSS Sole Support Impression Material 1.5 lb 12 EA 1.55 40.00
Regular (Pink)
Silicone
Castle Hoof Prints
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE QTY U/M SHIP WT PRICE 12+ PRICE
/BX (lb) BREAK
D 65099 Castle Silicone Tube 10.3 oz 12 EA 0.77 6.25 5.94
Quick setting; resealable 1 oz. cartridge.
D E SHUFILL
Liquid Injectable Sole Support Material. Firm but cushioned support pad material in four form of hardness: A10 (hard) to
A40 (soft). Offers protection and support for the sole structures of the foot and is an effective component in treatment
packages for laminitis, navicular disease & syndrome, contracted heels & much more. Usage of EDSS Perforated Pads,
meshes or solid pads is recommended. Usa a dispensing gun; set time two minutes, depending on weather conditions.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE QTY U/M SHIP WT PRICE 24+ PRICE
/BX (lb) BREAK
E GU-S251B SHUFILL Silicone Blue (A10) 250ml 24 EA 0.90 19.90 18.90
GU-S252G SHUFILL Silicone Green (A20) 250ml 24 EA 0.90 19.90 18.90
F GU-S253P SHUFILL Silicone Pink (A30) 250ml 24 EA 0.90 19.90 18.90

G
GU-S254Y SHUFILL Silicone Yellow (A40) 250ml 24 EA 0.90 19.90 18.90
F GU-DG1528 SHUFILL Dispensing Gun, Universal (150/250/280 ml) 1 EA 0.30 37.50 N/A
G GU-MT250 SHUFILL Silicone Mixing Tips, Clear (10/bg) 24 EA 0.35 8.85 8.41
Vettec Sil-Pak
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE QTY U/M SHIP WT PRICE 12+PRICE
H /BX (lb) BREAK
H 46190 Sil-Pak 180cc 12 EA 0.57 15.75 14.96
Silicone based that totally fills and seals all void
areas. Sets in 2 min.
J Urethane
Vettec Sole-Guard
J 46160 Sole-Guard 180cc 12 EA 0.57 29.45 27.98
Temporary protection and support for unshod horses
transitioning from shoes to barefoot. Fast and convenient.
30 second set time. Bonds to the foot for up to 3 weeks!
Vettec Equi-Pak
Prevents sore feet or comforts a sore-footed horse. Sole and frog are left in great condition. Dispensed directly onto the
sole and frog, Equi-Pak is a liquid urethane that sets in 25 seconds, used with or without a pad. Provides support and
K protection for thin soled, flat footed horses. No hand mixing. Will not break down -- impervious to debris and moisture.
K 46121 Equi-Pak 180cc 12 EA 0.57 27.05 25.70
Extra soft instant pad material for use under pads, clear in color and sets in 40 seconds -- for those “sensitive situations”.
About 2X softer than regular Equi-Pak, stays soft (even in cold temperatures), strong bond to soles sealing out moisture
and debris, (better than silicones). Use with pads on working horses, perfect for deep commissures and thin soles. Can
be filled to ground level (w/o a pad) for lameness cases (with limited turnout) and absorbs shock and concussion.
L 46118 Vettec Equi-Pak Soft 180cc 12 EA 0.56 27.05 25.70
Use with the Vettec Dispensing Gun #46902 and
L Vettec Mixing Tips #46901.
Combines Copper Sulfate with Equi-Pak to effectively treat most case of thrush, while providing the durable, shock
absorbing support. It adheres to the foot delivering Copper Sulfate to the sole and frog. Thrush can be covered in one
easy application! It cures in less than one minute, locks into place, and promotes a strong seal greatly reducing sand
and debris migrations into the sole. Equi-Pak CS may also be used as a preventative measure before thrush even
M begins! It, like all other products, should not be used in the presence of bleeding or white necrotic tissue. Use with
Vettec Dispensing Gun #46902 or #46908 and Vettec Mixing Tips #46901.
M 46122 Equi-Pak Copper Sulfate 180cc 12 EA 0.57 29.45 27.98

Hoof Packing
Urethane (continued)
Vettec Equi-Build B
Firm instant pad material (black). Distributes the weight across the entire hoof-bottom to grow heel, hoof wall, and sole.
Adheres to the sole, sealing out moisture and debris. Stops heels from contracting. Use with Vettec Equi-Mesh #46030
and Vettec Foam Boards #46015.
A
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE QTY
/BX U/M SHIP
(lb)
WT PRICE 12+BREAK
PRICE
A 46126 Equi-Build Fast 180cc 12 EA 0.56 27.05 25.70 C

Vettec Accessories
B 46025 Adhesive Spacers (for glue on shoes) 50 EA 0.01 0.10 N/A
C 46020 Applicator Blades 12 EA 0.01 0.22 N/A D
D 46906 Caps for cartridges 180cc 12 EA 0.01 0.65 0.62
E 46901 Large Mixing Tips 180cc 12 EA 0.01 1.06 1.01
46930 Small Mixing Tips 20cc 50 EA 0.01 0.82 N/A E
F 46902 Dispensing Gun 180cc EA 2.52 58.10 N/A
Dispensing the 180cc Vettec products.
G 46908 Premium Dispensing Gun 180cc 1 EA 3.00 86.70 N/A
Superior design mechanics allow for an “easy Squeeze
trigger” making all of Vettec’s products easier to F
dispense.
H 46015 Adhesive Foam Boards 5-3/4 x 50 EA 0.03 0.75 N/A
Seals and supports Equi-Build #46126 or #46121 until 5-3/4
set. Evenly distributes material over sole. Reduces the
time holding the hoof up and is easy to remove.
J 46030 Equi-Mesh Roll 1 EA 0.15 7.30 N/A
For use with Vettec items: #46126 or #46121.
K 46094 Contouring Plastic Roll 6 x 10” 10 EA 0.15 6.22 N/A G
Used after applying Sole-Guard #46190 to smooth and
level material, won’t stick to Sole-Guard.
46061 Vettec Instructional Video for all Vettec products. 1 EA 0.05 FREE
46090 Vettec Instructional Handbook for all Vettec products. 1 EA 0.24 FREE
Hawthorne
Sole Pack
Relieves dry, hard, sore hooves, while combating bacterial and fungal infections, including white line disease. It is H J
extremely effective in maintaining the natural pliability of the hoof. It is fast-acting, quick-penetrating and formulated with
soothing natural ingredients. Directions: Cut out abscess and pack the incision with Sole Pack Hoof Packing. Bandage
foot or use an Equine Slipper. Directions for overnight: Clean foot and pack hoof with Sole Pack. Cover with paper,
bandage or boot. Directions for packing under a shoe: Clean and trim hoof and pack hoof with Sole Pack Hoof Packing.
Apply hoof pad and shoe.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE QTY U/M SHIP WT PRICE BX PRICE
/BX (lb) BREAK K
L HSPP Sole Pack, Prepared Paddies 12 EA 0.13 2.50 2.37
Easy-to-use individual “Dose Packs”
are very convenient and ready to use.
M HSP4 Sole Pack 4 lb 6 EA 4.22 47.60 45.22
HSP8 Sole Pack 8 lb 4 EA 8.16 90.00 85.50
Magic Cushion™
Magic Cushion™ hoof packing helps support hooves in several ways including relieving sole bruising and post-trimming L M
soreness, treating abscesses, and fighting bacterial and fungal infections in the hoof. It can be used as needed, or
packed under a shoe and pad and left in place through the shoeing cycle. Magic Cushion™ Xtreme uses a higher
concentration of ingredients than original Magic Cushion™ to provide faster, stronger relief for performance horses.
N 65094 Magic Cushion™ Regular Formula 2 lb 6 EA 2.32 26.00 N/A
87830 Magic Cushion™ Extreme Formula 2 lb 6 EA 2.22 31.10 N/A
65095 Magic Cushion™Regular Formula 4 lb EA 4.32 51.25 N/A
65098 Magic Cushion™ Extreme Formula 4 lb EA 4.32 61.75 N/A
Forshners N O
Forshner’s hoof pack by Farnam is an original ready-to-use emollient formula; no mixing needed, prepared and ready
to use. Never dries out in the hoof or in the can. Hoof packing helps prevent drying of the horny tissues, in cases of
contracted heels, and hardening frog. Contains vital oils to help retain hoof moisture. Excellent for use under pads, before
shoeing or after hard workouts.
O F4 Forshners Hoof Packing 4 lb 6 EA 4.46 40.00 38.00
P
R.A.T.E.
P RATE1 RATE Hoof Packing 1 lb 12 EA 1.20 10.15 N/A
1 # Covers Approximately 8-10 Hooves
Oakum
Oakum is a blend of fibers used by plumbers and shipyards but has served as an excellent hoof packing material.
NUPAK Oakum is treated with 700 weight oil and comes in a 27 inch long 5 lb box. It is often coated by farriers with R S
Pine Tar or Venice Turpentine to also serve as a hoof dressing. Made in USA .
R OAKUM1 Oakum, Treated Package 1 lb EA 1.01 9.30 N/A
S OAKUM5 Oakum, Treated Box 5 lb EA 6.00 27.50 N/A (See page 50 for pine tar.)

Hoof Medications
HOOF MEDICATIONS
Anti-Fungal
A Mustad
(lb)
WT PRICE
A TB Mustad Thrushbuster 2 oz EA 0.17 12.70

Lasts for up to 8 days without reapplication.
Hawthorne
B HPT Hawthorne Pine Tar 16 oz EA 1.05 6.30
Natural antiseptic that fights bacterial and fungicidal infections. Also used
in hoof packing.
C HSPLB Hawthorne Sole Pack Medicated Liquid 16 oz EA 1.23 22.60
Comes with a brush applicator that covers faster and smoother - most
effective natural medicated products for the protection of your horses feet.
B C No-Thrush
Squeezable bottle puffs out fine powder treatment that attacks active thrush in 4-7 days, eliminating moisture where it hides.
D 173-1 No Thrush Powder 2.5 oz EA 0.23 14.99
173-2 No Thrush Powder 5.5 oz EA 0.42 27.15
Reducine Absorbent
Reducine Absorbent is used as an aid in the temporary relief of minor stiffness or soreness. Features the penetrating
properties of pine tar. Reducine Absorbent helps stimulate blood flow and speed healing after injury. Helps reduce
swelling and pain during recovery and can be used as a blister.
E 890550 Reducine Absorbent 16 oz EA 1.20 23.20
Veterinary Preference
D E Stop the invasion of white line disease with “Thrush & White Line Treatment”
(lb)
F VetPref-W White Line Spray Treatment 4 oz EA 0.30 9.25
Spray treatment for bacterial and fungal infection that occurs between the
hoof wall and the rest of the hoof.
G VetPref-T Thrush Pad Treatment Jar 62 EA 0.57 16.95
The cotton rolls saturated in medication are applied over the diseased Pads
tissue of the foot.
White Lightening
F G The “Silver Bullet” in the treatment of thrush, white line and hoof rot! When you activate it with equal amounts of
white vinegar, it becomes very aggressive in stopping bacteria, fungus and yeast on contact. Safe on skin and hair.
Bacterial growths such as rain rot on horse legs are eliminated with one application. Will not dry or irritate raw flesh.
H WHLT White Lightening, Liquid 8 oz EA 0.60 11.40
The “Silver Bullet” in the treatment of thrush, white line and hoof rot is now available in a convenient gel formula! It
mixes as you apply it. Gel make it easier to target the location of White Lightening! A skin protectant gel with glycerin
and Dioxicare. White Lightning® product is made specifically as a broad spectrum first aid system for skin. Helps heal
dry, chapped skin and soothe chronic irritations.
J WHLTG60 White Lightening, Gel Syringe 60 ml EA 0.60 18.50
Wunder Hoof
All-natural growth stimulant and hoof conditioner helps maintain healthy hooves. Increases blood flow without
blistering, helping accelerate hoof growth. The pain-relieving and antibacterial properties of Wonder Hoof help improve
condition and soundness, and promote healing of the hoof. Creates a breathable barrier while maintaining natural
moisture balance.
H J K 508-11 Wunder Hoof 16 oz EA 1.00 27.25
CleanTrax
CleanTrax cleansing action purges bacteria, fungi and spores from the deepest hoof layers and crevices, removing
dead powdery soft tissue remnants destroyed by fungal activity.
(lb)
L 65105 CleanTrax .25g EA 0.17 19.10
M 50270 Clean Trax Hoof Boot EA 0.78 29.45
The CleanTrax Hoof Boot is made of heavy duty vinyl and is reusable.
The powder and solution are for external use only. Keep away from small
children and pets. The solution will damage colored fabrics.
K L Soak Bag
Heavy weight plastic disposable vapor/soak bag made from approximately the same weight plastic as IV Saline bags
used by veterinarians. Wrap top around leg and secure with vetwrap. Use with Clean Trax or White Lightening.
N SoakBag Soak Bag, 4/pkg. 8x8x20 PKG 0.17 10.35
Pieh Tool Company

M N
Gift Certificates

Sealants & Hardeners • Moisturizers
HOOF DRESSING
Edward Martin Sealer
Non-solvent based, non-toxic coating that won’t wash off in the rack. It has shown to help strengthen thin, shelly
walls and also works well with Vettec® hoof repair products. In hot, dry climates it will help prevent rapid evaporation
of essential oils/moisture from the hoof. In wet conditions it will help stop excessive moisture from entering the foot.
Beneficial as well as a great show coating, available in either clear or black. Used to strengthen hooves and relieve
soreness. Comes with a handy brush.
A B
(lb)
A 65010 Edward Martin Coating, Clear 8 oz EA 0.57 14.55
65011 Edward Martin Coating, Black 8 oz EA 0.56 14.55
Sound Hoof Conditioner

Protects hooves from wet and dry conditions, preventing dry coronary bands and hoof cracks, while maintaining
moisture and ensuring a supple, healthy hoof.
B SHC-Q Sound Hoof Conditioner 32 oz EA 2.14 24.50
SEALANTS, HARDENERS C D
Hoof Guard
Seals nail holes and small cracks in hoof wall keeping in natural moisture preventing harmful bacteria from entering.
The same Kevlar that is in bullet proof vest protects and strengthens the hoof.
(lb)
WT PRICE
C HG16 Hoof Guard 16 oz EA 1.13 16.75

HG32 Hoof Guard Refill 32 oz EA 1.76 19.25
Keratex
Develop strong, yet flexible, horse hooves. Topical salve is protein-enriched to moisturize the entire chance of breakage
or injury. Non-greasy formula is easy to use. Simply apply by hand and
D KHH Keratex Hoof Hardener 8.45 oz EA 0.80 39.90 E F
Mustad
Use for toughening shod or unshod hooves, an aid in moisture retention, and to strengthen soft or mushy hooves. May
also be used as a show cosmetic to give hooves a glass-like shine.
E TS Mustad Tuff Stuff, Clear 7.5 oz EA 0.49 12.95
Crossapol
Crossapol is the shortened term for crosslink aldehyde polymer, a chemical term for a solution that helps bind the
protein or keratin on the cellular level, responsible for making the hoof strong. This bonding creates a denser, stronger
structure, making it more resistant to the damage from excessive moisture and chemicals such as the ammonia in
urine. Includes dauber.
F CRS Crossapol Liquid Hoof Hardener 275 ml EA 0.75 35.50 H
G
Hoof Shield
All-natural hoof sealant used to maintain the natural moisture level of the hoof, forming a barrier to prevent brittle cracking in
hot, dry conditions and soft, mushy hooves in wet conditions. It fills old nail holes, which can prevent fungus from entering
the hoof wall, while providing a show-ring shine. Multiple layers of Hoof Shield provide an even deeper cosmetic appearance.
Directions: Apply to clean, dry hoof wall below coronary band to ground surface. Do not apply to the coronary band. Allow 5
minutes drying time. Apply weekly for best results. You can use this after applying Crossapol.
G HS Hoof Shield 8 oz EA 0.52 12.79
HSR Hoof Shield Refill 32 oz EA 1.90 36.00
Hawthorne
H HVT Venice Turpentine with Brush 16 oz EA 1.17 12.45
Helps relieve pain and soreness due to quarter cracks, split hooves, etc.
J
HOOF MOISTURIZERS
Hoofmaker
Topical salve is protein-enriched to moisturize the entire hoof area. Helps repair external hoof damage. Contains no
pine tar, petroleum oil, or turpentine. Non-greasy formula is easy to use. Simply apply by hand and massage into hoof
with fingertips. Use daily or as recommended by your veterinarian or farrier.
(lb)
J 960050 Mane ‘n Tail Hoofmaker (Straight Arrow) 32 oz EA 2.20 11.60
Hoof Marvel
Works incredibly fast to restore moisture to dry hooves in extremely dry conditions. Has convenient and easy-to-use
spray applicator bottle.
K HM32 Hoof Marvel Re-Moisturizer 32 oz EA 2.32 11.05
HMG Hoof Marvel Re-Moisturizer Gal EA 8.54 27.45 K
See Vettec Adhere and Super Fast on page 47.

Both are great for hoof repairs!
Antiseptics / First Aid • Liniments • Grooming
ANTISEPTICS/FIRST AID
Cut-Heal
Use this first aid antiseptic on minor cuts, abrasions, scrapes, and other skin irritations. Helps prevent wounds from drying out.
Formulated with natural occurring disinfectants to keep wound clean. Perfect for nervous horses. Contains fish oil, raw linseed
oil, spirits of turpentine, balsam of fir and sulfuric acid. The dauber enables even the most inaccessible wounded areas to be
effectively covered.
(lb)
WT PRICE
A B
A 180 Liquid Cut-Heal w/dauber 8 oz EA 0.55 14.20
Granulex®
Granulex® is an aerosol treatment for wounds which assists in healing through debridement and stimulations of epithelial
tissue. Treats external wounds of dogs, cats, horses and cattle. Granulex is an aid in the treatment of external wounds such
as wire cuts, rope burns, abrasions, and lacerations in dogs, cats, horses, and cattle; and assists healing by facilitating the
removal of necrotic tissue, exudate, and organic debris.
B 790100 *S/O V Aerosol Spray 4 oz EA 0.30 29.30
Ichthammol
D Ichthammol 20% Drawing Salve from Neogen. Apply as ointment to weak or brittle hooves and nails of horses
C and dogs. Ichthamol can also be used as skin antiseptic to promote healing of minor skin abrasions and
inflammation to soothe and soften areas of skin irritation. Loose bandage may be applied.
C 205-97 Ichthammol 14 oz EA 0.97 14.15
Jim Ricken’s Foot Formula, No. 1
Jim Ricken’s Foot Formula is for use on horses on the sole and frog for puncture wounds, thrush, bruises or tender feet.
D HDRFP Jim Ricken’s Foot Formula #1 4 oz EA 0.30 15.00
E F
POULTICES
Hobart Industries
Numotizine
The mother of poultices! Analgesic decongestive cataplasm for relief in local inflammation, chest congestions, swollen
glands, bruises, sprains and muscular aches. Applied as a poultice, Numotizine helps retain the body’s own warmth
in the area under treatment. Directions: After first rubbing in a small quantity of Numotizine Cataplasm to insure
contact with the skin, apply 1/4” thick cover with suitable wrapping. The application may be left on 8 to 12 hours before
removing and replacing with a new application if desired. Numotizine does not have to be heated, but will act best when
warmed to body temperature, especially if it has been stored in a cold place.
(lb)
E 330 *S/O Numotizine Poultice and Cataplasm 24 oz EA 1.61 31.35
331 *S/O Numotizine Poultice and Cataplasm 3 lb EA 3.20 41.00
G
LINIMENTS
DMSO
A staple in the equine industry to reduce acute swelling due to trauma. When combined with an antibiotic it will increase
penetration when applied topically. An all natural substance derived from wood pulp. Used for many conditions, some
say this is the aspirin of our time. 99.9% Pure DMSO.
See page 47 for 3M Vet Wrap. ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(lb)
F 199 Roll-On (Dimethyl sulfoxide) 3 oz EA 0.28 5.09
Straight Arrow (Mane & Tail)

Mineral Ice, a time proven pain fighter that delivers performance in one word - RELIEF. Cool, fast, temporary relief of
minor aches and pains; reduces muscle and joint pain associated with arthritis, injuries, sprains, strains and bruises;
relieves minor soreness and stiffness from exercise and performing activities; all natural water based menthol formula
contains no steroids or Benzocaine; and can be used as a therapeutic “cool down” body wash or brace.
G 960150 Mineral Ice 1 lb EA 1.20 9.95
H
GROOMING, POLISHES
Coat Conditioner
Show-stopping, high gloss formula produces a radiant shine. Detangles manes and tails, leaving them shiny & manageable.
Repels dust, dirt and stains.
(lb)
WT PRICE
J H 180372 Laser Sheen-Shine & Detangler 12 oz EA 0.85 17.99
Tooth Floats
K Kit includes 1 straight and 1 angular float with refillable carbon blade. The medium grit carbon blade is 1” wide by
3-1/4” long, and 1/8” thick.
J 28975 Combination Dental Float Set SET 1.63 67.00
K 28979 Carbide Chip Blade, Flat Medium EA 0.13 21.00
Horse Restraints
Aids in the humane control of horse by applying constant pressure to upper lip. A nickel plated twist chain length is 12-14”,
L making a loop.
L 23225 Yorkshire Twitch 27” EA 1.15 39.00

Fly Spray / Insecticides • Masks • Feed Supplements
FLY SPRAY & INSECTICIDES

Pyranha
Pyranha Insecticide™ On the market for over 15 years, our aerosol formula is the #1 choice among showmen and
trainers across the country. Simply apply and brush out just before entering the show pen for unbeatable fly-fighting
power and lustrous eye-catching sheen. Citronella scented. Features: Triple Action - Kills, Repels and Conditions
Easy and convenient application A grooming aid and coat conditioner Use directly on animals and premises Kills and
repels flies, ticks, mosquitoes and gnats Kills and Repels: Stable Flies House Flies Horse Flies Horn Flies Deer Flies
Mosquitoes Face Flies Gnats Roaches Ants Fleas Ticks Chiggers. A B C
(lb)
WT PRICE
A 440 Wipe-n-Spray 32 oz EA 1.98 17.66

B 85311456 Fly Aerosol 15 oz EA 1.22 17.36
Farnam
)DUQDPµV5ROORQ)O\5HSHOOHQWUHSHOVDQGNLOOVKRXVHÀLHVVWDEOHÀLHVIDFHÀLHVDQGKRUQÀLHVIURPVHQVLWLYHDUHDVRIWKH
face and head of horses, ponies and dogs. Apply around animal’s nose, eyes, ears, mouth and also around wounds and other
VXUIDFHOHVLRQV:RUNVKRXUVDWDWLPH%RWDQLFDOO\GHULYHG3\UHWKULQIRUPXODNHHSVÀLHVRIINLOOVWKHPRQFRQWDFW1HYHUGULHV
out so it lasts and lasts. Easy-to-grip roll-on bottle.
C 180455 Farnam Roll-on Fly Repellent 2 oz EA 0.17 7.85
Equicare
Flysect Super-7 Repellent Spray
Flysect® Super–7™ from Equicare is a ready-to-use spray for horses, foals, dogs and puppies that provides immediate D E
and residual control of gnats, flies, mosquitoes, mites, chiggers, fleas, ticks and lice. Contains 0.2% permethrin, 0.2%
pyrethrins and 0.5% piperonyl butoxide. Soothing aloe and lanolin make Flysect® Super 7™ a great coat conditioner,
too. Also contains PABA sunscreen for protection against harmful UV rays. Do not use on nursing foals or puppies
under 12 weeks of age. Not for sale in AK, CA, HI, MP, PR, VI.
D FLYSECT Flysect Super-7 Repellent Spray 32 oz EA 1.92 22.35
Prozap
Poultry and Garden Dust
Contains .25% Permethrin, in a dust formula, to control northern fowl and chicken mites, lice and bedbugs in poultry and poultry
KRXVHVDQGEURZQWLFNVDQGÀHDVRQGRJVDQGFDWV$OVRFRQWUROVFHUWDLQJDUGHQYDULHW\LQVHFWV)RUSRXOWU\OLWWHUWUHDWPHQW
apply 1 lb per 40 square feet. Hand application: use 1 lb to treat 100 birds. Poultry houses: apply 5 lbs per 1,000 square feet.
Dogs and cats: rub in skin and apply to sleep quarters weekly. Do not use on puppies or kittens under 4 weeks of age or on F
pregnant dogs or cats.
E 80500 Prozap Poultry and Garden Dust 2 lb EA 2.18 8.25
FLY MASKS
Farnam
“No vision obstruction” design protects eyes from fly irritation, disease, flying dust, dirt & debris. Soft, sewn-in mesh
ears allow horse’s ears to move while protected. Speeds healing after eye injury; provides UV protection. Built to fit,
last, and stay on!
(lb)
F 180605 Fly Super Mask® II Horse EA 0.40 21.25
180606 Fly Super Mask® II Yearling EA 0.35 21.25
G
180607 Fly Super Mask® II Arab EA 0.40 21.25
180608 Fly Super Mask® II Foal/Pony EA 0.30 21.25
FEED SUPPLEMENTS
Psyllium Pellets
99% pure psyllium seed husk to increase ration bulk. Helps prevent sand colic.
(lb)
G 620115 *S/O Equi Aid 5 lb EA 5.20 34.30
H
900660 *S/O TVS Vet Value PLUS (Equi-Aid Generic) 5 lb EA 5.20 23.50
Equicart
Evolve introduces Equicart, a two-step health and repair system for equine joints that is a dietary supplement added to feed.
,WLVDVWURQJDQWLLQÀDPPDWRU\DQGGRHVQRWDGYHUVHO\DIIHFWWKHKRUVH¶VGLJHVWLYHV\VWHP(TXLFDUWLQFOXGHVJOXFRVDPLQH
FKRQGURWLQERVZHLOLDDQGK\DOXURQLFDFLG,WLVÀDYRUHGZLWKRUJDQLFZKHDWJUDVVDQGFRQWDLQVQRDGGLWLYHV8VH
grams daily (1-3 scoops) Protein: 1780mg; Calcium: 985mg; Phosphorus: 455mg. 90 servings.
H 1101 Equicart 454 gr EA 1.05 49.99
J
Delta Hoof Power
If you are treating a horse with “bad feet”, it just needs the nutritional strength of Hoof Power supplement. Besides
strong hooves, other significant benefits, like a longer, fuller mane and tail and a shinier, stronger and healthier coat
that’s more resistant to bacterial and fungal infections. These changes will become apparent within a few short weeks;
however, it takes months to grow completely new hooves… so be patient. It will happen!
J HP22 Hoof Power 22 lb EA 24.20 71.25
HP40 Hoof Power 40 lb EA 41.44 125.60
Farrier Aprons
FARRIER APRONS
Leather
Pieh Legacy Collection™
Designed for the Pieh Legacy Collection with the input of many farriers. Our apron is made locally, in Camp
Verde, Arizona. The body of the apron gives extra cover on the outside, while not bulking up the outside with
stiff kneepads, keeping the kneepads where you need them -- between your legs and on your front thighs.
The groin area is left open for more comfort and mobility. The handsome rust color of the suede may vary.
Made from top quality split cowhide. Features double stitching throughout.
A • Two generous knife pockets are set at an angle so that the knife is easier to grab and are deep enough
to protect your knife. The Knife pockets are reinforced along the top edge, sewn and riveted on.
• The 33” leather belt attaches with an adjustable metal buckle on one end and two snaps on the other end.
• The 5/8” wide leg straps are secured with a snap style fastener and 20” long.
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE COLOR U/M PRICE
(lb)
A PTC-FA.SR Farrier Apron 27” Rust EA 5.50 200.00
Designed for the Pieh Legacy Collection with double stitching throughout. Made from top quality split
cowhide. The tan suede color may vary.
• The deep knife pockets are reinforced along the top edge, sewn and riveted.
• Features a double nail pocket below the knife pockets.
• The 28” leather belt attaches with an adjustable metal buckle on one end and velcro on the other end.
• The 2” wide leg straps are made of suede and secured with velcro for easy release.
B PTC-FA.ST Farrier Suede Apron 26” Tan EA 3.30 125.00
B The Pieh Aprons can be customized.
You must specify your options at the time of order placement, and Pieh Tool will confirm your request before
processing. Here are the Options:
• Order the apron with straight pockets if you do not want the angled knife pocket style.
• 2” Magnet sewn below the nail pocket on either or both sides and enclosed in leather on back side.
• 3” Magnet sewn below the knife pocket on either or both sides and enclosed in leather on back side.
• Increase Apron Length in inch increments: 1, 2, 3, and 4 inches.
C PTC-FA.2MS-BS Magnets Sewn on L&R Sides 2” EA 0.30 21.00
PTC-FA.2MS-LS Magnets Sewn on Left Side 2” EA 0.30 10.50
C PTC-FA.2MS-RS Magnets Sewn on Right Side 2” EA 0.30 10.50
PTC-FA.3MS-BS Magnets Sewn on L&R Sides 3” EA 0.45 26.00
PTC-FA.3MS-LS Magnets Sewn on Left Side 3” EA 0.45 13.00
PTC-FA.3MS-RS Magnets Sewn on Right Side 3” EA 0.45 13.00
PTC-FA-INCH Increase Apron Length (per Inch) 1” IN 0.30 4.00
Synthetic Blends
NC
D The NC Camouflage Apron is made of cordura.
D 0243 Camouflage cordura 28-1/2” Camo EA 3.20 120.00
Hoof-it® Cotton Duct
The HOOF-it ® Apron is a quality crafted from lightweight heavy black cotton duct. Economically priced for
use by the working farrier, horse owner and hoof trimmer. Features an adjustable and removable leather
knife pockets and leg protection with knee pads and a quick release buckle.
E HI.FA HOOF-it® 28” EA 2.20 49.00
Cactus Creek Cordura
This gorgeous, well made cordura farrier apron will out last its competition! Made in Arizona.
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE COLOR U/M PRICE
(lb)
F CCBlueS Cactus Creek Short 26” Blue EA 2.48 137.00
E CCBrwS Cactus Creek Short 26” Brown EA 2.48 137.00

CCBrwM Cactus Creek Medium 29” Brown EA 3.38 137.00
CCGrnS Cactus Creek Short 26” Green EA 2.48 137.00
CCGrnM Cactus Creek Medium 29” Green EA 3.38 137.00
CCCamoSm Cactus Creek Short 26” Camo EA 2.48 137.00
CCGreyS Cactus Creek Short 26” Grey EA 2.48 137.00
CCGreyM Cactus Creek Medium 29 Grey EA 3.38 137.00
CCPrpS Cactus Creek Short 26” Purple EA 2.48 137.00
CCPrpM Cactus Creek Medium 29” Purple EA 3.38 137.00
CCNvS Cactus Creek Short 26” Navy EA 2.48 137.00
F
CCNvM Cactus Creek Medium 29” Navy EA 3.38 137.00
CCMarS Cactus Creek Short 26” Maroon EA 2.48 137.00
CCMB Cactus Creek Medium 29” Morris Black EA 3.38 137.00

Hoof Knives (Single Edge)
HOOF KNIVES A
Bonnie knives have a deep curved stainless steel blade with curved redwood handle. Holds their edge!
SHIP WT
(lb)
A PTBKLH the Bonnie LH EA 0.20 31.00 B
B PTBKRH the Bonnie RH EA 0.20 31.00
PTBKLHL the Bonnie LH Long Handle EA 0.20 32.00
PTBKRHL the Bonnie RH Long Handle EA 0.20 32.00
C
Anvil Brand
The Knife Long handle is 1-1/4” wide and the drop blade is 3/8” wide. This hoof knife is easy to sharpen.
Rockwell ‘C’ Hardness.
C ABLLH The Knife LH Long Handle EA 0.23 30.90
ABLRH The Knife RH Long Handle EA 0.24 30.90
D
Frost Made in Sweden of quality cutlery carbon steel blades. Wood handles.
D 180LH 180 Wide LH EA 0.18 15.85
180RH 180 Wide RH EA 0.17 15.85
E 171NLH 171 Narrow LH EA 0.16 14.85 E
171NRH 171 Narrow RH EA 0.16 14.85
171RHBlade 171RH Replacement Blade EA 0.05 5.00
Hall Made in Canada & have a carbon steel blade with milled ergonomic walnut handle.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE F
F HCBK-L Curved Blade LH EA 0.17 30.30
HCBK-R Curved Blade RH EA 0.18 30.30
G HDBK-L Drop Blade LH EA 0.17 36.45
HDBK-R Drop Blade RH EA 0.18 36.45 G
H HOSK-L Offset Blade LH EA 0.16 33.25
HOSK-R Offset Blade RH EA 0.16 33.25
Hastings H
The Hastings Gold Dot hoof knife has an optimum curved blade made from high carbon steel. Noted for
holding an edge and is easily resharpened. Ergonomic red oak handles have just the right feel! Made in USA.
J HGD-L Hastings Gold Dot LH EA 0.23 20.50
HGD-R Hastings Gold Dot RH EA 0.23 20.50
J
The Hastings Pro-Cut hoof knife has a shorter blade and bellied out for faster cuts with no break-in period.
K HPC-L Hastings Pro-Cut LH EA 0.25 21.25
HPC-R Hastings Pro-Cut RH EA 0.25 21.25
JH Forge
The custom hoof pick is designed to clean the foot, as well as exfoliate the sole with ease without dulling K
the blade or hook. Shoers who prefer to work with an angled hand like the deep curved blade.
L JH-DBL Deep Belly LH EA 0.21 88.00
JH-DBR Deep Belly RH EA 0.28 88.00
JH-DBR.S Deep Belly Short Handle EA 0.30 88.00
L
Ringel
Made of carbon steel in Montana. Handles are handcrafted hardwood-wood types vary. Curved handle.
(E *S/O = Elk horn handle to replace hardwood handle is special order with additional price.)
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M (lb) PRICE M
M RSLH (-E) Straight LH EA 0.30 114.85
RSRH (-E) Straight RH EA 0.30 114.85
N ROLH (-E) Offset LH EA 0.30 114.85
RORH (-E) Offset RH EA 0.30 114.85 N
O RMOL (-E) Mini Offset LH EA 0.25 114.85
RMOR (-E) Mini Offset RH EA 0.25 114.85
P ROWL (-E) Offset Wide LH EA 0.31 114.85
ROWR (-E) Offset Wide,RH EA 0.31 114.85 O
ROWR-Elk *S/O Offset Wide w/Elk Handle EA 0.30 136.80
-E *S/O Elk Handle (E = Elk horn handle option) EA 21.95
Double S P
Classic Made in Italy. The Classic (red box) Hoof Knife has a drop blade and ergonomic handle.
R 40004 Double S Classic LH EA 0.22 35.10
40003 Double S Classic, RH EA 0.25 35.10
Double S Rhino R
Made in Italy. Has long, ergonomic handle with Off-Set blade and mild hoof pick on the back side of the
hook makes the cleaning the hoof more efficient.
S 40008 Double S Rhino Drop Blade LH EA 0.24 38.70 S
40007 Double S Rhino Drop Blade RH EA 0.27 38.70
Hoof Knives
A
Beane Beanie Tools’ wide blade hoof knife with brass topper at the reverse end.
SHIP WT
(lb)
A SBWRH Beane Wide Blade RH EA 0.22 143.00
B ICAR
The finish quality of the ICAR knife range is only outdone by one thing – their edge. Super sharp and
beautifully polished the blades immediately give you the impression that nothing could dull them. Forged
in tradition ICAR’s range of farrier tools have been designed and made by craftsmen for the craftsman.
C Combining functional design with state-of-the-art manufacturing processes and using only the highest grade
Italian tool steel, ICAR farrier tools are a true investment in quality. An ergonomic handle means the knife
fits your hand like a glove making the job of trimming the hoof even easier. Made in Italy.
B ICCL-LH ICAR Classic LH EA 0.22 46.80
ICCL-RH ICAR Classic RH EA 0.22 46.80
C ICDBLH ICAR Drop Blade LH EA 0.22 42.75
D ICDBRH ICAR Drop Blade RH EA 0.22 42.75
D ICERC-LH ICAR Ergonomic Classic LH EA 0.20 55.00
ICERC-RH ICAR Ergonomic Classic RH EA 0.23 55.00
E
DOUBLE-EDGE KNIVES
F Ringel Made of carbon steel in Montana. Comes with protective sheath.
SHIP WT
(lb)
E RADE Abscess Double Edge EA 0.45 101.00
RADE-E *S/O Abscess Double Edge w/Elk Handle EA 0.40 101.00
G
Frost Frost knives are sharp & made from carbon steel. Made in Sweden.
F 188RH 188 Double Edge RH EA 0.19 21.90
H
Victorinox
G VDEBLH Double Edge LH EA 0.18 38.60
H VDEBRH Double Edge RH EA 0.17 38.60
J
LOOP KNIVES
Pieh Legacy Collection™ Handcrafted sharp stainless steel blade.
SHIP WT
K ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M (lb) PRICE
J PTBLK the Billy™ Loop EA 0.19 36.00

Redwood handle.
K PTLR-R Pieh Loop Ring RH EA 0.17 18.00
This hard to find knife is used for paring out the frog. Wood handle.
L
Jim Keith
Knife for cutting the sole. Has rubberized handle.
M L 11823 Sole Knife (Curved) EA 0.40 56.00
Ringel
Made of carbon steel in Montana. Handles are handcrafted hardwood-wood types vary. Carbon steel blades
N and handcrafted hardwood handles. (E *S/O = Elk horn handles when substituted for wood handles.)
M RLK3 (-E) Loop with Protective Sheath *Add $21 for Elk Handle 1/2“ loop EA 0.30 137.00
N RLK2 (-E) Loop *Add $21 for Elk Handle 1” loop EA 0.30 137.00
O O RLK1 (-E) Loop *Add $21 for Elk Handle 1-3/8” loop EA 0.30 137.00
P RLK4 Loop 1-1/2” loop EA 0.30 137.00
RLK4-E *S/O Loop w/Elk Handle 1-1/2” loop EA 0.30 158.00
P
Hall Knives feature a carbon steel loop with milled ergonomic walnut handle. Made in Canada.
R HLOOP Loop EA 0.20 41.50
R S HAKS Abscess Small EA 0.22 38.50
Double S
Made in Italy. The Double S Small abscess loop is used by vets and farriers. Hoof abscesses are probably
S the most common cause of acute lameness in horses encountered by veterinarians and farriers.
Made from high quality steel and wood.
T SSLA.S Loop Abscess Deluxe Small EA 0.26 78.60
T SSLA.M Loop Abscess Deluxe Medium EA 0.26 81.95
41586 Loop Knife Standard EA 0.29 43.45
U Misc. Loop Knives

U JCLOOP Soundmount Loop (JC Loop) EA 0.27 30.00
Long wood handle with a sharp loop blade.
V JH-LOOP.CL JH Forge Classic EA 0.29 108.00
V 3/4” wide with a built-in hoof pick with wood handle. Knife is
ambidextrous.
Made in USA.
W W ABLOOP Anvil Brand Loop EA 0.21 14.00
With ergonomic plastic handle.

Rasps
FARRIER RASPS
Nicholson
The Nicholson Handy Rasps are an American pattern and features a comfortable cushion grip at point and handle.
They have rasp teeth on one side and file teeth on the opposite side with 6 teeth per row (other horse rasps have 5 A
teeth per row). Overall length: 17 1/2”.
RASP CNT SHIP WT PRICE BXBREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M
SIZE (in) /BOX (lb)
A 18155N Farrier’s Handy Rasp and File 14” 5 EA 1.58 21.95 20.85 B
Has a single cut on edges.
B HR14 Horse Rasp and File 14” 6 EA 1.43 21.95 20.85
Has a double extra thin aggressive cut. Both sides are safe
7/8” (22mm) at point. For race track and horses with light
shoes. C
C 18130 Platers Magicut Rasp 14” 6 EA 1.36 21.95 20.85
Has a single cut on edges. Opposite side has the unique
Magicut file pattern. These are narrow chip breakers
created by steep and angled serrations. Tooth design
is cut deeper to last longer and cuts much faster than D
conventional horse rasps.
Bellota
RASP CNT U/M SHIP WT PRICE BXBREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE /BOX (lb) E
D BTSR Top Sharp Rasp 14” 6 EA 1.39 23.95 22.75
Aggressive design of the file side lets you get in and get
out with maximum results.
E BRR Razor Rasp 14” 6 EA 1.41 25.90 24.61
Rasp side of the Razor offers an extreme cut when
compared to other Bellota rasps, while the file side is also F
coarser.
F BCR Belotta Classic Rasp 14” 6 EA 1.45 23.95 22.75
Smooth cut of the Classic file side is the choice for a
smooth finish. G
G BRAR Belotta Raptor Rasp 14” 6 EA 1.59 27.23 25.87
The extra width of this rasp provides a greater cutting
surface. The Raptor features a maximum cut on the rasp
side; with a coarse cut on the file side. H
Heller by Mustad
PRICE
SIZE /BOX (lb)
H HRT8 Gr8t Red Tang 8 Tooth Rasp 14” 5 EA 1.43 25.75 24.46
J
This rasp is designed for rasping hard, dry hooves. Ideal for
foals and thoroughbred type hooves.
J SRTR Red Tang Platers Rasp 14” 5 EA 1.45 24.50 23.27
Set an industry standard with its Red Tang, providing the
sharpest, longest lasting rasp available. K
K HLT8 Gr8t White Tang 8 Tooth Rasp 14” 5 EA 1.40 25.75 24.46
This structure makes the rasp well suited for all types of
hoof including softer, damper horn material that tends to L
clog a finely toothed rasp.
L SBR Black Master Rasp 14” 5 EA 1.43 28.00 26.60
Has a special black oxide coating that resists clogging, rust,
and stays sharper longer. Has one more row of teeth than
Red Tang.
M SHL Legend, White Tang Rasp 14” 5 EA 1.43 24.50 23.27 M
Aggressive rasp especially useful in wet, muddy and gummy
conditions, and the staggered tooth pattern pulls straight
and leaves a smooth finish.
N SBHL Black Legend Rasp 14” 5 EA 1.44 29.00 27.55
Aggressive rasp with black finish resists clogging and
loading; decreases the opportunity for rust and produces
consistency with lasting results. N
O SBHR Big Hoof Rasp 17” 5 EA 1.70 28.00 26.60
This rasp can be used for warm bloods, draft horses, large
horses.
Save Edge O
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE /BOX (lb)
P SERP Save Edge Rasp 14” 6 EA 1.34 23.65 22.46
Sharp, consistent, and long lasting.
R SEBR-14 Save Edge Beast Rasp 14” 6 EA 1.69 28.90 27.45
SEBR-17 Save Edge Beast Rasp 17” 6 EA 2.08 32.40 30.78 P
Impressive rasp gives you 35% more cutting surface. Has
the same patented Save-Edge tooth design. 2-1/2” Wide x
1/4” Thick.

Rasps • Files
Vallorbe
Vallorbe Swiss have been manufacturing rasps and files for over a century and their experience is evident in high
quality horse hoof rasps, sharpened by the exclusive V-Sharp technology. They last considerably longer than other
A rasps due to the high quality steel used. They do not clog and they give a high quality finish.
RASP CNT SHIP PRICE BXBREAK
PRICE
SIZE /BOX WT (lb)
A VR14 Spirit Rasp 14” 5 EA 1.35 40.70 38.67
Extremely sharp tooth gives rasp exceptional, long-lasting
and regular cutting power for maximum performance.
VRV14 V Sharp 14” 5 EA 1.35 35.95 34.15
B Stands out from the competition in cutting power. Rasp has
an extremely sharp cut on rasp side, longer service life,
novel shape of the teeth promoting the evacuation of chips,
double cut on file side for excellent finish.
Mercury
Finally a hoof rasp produced according to the highest standards, affordable for everyone. The position of the tooth
on the rasp side and the unique composition of steel makes the rasp stay sharp longer where others fail. The sharp
C sides add an extra value to this rasp, useful when finishing off. The file side finishes off extremely well, leaving no
marks.
B MR14 Mercury 14” 6 EA 1.45 22.44 21.32
The Mercury rasp offers you perfect design of the tooth on
rasp side, fast and smooth rasping, eliminates dirt clogging
between the tooth.
D FARRIER FINISHING FILES

Heller
Specially treated with black oxide coating. Lasts longer due to increased resistance to loading and rust.
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE /BOX (lb)
C SBMFF Heller Black Finish File 14” 5 EA 1.43 27.25 25.89
E D SMFF Heller Master Finish File 14” 5 EA 1.41 23.95 22.75
Save Edge
E SEFR Save-Edge Finish Rasp 14” 6 EA 1.35 24.40 23.18
Viking Sanding Rasp

The Viking Sanding Rasp features a cushioned sanding block on one side and a soft finisher on the other. The
sanding rasp comes with 3 velcro fixing sanding belts with a tang which fits a rasp handle.
F F VFTSR.S Viking Denmark Sanding Rasp Unit, Soft EA 0.12 62.00 N/A
G VFTDS.S Viking Denmark Sanding Rasp Unit, Double Sided Soft EA 0.12 73.45 N/A
H VFSS120 Viking Denmark Sanding Sleeves, 120 Gr (10 Pc) PKT 0.12 14.95 N/A
VFSS220 Viking Denmark Sanding Sleeves, 220 Gr (10 Pc) PKT 0.12 14.95 N/A
SAND BAR
SHIP PRICE
WT (lb) BREAK
J SANDBAR Sand Bar Sponge (60 x 80 gr) 4 x 2-2/3 x 1” EA 0.25 2.00 N/A
Medium to Coarse sponge sanding block used on horses
hooves before gluing on shoes, using adhesives and for
G general finishing of the hoof.
METAL FILES
Nicholson
The American pattern is used for all of the Nicholson files.
H CNT U/M SHIP PRICE BXBREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE /BOX WT (lb)
K 05190 Nicholson Half Round Pipeliner File 14” 6 EA 1.33 19.70 18.72
Bastard cut for use on concave, convex and flat surfaces.
Round on one side, flat on opposite. Both sides are
J single cut.
L 07894 Nicholson Flat Magicut File 8” 12 EA 0.31 10.10 9.60
Used as an all-purpose file to remove stock rapidly created
by steep, angled serrations. Leaves smooth finish. File has
rectangular shape, tapered point in width.
K 07917 Nicholson Flat Magicut File 10” 6 EA 0.50 13.05 12.40
M 03863 Nicholson Flat Bastard File 14” 6 EA 1.12 21.95 20.85
L Used by those who require rapid removal of metal.
Rectangular in cross section and in taper towards the point
in width, double cut on sides, single cut on edges.
N 16507 Nicholson Bastard Cut Warding File 4” 12 EA 0.03 9.20 8.74
Thin rectangular shape, double cut on sides, single cut on
M edges.
O 08354 Nicholson Mill Bastard File 6” 12 EA 0.12 5.22 4.96
Used for sharpening mill or circular saws, and draw-filing
N and finishing metals. Rectangular shape with single cut on
sides and edges. 2 square edges, tapers slightly in width.

Metal Files • File Handles & Holders
Metal Files (Nicholson continued) A

PRICE
SIZE /BOX (lb)
A 14729N Extra Slim Taper File 8” 12 EA 0.15 6.95 6.60 B
For filing saws with 60° angle teeth. Triangular shaped,
single cut with edges set and cut for filing gullets between C
saw teeth. Tapers slightly towards the point.
B 02215 Flat Chain Saw File 8” 12 EA 0.19 9.40 8.93 D

Cutter-raker type (2 round edges) chain saws has a
rectangular shape.
EA 0.05
E
C 01630 Round Chain saw File, Smooth Cut, 6’ 6” 3 4.05 3.85
01888 Round Chain saw File, Smooth Cut, 8’ 8” 3 EA 0.10 4.05 3.85
D 10627 Hoof Honer/Sharpening File 8” 6 EA 0.15 9.80 9.31
Excellent for sharpening hoof knives, small knives, F
scissors, tubing cutters, carpet and flooring knives.
Perfect for all other tools that need a keen, sharp edge.
Use a continuous motion from handle to end of blade.
Save Edge
American pattern round chain saw file. Round shape, parallel single cut. Used for sharpening chain saws. G
E SCSF188 Chain Saw File, Round 3/16 8” 12 EA 0.12 1.20 1.14
Simonds
A specially sharpened Mill Bastard File with two round edges designed to sharpen veneer knives. Veneer Knife
Files are single cut and are parallel in width and thickness.
F S6V2RE Veneer Knife File, 2 Round Edges 6” 12 EA 0.10 6.60 6.27 H J
S8V2RE Veneer Knife File, 2 Round Edges 8” 12 EA 0.20 9.42 8.95
RASP FILE HANDLES

Aluminum
K
U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE PRICE
(lb)
G PARHS Pieh Tool Rasp Handle Small EA 0.31 26.00
Ergonomic shape fits great in your palm! Fits most files and
rasps. Allen wrench included. Made in USA.
H ALRH FPD Rasp Handle Medium EA 0.44 20.15

Fits all 14” rasps. Allen wrench included. 1-1/2” L
J ALRHL FPD Rasp Handle Large EA 0.56 20.15
Fits all 14” rasps. Allen wrench included. 1-3/4”
K SSARH Double S Aluminum Rasp Handle EA 0.36 15.60

Handle fits over the rasp tang. Small ball offers great
control. Aluminium rasp handle is screwed on to the tang M
of the rasp. Very nice looking together with the aluminium
Double S rasp end cap. Made in Italy.
Plastic
SHIP WT
(lb)
L SERH Save-Edge Screw-on Rasp Handle EA 0.23 8.25
Fits all 14” rasps tangs. Randomly comes in blue, black or
white. Ergonomically designed to fit in the palm of the hand N
and features a heat treated thread inside for a secure grip.
M RHE Equithotics Rasp Handle EA 0.23 9.90
These handles are the best you will ever use. They won’t
loose their grip on the rasp and will last literally for years.
Designed to enhance comfort by covering the sharp
corners of the rasp and fit in the palm of the hand. The
polyurethane gives a cushion to the grip like no other and
improves control while rasping. Colors chosen at random. O
Rubber
Lightweight rubber with no slip surface fits perfect in your palm. Random colors. Made in Denmark.
N VFTRH.S Denmark Rasp Handle Small EA 0.12 20.00
P
VFTRH.L Denmark Rasp Handle Large EA 0.12 20.00
Wood
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M (lb) PRICE R
O RHT9 Nicholson Screw-on Handle for 14” Rasp EA 0.16 5.10
P BRH Bellota Screw-on Rasp Handle (Dark) EA 0.20 5.50
Fits 14” tanged rasps. Has strong metal ferrules and fits
comfortably in your hand. Dark or clear handle at random.
R FHDO3 Screw-On File Handle, 3-6” files EA 0.05 4.85 S
S TG3 Screw-On File Handle, 6-8” files EA 0.11 4.85
T TG4 Screw-On File Handle, 14-18” rasps EA 0.16 5.10
T

Rasp Holders • Nippers
A RASP HOLDERS
SHIP WT
(lb)
A NCRH NC Rasp Holder 13” EA 0.28 6.75
Keep your rasp sharp and handy! Black urethane.
B B YDRH Yoder Aluminum Rasp Holder 13” 0.83 13.60
Rasp holder for attaching to your Yoder Farrier Toolbox.
Made of aluminum and lined with vinyl.
C SSREC Double S AL Rasp End Cap 2-1/8 x 1-1/8” EA 0.12 17.85
C
FILE CLEANER
D 21467 Nicholson File Card & Brush 10” EA 0.32 12.45
Especially for use on finer cut files.
D
RULER
Made of durable steel. One side measures 0-16”. The other side has 0 in the center measuring 8” in either
direction. This handy ruler allows quick and accurate measuring in either direction making it a staple in your tool
collection. The reverse side of the ruler contains common horseshoe measurements for bar stock, bar stock weight
in ounces per inch, a pritchel point guide and more!
E
E WHR W-Brand Steel Horseshoer’s Rule 16” EA 0.16 21.00
FARRIER TRIMMING KIT

An attractive set makes a perfect gift. Contains one each of the following 9 hoof trimming tools: 10oz Driving
Hammer, 14” Nipper, Hoof Knife, Rasp, Rasp Handle, Clinch Cutter, Hoof Pick, Clincher and Pritchel. Designed
F especially for trimming hooves and shoeing horses. Can be used for cattle, too.
SHIP WT
(lb)
F 5050 Nordic Forge Professional Trimming Kit (9 Tools) EA 8.45 200.00
FARRIER 9-POCKET TOOL ROLL PROTECTOR

Designed to hold a Rasp with handle, Nipper, Clincher, Pull Off, Nail Cutter, Hammer, Clinch Cutter, Hoof Knife
and Nails. The 2 ties are double the length needed to go around the roll. This allows for more tools to be rolled in.
Made in Camp Verde, AZ from Black Heavy Cordura. Designed for Horse Packing and normal travel. Dimensions
Ties: 32”, Roll open: 42” x 30”, Roll closed: 22” x approx. 7”.
G PTFTR Pieh 9-Pocket Tool Roll (tools not included) 28-1/2” EA 1.27 55.00
NAIL NIPPERS
Diamond
G SHIP WT
(lb)
H N10 Diamond Nail Nipper 10” EA 0.23 43.65
Improved beveled cutting angle adds strength. Has fully
polished head with wide throat clearance.
Bellota
J BNC9 Bellota Nail Cutter 9” EA 0.69 29.30
Works with relative ease because of the rivet position. Try
these to see just how easy cutting horseshoe nails can be.
ICAR
H Made from the highest quality steel in Italy that promotes a longer life cutting edge and warranted free from defects.
The ICAR Nail Cutters cut even the biggest nails with ease. Unique design - hercules magnets inset into the jaws
collects nail cut offs. Made in Italy.
K IC12NC ICAR Nail Cutter 12” EA 1.50 200.00
J
Knipex
L WKN8 Knipex Nail Nipper 8” EA 0.54 34.00
Easy to use and fits easily in your shoeing box. The sharp
edge cuts nails quick.
K L Mustad
A handy Nail-Cutter designed for cutting nails to correct length before clinching. This tool is made of the highest
quality tool steel for sharpness and durability.
M 60034 Nail Cutter, Black EA 1.10 73.95
M HOOF NIPPERS
Pieh Tool Hoof Nippers are made with high quality tool steel and are finished to provide maximum cutting in 3
sizes. Our nippers can be rebuilt at least 2 times unless chips in the blade are too deep. The heat treated area is
about 1/4” to 1/2” for both blades. This is good news because if you do hit a nail, they most likely won’t break past
this point. All nippers are heat treated and sharpened by a professional bladesmith in Camp Verde, Arizona.
SHIP WT
N ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M PRICE
(lb)
PT12N Pieh Hoof Nipper 12” EA 1.50 140.00
N PT14N Pieh Hoof Nipper 14” EA 1.80 140.00
PT15N Pieh Hoof Nipper 15” EA 2.20 140.00

Hoof Nippers
Diamond
Both are adequate nippers for horse owners and those just getting started in horseshoeing. They are precision
manufactured of alloy steel with a button rivet.
SHIP WT
A
(lb)
A FN12 Nipper 12” EA 1.43 102.75
FN15 Nipper 15” EA 1.90 107.55
B
This economy model, forged from high quality steel, is chrome plated and is heat treated. The nipper has plastic
coated handles for comfort and added grip.
B 14D Nipper 14” EA 2.42 41.55
DS
DS Tools are made of high quality tool steel, custom ground and polished by hand since 1965. C
C DS14 DS Hoof Nipper 14” EA 1.72 207.00
D DS15 DS Hoof Nipper 15’ EA 1.80 207.00
DS16 DS Hoof Nipper 16” EA 1.86 207.00 D
E DSRT12 Race Track Hoof Nipper 12” EA 1.44 216.00
GE
GE Nippers are drop forged from chrome vanadium steel. The blades are aligned and sharpened by hand for
accurate trimming and longer blade life. They are designed for professional farriers with maximum precision and E
minimum fatigue.
F GE12N GE Hoof Nipper 12” EA 1.26 215.95
GE14N GE Hoof Nipper 14” EA 1.72 220.25
G GE15N GE Hoof Nipper 15” EA 2.02 220.25
F
The Easy Nipper reins have the characteristics of the GE Curved Jaw Clincher with leverage of their 14” Nipper.
This design causes less fatigue on the hands and aids in dry climates where reins tend to spring!
GE12N-EZ GE Easy Hoof Nipper 12” EA 1.42 215.95
GE14N-EZ GE Easy Hoof Nipper 14” EA 1.76 220.25
H GE15N-EZ GE Easy Hoof Nipper 15” EA 2.06 220.25 G H
J GE14RTN *S/O GE Race Track Hoof Nipper 14” EA 1.57 220.25
The head is smaller, for performance horses, with a finer cutting
edge than the regular 14” nipper.
K GE12HRN GE Half-Round Hoof Nipper 12” EA 1.35 235.95
Designed for hoof wall work and clip placement and is excellent for J K
hard-to-get-at places in the hoof.
ICAR
ICAR Smith’s Hoof Nippers are a revolution in farrier tools. Made of the highest quality too steel in Italy. They have
added many features to enhance their design and performance. ICAR Nippers have a longer life cutting edge, and
easier cutting due to the optimized cutting edge with ergonomic handles. Warrentied to be free from defects in L M
material and workmanship.
SHIP WT
(lb)
L IC14MN ICAR Hoof Nipper, Medium Size 14” EA 1.70 272.00
M IC14RN ICAR Hoof Nipper, Regular Size 14” EA 1.85 272.00
N IC12RTN ICAR Hoof Nipper, Race Track 12” EA 1.50 265.00 N
IC14RTN ICAR Hoof Nipper, Race Track 14” EA 1.65 272.00
Lopez
Joe Lopez, a former GE Forge tool maker, has an established reputation for quality workmanship.
O LFT4004 Lopez Hoof Nipper 14” EA 1.58 202.00 O
P LFT4007 Lopez Hoof Nipper 15” EA 2.00 202.00
Nordic Forge
Outstanding quality for the price! Forged from high quality tool steel, heat treated for strength, features precision P
machined cutting edges. Available fully polished or semi-polished (head only).
R NFJP12P Viking Hoof Nipper, Polished 12” EA 1.40 104.55
NFJP12SP Viking Hoof Nipper, Semi-Polished 12” EA 1.45 76.65
S NFJP15P Viking Hoof Nipper, Polished 15” EA 1.85 115.00
T NFJP15SP Viking Hoof Nipper, Semi-Polished 15” EA 1.94 85.75 R
NF14RACESP Viking Hoof Race Track Nipper, Semi-Polished 14” EA 1.61 81.25
NIPPER SPRING S
SHIP WT
(lb)
U WNS W-Brand Nipper Spring EA 0.06 9.75
The nipper spring allows you to cut while using only one hand. It
fits over the reins of the nipper.
T U

Crease Nail Pullers • Pull-Offs/Spreaders • Hoof Testers
CREASE NAIL PULLERS

A Diamond
SHIP WT
(lb)
A NP12 Nail Puller 12” EA 1.13 61.35
Removes nails from crease of shoes that have been on the horse
for some time.
B GE
B GECNP Nail Puller 12” EA 2.00 113.00
GE Nail Pullers are drop forged from chrome molybdenum steel.
The jaws are designed to lock over the nail head and along its taper
to remove a single nail from creased, swaged or fullered shoes.
Lopez
C C LFT4001 Nail Puller 9” EA 0.93 93.00
Rubber cushioned handles. Made with high quality tool steel, and
finished to provide maximum performance. The quality finish is a
trademark of Lopez tools.

Pieh Tool Crease Nail Pullers are drop forged from Chrome Vanadium steel. (A type of steel made from two alloys
D that is used in large-diameter spring wire, an excellent choice for high-stress applications.) The jaws are designed
to lock over the nailhead and along its taper to remove a single nail from creased, swaged or fullered shoes.
D PTCNP Pieh Crease Nail Puller 12” EA 1.30 62.00
TOOL REBUILDS (Prepayment and FOB Required)

Standard and Express Services offered: Standard will be sent out the 1st or 15th of the month. Express is handled
E immediately with express shipping and handling. We offer rebuilds for almost any brand nipper... please do not
send nippers to us that have been previously rebuilt by welding on the blade. * MFC and Delta Nippers can not be
rebuilt. Please call us if you are unsure as to whether your nipper can be rebuilt. Generally after the third rebuild
you will not have much bite left, and the tool cannot be rebuilt any further. In the event that we determine your tool
cannot be rebuilt, we will return the tool to you only charging you for the return shipping. Please note you will be
responsible for the return shipping on your rebuilt tool.
F PULL OFFS/SPREADERS
GE
Drop forged from chrome vanadium steel with knobs on the handles. Used in the removal of shoes and can also
cut nails without damage to the blades.
SHIP WT
(lb)
G E GE12PO *S/O Pull Off 12” EA 2.00 172.00
GE14PO *S/O Pull Off 14” EA 2.40 172.00
Diamond
F SP12D Spreader/Pull Off 12” EA 1.66 70.10
Combination Spreader/Pullers have sharp outside teeth for
H spreading. Can also be used for cutting nails.
Mustad
G 60003 Pull Off/Spreader (Blackened) 14” EA 2.10 91.50
Nordic
J H NFJP12PO Viking Spreader/Pull Off 12” EA 1.42 66.65
Forged from high quality tool steel and heat treated for strength.
Precision machined, fully polished. Has sharp outside teeth for
spreading. Can also be used for cutting nails.
K
HOOF TESTERS
Made from quality tool steel.
SHIP WT
(lb)
J PTHTS Pieh Hoof Tester, Small 9” EA 3.50 68.50
Opens to 5”. Round edges with high polished finish.
L
K PTHTL Pieh Hoof Tester, Large 12” EA 3.04 94.00
Opens to 9-1/2”. Soft brushed finish.
W-Brand
L WHT Hoof Tester (pens to 6”) 14” EA 1.55 99.00
Ryding
M HTEST-ADJ Adjustable Hoof Tester 13” EA 1.71 210.00
M The adjustment jaw easily slides open or closed to provide the best
possible fit for each foot and allows for more consistent application
of pressure to all parts of the foot. Maximum setting opens to 5”; in
minimum setting opens to 2”.
We have fire tongs on page 94. *S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS

Hoof Gauges • Eveners • Dividers • Hoof Picks
HOOF GAUGES
SHIP WT A
(lb)
A PTHGB Pieh Brass Hoof Gauge 6” EA 0.67 15.00
Our gauge is constructed of brass and will give good easy to read
measurements.
Ruidoso
B RHG Ruidoso Metal Hoof Gauge 6” EA 1.01 63.50
Doesn’t waste your time with false or inaccurate readings. The self- B
adjusting design lets you move from hoof to hoof without the usual
re-calibration. Surface plate allows easy leveling of entire perimeter
of foot plane, and the easy reading guide lets you “gauge-and-go”
with confidence.
Finnegan
C FHG Finnegan Metal Hoof Gauge 15” EA 1.49 104.55
Based on the T-square principle, measures both medial-to-lateral C
balance and hoof angulation. Built from aluminum and adjustable
to fit all hoof sizes, it is accurate and easy to use. Instructions and
a marking pencil included.
Ward & Story

D WSHP Ward & Story Aluminum Hoof Gauge 15” EA 0.52 52.55
High tensile Aluminum. Two point contact of arm. Calibrated. Full
toe clearance.
E WSHG-RA *S/O Ward & Story Replacement Arm 15” EA 0.03 15.75 D
NC E
F 0715 Cavalry Hoof Gauge #1 (Cast aluminum) 3x0 - 0 EA 0.50 54.00
0715A Cavalry Hoof Gauge #2 (Cast aluminum) 1-4 EA 1.20 58.50
HOOF EVENER
A simple and handy tool used for checking the toe length on shod feet, or for trimming evenly matched pairs of feet
the easy way. This is a labor saving device for the horseshoer or horseman. It enables the farrier to measure the F
length of the hoof wall at the toe immediately after trimming it, with the foot up and still in the trimming position.
Horseman find it quick and easy to pick up a horse’s foot and check toe length for growth, evenness, or for horse
show classes that require measuring. The unique curve at the end of the Hoof Evener make all this possible, and
it takes only seconds! Comes with a clip attached to secure in your shirt pocket keeping the Hoof Evener handy.
Simple precise instructions are included. G
SHIP WT
(lb)
G WHE W-Brand Hoof Evener 15” EA 0.04 10.65
DIVIDERS
Pieh Legacy Collection™ H J
H PTWD Pieh Wing Divider, Aluminum 7” EA 0.14 12.90
Used for measuring the toe & heel.
JH Forge
Anodized Aluminum with crisp numbers. Comes with instructions.
J JH-DIV JH Forge Premium Wing Divider 7” EA 0.40 78.65
Mustad K
K 41715 Mustad Spring Divider 6” EA 0.20 11.05
HOOF PICKS
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M (lb) PRICE L
L PTHPH Pieh Hoof Pick 6-1/2” EA 0.30 10.50
Durable with a plastic coated handle.
M VF27 Horse Head Hoof Pick 7” EA 0.39 20.00
Hand forged of mild steel. Made by Pieh Tool’s blacksmith
instructor, Gordon Williams. This pick will last and last. M
Double S
N SSHP Double S Hoof Pick 6-1/2” EA 0.28 26.75
N
Hall
O HHP Hall Hoof Pick EA 0.35 12.20
Anvil Brand O
P ABAP AB Abscess Probe EA 0.05 7.10
The Anvil Brand Abscess Probe functions like brace and bit for
opening abscesses.
P

Clinchers • Clinch Cutters
SHOE SPREADERS
SHIP WT
A ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M (lb) PRICE
A KSS Kulp Shoe Spreader 12” EA 2.34 111.55

Forged from high-quality tool steel with a unique design featuring
two different spreader sizes in one tool, adjusting from pony to
warm-blood sizes.
B DSSP DS Shoe Spreader 15” EA 1.85 115.00
B Made of high quality tool steel. Custom ground & polished since
1965.
C LFT4014 Lopez Shoe Spreader 14” EA 3.00 109.00
Spreader has rubber cushioned grip handles. 4-1/4” wide head.
The quality finish is a trademark of Lopez tools.
C
CLINCHERS
Clinchers should flatten tight clinches with little effort. Most work on high or low nails.
Blurton
SHIP WT
(lb)
D JBCCJ *S/O JB Curved Jaw Clincher 12” EA 1.75 235.00
D Incorporates replaceable top teeth made from durable Stellite.
Made in England.
Diamond
E E HC12 Diamond Saddle Horse Clincher 12” EA 1.21 69.15
Use on larger nails in saddle horse hoofs.
F PC12 Diamond Gooseneck Clincher 12” EA 1.17 77.50
for smaller nails when shoeing ponies and race horses.
F G FC12 Diamond Farrier Clincher 12” EA 1.22 76.40
Designed to roll over high and low nails. Downward push with
rolling action clinches nail. Note: Tool should not be squeezed
when clinching nail.
G
GE
H GECJC GE Curved Jaw Clincher 12” EA 2.20 166.75
Drop forged from chrome vanadium steel are perfectly balanced
for a comfortable grip and better clinch control. The teeth are heat
treated to hold their bite under heavy use.
H J GECJLN GE Curved Low Nail Clincher 12” EA 2.00 166.75
Ideal for clinching #5 or smaller nails. A racehorse platers dream!
Lopez
The quality finish is a trademark of Lopez tools. Made with high quality tool steel and are finished to provide
J maximum performance.
K LFT4002 Lopez Saddlehorse Clincher 13” EA 2.00 153.00
L LFT4003 Lopez Angled Jaw Clincher 13” EA 1.37 142.50
Ergonomic handle with offset jaw for leverage.
K M LFT4008 Lopez Low Nail Clincher 13” EA 2.00 153.00
DS
N DSSHA DS Saddlehorse Alligator Clincher 12” EA 1.52 146.00
L Made of high quality tool steel. They are custom forged and
polished by hand since 1965.
Mustad
60005 Mustad Clincher Blackened (Saddlehorse) 12” EA 1.55 71.90
M Nordic Forge
O NFCLN Clincher (Straight Jaw) Semi-Polished 12” EA 1.34 58.40
N CLINCHER REBUILDS (Prepayment Required)

Rebuilds are available for GE, DS and Lopez clinchers. Additional charges will be incurred for shipping to and from
Lopez plus shipping to you.
SHIP WT
(lb)
O LFR5008 Lopez Farrier Rebuild Service EA 3.00 98.00
DELTA SHOE FIX

All-in-one tool, perfect for the trail rider. Tool has a hammer, clincher, nail puller, nail cutter, hoof pick and nail
ringer, all in one!
P P DSF Delta Shoe Fix Multi-Tool 13” EA 1.49 90.60
CLINCH CUTTERS
R PTCC Pieh Clinch Cutter 6” EA 0.70 22.00
R High quality tool steel stays sharp. Beveled cutting edge on outside
end, pritchel on the other end.

Gouges • Clinch Blocks • Clinch Cutters • Pritchels • Hardys
Delta
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M (lb) PRICE A
A 41422 Delta Clinch Cutter EA 0.69 24.15
Diamond
B C7 Diamond Clinch Cutter 6” EA 0.82 21.35
Beveled outside edge, flush inside edge for close cutting.
B
Blurton
C JBCCGCT JB Clinch Cutter/Gouge 6” EA 0.85 73.20
Made from S1 tool steel and resists mushrooming. Features a
gouge for under-cutting clinches.
C
Double S
D SSCG.L Double S Clinch Gouge Cutter Combo, LH 6-1/2” EA 0.38 63.45
SSCG.R Double S Clinch Gouge Cutter Combo, RH 6-7/8” EA 0.38 63.45
Mustad D
E 60023 Mustad Clinch Cutter 5-3/4” EA 0.55 36.00
GOUGES
Pieh Legacy Collection™ E
SHIP WT
(lb)
F VHG Pieh Hoof Gouge EA 0.75 28.00
Double ended right hand/left hand under-cut.
F
Mustad
G TOOLMHG Mustad Under Clinch Gouge 6” EA 0.51 28.35
Use this clinch gouge to remove material directly under the nail. It
doesn’t create a line under the nail as can be done with the side
of the rasp. G
Double S
H SSGD Double S Gouge Double (Undercut) 6-7/8” EA 0.35 59.20
J SSGS.L Double S Gouge Single (Undercut) LH 6-1/2’ EA 0.35 46.80
H
SSGS.R Double S Gouge Single (Undercut) RH 6-1/2” EA 0.35 46.80
CLINCH BLOCKS
Diamond J
K CB4 Diamond Clinch Block 4” EA 1.26 22.70
Solid steel for clinching and seating nails. 4” long.
DS K
L DSCB Diamond Clinch Block EA 0.93 50.40
Made of high quality tool steel. Their tools are custom forged and
polished by hand since 1965.
L
CHISEL HARDYS ™
Pieh Legacy Collection
Our hardy is drop forged from H13 tool steel. Beveled on both sides. Made in USA exclusively for the Pieh Legacy
Collection™.
SHIP WT
(lb)
M
M PTCH750 Pieh Chisel Hardy 3/4” EA 1.58 65.00
PTCH875 Pieh Chisel Hardy 7/8” EA 1.64 65.00
N PTCH100 Pieh Chisel Hardy 1“ EA 1.80 65.00
PTCH125 Pieh Chisel Hardy 1-1/4“ EA 2.12 65.00
ANVIL DEVIL
A hard triangular piece of heat-treated steel used by blacksmiths and farriers for cutting or making V notches.
O SAD Anvil Devil 2-1/2 x 1/2” EA 0.12 4.50 N
PRITCHELS
Blurton
All made from S1 tool steel in England.
SHIP WT
(lb)
P JBPCH *S/O JB City Head 11-3/4” EA 1.34 69.75 O
JBPE *S/O JB E Head 11-3/4” EA 1.28 69.75
Diamond
R P12 Diamond Pritchel 12” EA 0.79 13.70 P

R

Pritchels • Center Punches • Forepunches
A PRITCHELS (continued)
Flatland Forge - Jim Poor
SHIP WT
B ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M PRICE
(lb)
A FFP Flatland Pritchel 12” EA 1.23 57.00
Has a long gradual taper, with clean, sharp edges. Hand forged,
C providing optimum strength to the tool.
Nordic Forge
D B NF108 NF Pritchel COLD 10” EA 0.80 13.15
NFS7 NF Viking Pritchel HOT 10-1/2” EA 0.80 27.10
E CLIP STARTERS
Cliff Carroll
Moving the proper amount of steel is a determining factor for drawing uniform clips. Using 2 or 3 blows, drive this tool
F down the hardie hole, through the thickness of the hot shoe where you want the clip. The hole in the clip starter shows you
when the correct depth is reached. Pull the shoe out, letting the tool fall out of your way and flatten the bulge of hot steel
on the clip horn or anvil face.
C CCCS1 Clip Starter 1” EA 1.07 22.00
G
PUNCHES
Made from S7 tool steel in the USA.
H SHIP WT
(lb)
D CP000 Pieh Center Punch 6-7” EA 0.37 24.00
E PCP000 Pieh Pyramid Punch 7” EA 0.38 24.00
J
Flatland Forge - Jim Poor
F CNTRP1 Flatland Center Punch 7” EA 0.83 45.00
Made of 4140 alloy steel. Made in USA.
G SPH1 Flatland Stud Punch 5/16” EA 1.15 57.00
Made from S7 tool steel. Made in USA.
K
Blurton
H JBBP *S/O JB Bob Punch 12” EA 1.00 69.75
Made from S1 tool steel. Made in England.
FOREPUNCHES
Flatland Forge With Wood Handles
L Made of S7 Tool Steel. They are slightly softer on the striking end, and designed to mushroom there. The punching
end of the tool is hardened for maximum wear. The City Head works well as a plain stamp punch, or a drift for
fullered shoes. Made in USA.
SHIP WT
(lb)
J CTYP1 Flatland Forepunch, City Head 14” EA 1.15 57.00
K EH1 Flatland Forepunch, E Head 14” EA 1.15 57.00
M Bloom With Steel Handles
Recognized throughout the industry, Roy Bloom has a reputation for the greatest attention to detail - and maximum
performance - for every product he manufactures. When you purchase tools from Bloom Forge, they come to you
ready to function for the purpose they were intended. With over 25 years experience as a farrier, Roy understands
N the use of the tools.
L BLFP.RH Bloom Forepunch, Reg Head 12-3/4” EA 0.95 50.35
BLFP.CH Bloom Forepunch, City Head 12-3/4” EA 0.95 50.35
O Blurton With Wood Handles

Blurton Forepunches are made from S1 tool steel to resist mushrooming and can be easily modified for a specific
nail size. Made in England.
M JBSHFCH *S/O JB Forepunch, City Head 15” EA 1.77 73.20
N JBSHFE *S/O JB Forepunch, E Head 15” EA 1.81 73.20
O JBSHFJC *S/O JB Forepunch, JC 15” EA 2.00 73.20
P JBSHFD *S/O JB Forepunch, Draft 16” EA 2.00 73.20
Mustad With Wood Handles

A specially designed Forepunch made in two versions: and The Mustad Forepunch tool is made of tool steel and
hardened for durability and to minimize the risk of splitting. The handle is made of high quality American Hickory and a
comfortable and secure grip is guaranteed. Always wear safety glasses when using a forepunch.
P 60036 Mustad Forepunch, City Head 16-1/2” EA 0.90 81.35
R For flatter heads such as ASM, REG, City and ASV
R 60037 Mustad Forepunch, E Head 16-1/2” EA 0.90 85.40
For the European rectangular/square standard heads such as E,
EX, MX and M.

Fullers/Creasers • Blacksmith & Knifemaker Aprons
FULLERS/CREASERS A
Fullers will allow you to make the perfect crease in all types of metal stock.
Flatland Forge With Wood Handles
Made from S7 tool steel to resist mushrooming. Made in USA.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION REINS U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(lb) B
FLR2L Flatland Slim Fuller, Left Hand 17” EA 1.20 110.00
A FLR2R Flatland Slim Fuller, Right Hand 17” EA 1.20 110.00
Blurton With Wood Handles

B JBCWH *S/O JB Creaser 16” EA 1.50 143.00
Made from S1 tool steel. Made in England.
Mustad With Wood Handles C

C 60038 *S/O Mustad Creaser (Fuller) EA 0.91 83.25
The Mustad Fuller tool is made of tool steel and the handle is
made of high quality American hickory.
BLACKSMITH APRONS
Leather Bib Apron
Our oil tanned blacksmith apron will last you for many years to come! This is the highest quality blacksmith apron
we offer. The apron will protect you while welding and forging. The leather is top quality, made from one piece
and will soften with use. The length is measured from the top of the bib. Each back strap is adjustable with its
own hook, and there are two cross straps and one waist strap. No more difficult strap puzzles! Strong stitching
and rivets located at all the stress points and double riveting where the straps attach to the apron. A divided and
riveted chest pocket in the front holds notes, pens, silver pencils, soap stone, etc. Two steel D-rings on each hip area
holds welding rods or tape measures, etc. For an added fee, we can sew pockets on the front left and right hips.
Color: Chocolate.
D
ITEM # DESCRIPTION LENGTH U/M SHIP
(lb)
WT PRICE
D PTC-BA24 Pieh Knifemakers Bib Apron 24” EA 1.85 148.00

PTC-BA36 Pieh Bib Apron 36” EA 2.24 168.00
PTC-BA42 Pieh Bib Apron 42” EA 2.64 185.00
PTC-BAHP Add on of pockets EA 0.40 28.00
Left or Right Hip pockets
Suede Blacksmith Welders

Memphis Bib Apron
Chrome tanned to assure softness and durability while resisting heat, sparks, slag and cuts. Made with premium
heavy side split cow leather. All seams are double lock stitched and sewn with DuPont KEVLAR® and Memphis
Welding logo. Has a large front pocket and crossed back straps with quick release buckle and riveted in all major
stress points. “D” rings hold accessories. Has anodized leather reinforced snaps to prevent arc flashback. Color:
Pearl Grey.
E
ITEM # DESCRIPTION LENGTH WIDTH U/M SHIP
(lb)
WT PRICE
26BLA2436 Memphis Bib Apron 36” 24” EA 1.80 35.00
E 26BLA2442 Memphis Bib Apron 42” 24” EA 1.98 37.00
Knifemaker Apron
Our Flame Retardant Knifemaker Apron is made from Fyrguard fabric and is double layered. It will keep you
safe while you work, even if sparks go down the bib. The apron is lined with fyrguard fabric as well. A length
perfect for the knifemaker, not too long and not too short. extends to mid thigh. Generous cotton waist tie allows
ample adjustments for a variety of waist sizes. No pockets to catch grinder dust! Made in USA exclusively for
the Pieh Legacy Collection ™. Adjustable neck Polypropylene Strap with a Tri Glide buckle. Cotton Waist Tie,
Flame Retardant, Water and Mildew Resistant. Color.: Olive.
F PTC-KM27 Pieh Flame Retardant Knifemaker’s Apron 27” 24” EA 1.02 48.00
Designed for the blacksmith, this style is especially nice when working at a bench or when a full apron can be
too hot. This is a very durable apron, sure to withstand the abuse from metalworking! The leather is top quality, F
and will soften with use. It is made of heavy, oil tanned leather with riveted leather ties. Made in Camp Verde,
Arizona exclusively for the Pieh Legacy Collection ™. Available with ties or with a buckled belt. You may specify
no front pocket. The three section front pocket is convenient for holding a tape measure, note pad, soap stone,
marking pencil, punches etc. Riveted Belt and Pocket. Color: Chocolate.
G PTC-BALB Pieh Lap Apron with Buckle 14” EA 1.50 74.00
PTC-BALT Pieh Lap Apron with Ties 14” EA 1.40 74.00
Pieh Tool Company G
Gift Certificates Find Farrier Aprons

We customize each certificate for you! on page 54.

Gloves
GLOVES
Cotton
PR PR WT PRICE 12+BREAK
A PRICE
B ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M /PKG (lb)
A 174 Hot Mill - Men’s Large PR 1 0.28 5.60 5.32
An outside layer of cotton insures the proper insulation
to protect against melting of synthetic fibers. Primarily
used in applications involving heat. Sized larger to help
in quick removal.
Kevlar
Withstand cuts and burns. Not meant for high heat. Stretchy, not bulky so it is easy to see over your hand.
C D B KV28L Knit - Men’s Large PR 1 0.15 8.65 8.22
KV28S Knit - Ladies Small PR 1 0.10 7.75 7.36
C KV62104 Jersey - Men’s Large PR 1 0.15 16.00 15.20
Has a cotton knit wrist. Made to withstand
400-450 degrees F.
LKV62104 Jersey - Ladies Small PR 1 0.12 15.90 15.11
D KVA65285 Hot Mill with Cuff - Men’s Large PR 1 0.30 19.00 18.05
Hot mill style with banded top cuff. Right and left hand.
Made to withstand 750-800 degrees F.
E LKVA65285 Hot Mill with Cuff - Ladies Small PR 1 0.26 19.00 18.05
E KV7244J Terry - Men’s Jumbo PR 1 0.30 24.00 22.80
Has a knit wrist. Made to withstand 400-450 degrees F.
LKV7244 Terry - Ladies Small PR 1 0.20 23.25 22.09
CLC Gloves
CLC work gloves are covered by a limited lifetime warranty against defects in material and workmanship for the normal
F life of the product. Does not cover normal wear, abuse, accidents, neglect, or damage caused by use of the product for
a purpose other than intended. Please note that gloves are designed for specific applications and that when working
with materials that are highly abrasive or corrosive, even high quality gloves will experience accelerated wear. CLC
gloves are NOT fire resistant.
PR PR WT PRICE 12+BREAK
PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M /PKG (lb)
F CLC2005 String Knit WorkGloves w/PVC Dots One Size EA 3 0.64 3.25 N/A
Heavy Weight--Traditional cotton/polyester string knit
work gloves with gripper dots on both sides to fit either
hand.
G CLC2016 Camo Jersey PR 1 0.23 2.80 2.66
G H CLC2027M Kevlar® Spring Knit Medium PR 1 0.20 10.00 9.50
A superior quality, cut-resistant knit shell glove with a
latex dip palm, elasticized knit wrist.
CLC2027L Kevlar Spring Knit Large PR 1 0.23 10.00 9.50

CLC2027X Kevlar Spring Knit XLarge PR 1 0.25 10.00 9.50
J CLC2046 Work Gloves, Split Cowhide PR 1 0.43 2.25 2.14
Traditional split leather palm, cotton back work gloves
with safety cuff.
H
K CLC275M Hybrid Goat Skin Spandex Medium PR 1 0.27 20.00 19.00
Premium quality goatskin glove, supple leather with
breathable spandex back for durability and comfort;
reinforced palm and fingertips, with neporene cuff to
help keep debris out.
CLC275L Hybrid Goat Skin Spandex Large PR 1 0.32 20.00 19.00
CLC275X Hybrid Goat Skin Spandex XLarge PR 1 0.36 20.00 19.00
L CLCP2030M Cotton/Poly Latex Medium PK 3 0.67 7.95 7.55
J A 3-pack of quality cotton/polyester knit shell gloves
with a latex dip “gripper” palm finish and an elasticized
knit wrist.
CLCP2030S Cotton/Poly Latex Small PK 3 0.56 7.95 N/A
CLCP2030M Cotton/Poly Latex Medium PK 3 0.56 7.95 N/A
CLCP2030X Cotton/Poly Latex XLarge PK 3 0.75 7.95 N/A
K CLC2058M Premium Cowhide Divers Work GLove Medium PR 1 0.29 16.50 15.68
CLC2058L Premium Cowhide Divers Work GLove Large PR 1 0.29 16.50 15.68
CLC2058X Premium Cowhide Divers Work GLove XLarge PR 1 0.31 16.50 15.68
M CLCM125L Mossy Oak Form-Fitted High Dexterity Work Large PR 1 0.25 17.55 16.58
CLCM125X Mossy Oak Form-Fitted High Dexterity Work XLarge PR 1 0.25 17.55 16.67
L M

Hearing Accessories • Safety Glasses
HEARING PROTECTION
Radians
Unique banded hearing protection that slips on and off as needed. Light weight, durable construction. Supersoft A
Jelli™ ear plugs are washable, reusable and replaceable. Angle is engineered to align with ear canal for maximum
comfort. Dielectric.
SHIP WT
(lb)
A RB1150 Rad Band Ear Plugs EA 0.15 6.85
Easy, do-it-yourself kit, molds in 10 minutes. Dozens of everyday uses including blacksmithing, shooting sports,
sporting events, construction, lawn care, assembly lines, farming, auto races, flying, factories and much more!
Safe, non toxic and hypo-allergenic silicone, long-lasting and washable. Environmentally friendly. NRR 26 (Noise B
Reduction Rating). Made in the USA.
B CEP001-N Custom Molded Clear Ear Plugs EA 0.07 14.99
CEP001-R Custom Molded Red Ear Plugs EA 0.06 14.99
SAFETY GLASSES
Enhanced Didymium
We offer the highest quality filtered glass lenses made in Germany. Enhanced Didymium reduces MORE of the
bright yellow sodium flare glare and blocks about 3% of Inferred -The Heat given off from the flame; and blocks
about 25% of Ultra Violet light-The Sunburn Rays. You can see fairly well in normal light as well. This glass material
was developed in its original form for color enhancement of the primary colors Red, Green, and Blue. There also
appears to be some benefit from the color enhancement properties for the glass, by improving the judgment of
temperature. We offer a larger frame which can fit over eye glasses. These are very special glasses and differ from
Item # 9300. They are not only adjustable on the arms (from the front of the frame to where it loops at your ear is an
arm) but it can also be tilted up and down at the frame!
SHIP WT
(lb)
C 9300 Didymium Standard Frame EA 0.18 59.00
D 66BK Didymium Adjustable Large Frame EA 0.36 68.50
C
Radians Coveralls
These traditional-looking safety glasses offer outstanding vision protection. They combine safety and comfort at an
economical price. Can be worn over prescription glasses. CLEAR - Allowing a maximum visible light transmission,
this excellent safety lens is used for indoor applications where impact protection is required.All of Radians glasses
are produced in ISO Certified facilities. They meet or exceed ANSI Z87.1 + standards.
E CV0010 Clear EA 0.09 4.50
Radians Revelations
Rubber nose piece with ventilation channel between lens and frame reduces fogging. Telescoping temples offer
superior fit. 99.9% UV Protection. Allows maximum visible light transmission.
SHIP WT
(lb)
F RV0110ID Clear Safety Glasses EA 0.06 13.25 D
Rubber nose piece with ventilation channel between lens and frame reduces
fogging. Telescoping temples offer superior fit. 99.9% UV Protection. Allows
maximum visible light transmission.
RV0140ID Amber Safety Glasses EA 0.06 13.25
Ideal for low light environments; highlights and defines by blocking out blue
light. 84% visible light transmission.
RV0170ID Blue Mirror Safety Glasses EA 0.07 13.25
Dark tinted with a reflective coating.
RV0180ID Vermilion Safety Glasses EA 0.07 13.25
Blue blocking lens allows about 20% at transmission. For medium to bright
conditions.
RV01C0ID Copper Safety Glasses EA 0.06 13.25
Blue blocking lens allows about 20% visible light transmission. For medium to E
bright conditions.
Radians C2 Bi-Focal
Magnification diopter molded into the lens combines a protective safety glass with reading glasses. Soft, rubber
nosepiece provides all day comfort with cushioned, non-slip rubber temple pads. Polycarbonate lens provides impact
resistance. Clear lense with transparent smoke grey temples.
SHIP WT
(lb)
G C2-115 1.5 Diopter Safety Glasses EA 0.05 8.85 F
C2-120 2.0 Diopter Safety Glasses EA 0.06 8.85

Farrier Anvils
FARRIER ANVILS
A All of our farrier anvils are made of cast steel in the USA.
Cliff Carroll
B Similar to the 70 lb horseshoers anvil; it is used by ranches, hobbyists, and homeowners alike.
SIZE SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
A CCA35 Cliff Carroll Bench Top Anvil 35 EA 35.0 196.00
Perfect for those needing a quality anvil which can be
easily moved around the ranch, shop or garage. Has side
C turning cams.
D
The 70 lb anvil is the most popular anvil designed to make horseshoeing faster and easier for the
professional or the novice. Turning in heels or making square toes can be simple and amazingly precise
using the side turning cams. The anvil heel is tapered for shaping up those small size 00-000 shoes. The
anvil edges have been rounded to avoid chewing up the edges of the shoes while shaping them.
B CCA70 Cliff Carroll Anvil 70 EA 70.00 349.00
Anvil can handle draft shoes to pony shoes.
E
C CCA70W Cliff Carroll Wide Face Anvil 70 EA 70.00 365.00
wide face which features an extra wide 4” flat work surface
that many farriers now prefer.
D CCA125 Cliff Carroll Farrier’s Anvil 125 EA 125.00 630.00
F Designed and built for heavier work such as draft horses,
warmbloods and blacksmith work. The extra wide 4-3/4”
x 14” flat work face also has a tapered heel with rounded
edges and turning cams.
TFS
G TFS has been in the anvil manufacturing business for several decades, providing quality anvils for the
professional farrier, blacksmith, knife maker and hobbyist ranging in weight from 30 to 500 pounds.
Hardened to 52-54 HRc and hand finished, ensuring the highest quality.
SIZE SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
H E TFS7LG65 TFS Lil’ Giant Anvil 70 EA 65.00 450.00

F TFSF70 TFS Farrier Anvil 70 EA 70.00 405.00
G TFSF125 TFS Farrier Anvil 125 EA 125.00 719.00
H TFSC250 TFS Competition Anvil 250 EA 250.00 1,280.00
J
J TFSF5 TFS Future 5 w/Aluminum Base Anvil 55 EA 55.00 590.00
K TFSF1 TFS Future 1 w/Aluminum Base Anvil 88 EA 100.00 714.00
L TFSF2 TFS Future 2 w/Aluminum Base Anvil 99 EA 96.00 780.00
K M TFSF4 TFS Future 4 Off-Set Horn w/Aluminum Base Anvil 96 EA 96.00 910.00
N TFSF3-LH TFS Future 3 w/Aluminum Base LH Anvil 96 EA 96.00 750.00
TFSF3-RH TFS Future 3 w/Aluminum Base RH Anvil 96 EA 96.00 750.00
L JHM
JHM anvils are tempered to a 48 Rockwell Hardness. Each JHM model is specifically designed to help
professional farriers and blacksmiths face the various challenges of shoeing large as well as small hoof
horses, whether in competition, at a customer’s location or in the shop.
SIZE SHIP WT
M (lb) (lb)
O JHM70 JHM Basic Anvil (with turning cams at back of heel) 70 EA 70.00 490.00
Clip horn, 3” tapered heel.
P JHM85 JHM Farrier Model Anvil 90 EA 85.00 547.00
Turning cams on side. 2-1/4” tapered heel.
N Q JHM100 JHM Certifier Anvil (with turning cams at back of heel) 100 EA 100.00 640.00
Clip horn, 3” tapered heel.
R JHM125 JHM Journeyman Anvil 125 EA 125.00 738.00
Square Back w/Clip horn
S JHM125TC-LH JHM Journeyman (with turning cams) 125 EA 125.00 745.00
O Specify Square Back or 3” tapered heel with OR without
turning cams. LH
JHM125TC-RH JHM Journeyman Anvil (with turning cams) 125 EA 125.00 745.00
Specify Square Back or 3” tapered heel with OR without
turning cams. RH
T JHM160 JHM Shaper Anvil 160 EA 160.00 884.00
P
U JHM260 JHM Competitor Anvil 260 EA 260.00 1,397.00
See page 72 for Anvil Specifications Chart.
Q R S T U

Smithing Anvils
Anvil Brand
Tempered to a 48 Rockwell Hardness..
SIZE SHIP WT A
(lb) (lb)
A AB120 AB Legend Anvil 120 EA 120.00 742.00
NC
Anvil has a dual purpose hardie hole and side turning cams providing added shaping options. Opposing square &
round clip horns allow you to make great clips and square toes. It also makes it more convenient for left handed
shoers.
B 0207 NC Big Face Anvil 70 EA 70.00 345.00
Heavy weight in efficiency and dependability, yet an easy traveler. Balanced alloyed casting. Has wide
face with RH LH cliphorn. Thin heel design with 1-1/4” chamtered round turning hole and pritchel hole.
May be ordered with round cliphorn on request.
B
C 0209 NC Cavalry Anvil 112 EA 112.00 477.00
SILVERSMITH ANVIL
Peddinghaus
This anvil has one half-round surface and one flat surface for a variety of metal-forming applications. Can
be attached to a bench through bottom holes. Chromium Plated. Face Width: 1”, Height: 1-5/8”, Length:
4.3”.
SIZE SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
D 0099010000 Peddinghaus Silversmith Anvil (500g) 1.1 EA 1.10 150.00 C
BLACKSMITH ANVILS
Peddinghaus-Durlach
New from Peddinghaus Handwerkzeuge of Germany! The only anvils made by Peddinghaus! They are
drop-forged from high grade steel. Available only in a double horn pattern. Hardened to 54-62 HRc. Round
horn is slightly flat on top.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE
(lb) U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE D
3080000020 Peddinghaus/Durlach Double Horn Anvil (20 kg) 44 EA 44.00 445.00
3080000035 Peddinghaus/Durlach Double Horn Anvil (35 kg) 77 EA 77.00 780.00
E 3080000050 Peddinghaus/Durlach Double Horn Anvil (50 kg) 110 EA 110.00 1,110.00
3080000075 Peddinghaus/Durlach Double Horn Anvil (75 kg) 165 EA 165.00 1,680.00
Ridgid-Peddinghaus, Belgium E
These Peddinghaus anvils are made by Ridgid Europe. They are high grade steel and are drop forged in
Belgium. Available only in a double horn pattern at this time. Made from C45 steel and hardened to 52-54
HRc.
14165 Peddinghaus/Ridgid Double Horn Anvil-P5 77 EA 77.00 820.00
14169 Peddinghaus/Ridgid Double Horn Anvil-P9 165 EA 165.00 1,480.00
F 14190 Peddinghaus/Ridgid Double Horn Anvil-P12 275 EA 275.00 2,265.00
TFS F
TFS has been in the anvil manufacturing business several decades, providing quality anvils for professional
farriers, blacksmiths, knifemakers and hobbyists ranging in weight from 30 to 500 lbs. Hardened to 52-54
HRc and hand finished ensuring the highest quality.
Single Horn
SIZE SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
G TFSSB1 TFS Blacksmith Anvil 100 EA 100.00 610.00
TFSSB150 TFS Blacksmith Anvil 150 EA 150.00 905.00
TFSSB200 TFS Blacksmith Anvil 200 EA 200.00 1,248.00
G
Double Horn
TFS Smithy Anvils are the first cast American made anvil with an upsetting block and offset table on the
horn. In the past, only the 275 lb Peddinghaus Ridgid anvil offered an upsetting block.
H TFSDH1 TFS Blacksmith Anvil 100 EA 100.00 625.00 H
J TFSDH2 TFS Smithy 2 Anvil 200 EA 200.00 1,346.00
TFSDH3 TFS Smithy 3 Anvil 300 EA 300.00 1,999.00
TFSDH4 TFS Smithy 4 Anvil 400 EA 400.00 2,328.00
J
See page 72 for Anvil Specifications Chart.

Anvils Specifications Chart
ANVIL COMPARISON SPECIFICATIONS CHART

HARDY PRITCHEL ROCKWELL
ITEM # MFG/TYPE WEIGHT FACE (WxL) HORN LENGTH HEIGHT BASE MATERIAL
HOLE HOLE(S) HARDNESS
Farrier Anvils
AB120 Anvil Brand 120 lb 3-7/8 x 13-3/4” 9-3/4” 23-1/2” 10” 1” 1/2” 8-3/4” x 10” 48 CDI
CCA35 Cliff Carroll 35 lb 2-3/4 x 9" 5" 14" 6-3/4" 7/8" 3/8" 5-7/8 x 7-1/4” 48 CDI
CCA70 Cliff Carroll/CH 70 lb 3-1/4 x 10-3/4" 8-3/4" 19-1/2" 8" 1" 3/8" 8-1/2 x 10-1/2” 48 CDI
CCA70W Cliff Carroll/CH 70 lb 4 x 11" 8-3/4" 19-3/4" 8" 1" 3/8" 5-7/8 x 7-1/4” 48 CDI
CCA125 Cliff Carroll/CH 125 lb 4-3/4 x 14" 9-3/4" 24" 10" 1" 1/2" 8-1/2 x 10-1/2” 48 CDI
TFSF5 Future 5 55 lb 4 x 10-3/4" 4 x 8-1/4" 19" 8-1/2" 1” 1/2” 9-1/4 x 11" 52 CS
TFSF1 Future 1/CH 88 lb 3-1/4 x 14-3/4" 12-1/2" 27" 9-1/4" 1" 1/2" 7 x 15” 52 CS
TFSF4 Future 4/CH 96 lb 4-1/4 x 17" 11" 27-1/4" 10-1/4" 1" 1/2" 7 x 15” 52 CS
TFSF3 Future 3/CH 96 lb 4 x 16-3/4" 11" 28" 10-3/4" 1" 1/2" 7 x 15” 52 CS
TFSF2 Future 2/CH 99 lb 4-1/4 x 16" 11" 27-1/4" 10" 1" 1/2" 7 x 15” 52 CS
TFSF70 TFS/CH 70 lb 3-1/2 x 12-1/4" 9" 21" 7-3/4" 1” 1/2” 8-1/2 x 9-1/2" 52 CDI
TFSF125 TFS/CH 125 lb 4 x 17" 4 x 11" 28" 10-3/4" 1” 1/2” 8 x 10-3/4" 52 CDI
TFSF125TC TFS/CH 125 lb 4 x 17" 4 x 11" 28" 10-3/4" 1” 1/2” 8 x 10-3/4" 52 CDI
TFSC250 TFS 250 lb 5" x 19-3/4" 5 x 12" 31-3/4" 12" 1” 1/2” 11-1/4x12" 52 CDI
JHM70 JHM/CH 70 lb 3-3/4 x 12-1/2" 8” 20-1/2” 9” 1” 1/2” 8-1/2 x 9" 48 CDI
JHM85 JHM 90 lb 3-1/8 x 11-3/4" 8” 19” 9-1/2” 1” 1/2” 8-3/4 x 10-3/4" 48 CDI
JHM100 JHM/CH 100 lb 4 x 16-1/2” 10-1/4” 26-1/2” 9-1/2” 1” 1/2” 9 x 11” 48 CDI
JHM125 JHM/CH 125 lb 4 x 17" 8” 27-1/2” 11” 1” 1/2” 9 x 11" 48 CDI
JHM160 JHM 160 lb 4-1/4 x 17-1/4” 12-3/4” 20” 11-1/2” 1” 1/2” 9 x 11-3/4” 48 CDI
JHM260 JHM 260 lb 5-1/8 x 20” 11” 31-1/4” 13-1/2” 1-3/16” 3/4” 11-1/4 x 12-1/4” 48 CDI
0207 NC Big Face/CH 70 lb 3-3/4 x 6” 3-1/2 x 8” 14” 8-3/4” 1” 1-1/4”, 3/8” 11 x 9” 48 CS
0209 NC Cavalry/CH 112 lb 4-5/8 x 7” 4 x 9-1/2” 16-1/2” 11” 1” 1-1/4”, 3/8” 11 x 9” 48 CS
Blacksmith Anvils
HARDY PRITCHEL ROCKWELL
ITEM # MFG/TYPE WEIGHT FACE (WxL) HORN LENGTH HEIGHT BASE MATERIAL
HOLE HOLE(S) HARDNESS
3080000020 Peddinghaus 44 lb 3-1/8 x 11” 4-1/3” 15-1/3” 6” 7/8” 3/4” 5-1/2 x 6-1/2” 54 DF
3080000035 Peddinghaus 77 lb 3-3/4 x 13-2/5” 5-1/3” 18-3/4” 7-7/8” 7/8” 3/4” 6-3/4 x 7-3/4” 54 DF
3080000050 Peddinghaus 110 lb 4-1/3 x 15-1/3” 6-1/3” 21-5/8” 8-5/8” 1” 7/8” 8-1/4 x 9-7/8” 54 DF
3080000075 Peddinghaus 165 lb 5 x 17-1/3” 7-1/4” 24-5/8” 10-7/16” 1” 7/8” 9-1/4 x 10-13/16” 54 DF
14165 Ridgid P5/DH 77 lb 3-3/4 x 8" 5-1/2" 18-3/4" 8” 3/4" No 6-3/4 x 7-3/4” 52 DF C45
14169 Ridgid P9/DH 165 lb 5 x 10-1/2" 7-1/2" 25" 10-1/2" 1" 7/8" 9-1/4 x 11” 52 DF C45
14190 Ridgid P12/DH 275 lb 5-1/4 x 12" 8-1/2" 28-1/2" 12-1/4" 1" 7/8" 10-3/4 x 13-1/2” 52 DF C45
TFS7LG65 TFS Lit’l Giant 70 lb 4 x 10-3/4" 4 x 8-1/4" 8” 8” 1" 1/2" 9-1/4 x 11” 52 CDI
TFSF2 Future 2/CH 99 lb 4-1/4 x 16" 11" 27" 10” 1" 1/2" 7 x 15” 52 CDI
TFSSB1 TFS 100 lb 4 x 14" 4 x 9" 23" 8-1/2" 1” 1/2” 7-3/4 x 11" 52 CDI
TFSSB150 TFS 150 lb 4 x 16-1/2" 4 x 10" 26-1/2" 10" 1” 1/2” 8 x 11-3/4" 52 CDI
TFSSB200 TFS 200 lb 4-3/4 x 18-1/4" 4-3/4 x 11-1/4" 29-1/2 10-3/4" 1” 1/2” 8-1/4 x 11-3/4" 52 CDI
TFSSB300 TFS 300 lb 5-1/4 x 19-3/4" 5-1/4 x 12" 31-3/4" 12” 1” 1/2” 10 x 12-3/4" 52 CDI
TFSSB400 TFS 400 lb 6 x 21-1/4” 13-1/4” 34-1/2” 13” 1” 7/8” 10 x 12-3/4” 52 CDI
TFSDH1 TFS/DH 100 lb 4 x 17" 4 x 9-1/4" 30-1/4" 8-1/2" 1" 1/2" 7-3/4 x 11” 52 CDI
TFSDH2 TFS Smithy 2/DH 200 lb 5 x 21" 5 x 9" 30" 10-1/4" 1" 7/8" 9-3/4 x 12-1/2” 52 CDI
TFSDH3 TFS Smithy 3/DH 300 lb 5-1/2 x 22" 5-1/2 x 11-1/4" 33-1/4" 11-1/4" 1" 7/8" 9-1/2 x 12-3/4” 52 CDI
TFSDH4 TFS Smithy 4/DH 400 lb 6-1/2 x 25-1/2” 6 x 12” 37-1/2” 13-1/4” 1” 7/8” 12-3/4 x 13-3/4” 52 CDI
Silversmith Anvil
0099010000 Peddinghaus 1 lb 1 x 1-5/8” 1-1/8” 4-1/4” 1-5/8” No No CP
CH = Clip Horn CP = Chromium Plated CS = Cast Steel DH = Double Horn DF = Dropped Forge WF = Wide Face CDI = Cast Ductile Iron
*Anvils weighing 150 lbs are shipped UPS Ground, over 150 lbs by truck, as a general rule.

Blacksmith Classes
The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork

The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork is a unique three-season metalworking school located in Camp Verde Arizona. Founded
in 2003 by Pieh Tool Company, Inc., the school’s mission is to foster interest and knowledge in metalworking
crafts. This unique school includes disciplines such as blacksmithing, bladesmithing and coppersmithing
including chasing, repousse and raising. As Arizona’s only notable non-university metalworking school, the Bill
Pieh Resource for Metalwork offers both beginner and advanced artists a variety of 3-day weekend courses
and semi-annual demonstrations taught by some of North America’s finest metalsmiths. The programs are
expanding and are updated on our website at www.piehtoolco.com.
Come learn in an atmosphere of friendship and camaraderie! The creative energy and enthusiasm of the
instructors provides adults and teenagers with unique skills and lasting memories.
Blacksmithing Classes:
Our 3-day blacksmithing classes with Gordon Williams are geared toward beginner,
intermediate and advanced smiths.
The beginner/intermediate course covers the basic & advanced aspects of blacksmithing including traditional
joinery, forge welding, twisting, drawing, splitting, punching, drifting, riveting, scrolling, upsetting and tool
making. Some students may also mig weld. You will use efficient propane forges, anvils, swage blocks, fullers,
mandrels, a drill press, a Sahinler air hammer, treadle hammer, a Baldor Grinder/Sander, TW90 Grinder and
Milwaukee and Jet Power Tools. Each ten hour day begins with only an hour of lecture instruction in a shop Williams
Willi showing
h i technique.
t h i
setting. Then the fun begins! As the class progresses, students will use the techniques learned to create
projects. Students will take home 6 to 12 finished projects!
Classes of six students ensure individual attention.
Each student is provided with their own forging station. All tools and materials are provided with the exception of
required safety glasses, notebook and pen. Classes are 30+ hours.
Cost: Please call or see our website for current fees. Fees are payable by
cash, check, money order or credit card.
Payment in full constitutes registration for a given class.
Cancellation: $100 is non-refundable. Fees can be applied to another available
class date with 14 days notice.
Lodging: Comfort Inn of Camp Verde (928) 567-9000

Days Inn (928) 567-3700
Super 8 Motel (928) 567-2622
Class Information: Classes are limited to 6 students. Learn to make beautiful pieces for
your home or for SALE
Airport Shuttle: Daily shuttle service available to/from Phoenix Sky Harbor Airport and in your business!
Camp Verde. For information call 928-282-2066 or view their
website at www.sedona-phoenix-shuttle.com.
Instructor:
Gordon Williams is a favorite demonstrator for the Arizona
Artist Blacksmith Assoc. (AABA). The Upper Midwest
Blacksmith Assoc. (UMBA) Library has an outstanding Learn how to make
and texture leaves.
video available of Gordon demonstrating at the 2007 BAM
conference. Williams is the proprietor of Victory Forge. He
exhibits at several leading arts and crafts shows throughout
USA educating the public with live demonstrations of the
craft. As an instructor, Williams finds great joy in getting
his students "fired up" and helping them unlock their artistic
talents. A number of his past students have gone on to have
successful businesses. Gordon likes to keep things lively and
running in a fast paced manner!
Make it a Family Vacation
We are centrally located in Arizona 90 miles north of Phoenix
and 58 miles south of Flagstaff. Area attractions include
Sedona, the ghost town of Jerome & the Verde Canyon
Railroad. See ancient Indian dwellings at Montezuma’s
Two fireplace sets forged using fullering tools. Learn how to use the anvil
Castle. You too can learn this exciting craft! horn to make scrolls.

Stall Jacks • Anvil Benches & Stands
STALL JACKS
A TFS
FACE HORN HEIGHT U/M SHIP WT
B ITEM # DESCRIPTION LxW (in) (in) (in) (lb) PRICE
A TFS-HAJ *S/O TFS Hitch Anvil 4 x 10 3-1/2 x 12 EA 33.00 343.00

This anvil conveniently attaches to any 4-1/2
standard trailer hitch.
Valley
B ANVSJS Valley Stall Jack, Standard 5x4 6 16-3/4 EA 18.00 185.00
Distance between cams: 1-1/2”
Valley stall jacks are used by farriers for a lightweight sturdy alternative to an anvil. The tripod legs are
perfect for areas where the ground is uneven. The Valley Stall Jack is made of 4142 steel and has a black
C D painted finish. The working face is polished. Can be used for cold or hot shoeing.
C ANVSJT Valley Stall Jack, Tall 5x4 6 22 EA 21.00 197.00
Distance between cams: 1-1/2”
Yoder
The tall stand has bars welded between the legs for added strength and to put your foot on to hold the jack
in place. The medium jack works well for size 0 an larger sizes, the small size works well for lighter and
smaller sizes.
D YDSJ-S Yoder Stall Jack Small 21 EA 11.00 108.00
YDSJ-M Yoder Stall Jack Medium 22 EA 17.00 116.00
YDSJ-L Yoder Stall Jack Large 31 EA 23.00 135.00
E
ANVIL BENCHES AND STANDS
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE HEIGHT U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(in) (in) (lb)
E TFSTP TFS Tri-pod Anvil Stand 16 x 22 26-1/2 EA 22.00 303.00
Aluminum Stand designed specifically for TFS
Future Anvils.
F CCAST Cliff Carroll Anvil Stump 16 3/4 22.5-29 EA 35.00 300.00
Light weight, adjustable aluminum legs make X
packing up and moving to the next stable a 11 3/4
F breeze. Just drop your anvil between the four
aluminum anvil lugs. Your elbow will thank you.
G GPBLK GFS Power Block 12 x 19 21-27 EA 41.20 365.40
The Power Block anvil stand is a laminated
wood block that gives you plenty of work space
and significantly reduces noise and vibration.
An additional shelf has three holes for holding
hammers and tongs. Adjustable aluminum legs in
a tri-pod configuration offer excellent stability. The
optional vise mounts to the block and is easily
removed for storage.
G ANVIL STANDS W/VISES

OAL HEIGHT SHIP WT
(in) (in) (lb)
H NCST NC Folding Stand w/Foot Spring Vise 10 x 30 24 EA 44.00 275.00
Hand crank anvil lock down accommodates
many American made anvils. Bench and legs
are constructed of tough 1-1/4” 14 gauge tubular
steel. Will stand up under heavy use for many
years. Quickly folds down to just 7” high. “Quick
mount” step vise mounts in just seconds without
fasteners. Made in USA.
J CCASV Cliff Carroll Anvil Stand with Vise EA 48.00 220.00
H CCS Cliff Carroll Anvil Stand EA 48.00 134.00
CCV Cliff Carroll Vise EA 12.00 94.00
Custom built, strong and sturdy. Fits many
different styles and makes of anvils. Equipped
with a handy holder for tongs and a hardy. Vise
has instant lockdown and release with 200 lbs. of
pressure for a secure hold. Made in USA.
Pieh Tool Company

J Gift Certificates

Anvil Stands, Vises
FARRIER VISES
Valley Farrier Vises
HEIGHT SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
A ABV14 Farrier’s Gooseneck Vise, 14” 14 EA 15.00 196.00 A
(Mounts to truck tailgate)
ABV36 Farrier’s Gooseneck Vise, 36” 36 EA 19.00 197.00
The 36” vise is similar to the 14” vise except it does not have
the mounting plate. This vise is somewhat unfinished to allow
versatility. It can be mounted on your tailgate, shop bench, or
you can build your own tripod stand.
B TVB Tri-pod Vise Base (for 14” Vise) 18 EA 16.00 97.45
SHOP VISES B
Wilton Mechanic’s Vises
Wilton Mechanics Vises have a powder coated heavy-duty 30,000 PSI castings, built for rugged use and
extended life. They feature a 360° rotating swivel base, double lock downs to ensure stability and a large
anvil work surface. Lifetime lubrication means the grease is permanently sealed in for trouble-free service.
Lifetime Warranty.
SHIP WT 1ST SEM
(lb) PROMO
C 21400 *S/O Wilton 745, 740 Series EA 53.00 350.00 279.00
Mechanic’s Vise, 5”
D 21500 *S/O Wilton 746, 740 Series EA 69.35 450.00 359.00
Mechanic’s Vise, 6”
Wilton Multi-Purpose Vise

Features a rotating head for clamping material at any angle and indexed at 90° left and right for quick setup.
V-jaw holds 1”- 3” diameter round stock vertically. The large built-in anvil is useful for flat shaping. Includes
rubber pinch point safety guards and a positive locking 360° swivel base. The permanent pipe jaws with
replaceable serrated jaw faces. Lifetime Warranty.
E 69999 *S/O Wilton Multi-Purpose Vise, 5” EA 46.00 256.00 205.00
C
Wilton Drill Press Vise
Made from high grade cast iron with a ground vise bed for smooth jaw movement. Hardened top V-groove
jaws with a large workload capacity. Vise has a stationary base. Lifetime Warranty.
F 63238 *S/O Wilton Model 1335 Drill Press Vise, 3” EA 5.90 130.00 102.00
Wilton Shop Vises

Features a heavy-duty castings with a 30,000 PSI ductile iron body built for rugged use and extended life.
Includes a large anvil work surface with rubber pinch point safety guards and the capability of handling
various sizes of pipe. Three mounting posts provide a stable secure hold. Has replaceable serrated top jaws
and a 360° swivel base with double lockdown for easy positioning. For general duty applications. Lifetime
Warranty. D
G 63301 *S/O WS5, Shop Vise, 5” EA 30.05 194.00 159.00
63302 *S/O WS6, Shop Vise, 6” EA 46.00 286.00 239.00
WILTON VISE SPECIFICATIONS

JAW JAW THROAT OPENING PIPE JAW
ITEM # WIDTH OPENING DEPTH HEIGHT WIDTH LENGTH CAPACITY CAPACITY TYPE OF NUT
21400 5” 5 1/4” 3-3/4” 9-1/2” 10” 15-3/4” 5-1/4” 1/4 - 2-1/2” Straight Line Pull E
21500 6” 5 1/4” 3-3/4” 10-3/4” 11” 17” 5-3/4” 1/4 - 3-1/2” Straight Line Pull
69999 5” 5” 3” 8-3/4” 10” 19” 5-1/4” 3/8 - 3” Center
63238 3” 2-3/4” 1-7/8” 3.2” 5.1” 8-1/2” 2-3/4” -- Continuous
63301 5” 5” 3” 8-1/2” 8-5/8” 15-1/2” 5” 5/8 - 2-3/8” Straight Line Pull
63302 6” 3-1/2” 3-3/4” 10-3/4” 11” 17” 5-3/4” 1/4 - 3-1/2” Straight Line Pull

F
Have you considered taking our

Blacksmith and Knifemaking Classes G
which we offer in Arizona?
“The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork”
See page 73.

Ergonomic Forging Hammers
Made in Israel by Amit Har-lev. ERGONOMIC FORGING HAMMERS

The Ergonomic Hammer is designed to move metal fast. Its compact head allows the hammer to
be worked at extreme angles. The Pieh Tool Ergonomic Hammers are well balanced and made from
1045 tool steel, hardened to a Rockwell 50-55. Made exclusively for the Pieh Legacy CollectionTM.
A Each hammer is hand made and the head weight is approximate. Each handle is ground and fit from
straight grain aged hickory. The hammer handle is glued using a modern Polyurethane adhesive.
This has the advantage of being able to flex during humidity and temperature changes which should
give you many years of trouble free performance without the head loosening. You should always
take the time to fit the handle to your hand.
Made in Israel by Amit Har-lev. Handled in the USA. Exclusive to the Pieh Legacy Collection.
Rounding Ergonomic
The Pieh Tool Rounding Ergonomic Hammer is designed to move metal fast. Its compact head al-
B lows the hammer to be worked at extreme angles.
HAMMER SHIP WT
WT (lb) (lb)
A PT-R2 Pieh Har-lev Rounding Ergonomic Hammer 2 EA 2.10 121.00
PT-R2.5 Pieh Har-lev Rounding Ergonomic Hammer 2.5 EA 2.98 121.00
PT-R3 Pieh Har-lev Rounding Ergonomic Hammer 3.5 EA 3.98 121.00
Cross Pein Ergonomic
Pieh Cross Pein Ergonomic Hammers are perfect for the blacksmith or knifemaker. The broad pein allows
C for better fullering.
B PT-C1 Pieh Har-lev Cross Pein Ergonomic Hammer 1.5 EA 1.94 121.00
PT-C2 Pieh Har-lev Cross Pein Ergonomic Hammer 2 EA 2.10 121.00
PT-C2.5 Pieh Har-lev Cross Pein Ergonomic Hammer 2.5 EA 2.60 121.00
Straight Pein Ergonomic
D Pieh Straight Pein Ergonomic Hammers are the perfect choice for the blacksmith or knifemaker. The
broad pein allows for better fullering.
C PT-S1 Pieh Har-lev Straight Pein Ergonomic Hammer 1.5 EA 1.60 121.00
PT-S2 Pieh Har-lev Straight Pein Ergonomic Hammer 2.5 EA 2.72 121.00
PT-S3 Pieh Har-lev Straight Pein Ergonomic Hammer 3.5 EA 3.60 121.00
Diagonal Pein Ergonomic
Ergonomic Hammers The Pieh Diagonal Pien Ergonomic hammers come in Left or Right handed styles. These hammers
are especially designed to work with the are perfect for the blacksmith or knifemaker. The broad pein allows for better fullering. Diagonal pein
hammers are preferred by many because the pein is already positioned at a comfortable angle to
natural movements of the body and there
make forging easier! Its compact head allows the hammer to be worked at extreme angles using the
is a proper technique. edge of the face to fuller.
See Forging Solutions Video by Amit
D PT-D2.R Pieh Har-lev Diag Pein Ergonomic Hammer, RH 2.5 EA 2.94 121.00
Har-lev #DVD50, page 195.
PT-D2.L Pieh Har-lev Diag Pein Ergonomic Hammer, LH 2.5 EA 2.86 121.00
Like all hand forged items, each is unique
and the overall weight and shape
Big Blu
will vary slightly.
Rounding
Made from top quality forged and heat treated tool steel they are finished and fitted with a shock
mounted wood handle. Big Blu Hammers are hand forged in the USA.
HAMMER SHIP WT
WT (lb) (lb)
E HRDH5 Big Blu Ergonomic 2.6 EA 2.70 124.00
E HRDH6 Big Blu Ergonomic 3.7 EA 3.68 125.85
Cross Pein
Using this hammer in the proper way saves energy, power and time while at the same time keeping the
body from damage (muscles, nerves, joints and bones).
F HCPH1 Big Blu Ergonomic 1.5 EA 1.64 124.00
HCPH2 Big Blu Ergonomic 2.4 EA 2.60 124.00
F
Straight Pein
These hammers are ergonomically designed to work with the natural movements of the body.
G HSPH9 Big Blu Ergonomic 2.6 EA 2.80 124.00
G
HSPH10 Big Blu Ergonomic 3.5 EA 3.70 125.00
Diagonal Pein
Great to use as the hammer’s pein is already positioned to make forging easier! They come in left
or right handed.
H HDPH7 Big Blu Ergonomic, RH Hammer 2.6 EA 2.62 124.00
HDPH8 Big Blu Ergonomic, LH Hammer 2.6 EA 2.68 124.00
H
*Tip: If you should break a handle simply heat the hammer
Photos of hammers by Big Blu.
at the cheeks slowly and carefully remove the old handle.

Rounding • Ball / Cross Pein Hammers
ROUNDING HAMMERS
Diamond A
Balanced, with one round crowned face and one flat face beveled face with hickory handle.
HAMMER SHIP WT
WT (lb) (lb)
A 60 Diamond Rounding 24 oz 1.50 EA 1.83 43.70
B 61B Diamond Rounding 36 oz 2.25 EA 2.76 42.95 B
Blurton
Balanced and made from shock-resistant tool steel.
C JBRH2 Blurton Rounding 32 oz 2.00 EA 2.28 129.00
JBRH2.5 Blurton Rounding 40 oz 2.50 EA 2.46 129.00 C
Flatland Forge
Hardened on the striking end, soft through body. Made in Texas by Jim Poor.
D 1.75LB Flatland Rounding 28 oz 1.75 EA 2.28 196.00
2LB Flatland Rounding 32 oz 2.00 EA 3.00 196.00 D
Mustad
Hardened on the striking end, soft through body.
E 60007 Mustad Rounding 20 oz 2.40 EA 2.38 61.70
60049 Mustad Rounding 42 oz 2.62 EA 2.68 60.50
One side has Square Face
Nordic Forge E
Precision machined striking ends for superior finish. Chamfers are rounded to help prevent
chipping. Has new burnt and buffed handle for that “soft” feel.
F 286HT Viking Rounding 24 oz 1.50 EA 1.75 39.40
G 285HT Viking Rounding 32 oz 2.00 EA 2.26 40.95
BALL PEIN HAMMERS

Flatland Forge F
Made of 4140 alloy steel in Texas by Jim Poor. Perfectly balanced, the same weight on the pein
side as on the flat side. This is what keeps the hammer from wanting to twist in your hand.
H BPH1 Clipping Ball Pein 32 oz 2.00 EA 2.24 196.00
Peddinghaus Engineers G
J 5081030250 100g 0.25 EA 0.42 22.50
5081030500 Engineers Ball Pein 225g 0.50 EA 0.79 25.00
H
CROSS PEIN HAMMERS

Blurton
K JBCH Farriers 28 oz 1.75 EA 2.48 129.00
J
Plumb
L 11524 Cross Pein 40 oz 2.50 EA 2.82 21.60
Peddinghaus K
Swedish Pattern Cross Pein
The swedish pattern cross pein has great balance and really moves the steel with minimal effort.
This our best selling hammer we offer!
M 5044031000 1000g (2.2 lb) 2.20 EA 2.88 46.55
L
5044031500 1500g (3.3 lb) 3.30 EA 3.72 61.30
French Pattern
N 5029020400 400g (14 oz) 0.88 EA 1.06 23.00
5029020500 500g (18 oz) 1.15 EA 1.17 24.35
5029020600 600g (21 oz) 1.30 EA 1.63 29.20 M
5029020800 800g (28 oz) 1.76 EA 2.12 33.00
5029021000 1000g (35 oz) 2.20 EA 2.28 39.00
5029021500 1500g (3.3 lb) 3.30 EA 3.68 52.00
5029022000 2000g (4.4 lb) 4.40 EA 4.44 67.00
N

Cross Pein Hammers • Sledges
Peddinghaus German Pattern

HAMMER SHIP WT
WT (lb) (lb)
A A 5039030300 *S/O 300g Hickory 0.65 EA 1.10 19.45
5039020300 300g Ash 0.65 EA 0.92 17.60
5039020600 600g Hickory 1.30 EA 1.53 24.55
5039020800 800g Hickory 1.75 EA 2.20 27.55
5039021000 1000g Hickory 2.20 EA 2.40 32.55
5039021500 1500g Hickory 3.30 EA 3.46 43.65
5039022000 2000g Hickory 4.40 EA 4.75 56.00
Peddinghaus w/Ultramid/Ultratec Handles
The handle is bonded to the hammer head featuring an anti-vibration design minimizing fatigue to
the arm. It is ergonomically designed and coated with elastomer rubber for optimal grip. The under
B section is made of polypropylene with a fiberglass core, therefore unbreakable.
B 5042040300 *S/O Ultramid, 300g (11 oz) 0.65 EA 0.88 22.00
5042980200 *S/O Ultratec, 200g (8 oz) 0.50 EA 0.59 27.55
5039980200 Ultratec, 200g (8 oz) 0.50 EA 0.59 24.00
5039980400 Ultratec, 400g (16 oz) 1.00 EA 1.14 29.00
5039980500 Ultratec, 500g (18 oz) 1.10 EA 1.44 31.40
5039980600 Ultratec, 600g (21 oz) 1.30 EA 1.71 33.30
C
5039981000 Ultratec, 1000g (2.2 lb) 2.20 EA 2.54 49.40
5039982000 *S/O Ultratec, 2000g (4.4 lb) 4.40 EA 4.95 81.60
Picard
German Pattern
C PCPH500 500g (18 oz) Dressed 1.10 EA 1.31 64.75
PCPH1K 1000g (35 oz) Dressed 2.20 EA 2.58 69.00
D PCPH 1500g Dressed 3.30 EA 3.80 85.65
Has a very stout head.
PCPH-U 1500g Not Dressed 3.30 EA 3.90 68.00
Has a very stout head.
D Peddinghaus
Engineers
E 5079031125 500g (18 oz) 1.10 EA 1.30 27.85
SLEDGES
A sledge hammer is a tool consisting of a large, flat metal head attached to a handle.It can apply
more impulse than other hammers, due to its large size. Along with the mallet, it shares the
ability to distribute force over a wide area. This is in contrast to other types of hammers, which
concentrate force in a relatively small area. Modern heavy duty sledge hammers come with 10 to
20 pounds (4.5 to 9.1 kg) heads and usually require two hands and a swinging motion involving
the entire torso, in contrast to smaller hammers used for driving in nails. The combination of a long
swinging range, and heavy head, increase the force of the resulting impact. Sledge hammers are
often used in destruction work, for breaking through drywall or masonry walls, and when substantial
force is necessary to dislodge a trapped object (often in farm or oil field work), or for fracturing
stone or concrete. Another common use is for driving fence posts into the ground. They were and
still are commonly used by blacksmiths to shape heavy sections of iron.
Wilton Bash
E Double Face
The toughest jobs need the toughest tools. The Wilton BASH Unbreakable Sledge Hammer is the
toughest sledge ever built. With molten steel bar reinforcement and a locking steel plate holding the
head to the handle, the BASH will hold up when you need it most. Tested to 25,000 overstrikes, the
BASH puts traditional wood and fiberglass hammers to shame.
HAMMER HANDLE SHIP WT 1st SEM
WT (lb) (in) (lb) PROMO
F 20616 6 lb Sledge 6.00 16 EA 7.68 100.00 65.99
20624 6 lb Sledge 6.00 24 EA 8.00 110.00 71.99
20630 6 lb Sledge 6.00 30 EA 9.00 116.00 75.99
20636 6 lb Sledge 6.00 36 EA 10.00 124.00 79.99
20816 8 lb Sledge 8.00 16 EA 9.00 118.00 75.99
20824 8 lb Sledge 8.00 24 EA 10.00 128.00 81.99
F 20830 8 lb Sledge 8.00 30 EA 11.00 136.00 86.99
20836 8 lb Sledge 8.00 36 EA 12.00 144.00 92.99
21030 10 lb Sledge 10.00 30 EA 13.00 160.00 102.99
21036 10 lb Sledge 10.00 36 EA 14.00 168.00 108.99
21230 12 lb Sledge 12.00 30 EA 15.00 180.00 116.99
21236 12 lb Sledge 12.00 36 EA 16.00 188.00 121.99
21424 *S/O 14 lb Sledge 14.00 24 EA 16.00 190.00 123.99
22024 *S/O 20 lb Sledge 20.00 24 EA 22.00 266.00 172.99

Sledges • Driving Hammers
Peddinghaus
Cross Pein A
HAMMER SHIP WT
WT (lb) (lb)
A 5027023000 3000g 6.60 EA 7.24 60.00
5027025000 5000g 11.00 EA 12.42 85.00
Double Face B
B 5293021000 1000g 2.20 EA 2.50 25.30
5293021250 1250g 2.75 EA 3.02 26.35
5293021500 1500g 3.30 EA 3.56 28.30 C
5293022000 2000g 4.40 EA 4.84 36.70
C 5293023000 3000g 6.60 EA 7.38 58.55
5293034000 *S/O 4000g Hickory Handle 8.80 EA 10.16 69.25 D
D 5247021000 Dutch, 1000g 2.20 EA 2.64 26.20
5247021250 Dutch, 1250g 2.50 EA 3.15 27.40
FARRIER DRIVING HAMMERS E

NC
Balanced claw design with slim handles for smooth strokes. Made from high-grade impact tool steel.
HAMMER SHIP WT
WT (lb) (lb)
E 0753 Calvary Driving, 10 oz 0.63 EA 0.66 64.50
0751 Calvary Driving, 12 oz 0.75 EA 0.82 64.50 F
0749 Calvary Driving, 14 oz 0.88 EA 0.96 72.00
Blurton
Balanced head gives more confidence and better feel. This hammer is well-balanced and features
claws designed to easily wring nails. Made from a high-grade, shock resistant tool steel, it will
provide years of service.
F JBDH8 Driving, 8 oz 0.50 EA 0.65 121.60
G
JBDH10 Driving, 10 oz 0.63 EA 0.65 121.60
Flatland Forge H
Well-balanced and featuring claws. Flatland Forge tools are made of S-7, shock resistant air
hardened tool steel.
G DH8 Driving, 8 oz 0.50 EA 0.70 139.00
DH10 Driving, 10 oz 0.63 EA 0.75 139.00
Diamond Hammers are forged from high quality steel. Hardwood handles. J
HAMMER SHIP WT
WT (lb) (lb)
H FH10 Race Track, 10 oz 0.63 EA 0.77 38.20
J FH14 Driving, 14 oz 0.88 EA 1.00 46.05
Bellota Race track weight balanced to drive larger nails. K

K BDH6 Race Track, 6 oz 0.38 EA 0.57 73.25
Horsehead
Perfectly balanced and will ring and drive nails with ease. The octagonal serrated face prevents
slippage. It has a good gap on the claw making the farrier’s job easier.
L HHDH8 Driving, 8 oz 0.50 EA 0.82 145.00 L
HHDH12 Driving, 12 oz 0.75 EA 0.97 145.00
Gray Mapston
These hammers come with two heads, one on hammer and one extra, allowing you to change the
weight to your preference. With the smaller head, the Original hammer drives like a 10-12 oz. The
larger head, swings and drives like a 14 oz. On the Race Track the short head hammer weighs
6.8 oz. With the tall head the hammer weighs 7.5 oz. Both style hammers have sharp edges which
makes nail pulling very quick!
HAMMER SHIP WT M N
WT (lb) (lb)
M GMDH-O Original 10/14 oz EA 0.93 145.00
N GMDH-R Race Track 6.8/7.5 oz EA 0.81 145.00
GMDHH-S Replacement Face Small EA 0.15 20.00
GMDHH-T Replacement Face Tall EA 0.25 20.00

Specialty Hammers • Mallets • Lapidary Tools
SPECIALITY HAMMERS
Goldsmith Hammer
A For working jewelers and metalsmiths. Head is forged for superior durability of high grade steel and
is fully polished. Made in Germany.
HEAD SHIP WT
WT (lb)
A 0100020000 *S/O Peddinghaus Goldsmith 80g 80g EA 0.31 48.40
Copper Hammer
Made in Germany for working jewelers and metalsmiths. Heads are forged for superior durability.
B All meet ISO and DIN standards. They are made of high grade steel and are the most reliable
hammers you’ll find anywhere.
B 5065031500 *S/O Peddinghaus Copper 1500g EA 3.78 162.00
Brass Hammers
Cut heels off horseshoes clean with no damage to hardys. The 2 lb hammer is best for lighter
shoes; 3 lb for saddle horses. Perfect for driving in studs!
C HEAD SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION WT (oz) U/M PRICE
(lb)
C CCBH2 Cliff Carroll Brass 32 EA 2.33 26.50

CCBH3 Cliff Carroll Brass 48 EA 3.33 35.00
Garland Mallets
Hickory
Precision-turned, hardwood heads.
SHIP WT
D ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIM (in) U/M (lb) PRICE
D 12002 Hickory #2 2-1/4 x 5 EA 0.73 26.40

12003 Hickory #3 2-1/2 x 5-1/2 EA 1.21 28.40
12004 Hickory #4 2-3/4 x 6 EA 1.36 29.45
Rawhide
Made of tough, long-wearing, water buffalo rawhide. Non-marring.
E
E 11000 Rawhide #0 1x2 EA 0.18 15.30
11002 Rawhide #2 1-1/2 x 3 EA 0.31 20.45
11004 Rawhide #4 2 x 3-1/2 EA 0.72 30.00
11006 Rawhide #6 2-3/4 x 4-3/4 EA 1.50 58.50
F Split Head Hammers
Garland split-head hammers have replaceable faces. Rawhide face is non-marring.
HEAD SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIM (in) U/M PRICE
WT (oz) (lb)
F 31001 Rawhide #1 1-1/4 x 3-7/8 24 EA 1.46 43.40
31002 Rawhide #2 1-1/2 x 4-1/2 32 EA 1.96 47.75
31003 Rawhide #3 1-3/4 x 4-3/4 44 EA 2.75 57.25
31004 Rawhide #4 2 x 5-3/8 64 EA 3.70 64.30
G
31005 Rawhide #5 2-3/4 x 5-3/4 104 EA 6.42 99.60
Replacement Parts
G 21001 Rawhide Faces #1 1-1/4 2.5 EA 0.10 11.00
21002 Rawhide Faces #2 1-1/2 4 EA 0.20 14.00
21003 Rawhide Faces #3 1-3/4 5.3 EA 0.30 18.60
21004 Rawhide Faces #4 2 8 EA 0.40 22.95
H 21005 Rawhide Faces #5 2-3/4 32 EA 0.80 43.80
GEOLOGICAL & LAPIDARY TOOLS

Picks
J Rock Pick with chisel edge features a 1” square hammer surface. Has a nylon shock reduction grip
with an all metal construction. Perfect for collecting fossils and splitting bedded sedimentary rocks.
PICK HANDLE U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb) LENGTH (lb)
H E6-22BLC Estwing Lapidary Big Blue Rock 2.25 11” EA 2.50 39.00
(Chisel Edge 1-1/2 x 7”)
The Estwing Lapidary Rock Pick features a shock-reduction grip, forged handle and head, cushion
K grip for extra comfort and a medium-heavy weight. One of the best hammers available for hard rock
work. Fully polished solid steel. Head weight is 22 oz., 7” length.
J E3-22P Estwing Lapidary Rock (Pointed Tip) 2.10 13” EA 2.33 37.00
The Estwing Geo Lapidary Pick is the perfect tool for all geological and paleo digs! Features include
a durable powder-coated finish and a textured vinyl grip. Axe head is 14” wide (from pointed edge to
chisel edge).
K GP-100 Estwing Geo/Paleo Lapidary 4.00 25” EA 4.30 73.00

Axes • Prospecting Supplies • Handles • Wedges
Prospecting Supplies
DIMx3 U/M SHIP WT
WT (oz) (in) (lb) A
A 12-12 Estwing Steel Gold Pan 12.00 12 EA 0.92 7.00
has creases for thorough separation with a
convenient lanyard hole for easy carrying.
B GOLDCLAS Gold Prospecting Classifier Set 22.40 6x3 EA 1.40 39.00
The Camel Nesting Classifier Set includes 5 items:
10, 20, 40, 60 Mesh Pots and Solid Bottom Pot.
BP12-12 Black Plastic Gold Pan 6.00 12 EA 0.37 7.00 B
Axe
The Estwing Camper’s Axe is ideal for camping, hunting and farm use. It has a forged steel head with a
steel handle. The 4” cutting edge makes a deep fast cut. Lightweight but tough for cutting and chopping
small to medium size wood and branches for fire wood! Protect your eyes from flying particles and dust.
Bystanders should also wear safety goggles.
DIMx3 SHIP WT
WT (oz) (in) (lb)
C E44A Estwing Campers Axe with Sheath, 4” Blade 46.40 16 EA 3.12 54.00
HANDLES & ACCESSORIES (For Hammers and Tools)

Peddinghaus Conical Hammer Wedges
Peddinghaus conical wedges hold heads securely on handles. The edges are are sharp and tapered
allowing the conical to be wedged into the hammer handle. If you are not sure what wedge goes with your
hammer, please call us and we will try to assist you. You must use two wedges when replacing handles
for the following Peddinghaus hammers: items #5028025000 Straight Pein Sledge 5000 Gr, #5027025000
Cross Pein Sledge 5000 Gr, and #5286023000 Stone Sledge 3000 Gr. Failure to do this could result in C
the head coming off and possibly causing injury!
SIZE DIM U/M SHIP WT
(mm) (in) (lb)
D 7112775300 Handle Conical, 7mm 7 0.28 EA 0.01 0.60
7112775600 Handle Conical, 10mm 10 0.39 EA 0.01 0.75
D
Wedges
E HHW-S Handle Handle Wedge Small 1/2x3/4 EA 0.01 0.15
HHW-M Metal Handle Wedge Medium 1/2x1 EA 0.02 0.15
HHW-L Metal Handle Wedge Large 3/4x1 EA 0.03 0.15 E
Tool Lock
Used for securing the heads of top anvil tools (or any wooden handled tool). Fit the tool head on the handle and
burn a 3/8” groove in the handle. Install the wood screws, the tool head and bend the top of the tool lock out and
cut it off flush with the edge of the tool handle. Now your tool head is secure!
F WTTL *S/O Top Tool Lock (pkg of 2) EA 0.16 5.00 F
Adhesive
A Polyurethane Sealant/Adhesive that is an excellent bonding medium for joints requiring a higher modulus
and lower movement capability. It is a one-component adhesive used to bond surfaces together, ideal for use in
YHUWLFDOJULGDSSOLFDWLRQV8VHZLWKVWDQGDUGFDXONLQJJXQV'LVSRVDEOHÀXLGR]PRLVWXUHSURRIFRPSRVLWH
cartridges.
G SIK0187659 Sikaflex 11FC, Grey Handle Adhesive 13.3 EA 0.98 20.00
Axe Handles
Since hickory is a natural product, traditionally, handles have fallen into different grades according to density, G
freedom from defects, color and grain. The three basic grades are Grade A, B and C. These 14” handles are
Grade AAW white hickory (the best available) - with a wax finish. These handles comes with single-use wood
wedge kit for securing the head to handle.
MATERIAL HANDLE U/M SHIP WT
LENGTH (lb)
H 10314-AAW Hunter’s Axe Handle Hickory 14” EA 0.47 5.65
J 10114 Scout Axe Handle Hickory 14” EA 0.47 5.65
10918-8 Tomahawk Handle Hickory 18” EA 0.60 5.40 H
Grade BR, Fire finished and lacquered.

J

Hammer Handles
A
Mallet & Split Head Hammer Handles
Garland Handles
HANDLE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
We are proud to offer you Peddinghaus tools! A 51000 Mallet #0, rawhide, bossing, hickory heads 8 EA 0.08 5.10
The Peddinghaus hammers listed in our catalog 51002 Mallet #2, rawhide, bossing, hickory heads 10 EA 0.15 5.30
are made in Germany or France for blacksmiths, 51003 Mallet #3, rawhide, bossing, hickory heads 12 EA 0.31 5.30
working jewelers and other metalsmiths. Heads 51004 Mallet #4, rawhide, bossing, hickory heads 12 EA 0.29 5.30
are forged for superior durability. All meet ISO
and DIN standards. They are made of high 51005 Mallet #5, rawhide, bossing, hickory heads 14 EA 0.53 5.90
grade steel and are the most reliable hammers 51006 Mallet #6, rawhide, bossing, hickory heads 14 EA 0.43 5.90
you’ll find anywhere. All hammers feature finely 53001 Split Head #1 Handle 11 EA 0.25 6.10
balanced heads for an easy accurate swing. 53002 Split Head #2 Handle 12-1/2 EA 0.26 6.10
Handles are smooth and of ash or hickory for a 53003 Split Head #3 Handle 12-3/4 EA 0.38 6.10
comfortable grip.
53004 Split Head #4 Handle 14 EA 0.46 6.40
53005 Split Head #5 Handle 16 EA 0.63 6.90
More Peddinghaus handles 31036 36" Sledge (for #5 Split Head) Handle 36 EA 2.00 13.06
are available by Special Order.
Please call for assistance!
Hammer Handles
Peddinghaus Handles
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION MATERIAL U/M PRICE
(lb)
B
B 7050441500 Peddinghaus, 1000-1500g Swedish Hickory EA 0.53 14.70
7005518400 Peddinghaus, 500g German (Red) Ultramid EA 0.24 11.50
C 7000538100 Peddinghaus, 300g German/French Ash EA 0.20 4.25
7000538200 Peddinghaus, 300g German/French Hickory EA 0.24 6.70
7000538500 Peddinghaus, 400-500g German/French Ash EA 0.22 4.25
7000538700 Peddinghaus, 600g German/French Ash EA 0.29 4.85
D 7000539200 Peddinghaus, 1000g German/French Hickory EA 0.40 11.50
7000546100 Peddinghaus, 3000g Sledges Ash EA 0.84 13.35
7000546200 Peddinghaus, 3000g Sledges Hickory EA 1.06 24.35
7000546400 Peddinghaus, 5000g Sledges Hickory EA 1.92 33.60
7000548600 Peddinghaus, 340g Engineers Pein Hickory EA 0.18 8.35
7000548800 Peddinghaus, 450-500g Engineers Pein, Hickory EA 0.22 9.25
7000549000 Peddinghaus, 675g Engineers (1.5 lb Ball Pein) Hickory EA 0.33 10.45
7000549200 Peddinghaus, 900g Engineers (2 lb Ball Pein) Hickory EA 0.44 11.50
E Big Blu Handles

Hofi-Hndl Big Blu Ergonomic Replacement Handle Hickory EA 0.40 21.00
Bloom Handles
F C BLOOMDH Bloom, Driving Handle Hardwood EA 0.21 5.20
D BLOOMRH Bloom, Rounding Handle Hardwood EA 0.47 6.95
Blurton Handles
G JBDHH Blurton Driving Handle Hickory EA 0.21 13.85
JBRCHH Blurton Rounding and Cross Pein Handle Hickory EA 0.37 13.85
Cliff Carroll Handles
H E CHANDLEM Cliff Carroll, Medium Handle Hickory EA 0.33 9.85
Fits most 1.5 lb rounding hammers
CHANDLEL Cliff Carroll, Rounding Handle, Large Hickory EA 0.40 9.85
Fits Brass, Champion and other 2-3 lb
J
Diamond Handles
SHIP WT
(lb)
F DIADH Diamond, Driving Handle Hickory EA 0.21 5.20
Flatland Handles
The best method for removing a hammer G FFDHH Flatland Forge, Driving Handle Hickory EA 0.25 21.70
handle is to saw the old handle off, flip the Fits all Flatland (Jim Poor) Driving Hammers
head upside down, then use a drift (a little Horsehead Handles with wedges
under the size of the old hammer eye) to H HHDHH-6 Horse Head, Driving Handle 6 oz Hickory EA 0.25 24.00
punch the old hammer handle down and out HHDHH-8 Horse Head, Driving Handle 8 oz Hickory EA 0.31 24.00
of the top. Wedges are not included, and
must be ordered separately. HHDHH-12 Horse Head, Driving Handle 12 oz Hickory EA 0.28 24.00
Mustad Handles
J 60012 Mustad, Driving Hammer Hickory EA 0.23 13.20

Hammer Handles • Chasing, Repousse & Raising Hammers
NC Handles (continued)
HANDLE U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION MATERIAL PRICE
(in) (lb)
A 0743A NC, for 10 oz Cavalry Driving EA 0.29 5.10
0743B NC, for 12 oz Cavalry Driving EA 0.29 5.10
0743C NC, for 14 oz Cavalry Driving EA 0.32 5.10 A
Pieh Handles
B PTC-HHL Ergonomic Replacement Hickory Hickory 13 EA 0.47 20.00
B
CHASING AND REPOUSSE HAMMERS
Multi-purpose hammer for chasing, chiseling, riveting or peining. Well balanced hardwood handles.
HAMMER HAMMER U/M SHIP WT C
WEIGHT (oz) FACE (mm) (lb)
C 0101020025 Peddinghaus, 25mm 2.5 56 x 25 x 13 EA 0.24 70.00
D 077-0804 Picard, 1-1/4” face 3.7 30 EA 0.34 60.00
D
RAISING HAMMERS
Peddinghaus E
Large Scale Chasing or Raising
HAMMER HAMMER SHIP WT
F
E 0052020000 Chasing, 300g 11 136 x 16 x 20 EA 0.77 44.00
F 0403020000 Chasing, 400g Silversmith Style 14 117x15x20 EA 1.24 46.60
Polishing/Shrinking G
G 0062020250 Polishing, 250g, 1 Light, 1 Strong Bowed 8 24 EA 0.63 44.00
0062020750 Polishing, 750g, 1 Light, 1 Strong Bowed 26.5 37 EA 1.96 68.75
H
H 0063020000 Double Face Polishing 400g 14 32 EA 1.10 44.00
Different Bowed
J 0050020300 Shrinking, 300g, 1 Flat, 1 Bowed 11 24, 24 EA 0.85 43.30
J
K 0047020200 Shrinking, 200g, 2 Flat, 1 Square 8 95 x 23 x 23 EA 0.67 43.30
0047020300 Shrinking, 300g, 2 Flat, 1 Square 11 105 x 27 x 25 EA 0.82 43.30
L 0049020000 Shrinking, 300g, 2 Flat, 1 Square 11 134 x 23 x 22 EA 0.81 43.30 K
Bordering (Creasing)
Ideal for confined areas or creating an edge.
HAMMER HAMMER SHIP WT L
M 0057020200 Bordering, 200g 8 111x20 EA 0.62 44.00
0057020300 Bordering, 300g 11 EA 1.02 44.40 M
Embossing
Works metal from the back to create three dimensional forms.
N 0401020000 Embossing, 100g Silversmith Style, 4 105 x 14 x 11 EA 0.39 46.60 N
2 Different Bowed Faces
O 0051020200 Embossing, 200g, High Bowed 8 18, 21 EA 0.51 44.00
O
0051020300 Embossing, 300g, High Bowed 11 19, 22 EA 0.77 44.40
0051020500 Embossing, 500g, High Bowed 18 24, 26 EA 1.17 48.40
Grooving P
P 0053020200 Grooving, 200g (8 oz) 9, 11mm Faces 8 9, 11 EA 0.65 44.00
0053020300 Grooving, 300g Faces 11 12,14 EA 0.90 44.00 R
R 0054020300 Grooving, 300g, 90 Degree Faces 14 10, 30 EA 0.86 65.00
S 0178030000 Finishing/Grooving, 380g (14 oz) 14 160, 43, 5 EA 1.11 60.00
1 Round, 1 Hooked Pein
S
Planishing
Used to easily harden and smooth gold, silver, brass and other metals.
HAMMER HAMMER SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (oz) FACE (mm) U/M (lb) PRICE T
T 0402020000 Planishing, 170g, Silversmith Style, 6 24 EA 0.60 46.60
1 Flat, 1 Bowed
U 2059030000 *S/O Planishing, 200g,1 Flat Face 7 12, 14 EA 0.70 61.75 U
V 0071020000 Planishing/Grooving, 300g, Round Light 11 127, 25 EA 0.73 45.40
Bowed
Boiler Maker/Planishing Hammer
W 0078020800 *S/O Peddinghaus Boiler Maker 800g 28 85, 95, 27 EA 1.87 121.60 V
Dull Polished
Stretching
X 0060020500 Stretching, 500g, 1 Flat, 1 Light Bowed 18 30 EA 1.20 49.00
W
0060020750 Stretching, 750g,1 Flat, 1 Light Bowed 26 38 EA 1.86 68.75
*S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEM X

Raising Mallets • Metal Forming Stakes
BOSSING MALLETS
A Garland
Plastic mallets are made from ultra-high-molecular-weight plastic. This nonporous material won’t mar and is easy
to clean. The mallet has excellent impact strength and is useful in applications such as Jewelry and Leather Crafts,
Blacksmithing, Repousse and other light metal work. This mallet is commonly used in the raising technique. This
mallet has a Hickory handle. Made in Maine, USA.
FACE WEIGHT HEAD LENGTH SHIP WT
DIA (in) (oz) (in) (lb)
B A 15008 Bossing Mallet #8 2 16 6-1/2 EA 0.60 29.25
B 15009 Bossing Mallet #9 2-1/2 20 6-3/4 EA 0.75 33.00
C 15010 Bossing Mallet #10 3 24 8 EA 0.99 39.40
METAL FORMING STAKES

C
Peddinghaus
Round
WEIGHT DIM SHIP WT
(lb) (mm) (lb)
D 0042010040 *S/O Head Stake 1000g fine polished, high bowed 2.2 260 x 40 EA 2.42 112.00
0042010050 *S/O Head Stake 1600g fine polished, high bowed 3.5 50, 260 x 50 EA 3.85 138.50
D Tinkers Anvils
E 0026010060 *S/O 2000g flat face, 4 round corners, fine polished, 4.4 155 x 60 EA 3.81 258.00
flat face, cornered, fine polished
0026010080 *S/O 4000g flat face, cornered, fine polished 8.8 190 x 80 EA 7.50 325.00
F 0027010060 *S/O 2000g flat face, 1 round corner, fine polished 4.4 155 x 60 EA 3.74 259.00
E F G 0027010080 *S/O 4000g flat face, 1 round corner, fine polished 8.8 190 x 80 EA 7.70 325.00
G 0028010060 *S/O 2000g flat face, 2 round and 2 sharp corners, 4.4 155 x 60 EA 4.18 259.00
fine polished
0028010080 *S/O 4000g flat face, 2 round and 2 sharp corners, 8.8 190 x 80 EA 7.48 325.00
fine polished
H Hatchet
H 0033010080 *S/O 1000g dull polished, round face 2.2 290 x 80 EA 2.53 103.00
J 0033010100 *S/O 1400g dull polished, round face 3.0 315 x 100 EA 3.08 130.00
J Bordering
K 0036010040 *S/O 1000g dull polished 2.2 260 x 40 EA 1.96 82.75
0036010050 *S/O 1400g dull polished 3.0 280 x 50 EA 2.86 99.80
K
Tinsmith Anvils
L 0015010000 *S/O Creasing Anvil, 4kg 8.8 300 x 25 x 25 EA 8.80 517.00
M 0017010000 *S/O Creasing Anvil with Bick, 4kg 8.8 350 x 25 x 25 EA 8.80 592.00
L N 0010010000 *S/O Blowhorn Anvil, 7kg (27.57” long) 15.4 700 EA 15.50 1,417.00
O 0001010700 *S/O Needle Case Anvil, 5500g (1 flat, 1 pointless bick) 12 700 x 14 x 16 EA 12.15 901.00
STAKE HOLDER
Peddinghaus
M Working Swage Block
Four working high polished surfaces and holes for holding stake tools. It has different size hollows for drawing and
dividing, and different size square holes for holding stakes, etc.
WEIGHT SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
P 0106010000 Working Swage Block 9500g 21 EA 20.46 835.00
Four working high polished surfaces and holes for holding stake
N tools. It has different size hollows for drawing and dividing, and
different size square holes for holding stakes, and metal forming
tools, etc.
P All Stakes are Special Order. Made in Europe.
We offer Chasing Tool Sets on page 91.

Metal Forming Stakes • Hand Stamps
METAL FORMING STAKES (continued) A

Premium-quality forming and rasing stakes are designed for blacksmiths, sheet metal workers, coppersmiths, jewelers
and autobody workers. These stakes are gorgeous blemish-free polished surfaces; stakes are forged and tempered for
excellent performance and longevity. Our stakes are forged and hardened in the USA.
B
Snarling Irons
Snarling irons are used to reach interior spaces for forming or repairing vessels. Mount the end with the 90-degree
bend in a vise, with the bent end pointed down so the polished working end is pointed up. You Then place your
working piece, such as a vessel like a bowl or a pot, over the hard to reach area you wish to work on. Strike the
snarling iron, with a hammer or a tool, a few inches away from the vise, and the polished working end will move up
in response. Hand forged spring steel.
DIM SHIP WT
C
(in) (lb)
SN1/4TM Pieh Snarling Iron Small 1/4 x 14 EA 0.81 41.00
A SN1/2TM Pieh Snarling Iron, Medium 1/2 x 14 EA 1.01 63.00
B SN3/4TM Pieh Snarling Iron Large 3/4 x 14 EA 1.07 63.00
Sinusoidal Stakes
Synclastic: “Curved in all directions towards the same point” Anticlastic or Anti-Clastic: “Similar to synclastic but pro- D
duces a concave curve instead of a convex curve”. Used in the process called anticlastic raising. Steel Sinusoidal
stakes are commonly used with plastic or nylon hammers like our “Bossing Mallets or Pimentel Raising hammers.”
C SS1TM Pieh Sinusoidal Stake, Small Wave Small 9-1/4 EA 0.51 105.00
D SS2TM Pieh Sinusoidal Stake, Medium Wave Medium 11 EA 1.19 142.50
E SS3TM Pieh Sinusoidal Stake, Large Wave Large 16 EA 2.88 195.00
F BI1TM Pieh Bick Iron 8x1 EA 2.75 150.00
G BS3TM Pieh Ball Stake 2-3/8 EA 3.88 80.00 E
For use in a Pexto Style Stake Plate. 1018 Steel
Allcraft
These stakes are excellent in quality with a high polish finish. They fit in any hardy or vise. Made in USA.
DIM SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
H 074-09 Allcraft, Mushroom Stake 2-1/4 D EA 2.12 171.00
The stake face is round
J 074-06 Allcraft, Flat Top Stake 1-7/8 D EA 1.85 168.00
The stake face is flat & circular with a sharp edge. F
HAND STAMPS
HandStamp *S/O Custom Steel Hand Stamp NEED YOUR INFORMATION EA CUSTOM QUOTE
See section below.

G
J
HAND STAMPS
Send us your touchmark or logo design with dimensions for quote. Your tools or work will be
personalized consistently with this stamp. Sorry, no telephone quotes or orders for the custom
stamp. Mail, fax or email your specifications and we will follow up with a quote. Two examples
are shown below, Amit Har-Lev and Pieh Tool touchmarks.
Pieh Tool Co, Inc.

661 E. Howards Rd. • Ste. J • Camp Verde, AZ 86322
1-928-554-0800 (Fax) • piehtoolsales@piehtoolco.com (Email)
Mark your work!

Touchmark your creations consistently
with your personalized hand stamp.
Amit Har-lev Pieh Tool Touchmark Order yours today!
Touchmark

Swages • Chisels
The Working Swage Block from

Peddinghaus is on page 84. SWAGE BLOCKS
A swage (or swedge) block is a large, heavy block of cast iron or steel used in smithing with various sized
shapes in its face and forms on the sides. Operations performed on a swage block include but are not
limited to bending, cutting, punching and forming with the use of a hammer. The primary feature for the
artist blacksmith is the bowl and semi spherical depressions. The sides are usually scalloped with half
rounds, 90 degree V grooves and half hexes to present formed shapes for forging operations. You can use
A the sides to forge gun barrels, or to make the curve on a wheel or finish a wheel rim. Other shapes, such
as the half hexagon, can be used with a matching fuller (die) to form a hexagonal cross-section on a bar.
Green-Mengel
Made of ductile iron and finished with all inside shapes cleaned. May have a gate mark. Made in USA.
WEIGHT DIM SHIP WT
(lb) (in) (lb)
A GMSB-A Swage Block A 61 10 x 10 x EA 61.0 309.00
Includes 4 ladles and 2 spoons (small and 3-3/4
large) on one side: Ladle sizes: 5”, 4”, 2-1/2”
B and 1”. The opposite side has a betty oil lamp
and fire place shovel.
B GMSB-B Swage Block B 60 10 x 10 x EA 57.0 309.00
One side is common with Block A: The opposite 3-3/4
side has 1 deep ladle: 7-1/2” dia. x 1-3/4” deep.
GMSB-P Mini Block A, Paperweight 3.0 3 x 3 x 1 EA 2.24 26.00
Dted for the year it is made. Some silversmiths
like this block; used as a tool when polished.
Same as Block A, except in size.
Lorance
C RLBLK Rectangle Swage Block 50 7-1/2 x EA 50.0 242.00
C Cast Iron. Made in USA. 13 x 3
CHISELS
The curve helps you to stay in the vein allowing you to keep a straight line. 7” long. Try our entire collection
of S7 tools. See our Punch Sets in the index. Made in USA.
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE OAL U/M PRICE
(lb)
D VC000 Pieh Veining Chisel, Hot Cut Curved, S7 EA 0.40 26.75
D Peddinghaus
The Peddinghaus slitting chisel is made of chrome-molybdenum air-hardened steel with a non-spread head.
Made in Germany.
E 5045020000 Hot Chisel with Ash Handle 1500g 2’ EA 3.74 91.00
5046020000 Cold Chisel with Ash Handle 1500g 2’ EA 3.74 91.00
E F 6615110000 Hand Slitting Chisel EA 0.66 13.60

G 6616110000 Hand Slitting Chisel with Plastic Handle Guard EA 0.86 25.30
HARDYS
Our hardy is drop forged from H13 tool steel. Chisel style is beveled on both sides. Made in USA.
SHANK SHIP WT
F ITEM # DESCRIPTION (in) U/M (lb) PRICE
H PTCH750 Pieh Chisel Hardy 3/4 EA 1.58 65.00
G PTCH875 Pieh Chisel Hardy 7/8 EA 1.64 65.00

PTCH100 Pieh Chisel Hardy 1 EA 1.80 65.00
PTCH125 Pieh Chisel Hardy 1-1/4 EA 2.12 65.00
J PTCH750-B Pieh Bias Hardy 3/4 EA 1.07 65.00
PTCH875-B Pieh Bias Hardy 7/8 EA 1.29 65.00
PTCH100-B Pieh Bias Hardy 1 EA 1.39 65.00
H
PTCH125-B Pieh Bias Hardy 1-1/4 EA 1.67 65.00
K CDB1 Pieh Ball Hardy 1 EA 1.08 30.00
Peddinghaus
The Peddinghaus Hardy fits snuggly in the hardy hole because of its taper.
L 5058010000 *S/O Peddinghaus Hardy, 7/8” shank 1150g EA 2.26 89.50
J K L

Hardy Tools • Mandrels • Forks
CONE MANDRELS A
Fits in anvil hardie hole. Shank is not tapered. 5-3/4” from base to tip. Fully machined. Made in the USA.
OAL BETWEEN U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SHANK PRICE
(in) FORKS (lb)
A PTCM34 Pieh Mandrel 3/4 2 to point 8 EA 3.20 62.00 B
PTCM78 Pieh Mandrel 7/8 8 EA 3.04 62.00
PTCM1 Pieh Mandrel 1 8 EA 3.30 62.00
PTCM114 Pieh Mandrel 1-1/4 8 EA 4.96 62.00
Green-Mengel
Foundry cast-finished with a tong grove.
C
B GMCM15 Mandrel w/tapered Shaft 3/4 - 1 4-1/2 - 3/8 15 EA 16.0 132.00
ANVIL DEVIL
An Anvil Devil is a hard triangular piece of heat-treated steel that is used by farriers & blacksmiths for cutting
or making V notches. You can place it on any flat surface.
C SAD Anvil Devil (63.5 x 13mm) 2-1/2 x 1/2 EA 0.12 4.50
TURNING FORKS D
Fits in anvil hardy hole. Welded shank is not tapered. Useful in bending stock at anvil. Made in the USA.
SHANK OAL BETWEEN U/M SHIP WT
(in) (in) FORKS (in) (lb)
D TF34 Turning Fork 3/4 5-1/2 5/8 EA 1.19 23.50
TF78 Turning Fork 7/8 5-1/2 5/8 EA 1.01 23.50
TF1 Turning Fork 1 5-1/2 5/8 EA 1.55 23.50 E
TF114 Turning Fork 1-1/4 5-1/2 5/8 EA 1.87 26.00
SCROLLING WRENCH F
Has a hole drilled in handle so you can hang it on a hook in your shop. Made in USA.
SIZE OAL U/M SHIP WT
(in) (in) (lb)
E CDSW12 Pieh Scroll Wrench, for 1/2” 1/2 10 EA 1.20 22.80
1-3/4” long jaw, 1-7/8” long prongs (2).
F CDSW38 Pieh Scroll Wrench, for 3/8” 3/8 10 EA 1.25 22.80 G
2” long jaw, 1-1/2” long prongs (2).
VISE WEDGE
The Pieh Tool vise wedge compliments our S7 animal head and character punch sets. In the book Iron
Menagerie, you will find a number of projects. The vise wedge is needed in some of the projects. Of course
its uses are endless. Made from mild steel from welded angle bar and painted black. The bottom portion
should be placed securely in a vise leaving the angle wedge on top. H
G VW100 Pieh Vise Wedge EA 1.41 30.00
VISE SCROLL TOOL

Our vise scroll tool has a hexagon base making it adaptable to many holding methods. Two prongs protrude
allowing for tight bending or scrolling to be accomplished. Made in USA.
H CDVSH Pieh Vise Scroll Tool EA 1.25 20.00
Pieh Tool Company

Gift Certificates
We customize each certificate!

Metal Forming Tools
GUILLOTINE FULLERS
Victory Forge
A Fits in anvil’s hardy hole. Simple to use! Just give a few blows to the top of the fuller while turning
your stock and turn out some nice fullered pieces. The double fullering allows you to make chile
peppers or making bamboo on tubing, as well as fullering leaf stems. Made in the USA.
SIZE U/M SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
A VFGF58 Guillotine Fuller 5/8 EA 8.0 118.00
VFGF34 Guillotine Fuller 3/4 EA 8.0 118.00
VFGF78 Guillotine Fuller 7/8 EA 8.0 118.00
B VFGF1 Guillotine Fuller 1 EA 8.0 118.00
B VFGCF58 Guillotine Combo Fuller 5/8 EA 8.0 132.00
VFGCF34 Guillotine Combo Fuller 3/4 EA 9.02 132.00
VFGCF78 Guillotine Combo Fuller 7/8 EA 9.38 132.00
VFGCF1 Guillotine Combo Fuller 1 EA 8.0 132.00
SCROLL JIG
C
Victory Forge
These handy 1/4 x 1” scroll jigs will allow you to make a perfect scrolls every time. Just clamp to the
vise and shape your stock around the scroll. Made of mild steel. Made in the USA.
SHIP WT
(lb)
C VF68 Makes 4-1/2” Scroll Medium EA 1.27 45.00
D
VF688 Makes 8” Scroll Large EA 1.41 65.00
NAIL HEADERS
Nail making is one of the very oldest forms of forging. Square hand made nails have 4 times the
holding power as a round wire nail. It is a great way to learn better hammer control. To make nails
start with a round or square rod usually in a size from 3/16” up to say 1/4” in either diameter or
E square. The ideal material would be very low carbon steel but we can make good nails from either
Photo of hot or cold rolled mild steel. Domed, 4140 Steel. Made in the USA.
Finished Rose ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(in) (lb)
D CDNH316 Pieh Nail Header 3/16 EA 0.89 25.00
CDNH14 Pieh Nail Header 1/4 EA 0.88 25.00
ROSE BLANK KIT

F This is a rose in kit form cut from 16 gauge steel. It makes a very beautiful rose! Make it open or
closed! Consider embellishing with Gilders Paste or one of our patinas for added beauty. Kit consists of
5 pieces; 1 each of the following blanks: 4-3/8”, 3-1/2”, 3, 2-3/16”, and a 4 pt sepal at 3-1/4”.
SHIP WT
(lb)
E ROSE-K Pieh Rose Blank Set EA 0.54 10.50
FLATTERS
Peddinghaus
SIZE U/M SHIP WT
G ITEM # DESCRIPTION PRICE
(in) (lb)
F 5050020060 60mm handled 2.50 EA 4.34 142.95
5050020070 70mm handled 2.75 EA 4.44 180.00
PUNCHES
Round Punch
Peddinghaus
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION WEIGHT U/M PRICE
(lb)
See more Chisels & Hardys G 5056020010 *S/O 10mm handled 850gr EA 2.20 92.60
in the Farrier Tools Section 5056020015 *S/O 15mm handled 1200gr EA 3.40 123.45
page 86. 5056020020 *S/O 20mm handled 1900gr EA 3.52 146.80
We offer Pieh Legacy
Collection™ Swages
on page 140.

Drifts • Punches
Center Punch
Pieh Legacy Collection™ A
Both made from 1/2” round S7 tool steel.
SIZE U/M SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
A PCP000 Pieh Pyramid Center 7 EA 0.38 24.00 B
B CP000 Pieh Center 7 EA 0.37 24.00
Flatland Forge
C
C CNTRP1 Center Punch 7 EA 0.83 45.00
Made from 4140 steel.
Peddinghaus D
Made of chrome-molybdenum air-hardened steel with non-spread heads.
SIZE SHIP WT
(mm) (lb)
D 6612110130 Center 10 x 120 EA 0.14 4.50 E
6612110132 Center 12 x 120 EA 0.20 4.85
6612110162 Center 12 x 150 EA 0.25 5.75
F
6612110164 Center 14 x 150 EA 0.35 8.35
6624110250 Center 15 x 250 EA 0.72 13.35
G
Ball Punch
™
Pieh Legacy Collection
Made from 1/2” round S7 tool steel, 7” long. H
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
E BP125 Pieh Ball 1/8 EA 0.36 22.00 J
F BP188 Pieh Ball 3/16 EA 0.38 22.00
G BP250 Pieh Ball 1/4 EA 0.38 22.00 K
H BP312 Pieh Ball 5/16 EA 0.39 22.00
J BP375 Pieh Ball 3/8 EA 0.38 22.00
K BP437 Pieh Ball 7/16 EA 0.40 22.00 L
L BP500 Pieh Ball 1/2 EA 0.40 22.00
BallP7 Set of 7 Ball Punches SET SET 2.69 138.60
BallP7w/TH-12 Denim Tool Roll, 12 Pocket SET 2.88 158.60 M
BP625 Pieh Ball 5/8 EA 0.62 24.50
M BPD625 Pieh Ball Dimpled 5/8 EA 0.66 26.00
BP750 Pieh Ball 3/4 EA 0.88 29.00
BPD750 Pieh Ball Dimpled 3/4 EA 0.96 29.75
Drift Punch N
Made from 5/8” H13 tool steel. They are 8” long with a tapered drift of approximately 3”. The handle area
is smooth for a comfortable grip. The set is discounted offering you savings. Order our handy tool roll with
this set now and save 20% on the tool roll. *Note: These cannot be quenched in water.
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
DP188 Pieh Drift 3/16 EA 0.58 25.00
DP250 Pieh Drift 1/4 EA 0.60 25.00
DP312 Pieh Drift 5/16 EA 0.58 25.00
DP375 Pieh Drift 3/8 EA 0.60 25.00
DP437 Pieh Drift 7/16 EA 0.63 25.00 O
DP500 Pieh Drift 1/2 EA 0.68 25.00
N H13DriftSet Set of all 6 Pieh Drifts SET 3.67 142.50
DriftSet w/TR-12 Set of all 6 Pieh Drifts w/Tool Roll SET 3.86 162.50
Pieh Tool Holder
Our 20 & 12 Pocket Denim Tool Rolls will keep your tools organized. *When you order one with the
S7 20 Piece or 6 Piece Drift Set you will save 20% on the roll. Colors vary. P
O Tool Holder 20 pockets EA 0.29 25.00
Tool Holder-12 12 pockets EA 0.19 25.00
Peddinghaus
Punches made of chrome-molybdenum air-hardened steel with non-spread heads.
SIZE LENGTH LENGTH U/M SHIP WT
(mm) (mm) (in) (lb)
P 6608110003 Peddinghaus Drift 10 x 3 120 4-1/2 EA 0.13 4.10
6608110004 Peddinghaus Drift 10 x 4 120 4-1/2 EA 0.13 4.10
See Iron Menagerie Book for
step-by-step projects, BK68
page 167.

Punches • Repousse Supplies
Eye/Ear Punch
A B Pieh Legacy Collection™
3LHK7RRO&KDVLQJ7RROV(\HSXQFKHVDUHWKHHDV\ZD\WRPDNHSHUIHFWH\HV$IWHU\RXKDYHLGHQWL¿HGWKH
facial features, simply position the proper size eye punch and rotate while pushing on the handle. The result
is a perfectly formed round eye.
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
EP250 Pieh Round Eye 1/4 EA 0.41 24.00
C D
A EyeP3 Pieh Set of 3 Eye Set SET 1.23 66.93
Set Includes: EP250, EP125, EP188
EyeP3w/TH-12 Eye Set with Denim Tool Roll, 12 Pocket SET 1.42 86.93
E F B ES500 Pieh Wizard Eye Socket EA 0.43 24.00
C WE000 Pieh Wolf Eye EA 0.41 24.00
D DE000 Pieh Duck Eye EA 0.41 24.00
E EE000 Pieh Eagle Eye EA 0.41 24.00
F HE000 Pieh Horse Head Ear EA 0.41 24.00
G S7 Set-20 Pieh Set of all 20 S7 Tools Set SET 8.00 468.75
Set Includes: 7 Ball, 3 Round Eye, Center,
Wizard Eye Socket, Duck Eye, Wolf Eye, Eagle
Eye, Horse Head Ear, Veining Chisel, and 3
Fullers.
G S7 Setw/TH-20 S7 Set with Denim Tool Roll, 20 Pocket SET 8.29 488.75
HAND FULLERS
Made from 5/8” S7 round stock, 7” long.
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
H FP125 Pieh Fuller Small 1/8 EA 0.35 24.00
J FP250 Pieh Fuller Medium 1/4 EA 0.67 24.00
H J K K FP375 Pieh Fuller Large 3/8 EA 0.70 24.00
REPOUSSE SUPPLIES
Pitch is used for chasing and repousse. Red German Pitch isn’t brittle and is forgiving. It is far less
toxic and easier to use than black pitch and yields better results. Comes in 2 kg bread pan like
container. It melts at a relatively low temperature and can be safely manipulated and shaped by
hand. The Pitch Bowl kit contains an 8” cast iron pitch bowl, the proper sized rubber pitch bowl pad,
and a 2 kg bar of the finest quality Red (hard) German pitch. Pitch bowl and pad made in India.
Warning: One 2 kilo loaf of pitch will not fill this pitch bowl full. It will be shy a 1/4” or so. You will
need to either buy a second 2 kilo loaf or splash a little “quick concrete” in the bottom of your bowl
first. If you do this, you will have enough and may even have some extra.
SIZE U/M SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
PB8 Pitch Bowl 8 EA 5.76 49.50
Cast iron pitch bowl. Bottom is slightly flat. Use
with our rubber ring pad. Made in India.
K PBPR Rubber Ring Pad 9 EA 1.86 15.00
Pad fits our 8 inch pitch bowl. Fits under the
bowl allowing you to rotate it as needed.
RGP Red German Pitch, 2 kg EA 5.00 68.00
K PBK8 Pitch Bowl Kit 8 KIT 14.00 126.00
Repousse Technique
Instructions: Wrap the pitch in several layers of heavy cloth or in a few
plastic bags and moderately hit it a few times with a heavy hammer and
place in the pitch bowl; then heat slowly in a 250 or 300 degree oven.
Over-heated pitch will become brittle once it’s cooled again and may become
useless. If overheated, remove the burnt area immediately to avoid further
contamination of the pitch bowl. Once the pitch is melted let the pitch air-cool
for several hours. When you are doing repousse soften pitch with a heat gun
when ready to flip your piece. We recommend you dip your fingers in water
before attempting to handle hot pitch. If the surface of the pitch appears
glossy, it is too hot to touch. We recommend putting chap stick on the back
We offer of your piece to keep pitch from sticking.
Chasing and Repousse Repousse Cup & Turtle by Bonnie Harvey
Books: pages 180-182,
DVD’s: page 196.

Chasing & Repousse Tools
CHASING & REPOUSSE TOOLS

Peddinghaus
This 10 piece chasing set is used mainly by tinsmiths to leave impressions in metals such as tin,
copper, brass, etc. Made of C45 K steel, HRC 62 tempered to 55-58 HRC. Each tool is a different
design and are 4” long. A
SHIP WT
(lb)
A 0095010000 Chasing 10 Piece Chasing Design Set SET 0.56 165.00

Overall length is approximately 4-1/2”. Made from W-1 tool steel. Made in the USA.
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
B PTChaseS1 Pieh Chasing Set #1 SET 0.48 70.00
The Pieh Tool Chasing Set #1 includes 6 tools:
• 1 Thick Liner 1/4”
• 1 Rectangle Push Tool 1/4”
• 1 Thick Liner 3/16”
• 1 Square Planisher 3/8”
• 1 Push Tool 3/8”
• 1 Oblong Push Tool
C PTChaseS2 Pieh Chasing Set #2 SET 0.66 108.00
• 4 Half Rounds: 3/16”, 1/4” (2) & 7/16” B
• 1 Half Round Planisher 1/8”
• 1 Rhombus (Flat): 1/8”
• 1 Push Tool (Round) 3/16”
• 1 Round (Flat) 3/16”
• 1 Thin Liner: 3/16”
• 1 Thin Liner (Double sided bevel) 3/16”
• 1 Thick Liner: 7/16”
• 1 Thick Liner (Double sided bevel): 7/16” C
D PTChaseS3 Pieh Chasing Set #3 SET 1.12 154.95
• 7 Half Rounds: 3/16” (3), 1/4” (2), 7/16” and 1/2”
• 1 Half Round Planisher 1/8”
• 2 Rhombus (Flat): 1/8” and 3/16”
• 1 Push Tool (Round) 3/16”
• 1 Round (Flat) 3/16”
• 2 Thin Liners: 3/16” and 1/4”
• 2 Thin Liners (Double sided bevel) 3/16” & 1/4” D
• 2 Thick Liners: 7/16” and 1/2”
• 2 Thick Liners (Double sided bevel): 7/16” & 1/2”
*Please Note: 12 of these tools are from Set #2. If
you have already purchased Set #2, the 8 new tools
are listed individually.
E PTChaseS4 Chasing Set #4 SET 0.32 60.00
The Pieh Tool Chasing Eye Set includes 6 tools:
• 1 each: 1/8” Round and Oval
The round punches are mainly used on human
figures and the oval punches are mainly used on
animal figures. Overall length is approximately
3-1/2”. Made from W-1 tool steel. Made in USA. Diagram of the tool ends in Pieh Chasing Set #3.
• These tools are designed to be used in wood but
may also be used in metal.
• You may want to relieve the edges if they are too
sharp for certain designs and materials.
E
PTChaseHR.25 Pieh Half Round 1/4 EA 0.08 10.35
Pieh Tool
PTChaseHR.44 Pieh Half Round 7/16 EA 0.08 10.35 Chasing Set #4 (1 of 6)
PTChaseHR.50 Pieh Half Round 1/2 EA 0.12 10.35
PTChaseHRT.19 Pieh Half Round Thin 3/16 EA 0.09 10.35
PTChaseHRTH.19 Pieh Half Round Thick 3/16 EA 0.03 10.35
PTChaseRh.19 Pieh Rhombus 3/16 EA 0.09 10.35
PTChaseTH.438 Pieh Thick Liner 7/16 EA 0.11 10.35
PTChaseTH.50 Pieh Thick Liner Double Sided Bevel 1/2 EA 0.15 10.35 F
PTChaseTHDS.50 Pieh Thick Liner Double Sided Bevel 1/2 EA 0.12 10.35
PTChaseTL.188 Pieh Thin Liner 3/16 EA 0.15 10.35
PTChaseTL.25 Pieh Thin Liner 1/4 EA 0.12 10.35
PTChaseTLDS.25 Pieh Thin Liner 1/4” Double Sided Bevel 1/4 EA 0.08 10.35
F PTChaseS5 Chasing Set #5 3/16 SET 0.31 121.00
This is our Standard 3/16” Set. Includes 8 tools,
overall length is approximately 5 inches. Made from
A-2 tool steel. Made in USA. G
G PTChaseS6 Chasing Set #6 1/4 SET 0.55 121.00
This is our Standard 1/4” Set. Includes 8 tools,
overall length is approximately 5 inches. Made from
A-2 tool steel. Made in USA.

Blacksmith Tongs
PIEH LEGACY COLLECTION™ TONGS

The Billy™ Tongs are designed to provide unique versatility in one pair of tongs! We offer USA
made and our original foreign made tongs. Our foreign made tongs are beautifully polished with a
blued finished. The USA made tongs will have a sandblasted finish. Many tongs have “balls” on the
reins to allow for the use of tong rings. Designed by Bill and Amy Pieh.
Durable: 4140 or 1040 carbon steel
the Billy™ Box Jaw
Lightweight: Drawn out reins, rounded jaws
Designed to hold flat stock securely without it turning while you are hammering. Box jaw tongs are very
Comfort: Crank in reins provides alignment
popular with blacksmiths, bladesmiths and farriers. Offered in 4 sizes: 1/2”, 3/4”, 1” and 1-1/2” widths.
Versatility: Front and side v-bit to pick up
Select the tong appropriate to the thickness and width of metal you are using. Balls on the reins.
round or square stock JAW REINS SHIP WT
LENGTH (in) (in) (lb)
Control: Balls on reins for use with rings*
Guaranteed: Lifetime with proper care A 1/2”
PT4052 Pieh Box x 1/4” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
PT4053 Pieh Box x 5/16” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
PT4054 Pieh Box x 3/8” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
A
3/4”
PT4000 Pieh Box x 1/4” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
PT4001 Pieh Box x 5/16” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
PT4002 Pieh Box x 3/8” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
B 1”
PT4003 Pieh Box x 1/4” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
PT4004 Pieh Box x 5/16” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
PT4005 Pieh Box x 3/8” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
PT4006 Pieh Box x 1/2” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
1-1/2”
C
PT4007 Pieh Box x 5/16” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
PT4008 Pieh Box x 3/8” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
PT4009 Pieh Box x 1/2” 2-5/8 14 EA 1.70 45.00
the Billy™ Rivet

Rivet tongs are designed to hold round stock, such as bar, pipe or tooling securely. You will hold
tongs perpendicular to the piece. Balls on the reins.
D
B PT4010 Pieh 3/8” Rivet 2-1/2 14 EA 1.55 34.00
PT4011 Pieh 1/2” Rivet 2-1/2 14 EA 1.52 34.00
PT4012 Pieh 3/4” Rivet 2-1/2 14 EA 1.44 34.00
PT4070 Pieh 7/16” BT/Rivet 14 EA 1.55 34.00
™
E the Billy Pick Up
The Pick Up tongs purpose is similar to the rivet tongs, but has a bit more versatility in size
choices. The Single Pickup offers a V-bit notch for quick grabbing. Balls on the reins.
STOCK JAW REINS SHIP WT
SIZE (in) LENGTH (in) (in) (lb)
C PT4013 Pieh Single Pick Up, S 1 3 14 EA 1.90 34.00
PT4014 Pieh Single Pick Up, M 1-1/2 4 16 EA 1.89 34.00
PT4015 Pieh Single Pick Up, L 2 5 18 EA 2.00 38.00
D PT4016 Pieh Double Pick Up Various 4 13 EA 1.47 49.00
F E PT4017 Pieh Triple Pick Up Various 6 16 EA 2.00 49.00
™
the Billy Universal Wolf Jaw
The V notch throughout the jaw length and on the sides of the jaws have different openings for
holding various sizes of stock. Balls on the reins. Various Stock Size.
JAW REINS U/M SHIP WT
F PT4018 Pieh Small Wolf Jaw 2-1/2 13 EA 1.45 41.00
G
G PT4019 Pieh Large Wolf Jaw 3-3/4 15 EA 1.92 41.00
™
the Billy V-Bit Bolt
The Bolt tongs are our most popular tong because they are so versatile. The opening before the
boss allows for dimensional pieces held in the jaw while forging the other end. It has a V notch
throughout the jaw length as well as a side V notch. V bit tongs will hold round or square! That is
what makes them so great! Made from carbon steel. Made in USA.
H H PT4020 Pieh 1/4” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 2.14 60.00
PT4021 Pieh 3/8” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 2.08 60.00
PT4022 Pieh 1/2” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 2.06 60.00
PT4023 Pieh 5/8” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 1.95 60.00
PT4024 Pieh 3/4” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 1.89 60.00
Have you considered taking our blacksmith classes that we offer at Pieh Tool in Camp Verde, Arizona?
“The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork” See page 73.

Blacksmithing Tongs
the Billy™ V-Bit Bolt (continued)

Made in Pakistan. These have Balls on the reins.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION JAW REINS U/M SHIP WT PRICE A
A PT4020-P Pieh 1/4” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 2.05 50.00
PT4021-P Pieh 3/8” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 2.05 50.00
PT4022-P Pieh 1/2” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 2.05 50.00
PT4023-P Pieh 5/8” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 2.14 50.00
PT4024-P Pieh 3/4” V-Bolt 3-7/8 14 EA 2.04 50.00
the Billy™ V-Bit

The V-Bit has a V notch throughout the jaw length as well as a side V notch. Used like the bolt tong B
but for tighter situations or where the dimensions is not a concern. Balls on the reins. Jaw length:
2-1/2”; Reins: 14”
B PT4037 Pieh 1/4” V-Bit 2-1/2 14 EA 1.65 45.00
PT4038 Pieh 3/8” V-Bit 2-1/2 14 EA 1.65 45.00
PT4039 Pieh 1/2” V-Bit 2-1/2 14 EA 2.10 45.00
PT4040 Pieh 5/8” V-Bit 2-1/2 14 EA 1.90 45.00 C
PT4041 Pieh 3/4” V-Bit 2-1/2 14 EA 1.65 45.00
the Billy™ Scrolling

For scrolling or bending ironwork without marring the surface. The jaws are smooth, rounded and
tapered to about an 1/8” point. Balls on the reins of all tongs except for the Pliers.
C PT4042S Pieh Scrolling Small 2-3/8 8 EA 0.97 34.00 D
PT4042 Pieh Scrolling Small 2-3/8 14 EA 1.49 36.00
D PT4043 Pieh Scrolling Large 4-5/8 14 EA 1.03 40.00
E PT4044 Pieh Scrolling Pliers 3 7 EA 1.14 34.00
™
the Billy Knifemaker Z Tong
The Billy Z Tongs have a V-bit jaw designed to hold flat, round and square stock. More versatility
has been added to this style bolt tong because the jaw is offset (like a Z). This not only makes it E
easier to hold long decorative pieces but is the perfect tong for the knifemaker! You are no longer
limited by the length of stock you wish to work! The jaws are smooth with a deep U shaped V-notch
in each jaw. The V-notch allows you to hold a larger range of thickness and widths in one pair of
tongs! Handles are slightly wider and concave on the underside.
1/4” X
JAW REINS SHIP WT
F PT4056 Pieh Z, 3/8” 3 14 EA 2.38 50.00
PT4057 Pieh Z, 1/2” 3 14 EA 2.36 50.00
PT4058 Pieh Z, 3/4” 3 14 EA 2.12 50.00 F
PT4059 Pieh Z, 1” 3 14 EA 2.12 50.00
PT4060 Pieh Z, 1-1/4” 3 14 EA 2.28 50.00
PT4061 Pieh Z, 1-1/2” 3 14 EA 2.14 50.00
PT4062 Pieh Z, 1-3/4” 3 14 EA 2.20 50.00 G
PT4063 Pieh Z, 2” 3 14 EA 2.18 50.00
PT4064 Pieh Z, 2-1/4” 3 14 EA 2.32 50.00
PT4065 Pieh Z, 2-1/2” 3 14 EA 2.55 50.00
H
PEDDINGHAUS TONGS
Pick-Up
JAW REINS SHIP WT
G 6170010500 500mm 2.0 19.69 EA 3.22 68.75
J
6170010600 600mm 2.4 23.62 EA 3.30 76.65
Flat Nosed
H 6171010300 300mm 1.2 11.81 EA 1.52 57.55
6171010400 400mm 1.6 15.75 EA 2.00 61.30 K
Round Nosed
J 6172010300 300mm 1.2 11.81 EA 1.44 58.75
6172010500 500mm 2.0 19.69 EA 3.32 73.56
6172010600 600mm 2.4 23.62 EA 3.34 82.32
Wolf Jaw See Scrolling Wrenches
K 6175010300 300mm 1.2 11.81 EA 1.45 67.90 on page 87.
6175010400 400mm 1.6 15.75 EA 1.92 73.55
6175010500 500mm 2.0 19.69 EA 3.30 82.30
6175010600 600mm 2.4 23.62 EA 3.78 89.90

Farrier Tongs • Brushes
FARRIER TONGS
A Pieh Legacy Collection™
the Billy™ Fire/Farriers
The Fire tong has added grooving and a concave surface inside the jaw for better grip. The Duckbill can
hold small round, square or flat bar. Balls on the Fire Tong reins only.
JAW REINS SHIP WT
A PT4046 Pieh V-Bit Duck Bill Tong, 3/16” 2-7/16 11 EA 0.83 34.00
B B PT4047 Pieh Fire Tong, 1/4” 1-7/8 13 EA 1.50 34.00
PT4049 Pieh Fire Tong, 5/16” 1-7/8 13 EA 1.42 34.00
C
Blurton Hot Fitting
The hot fitting tong offers tapered ends shaped like a nail head to ensure a tight hold on the shoe and will
work on a wide range of sizes.
SHIP WT
(lb)
C JBHFT Hot Fitting Tong EA 1.07 66.65
W-Brand Hot Fitting

Conveniently holds a hot shoe in place and locks with the tong ring. This is your best friend when it comes
D to hot fitting!
D WHST Hot Fitting Tong EA 1.11 62.00
Diamond Fire Tong

E FT15 Fire Tong, 3/8” 15 EA 1.19 37.75
Blurton Fire Tong

These 17” tongs feature a heavy duty rivet and are built to last. Blurton tools are individually handcrafted
and will provide you with years of service. Made in England.
E
F JBFT1/4 Fire Tong, 1/4” 17 EA 1.40 98.20
JBFT5/16 Fire Tong, 5/16” 17 EA 1.52 98.20
JBFT3/8 Fire Tong, 3/8” 17 EA 1.59 98.20
F JBFT1/2 Fire Tong, 1/2” 17 EA 1.62 98.20
JBFT7/16 Fire Tong, 7/16” 17 EA 1.62 98.20
WOOD BRUSHES
Block
G The wood block brushes are used to remove scale and clean up tour work. If you have some tough to
reach areas, the 2 or 3 inch brushes are perfect for the task. You can easily add a handle to the brush for
more comfort.
Flat Carbon Steel
TRIM ROWS DIMENSION QTY SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION /BOX U/M PRICE
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
G 20566 Wire Block Brush 1-1/4 5 x 10 7-3/4 x 1-1/2 12 EA 0.85 10.25
H Our most popular length brush!
H 20687 Wire Block Brush 2 5 x 10 7-3/4 x 2-1/2 36 EA 0.95 18.60
J 20688 Wire Block Brush 3 5 x 10 7-3/4 x 3-1/2 12 EA 1.00 19.90
Handled
Flat Carbon Steel
Effective for cleaning pipe threads and welds; removal of slag, rust, paint, dirt, and other debris. Popular in the
blacksmithing, oil and gas industries.
J K 20567 Wire Top Handle Block Brush 1-1/4 8 x 12 9-1/4 x 3-3/4 12 EA 1.70 23.90
A top seller!
L 85033 Curved Handle Brush 1-3/16 4 x 16 10-1/4 x 1-1/8 12 EA 0.35 4.20
Fine Brass Wire
This brush will transfer a nice golden brass finish on ironwork if you brush it when it is still hot. For small area
cleaning in blacksmithing, welding applications and inspections.
K M 85067 Brass Toothbrush 1/2 2x9 8-5/8 x 1/2 36 EA 0.10 3.80
For small area cleaning.
N 20549 Brass Scratch Brush 1 4 x 19 13 x 1-1/8 12 EA 0.40 11.60
L Stainless Steel
Great for small area cleaning such as blacksmithing, welding applications and inspections.
O 85055 Wire Welders Toothbrush 1/2 3x7 7-1/2 x 1/2 36 EA 0.05 3.45

Hidden Bolts • Rivets & Burrs • Copper Pad Nails
File Card
Farriers and anyone using files should have this brush. Add life to your rasp or file buy keeping it clean.
Your application will also have better results when the file is not clogged! File card and brush for cleaning,
designed especially on finer cut files. A
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
A 21467 File Card and Brush 10 EA 0.32 12.45
BLIND/HIDDEN BOLTS for Knifemakers

These two-piece rivets have solid heads and a threaded bolt in the center section. The slotted heads are B
inletted into the handle material, drawn up tight with a screwdriver and ground flush with the handle.
Brass
LENGTH U/M SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
B RH06A Hidden Bolts 5/16 PR 0.02 2.50
C
C RH12A Blind Bolts 5/16 PR 0.02 2.50
RH13A Blind Bolts 1/4 PR 0.02 2.50
Stainless Steel
D RH08A Hidden Bolts 5/16 PR 0.02 2.50
D
RH14A Blind Bolts 5/16 PR 0.02 2.50 Blind Bolt
showing threading
RIVETS & BURRS
Copper Belt Rivets
The larger diameter head and back up washer (burr) make these rivets suitable for fastening soft materials
such as leather. Burs are available separately. Copper rivets also make great fasteners for blacksmiths on
items such as cup holders, coat racks etc. The copper adds nice color to a piece of ironwork and their uses
are many. The shanks are tapered and available in 8, 10, 12 and 14 gauge copper wire.
8 Gauge
SHANK TAPER LENGTH QTY/ SHIP WT
(in) (in) BOX (lb)
9B0924 *S/O Belt Rivet, 3/8 3/16 (.181 to .150) 3/8 206 LB 1.05 14.60 Head Diameters
E 9B0840 Belt Rivet, 5/8 3/16 (.181 to .150) 5/8 150 LB 1.05 14.60 8 Gauge 1/2” E
9B0848 Belt Rivet, 3/4 3/16 (.181 to .150) 3/4 133 LB 1.06 14.60
10 Gauge 7/16”
11 Gauge 13/32”
9B0864 Belt Rivet, 1 3/16 (.181 to .150) 1 105 LB 1.06 14.60 12 Gauge 3/8”
9B0868 Belt Rivet, 1-1/4 3/16 (.181 to .150) 1-1/4 86 LB 1.05 14.60 14 Gauge 5/16”
10 Gauge
9B1016 Belt Rivet, 1/4 5/32 (.151 to .122) 1/4 386 LB 1.05 14.65
9B1032 Belt Rivet, 1/2 5/32 (.151 to .122) 1/2 256 LB 1.05 14.65
9B1040 Belt Rivet, 5/8 5/32 (.151 to .122) 5/8 216 LB 1.05 14.65
9B1048 Belt Rivet, 3/4 5/32 (.151 to .122) 3/4 1925 LB 1.04 14.65
9B1064 Belt Rivet, 1 5/32 (.151 to .122) 1 147 LB 1.05 14.65
9B1068 Belt Rivet, 1-1/4 5/32 (.151 to .122) 1-1/4 121 LB 1.05 14.65
9B1072 Belt Rivet, 1-1/2 5/32(.151 to .122) 1-1/2 104 LB 1.06 14.65
12 Gauge
9B1240 *S/O Belt Rivet, 5/8 9/64 (.137 - .108) 5/8 215 LB 1.05 14.25
9B1248 *S/O Belt Rivet, 3/4 9/64 (.137 - .108) 3/4 183 LB 1.05 14.25
9B1264 *S/O Belt Rivet, 1 9/64 (.137 - .108) 1 143 LB 1.05 14.65 Copper Burrs fit Copper
Belt Rivets.
14 Gauge Use Gauge # to Match
9B1424 Belt Rivet, 3/8 3/32” (.102” to .077”) 3/8 702 LB 1.06 14.60
9B1432 Belt Rivet, 1/2 3/32” (.102” to .077”) 1/2 579 LB 1.00 14.85
9B1448 Belt Rivet, 3/4 3/32” (.102” to .077”) 3/4 435 LB 1.06 14.85
F
Copper Burrs
GAUGE OD ID THICK QTY/ SHIP WT
(Hole) (in) (in) (in) BOX (lb)
F 9C0800 #8 Copper Burr 8 .469 .166 .045 465 LB 1.06 26.90
9C0900 #9 Copper Burr 9 .438 .146 .040 580 LB 1.07 26.90
9C1000 #10 Copper Burr 10 .406 .138 .036 750 LB 1.07 32.00
9C1200 #12 Copper Burr 12 .360 .124 .028 1240 LB 1.08 37.65
9C1400 #14 Copper Burr 14 .313 .093 .022 2050 LB 1.06 48.50
Copper Pad Nails

LENGTH QTY/ SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GAUGE SHANK (in) U/M PRICE
(in) BOX /LB (lb)
G 11CN100 #11 Pad Nails, 1 11 13/32 1 229 LB 1.06 15.65 G
11CN150 #11 Pad Nails, 1 1/2 11 13/32 1-1/2 159 LB 1.06 15.65
11CN200 #11 Pad Nails, 2 11 13/32 2 124 LB 1.06 15.65

Rivet Kits • Rivet Headers
RIVET HEADERS
Rivet Headers allow you to finish the back side on button head rivets. This leaves an attractive professional
A appearance rather than a hammered one. We offer a size for each rivet size we sell. The rivet headers
shown on the right show both our styles, with and without the tong ring slot.
RADIUS FOR SHANK SHIP WT
(in) SIZE (in) (lb)
Vise and Tong Grip styles shown A PT-RH0188 Rivet Header 3/16 3/32 EA 0.20 30.00
PT-RH0250 Rivet Header 1/4 1/8-5/32 EA 0.21 30.00
PT-RH0375 Rivet Header 3/8 7/32 EA 0.25 30.00
B
PT-RH0688 Rivet Header 11/16 3/8-13/32 EA 0.37 30.00
PT-RH1063 Rivet Header 1-1/16 5/8 EA 0.65 30.00
PT-RH1375 Rivet Header 1-3/8 3/4 EA 0.55 30.00
PT-RH0188TG Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot 3/16 3/32 EA 0.38 32.00
PT-RH0250TG Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot 1/4 1/8-5/32 EA 0.42 32.00
DRILL BIT AND TAP GUIDE PT-RH0438TG Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot 7/16 1/4 EA 0.49 32.00
This chart is helpful in the selection of
correct drill bits and taps for use with studs. PT-RH0500TG Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot 1/2 9/32 EA 0.49 32.00
Size Drill Bit Taper Tap
5/16” 17/64” 5/16” PT-RH0625TG Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot 5/8 11/32 EA 0.47 32.00
9/16” 15/32” 9/16” PT-RH0688TG Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot 11/16 3/8-13/32 EA 0.54 32.00
3/8” 5/16” 3/8” PT-RH0875TG Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot 7/8 1/2 EA 0.58 32.00
Drill Stud Rivet PT-RH1063TG Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot 1-1/16 5/8 EA 0.90 32.00
3/32” #14 Copper Rivets PT-RH1375TG Rivet Header w/Tong Ring Slot 1-3/8 3/4 EA 0.87 32.00
1/8” #12 Copper Rivets
9/64” #10 Copper Rivets RIVET SET
Designed with a blunt indented tip to secure rivets.
LENGTH DIA FACE SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIA (in) U/M PRICE
(in) (in) (lb)
B 305 Nordic Rivet Set 5 3/8 1/4 EA 0.42 10.00
RIVET KITS-STEEL Save money when buying the Kits!

RADIUS SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
RivKit-A Rivet Kit Assortment Kit A: 10 Sizes KIT 14.00 105.32
These rivet specification charts will help you 1 lb 3/16 x 3/8 1-1/2 lb 3/16 x 1-1/2
understand the other measurements of the 1 lb 3/16 x 1/2 2 lb 1/4 x 1/2
1 lb 3/16 x 5/8 2 lb 1/4 x1
rivets we stock. You may also “special order” 1 lb 3/16 x 3/4 1-1/2 lb 1/4 x 2
most of the sizes on this chart that are not 1 lb 3/16 x 1 2 lb 3/8 x 1-1/4
on page 95. Specify length desired at time RivKit-B Rivet Kit Assortment Kit B: 7 Sizes LB 14.00 92.84
of order. 2 lb 5/32 x 5/8
2 lb 1/4 x 3/4 2 lb 5/16 x 3/4
2 lb 1/4 x 1-1/2 2 lb 3/8 x 1
2 lb 5/16 x 5/8 2 lb 1/2 x 1-1/4
For Rivets 7/16” and Smaller For Rivets 1/2” and Larger
Normal Size (in) D A H R D A H R
Normal Shank Diameter Head Diameter Head Height Head
or Basic Shank Shank Diameter Head Diameter Head Height Head Radius
Diameter Max Min Max Min Max Min Approximate (in) Size Max Min Basic Max Min Max Min (Basic) Radius
1/16 0.062 0.064 0.059 0.122 0.102 0.052 0.042 0.055 1/2 0.500 0.520 0.478 0.875 0.938 0.844 0.406 0.375 0.443
3/32 0.094 0.086 0.090 0.182 0.162 0.077 0.065 0.084 5/8 0.625 0.665 0.600 1.094 1.157 1.063 0.500 0.469 0.553
1/8 0.125 0.127 0.121 0.235 0.215 0.100 0.088 0.111 3/4 0.750 0.780 0.725 1.312 1.390 1.281 0.593 0.562 0.664
5/32 0.158 0.158 0.152 0.290 0.268 0.124 0.110 0.138 7/8 0.875 0.905 0.850 1.531 1.609 1.500 0.687 0.656 0.775
3/16 0.188 0.191 0.182 0.348 0.322 0.147 0.133 0.166 1 1.000 1.030 0.975 1.750 1.828 1.719 0.781 0.750 0.885
7/32 0.219 0.222 0.213 0.105 0.379 0.172 0.158 0.195 1-1/8 1.125 1.160 1.098 1.969 2.063 1.938 0.891 0.844 0.996
1/4 0.250 0.253 0.244 0.460 0.430 0.196 0.180 0.221 1-1/4 1.250 1.285 1.223 2.188 2.282 2.157 0.985 0.938 1.107
9/32 0.281 0.285 0.273 0.518 0.484 0.220 0.202 0.249 1-3/8 1.375 1.415 1.345 2.406 2.500 2.375 1.078 1.031 1.217
5/16 0.312 0.318 0.304 0.572 0.538 0.248 0.225 0.278 1-1/2 1.500 1.540 1.470 2.625 2.719 2.594 1.188 1.125 0.328
11/32 0.344 0.348 0.336 0.630 0.592 0.267 0.248 0.304 1-5/8 1.625 1.685 1.598 2.944 2.938 2.813 1.282 1.219 1.439
3/8 0.375 0.380 0.365 0.684 0.646 0.291 0.271 0.332 Notes: Approximate proportions of manufactured shapes.
13/32 0.406 0.411 0.396 0.743 0.699 0.316 0.294 0.358 L = Does not affect other dimensions
7/16 0.438 0.443 0.428 0.798 0.754 0.339 0.317 0.387 A = 1.75 x D B = 0.75 x D C = 0.885 x D
Notes: Approximate Proportions; Length tolerance for rivets shall be + or -0.016”
A = 1.750 x D B = 0.750 x D C = 0.885 x D

Button Head Rivets (Brass • Copper • Steel)
BUTTON HEAD RIVETS

A rivet is a permanent mechanical fastener. Before it is installed it consists of a smooth cylindrical shaft with a
head (‘factory head’) on one end. The end opposite the head is called the buck-tail (‘shop head’). On installation
the rivet is placed in a pre-drilled hole. Then the tail is “upset” so that it expands to about 1.5 times the original
shaft diameter and holds the rivet in place. Because there is effectively a head on each end of an installed rivet
it can support tension loads (loads parallel to the axis of the shaft); however, it is much more capable of
supporting shear loads (loads perpendicular to the axis of the shaft). Bolts and screws are better suited for
tension applications.
Brass
3/16” Shank
LENGTH SHIP WT 5+ LB BREAK
ITEM # DESCRIPTION QTY/LB U/M PRICE
(in) /LB (lb) PRICE
A 9V1224 Brass 3/8 152 LB 1.03 19.30 N/A
9V1232 Brass 1/2 128 LB 1.06 19.30 N/A
Copper
3/16” Shank
9E1224 Copper 3/8 152 LB 1.04 18.85 N/A
9E1232 Copper 1/2 128 LB 1.07 18.85 N/A
9E1264 Copper 1 80 LB 1.08 18.85 N/A
1/4” Shank
9E1664 Copper 1 66 LB 1.00 18.80 N/A A
Steel
1/8” Shank
LENGTH SHIP WT 5+ LB BREAK
ITEM # DESCRIPTION QTY/LB U/M PRICE
(in) /LB (lb) PRICE
B S0125R01000 Steel Rivet 1 240 LB 1.00 13.90 13.21
5/32” Shank
S0156R00625 Steel Rivet 5/8 209 LB 1.00 12.00 11.40
S0156R01500 Steel Rivet 1-1/2 10 LB 1.00 14.40 13.68
B
S0156R02000 Steel Rivet 2 85 LB 1.00 12.30 11.68
S0156R05000 *S/O Steel Rivet (100 pc min.) 5 35 LB 1.00 11.97 11.37
3/16” Shank
S0187R00375 Steel Rivet 3/8 205 LB 1.00 9.80 9.31
S0187R00500 Steel Rivet 1/2 175 LB 1.00 9.23 8.77
S0187R00625 Steel Rivet 5/8 145 LB 1.00 9.30 8.84
S0187R00750 Steel Rivet 3/4 146 LB 1.00 9.00 8.55
S0187R01000 Steel Rivet 1 108 LB 1.00 9.23 8.77
S0187R01500 Steel Rivet 1-1/2 23 LB 1.00 9.35 8.88
S0187R02000 *S/O Steel Rivet 2 57 LB 1.00 9.00 8.55
1/4” Shank
S0250R00500 Steel Rivet 1/2 78 LB 1.00 9.23 8.77
S0250R00750 Steel Rivet 3/4 61 LB 1.00 9.14 8.68
S0250R01000 Steel Rivet 1 51 LB 1.00 7.41 7.04
S0250R01500 Steel Rivet 1-1/2 38 LB 1.00 6.16 5.85
Pieh Tool has Farrier Tongs
S0250R01750 Steel Rivet 1-3/4 34 LB 1.00 7.13 6.77
S0250R02000 Steel Rivet 2 31 LB 1.00 7.07 6.72
on page 94.
5/16” Shank We have several sharpening tools
S0312R00625 Steel Rivet 5/8 42 LB 1.00 6.50 6.18
on page 106.
S0312R00750 Steel Rivet 3/4 38 LB 1.00 6.50 6.18 Farrier Aprons are on page 54.
S0312R00875 Steel Rivet 7/8 34 LB 1.00 5.95 5.65
S0312R01500 Steel Rivet 1-1/2 23 LB 1.00 6.70 6.36
S0312R02000 *S/O Steel Rivet 2 19 LB 1.00 7.60 7.22
Billy Fire Tongs
3/8” Shank
S0375R00750 Steel Rivet 3/4 23 LB 1.00 5.25 4.99
S0375R01000 Steel Rivet 1 20 LB 1.00 5.02 4.77
Carbide
S0375R01250 Steel Rivet 1-1/4 18 LB 1.00 6.27 5.96 Sharpener
1/2” Shank
S0500R01250 Steel Rivet 1-1/4 9 LB 1.00 6.26 5.95
S0500R01375 Steel Rivet 1-3/8 8 LB 1.00 4.78 4.54
S0500R01500 Steel Rivet 1-1/2 8 LB 1.00 5.55 5.27
S0500R01625 *S/O Steel Rivet 1-5/8 7 LB 1.00 5.11 4.85 Pocket Pal
S0500R01750 Steel Rivet 1-3/4 6 LB 1.00 4.55 4.32
S0500R04500 *S/O Steel Rivet 4-1/2 3 LB 1.00 7.07 6.72
9” Oval Ceramic
5/8” Shank Sharpening Rod
S0625R02000 *S/O Steel Rivet (5 lb min.) 2 4 LB 1.00 5.55 5.27
*S/O = SPECIAL ORDER ITEM Qty/lb is approximate.

Lag Bolts (Square Head)
LAG BOLTS - SQUARE HEAD

Pieh Tool is the supplier of choice for fasteners and lag bolts in the blacksmithing and metalworking world.
If you do not see the size or length you need, please contact us. Hex lag bolts, often called a lag screw, are
for fastening in wood. Blacksmiths commonly use them to attach their ironwork in homes and on buildings or
structures during installation.
Black Oxide Finish
1/4” Lag
1/4” diameter steel lag is only available with Japanese Import Standard heads, which are smaller than the
American standard heads. The heads measure 3/8” across, instead of 7/16”.
LENGTH SHIP WT
(in) /EA (lb)
SH0250LB01000 Black Oxide 1/4 x 1 EA 0.01 0.22
SH0250LB01500 Black Oxide 1/4 x 1-1/2 EA 0.02 0.36
A SH0250LB01750 Black Oxide 1/4 x 1-3/4 EA 0.02 0.28
5/16” Lag The head size is 1/2” for the 5/16” lag bolts.
A
B SH0500LB02500 Black Oxide 1/2 x 2-1/2 EA 0.12 1.35

Plain Finish
1/4” Lag
1/4” diameter steel lag is only available with Japanese Import Standard heads, which are smaller than the
American standard heads. The heads measure 3/8” across, instead of 7/16”.
LENGTH SHIP WT
(in) /EA (lb)
B SH0250LP01000 Plain 1/4 x 1 EA 0.01 0.22
SH0250LP01250 Plain 1/4 x 1-1/4 EA 0.02 0.22
SH0250LP01500 Plain 1/4 x 1-1/2 EA 0.02 0.23
SH0250LP02000 Plain 1/4 x 2 EA 0.02 0.30
SH0250LP02500 Plain 1/4 x 2-1/2 EA 0.03 0.34

Lag Bolts • Washers • Pyramid Screws
LENGTH SHIP WT
(in) /EA (lb)
SH0312LP01000 Plain 5/16 x 1 EA 0.02 0.26
SH0312LP01500 Plain 5/16 x 1-1/2 EA 0.03 0.28
SH0312LP02000 Plain 5/16 x 2 EA 0.04 0.37
SH0312LP02500 Plain 5/16 x 2-1/2 EA 0.05 0.42 Need a special size?
3/8” Lag The head size is 9/16” for the 3/8” lag bolts. Call for a quote.
SH0375LP01500 Plain 3/8 x 1-1/2 EA 0.05 0.38
SH0375LP02000 Plain 3/8 x 2 EA 0.06 0.45
SH0375LP02500 Plain 3/8 x 2-1/2 EA 0.07 0.55
SH0375LP03000 Plain 3/8 x 3 EA 0.08 0.65
SH0375LP04000 Plain 3/8 x 4 EA 0.10 0.95
SH0375LP04500 Plain 3/8 x 4-1/2 EA 0.11 1.10
1/2” Lag The head size is 3/4” for the 1/2” lag bolts. A
SH0500LP01500 Plain 1/2 x 1-1/2 EA 0.09 0.95
SH0500LP02000 Plain 1/2 x 2 EA 0.11 1.10
SH0500LP03000 Plain 1/2 x 3 EA 0.14 1.50
SH0500LP04000 Plain 1/2 x 4 EA 0.19 1.90
SH0500LP08000 *S/O Plain 1/2 x 8 EA 0.27 4.09
SH0625LP02000 Plain 5/8 x 2 EA 0.19 1.75
SH0625LP03000 Plain 5/8 x 3 EA 0.27 2.49
SH0625LP04000 Plain 5/8 x 4 EA 0.32 2.85
3/4” Lag B
SH0750LP02500 Plain 3/4 x 2-1/2 EA 0.34 3.15
SH0750LP04000 *S/O Plain 3/4 x 4 EA 0.52 4.75
SH0750LP06000 *S/O Plain 3/4 x 6” EA 0.71 5.75
SH0750LP08000 *S/O Plain 3/4 x 8 EA 0.92 7.60
Flange Washers
Black Oxide
HA6050A02SP Flange Washer EA 11.55
HA6113SP Flange Washer EA 7.50
PYRAMID HEAD SCREWS

Door Screws
These are miniature square head lag screws, with a pyramid square head. They do not have a slot. Install We feature several JET® tools
with an 8-point socket, or a wrench.
HEAD LENGTH SHIP WT 250+ BREAK
in this catalog,
SIZE (in) /EA (lb) PRICE on pages 129-135.
B PHDS06.0500 Pyramid Screw 1/4 6 x 1/2 EA 0.01 0.20 0.17
PHDS06.0750 Pyramid Screw 1/4 6 x 3/4 EA 0.01 0.24 0.20
Check out the
PHDS07.0630 Pyramid Screw 9/32 7 x 5/8 EA 0.01 0.23 0.20
JET® Hydraulic Pipe Bender
PHDS07.1000 Pyramid Screw 9/32 7x1 EA 0.01 0.28 0.24
Bend 2” Pipe Easily!
PHDS08.0750 Pyramid Screw 5/16 8 x 3/4 EA 0.01 0.27 0.23 Simple manual operation!
PHDS08.1000 Pyramid Screw 5/16 8x1 EA 0.01 0.32 0.27 Includes 6 bending dies!
PHDS10.1000 Pyramid Screw 11/32 10 x 1 EA 0.01 0.33 0.28 See page 134.
PHDS10.1125 Pyramid Screw 11/32 10 x 1-1/4 EA 0.01 0.39 0.33
PHDS12.1000 Pyramid Screw 3/8 12 x 1 EA 0.02 0.40 0.34
PHDS14.1000 Pyramid Screw 7/16 14 x 1 EA 0.02 0.47 0.40

Patinas (Universal, Vista, Dye Oxides, Traditional)
PATINAS
Universal Patinas
The Universal Patinas were made to go directly onto any metal or the Liquid Metal Coating. However an easy and safe
A patina technique for ferrous metal or aluminum using the Universal Patinas, is to first apply a metal primer (zinc ‘rustoleum’
type), then apply the Universal Patinas in the colors you want to the primer, next apply a clear sealer. Universal Patinas
do not contain acids; they are UV safe, indoor, or outdoor oxides. These patinas may be applied hot or cold to any metal
including iron, steel, and aluminum without causing rust.
SHIP WT SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M PRICE ITEM # SIZE U/M PRICE
(lb) (lb)
A UnivBlack-8 Black 8 oz EA 0.70 12.60 UnivBlack-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
UnivBlue-8 Blue 8 oz EA 0.71 12.60 UnivBlue-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
UnivBrown-8 Brown 8 oz EA 0.70 12.60 UnivBrown-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
UnivBurg-8 Burgundy 8 oz EA 0.68 12.60 UnivBurg-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
UnivGreen-8 Green 8 oz EA 0.75 12.60 UnivGreen-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
UnivRed-8 Red 8 oz EA 0.75 12.60 UnivRed-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
B UnivRust-8 Rust 8 oz EA 0.72 12.60 UnivRust-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
UnivVerde-8 Verde Green 8 oz EA 0.75 12.60 UnivVerde-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
UnivWhite-8 White 8 oz EA 0.68 12.60 UnivWhite-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
UnivYellow-8 Yellow 8 oz EA 0.71 12.60 UnivYellow-32 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
Vista Patinas
Vista patinas are a two part patina combined in one solution. The base patina is a blend of chemicals producing a beautiful
green on bronze, brass, and copper, or an exquisite rust on iron & steel. Added to this base solution are different colored
oxides which will blend with the first reaction to form a marbled patina. For example, using the vista black on bronze would
produce a green and black patina and a rust and black patina on iron.
SHIP WT SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
C B VistaBlack-8 Black 8 oz EA 0.72 17.85 VistaBlack-32 32 oz EA 3.00 50.40
VistaBlue-8 Blue 8 oz EA 0.74 17.85 VistaBlue-32 32 oz EA 3.00 50.40
VistaBrown-8 Brown 8 oz EA 0.74 17.85 VistaBrown-32 32 oz EA 3.00 50.40
VistaBurg-8 Burgundy 8 oz EA 0.72 17.85 VistaBurg-32 32 oz EA 3.00 50.40
VistaGrnF-8 Green-Ferrous 8 oz EA 0.75 17.85 VistaGrnF-32 32 oz EA 3.00 50.40
VistaGrnNF-8 Green, Non-Ferrous 8 oz EA 0.75 17.85 VistaGrnNF-32 32 oz EA 3.00 50.40
VistaRed-8 Red 8 oz EA 0.72 17.85 VistaRed-32 32 oz EA 3.00 50.40
VistaRust-8 Rust 8 oz EA 0.71 17.85 VistaRust-32 32 oz EA 3.00 50.40
VistaYlw -8 Yellow 8 oz EA 0.73 17.85 VistaYlw 32 32 oz EA 3.00 50.40
D
Dye Oxides
The water base Dye-Oxide Patinas are very versatile. They are a cross between the Solvent Base Dyes and a
patina. All of the colors are transparent and may be blended or layered together to achieve any color you want.
They may be applied over any metal or any other patina solution while it is wet or dry to alter the color. The Dye-
Oxides can also be added to the patina before application or directly applied over other Metal Coatings like Gilders
Paste. All Dye-Oxides may be used for indoor and outdoor use.
SHIP WT SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
C DOPBlk-8 Black 8 oz EA 0.66 14.70 DOPBlk-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPBlGr-8 Blue-Green 8 oz EA 0.63 14.70 DOPBlGr-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPBlu-8 Blue 8 oz EA 0.64 14.70 DOPBlu-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPBrn-8 Brown 8 oz EA 0.67 14.70 DOPBrn-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPGrBl-8 Green-Blue 8 oz EA 0.63 14.70 DOPGrBl-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPGrn-8 Green 8 oz EA 0.65 14.70 DOPGrn-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPOrg-8 Orange 8 oz EA 0.65 14.70 DOPOrg-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPPGrn-8 Pea Green 8 oz EA 0.63 14.70 DOPPGrn-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPRed-8 Red 8 oz EA 0.65 14.70 DOPRed-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPStGr-8 Stealth Green 8 oz EA 0.60 14.70 DOPStGr-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPVlt-8 Violet 8 oz EA 0.63 14.70 DOPVlt-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPWht-8 White 8 oz EA 0.66 14.70 DOPWht-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
DOPYlw-8 Yellow 8 oz EA 0.64 14.70 DOPYlw-32 32 oz EA 3.00 45.15
Traditional
Before applying this patina, sandblasting or sanding is required to clean the surface of oil, oxides, and residues.
Slate Black may be applied as a spray or in an immersion process. Depending on the application method chosen,
the results will range from a uniform solid color to a layered textured appearance. Slate Black Patina may be
diluted up to 50% with distilled water depending on the desired strength of finish. The finish may be burnished wet
or dry. Additional patinas can be layered over a Slate Black base. When dry, protect the finish with multiple coats of
a clear sealer.
SHIP SHIP
WT( lb) WT (lb)
D TPBM-8 Black Magic 8 oz EA 0.67 15.75 TPBM-32 32 oz EA 3.00 38.85
TPSB-8 Slate Black 8 oz EA 0.66 15.75 TPSB-32 32 oz EA 3.00 38.85

Stains & Dyes (Solvent Dyes & Thinner, Smart Stain)
Traditional (continued)
Ferric Nitrate is a hot patina for bronze, brass, and copper. In addition, it is often used to rust iron and steel.
Japanese Brown is a brown patina for iron and steel, which may be applied hot or cold.
This patina will create a golden color on bronze, brass, and copper.
A
SHIP SHIP WT
WT( lb) (lb)
A TPFN-8 (-32) Ferric Nitrate 8 oz EA 0.66 13.65 TPFN-Q 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
TPJB-8 (-32) Japanese Brown 8 oz EA 0.75 13.65 TPJB-Q 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
The Green Patinas can be hot or cold patina for bronze, brass, and copper. Consult our website for variations of
applications with each green patina.
B TPJG-8 Jade Green 8 oz EA 0.63 13.65 TPJG-Q 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
TPLG-8 Light Green 8 oz EA 0.67 13.65 TPLG-Q 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
TPMG-8 Mint Green 8 oz EA 0.85 13.65 TPMG--Q 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
TPTG-8 Tiffany Green 8 oz EA 0.69 13.65 TPTG--Q 32 oz EA 3.00 30.45
STAINS & DYES

Solvent Dye B
The solvent dyes are an extremely versatile finishing tool. All of the colors are transparent except the white. The
dyes are commonly used to apply color to a difficult material (glass, resin, etc.), change the existing color of a
finish, or repair a damaged finish. In addition, the Solvent Dyes may be added to lacquer, wax, epoxy, oils, resin, or
any other solvent product. They may be blended to create different shades and diluted using the Dye Thinner.
SHIP WT SHIP
(lb) WT (lb)
C SolvBlk-1 Black 1 oz EA 0.10 12.60 SolvBlk-8 8 oz EA 0.75 53.55
SolvBlu-1 Blue 1 oz EA 0.08 12.60 SolvBlu-8 8 oz EA 0.75 53.55
SolvBluGrn-1 Blue-Green 1 oz EA 0.10 12.60 SolvBluGrn-8 8 oz EA 0.75 53.55
SolvBrw-1 Brown 1 oz EA 0.08 12.60 SolvBrw-8 8 oz EA 0.69 53.55
SolvGrn-1 Green 1 oz EA 0.09 12.60 SolvGrn-8 8 oz EA 0.75 53.55
C
SolvOrg-1 Orange 1 oz EA 0.08 12.60 SolvOrg-8 8 oz EA 0.75 53.55
SolvRed-1 Red 1 oz EA 0.10 12.60 SolvRed-8 8 oz EA 0.75 53.55
SolvVilt-1 Violet 1 oz EA 0.10 12.60 SolvVilt-8 8 oz EA 0.75 53.55
SolvYlw-1 Yellow 1 oz EA 0.10 12.60 SolvYlw-8 8 oz EA 0.75 53.55
Solvent Dye Thinner

The Dye Thinner should always be used to dilute solvent dyes because they are very concentrated. When the
thinner is added, the dyes will become more transparent. DO NOT substitute with another thinner. This thinner has
UV inhibitors, corrosive inhibitors for all metals, and binders that help maintain the integrity of the dyes.
D SolvDTH-8 Thinner 8 oz EA 0.75 22.05 SolvDTH-32 32 oz EA 3.00 58.80
D
Smart Stain
Smart Stain is a strong, non-hazardous, fast drying, transparent patina system. It has no VOC and no odor and works
on any metal or substrate as well as over patinas and other oxides. Smart Stain is made by combining finely ground,
naturally occurring colored oxides with a water base polymer/resin binder. It is sold concentrated and may be diluted
with distilled water up to 25% to increase transparency. *Only Smart Coat 1K should be used to dilute any further. For
exterior applications, Smart Stain should be sealed with three layers of Smart Coat 1K (with a one hour drying time
between each layer). Smart Stain contains UV inhibitors and will not fade outdoors if maintained properly which will vary
by location. In most environments, regular application of a wax or oil is sufficient to maintain this finish. More colors can be
ordered upon request!
SHIP WT
(lb)
SStainK.4 *S/O Black 4 oz EA 0.38 10.00 E
E SStainK.8 Black 8 oz EA 0.60 17.85
SStainE.8 Blue 8 oz EA 0.75 17.85
SStainU.8 Blue Green 8 oz EA 0.61 17.85
SStainB.4 *S/O Brown 4 oz EA 0.38 10.00
SStainB.8 Brown 8 oz EA 0.63 17.85
SStainG.8 Green 8 oz EA 0.75 17.85
SStainL.8 Green Blue 8 oz EA 0.75 17.85
SStainO.8 Orange 8 oz EA 0.61 17.85
SStainP.8 Pea Green 8 oz EA 0.64 17.85
SStainR.8 Red 8 oz EA 0.65 17.85
SStainS.8 Stealth Green 8 oz EA 0.65 17.85
SStainV.8 Verde 8 oz EA 0.75 17.85
SStainI.8 Violet 8 oz EA 0.75 17.85
SStainW.8 White 8 oz EA 0.75 17.85
SStainY.8 Yellow 8 oz EA 0.65 17.85

Sealers & Primers (Smart Coat, Metal Oil, Prime It)
SEALERS & PRIMERS

Smart Coat (Clear)
Smart Coat 1K is an easy to use urethane/resin sealant for all metal surfaces. Once dry, it forms a durable
top coat that resists UV damage, humidity, abrasion, and corrosion. Smart Coat 1K has zero VOC, no odor,
A and is non-hazardous. It is terrific over polished metal, rust, and other patina finishes. It does not tend to
change the color of a patina unlike solvent clear coats. It is best applied using a spray bottle. One gallon
typically covers 250 square feet.
SHIP WT
(LB)
A SC1K-8M Matte Smart Coat 8 oz EA 0.62 14.70
SC1K-QM Matte Smart Coat QT EA 3.00 35.70
SC1K-GM Matte Smart Coat GAL EA 12.00 79.80
SC1K-8S Satin Smart Coat 8 oz EA 0.62 14.70
SC1K-QS Satin Smart Coat QT EA 3.00 35.70
SC1K-GS Satin Smart Coat GAL EA 12.00 79.80
B Clear Guard Sealer (Clear)

Clear Guard is a crystal clear, durable, air drying lacquer that results in a hard, fast drying, and tarnish
resistant film. It has excellent adhesion to bronze, brass, copper, and other metals as well as to patinas
and rusted metal. Clear Guard is suitable for use with all types of application equipment. Once thinned, it
may be used with sprayers. Because of its unique chemistry, orange peel is virtually non-existent. Clear
Guard is UV stable and highly resistant to weather, water, and chemical damage. It also resists marring and
perspiration better than most solvent lacquers. Clear Guard 12 oz. spray cans are only shipped by ground.
SHIP WT
(LB)
B PL-8F Matte Sealer 8 oz EA 0.57 9.00
PL-12F Matte Sealer Spray 12 oz EA 0.99 16.80
PL-32F Matte Sealer 32 oz EA 2.04 35.70
C PL-1F Matte Sealer 1 GAL EA 9.00 73.50
C PL-8F Satin Sealer 8 oz EA 0.56 9.00
PL-12S Satin Sealer Spray 12 oz EA 0.99 16.80
PL-32S Satin Sealer 32 oz EA 2.18 35.70
PL-1F Satin Sealer GAL EA 9.00 73.50
Environmentally Friendly Sealer (Clear)

Clear Guard EF (environmentally friendly) has lower VOC and no solvent odor. It is an incredible solvent
lacquer for all types of metals (contains inhibitors for Iron & Steel and well as Bronze, Brass, & Copper).
SHIP WT
(LB)
D
D PLEF-12F Matte EF Sealer Spray 12 oz EA 1.01 16.80
PLEF-32F Matte EF Sealer 32 oz EA 2.06 35.70
PLEF-1F Matte EF Sealer GAL EA 9.00 73.50
PLEF-12S Satin EF Sealer Spray 12 oz EA 0.98 16.80
PLEF-32S Satin EF Sealer 32 oz EA 2.18 35.70
PLEF-1S Satin EF Sealer GAL EA 9.00 73.50
Metal Oil
E The Metal Oil should be applied with a soft cloth, brush, or spray. It will dry hard in 3-12 hours. Clear Guard
or Metal Wax may be applied over the oil.
SHIP WT
(LB)
E MOK.8 Black Metal Oil 8 oz EA 0.87 17.85
MOB.8 Brown Metal Oil 8 oz EA 0.90 17.85
MOC.8 Clear Metal Oil 8 oz EA 0.94 17.85
MOG.8 Green Metal Oil 8 oz EA 0.92 17.85
MOR.8 Red Metal Oil 8 oz EA 0.93 17.85
Have you considered taking a metalsmith class that we offer at Pieh Tool in Camp Verde, Arizona?
check our website www.piehtoolco.com or call for details.

Primers • Cleaners • Waxes
Primer (Prime It)

When applying traditional or acid patinas to the Metal Coatings over iron, steel, or aluminum, a primer must first be
used to protect the underlying metal from corrosion. This one part primer is recommended to protect the original
ferrous surface. This is the quickest curing and strongest primer available for ferrous metals. This is also a great
product to use over polyurethane products before applying the Metal Coatings. This amazing one part, water base, A
no VOC primer was designed for use in severe industrial environments for the protection of steel structures. It
provides excellent chemical, abrasion, and corrosion resistance. Any surface should be cleaned before applying
the primer. Spray or brush on.
SHIP WT
(LB)
A VBWP-8 Water Base Primer 8 oz EA 0.79 10.50
VBWP-32 Water Base Primer 32 oz EA 2.94 33.60
VBWP-G Water Base Primer GAL EA 13.0 87.15
®
Nyalic
No more peeling, yellowing or chipping for up to 10 years! PROTECT YOUR WORK FROM RUST! Use on
automobiles, boats, architectural work, statues, construction and more! Nyalic® is a clear polymeric plastic
resin coating that protects against chemical and environmental corrosion on ferrous and non-ferrous metals,
galvanized, anodized and powder coated surfaces, as well as restores oxidized painted surfaces. It was
developed for use in the Apollo command capsules and on the Lunar Rovers, specifically to protect critical
components from harsh environments. Designed to withstand extreme temperatures and UV rays, this clear B
surface protectant is now widely used here on Earth in highly moist or corrosive working conditions and
performs at film thicknesses as low as 5 microns. Withstands temperatures up to 350 degrees F (177 degrees
C) and under 0 degrees F (-18 degrees C). Remains thermally stable and flexes with the host substrate to
prevent cracking and peeling.
B NYAL.12 Nyalic Clear Protectant 12 oz EA 0.99 30.00
CLEANERS
Krud Kutter
No other single product removes really tough soils as quickly and effectively from so many different surfaces.
Cuts grease, grime, oil, tar & wax fast. Removes dried latex paint and an excellent tile and grout cleaner.
Leaves no residue. Water-based and biodegradable.
SHIP WT
(LB)
C KK32/12 Krud Kutter, Spray 32 oz EA 2.36 7.30
C
Must for Rust
STOPS RUST & PROTECTS METAL! Dissolves & Removes Rust Creating an Ideal Surface for Painting!
This unique rust remover and inhibitor removes and prevents rust in one step. It protects bare metal for (up
to 12 months). Can be applied by brush, dip, roller or spray. Also etches new galvanized. It is water-based
and biodegradable. You can also reuse this product if your application was done from a dish or pan. The
proprietary formulation penetrates into every void of a metal surface and dissolves rust/oxidation through
chemical action. Then tiny, rust-inhibiting crystals are formed and become integral with the surface molecules
of the metal to resist future rusting. The corrosive agents attack these crystals instead of the metal. Once
completely dry, the surface is ready for the next step, whether it be painting, welding, plating, lubricating, etc.
Or simply leave the surface bare, and the crystals will inhibit future rust formation.
D MR32/6 Must for Rust, Spray 32 oz EA 2.54 8.65
WAXES
Renaissance Wax
An extra-ordinary wax/polish. Restore, refresh and protect your antiques, cutlery, furniture, precious metals,
copper, bronze, armory, collectibles, art, photography and much, much more. It’s uses are endless. The #1 D
choice of museums, galleries and professionals worldwide. Polishes-safe even on papers, woods, leathers,
stone and so much more!
SHIP WT
(LB)
E RWAX-65ml Renaissance Wax 2.25 fl oz EA 0.14 15.00
RWAX-200ml Renaissance Wax 7 fl oz EA 0.46 25.00
RWAX-3L Renaissance Wax 3 liter EA 8.00 189.00
Bees Wax E
Rub it on warm metal to finish off your work; or use to quench your chisels or center punch. Work great on
sanding belts to prevent clogging!
F BW1 Bees Wax Bar 1 oz EA 0.07 2.95
G BWB Bees Wax Block 1 lb EA 1.03 12.40
Pieh Tool Company

Gift Certificates
G

Gilders Paste
Baroque Art Gilders Paste

Baroque Art Gilders Paste offers a collection of 28 various waxes, resins and high concentrations of
pigments, for resistance to water and common chemical reagents with enhanced tint retention and
hiding ability for coloring and highlighting interior and exterior applications.
SHIP WT
(LB)
A
A GPAF African Bronze (metallic) 92ml EA 0.32 16.00
GPAG Antique Gold (metallic) 92ml EA 0.33 16.00
GPAP Apricot 92ml EA 0.28 16.00
GPBL Black 92ml EA 0.32 16.00
GPBR Bronze (metallic) 92ml EA 0.35 16.00
GPCY Canary Yellow 92ml EA 0.28 16.00
GPCB Celtic Bronze (metallic) 92ml EA 0.35 16.00
GPCR Coral Red 92ml EA 0.30 16.00
GPCU Copper (metallic) 92ml EA 0.35 16.00
GPCM Cream 92ml EA 0.24 16.00
GPDP Damson (Deep Purple) 92ml EA 0.31 16.00
GPFB Foundry Bronze (metallic) 92ml EA 0.33 16.00
GPGS German Silver (metallic) 92ml EA 0.37 16.00
GPGL Gold (metallic) 92ml EA 0.38 16.00
GPIB Iris Blue 92ml EA 0.31 16.00
GPIG Inca Gold (metallic) 92ml EA 0.37 16.00
GPOR Orange 92ml EA 0.30 16.00
GPPA Patina 92ml EA 0.29 16.00
GPPI Pinotage 92ml EA 0.28 16.00
Use Gilders Paste On GPRG Rich Gold (metallic) 92ml EA 0.39 16.00
Metal Wrought Iron, Steel, Aluminum, GPRU Rust 92ml EA 0.31 16.00
Alloys, etc. GPSL Silver (metallic) 92ml EA 0.31 16.00
Wood Moldings, Railings, Furniture, GPSLT Slate 92ml EA 0.29 16.00
Gilding Restoration, Picture GPSW Sandalwood 92ml EA 0.30 16.00
Frames, Miter Joints, etc… GPTR Tulip Red 92ml EA 0.30 16.00
Ceramics Planters, Terra Cotta, etc. GPVD Verdigris 92ml EA 0.25 16.00
Resin Castings, Plastic, etc. GPVT Violet 92ml EA 0.33 16.00
Wax Candles, etc. GPWT White (Antique) 92ml EA 0.30 16.00
Other Applications GPLG-MT Metallic Set, 11 Colors SET 3.85 176.00
Antique Restoration, Crafts, Curtain 92ml each
Rods, Bisque Ware, Home Décor, GPLG-NM Non Metallic Set, 17 Colors SET 5.34 272.00
Stenciling, Stone, Paper, Leather, 92ml each color
Textiles, Gourds, or any clean dry
surface.
A rosette candle holder base

done by a student in our
blacksmithing class. It can be
enhanced using metal finishes.

Magnets
MAGNETS
Pencil Magnet A
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) U/M PRICE
(lb)
A PM Insert in driving hammer handle for easy nail retrieval! 0.25 EA 0.02 2.40
Ceramic Round Apron Magnets
Chrome plated. Perfect for sewing into farrier aprons to hold tools or nails. You can also use them to check heat
treating or to subdue the loud ring from an anvil. Need to pick nails up quick? Magnets make this task a snap! B
SHIP WT
(lb)
B MAGN2 Ceramic Round Apron Magnet, 2” 2.00 EA 0.17 4.50
MAGN2.5 Ceramic Round Apron Magnet, 2-1/2” 2.65 EA 0.34 5.50
MAGN3 Ceramic Round Apron Magnet, 3” 3.20 EA 0.56 7.50
Magnets with Knob C
Heavy duty magnetic bases -- ideal for warehouse, workroom and office use. Each magnet has durable nickel
plating and easy-grip knob for positioning.
SHIP WT
(lb)
C HMKR-45 Base Magnet with Knob, 1-1/2” 1.43 EA 0.12 2.80
HMKR-70 Base Magnet with Knob, 2-1/2” 2.63 EA 0.41 8.85
Magnetic Plated Hook D
This magnet is assembled with an attached hook. Features a powerful magnets.
SHIP WT
(lb)
D MHHH20 Magnetic Plated Hook, Ceramic 2.00 EA 0.18 4.90
20 to 40 lbs pull. E
NA012500N Magnetic Plated Hook, Neodymium 1.40 EA 0.09 11.65
Features a non-scratch liner. 40 lbs. pull.
Magnetic Retrieving Baton (Neodymium)
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) U/M SHIP WT PRICE
F
(lb)
E RHS02 Innovative and powerful tools to remove fine metallic 16 x 1 EA 1.20 56.00
filings, turnings or shavings (also known as swarf) from
wet or dry environments! Has a Quick Release! The
non-corrosive, stainless steel housing separator comes
with easy-grip handle and hang hook.
Telescoping Magnetic Pickup & Pointer (Neodymium)
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) U/M SHIP WT PRICE G
(lb)
F 07565 Great for retrieving small metal objects such as nails, 6 - 25 EA 0.10 6.95
screws, washers, key rings and more. Doubles as a
presentation pointer with a handy pocket clip attached.
The top of this tool can be unscrewed to reveal a sharp
tip for etching and marking metal, plastic and wood.
Extends from 6” to 25”. 3 lbs. pull.
Magnetic Knife & Tool Holders
Powerful magnetic bars in flat black organize utensils, hammers, tongs, screwdrivers and other tools in the
kitchen, shop or home office. Great for use in RV’s, inside trucks, vans and garages.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) U/M SHIP WT PRICE
H
(lb)
G 07577 Magnetic Knife & Tool Holder, Magnetic Mount 12 x 1-1/2 x 1 EA 1.50 16.60
30 lbs pull
07579 Magnetic Knife & Tool Holder, Screw Mount 12 x 1-1/2 x 1 EA 1.50 14.00
30 lbs pull
H AMC24PLC Magnetic Tool Holder, Screw Mount 24 EA 2.50 19.45
20 lbs pull
Small Black Sand Magnet
SHIP WT J
(lb)
J MAGBS Used to remove small amounts of magnetic black sand 1 x 2-1/2 EA 0.06 8.00
from your gold pan. The self-release feature allows for
self-cleaning. Just hold over a container and pull the
handle to release.
Welding Angle Magnet, Arrow K

K WMA50 Strong magnets attract to any ferrous metal object and 6-1/8 x 4 x 5/8 EA 1.50 7.95
leaves both hands free to safely work on the project.
Ideal for fast setup and accurate holding for all welding
jobs. The arrow model covers 45°, 90° and 135° welding
angles. 50 lbs pull.
Magnetic Welding Ground L
L WMRB80 Strong gripping power holds securely to ferrous metal 3-1/2 x 2-1/4 EA 2.50 29.25
work, providing positive ground for welding applications.
Ideal for pipe that regular grounding clamps cannot grab.
Spring-loaded stud keeps constant contact. Copper stud
provides 800 amps. Handle rotates 360°, 95 lbs pull.

Knife Sharpeners • Pliers
A KNIFE SHARPENERS & KITS

SHIP WT
(LB)
A FPDKS FPD Knife Sharpener (Solid) 10-1/2 x 2 EA 0.40 38.00
B
B SEDKS Save Edge Knife Sharpener (Hollow) 10-3/4 x 1-1/2 EA 0.25 30.00
Both brands above are diamond coated, which allows
them to maintain their durability. Leaves a smooth finish.
C C 10627 Nicholson Knife Honer/Sharpener 12 x 1-1/2 EA 0.15 9.80
American pattern, excellent for sharpening hoof knives,
small knives, scissors, tubing cutters.
D D 0566 Carbide Knife Sharpener 6 x 5/16 EA 0.20 19.50
This hand sharpener fits in your pocket and gives you a
really sharp knife in seconds. The long lasting sharpening
tooth actually peels that dull edge away leaving a long
bevel, super sharp edge.
E PP1 Smith’s “Pocket Pal” Multi-Functional Knife Sharpener 3-1/4 x 1-1/2 EA 0.10 9.99
New sharpener features pre-set crossed carbides and
ceramic stones, providing the “Perfect Edge” every
time. The stones are reversible and replaceable. A fold
E out, tapered round, diamond coated rod is designed
for sharpening serrated and standard edges. Compact,
lightweight, durable, and comes with a lanyard hole.
400-600 grit.
F DRET Smith’s Reversible Sharpener 7-3/8 x 3-5/8 EA 0.10 7.99
Features an unbreakable, diamond coated steel rod,
designed to sharpen all types of knives, including
serrated. Multiple layers of medium grit, monocrystallin
F diamonds gives you razor sharp edges on your knives,
tools, or hooks. The rod is reversible and can be adjusted
to variable lengths. It has a sharpening groove for hooks
and a shirt pocket slip for easy storage.
Finally, the perfect tool G 3001 Smith’s Sharpening Steel 10 EA 0.53 29.99
to sharpen hoof knives! The ultimate in sharpening steel technology: interrupted
surface, diamond coated, oval sharpening steel helps
speed the sharpening process by collecting and holding
the metal filings which build up. Comes with a soft grip
G rubber handle and oversized hand guard.
H 50002-9 Smith’s Oval Ceramic Sharpening Rod 9 EA 0.44 14.99
Designed to quickly sharpen all your standard kitchen and
household cutlery. It comes with an oversized hand guard
and hang up ring for easy accessibility. The non-slip
rubber tip on the end of the sharpening rod protects your
counter top from scratching and provides stability when
sharpening.
H
J 10-508 AB Knife Sharpening Kit KIT 1.86 45.70
Keep your hoof knife or other cutting tool sharp. This kit
will take you from moderate sharpening with the 180 Grit
6” Flap Wheel followed by use of the 6” Muslin Wheel
dressed with White Buffing Compound. The kit includes
a universal bushing to fit the arbor shaft on your grinder
from 1/2” - 1” diameter. We highly recommend this to our
customers to sharpen hoof knives and cutting tools.
PLIERS
J Crescent®
SHIP WT
(LB)
K C10SV Locking Pliers (Straight Jaw) 10 EA 1.19 10.45
Guarantees superior performance with a top quality
design and improved durability. 1-3/4” jaw capacity stays
adjusted for repetitive use.
L C10CV Locking Pliers (Curved Jaw) 10 EA 1.19 11.30
With Wire Cutter for compound action; powerful non-slip
locking grip. 1-3/4” jaw capacity stays adjusted for
K repetitive use.
M C11CCV Locking C-Clamp Pliers 11 EA 1.69 16.60
The Original Crescent® Locking C-Clamps (regular tips)
with 4” wide-opening jaws. Its guarded release trigger
quickly unlocks and protects from accidental release,
stays adjusted for repetitive use.
L
M Be connected with us -- check the newest products,

the current specials and the latest events at Pieh Tool
www.piehtoolco.com.

Clamps • Wrenches • Pliers • Measuring
CLAMPS
Wilton
C-Clamps A
Drop-forged steel frame. Black oxide replaceable spindles & Perma-pad® resist corrosion. Industry
Standard, Regular-duty. Made in the USA.
SHIP WT 1ST SEM
(lb) PROMO
A 14042 404U C-Clamp Black Spindle 1-1/2 x 5-1/2 EA 3.60 58.00 42.00
Clamp Pressure: 6,200 Lbs; Opening: x 10-1/4
0 - 4”; Throat Depth: 2-3/4”
14070 408U C-Clamp Black Spindle 1-1/2 x 8-1/16 EA 8.0 106.00 76.00 B
H Clamp Pressure: 6,900 Lbs; Opening: 0 - x 15-3/8
8-1/4”; Throat Depth: 4-1/2”
SNIPS
Metal Wiss® Snips C
SHIP WT
(LB)
B MPC3 This is perfect for cutting copper sheet! Cuts 9 EA 0.71 14.80 N/A
curves, straight or any combination. Designed
for multi-purpose use for the home craftsman.
D
WRENCHES
Crescent® Rapid Slide Wrench
SHIP WT
(lb)
C AC8NKWMP Slide adjuster positioned in handle of wrench 8 EA 1.02 19.00
allows quicker jaw adjustment compared with
knurled adjuster found on traditional adjustable
wrenches. Features: 1” jaw capacity, SAE/ E
Metric, wide handle, forged steel with chrome
finish, slider debris shield maintains a smooth
operation.
Wilton Ductile Pipe Wrench
Drop Forged upper and lower jaws with heavy duty adjustable ring. Ductile cast iron handle.
Floating hook jaw with spring suspension for easier gripping. Made in the USA. F
SHIP WT 1ST SEM
(lb) PROMO
D 38110 1-1/2” pipe capacity 10 EA 1.8 21.00 17.00
38114 2” pipe capacity 14 EA 3.5 33.00 26.00
RULES
Lufkin Steel Folding Rule, 2 ft
SHIP WT H
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) U/M PRICE G
(lb)
E 86 Rule comes to a firm stop when opened 3/4” x 24 EA 0.13 45.99
straight. 1-fold, tempered steel rule with legible,
permanent, deeply etched black markings.
Lower edge on one side is graduated to 1/16ths
of an inch, upper edge on other side to 1/8th.
Lower edge 75° circumference is in inches to
1/8th.
Pieh Legacy Collection™ Brass Folding Rule
SHIP WT
(lb) J
F PTBR One-fold brass ruler features measurements in 24 EA 0.28 39.60
the metric system as well as in inches.
Steel Squares and Gauges
Our rules are made of 14 gauge, 304 stainless steel and successfully resist rust. All numbers and
lines are laser-etched into the tool. Made in the USA.
SHIP WT
(lb)
G PTSQ.S Pieh Square (No Stand) 6x8 EA 0.36 22.00
G/H PTSQ.TS Pieh Tri-Square with Stand 6x8 EA 0.41 25.00
See clip-on stand for upright hands-free use.
H PTSQ.Stnd Pieh Tri-Square Stand Only 14 x 2-1/4 EA 0.06 5.00
Clip-on piece for for upright hands-free use. Have you considered taking
J PTHR2 Pieh Hook Rule Gauge 12 (14 OAL) EA 0.44 22.00 our blacksmith class
Quickly determine stock sizes without the hassle
of a tape measure. The slots are used to that we offer at Pieh Tool
determine the diameter of round stock, the size
of square stock and the thickness of flat bar, in Camp Verde, Arizona?
while the other side of the Hook Rule Gauge is
used to determine the width of flat bar. “The Bill Pieh
Resource
for Metalwork”
See page 73.

Measuring • Levels • Marking Instruments
Steel Round Protractors

This handy tool is a must for those who need to
layout accurate angles for fabrication, blacksmithing and woodworking among other situations.
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
A A PTPR6 Pieh Round Protractor, 6” 6 EA 0.25 22.00
PTPR12 Pieh Round Protractor, 12” 12 EA 1.01 42.00
PTPR24 Pieh Round Protractor, 24” 24 EA 3.98 89.00
Pieh Traveler Rule, 6”
Don’t guess the measurement of complicated curves. Just roll the traveler along the curve and count the
revolutions of the 6” wheel. Measures in inches and fractions. Very handy for farriers as well blacksmiths.
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
B B PT6TR Pieh Traveler Rule, 6” 6 EA 0.31 24.00
Johnson
Power Tape Measures
LENGTH SHIP WT
C D SIZE (ft) (lb)
C 1805-0030 Johnson Power Tape Measure, 30’ 30 EA 1.14 8.90
Johnson’s 30’ x 1-1/16” power tape measure has printing on
both sides in jobsite tough case. Blade-Gard nylon coated to
resist abrasion.
D 1806-0030 Johnson Magnetic Power Tape Measure, 30’ 30 EA 1.19 13.50
A magnetic tip on this Johnson’s 30’ x 1-1/16” tape measure
E F has printing on both sides in a jobsite tough case. A 4-Rivet
blade hook holds to ferrous metal surfaces.
Big J Geared Open Reels
Johnson long tapes are heavy duty job site tough. They rewind 3X faster with gear drive and are an
outstanding value in a measuring tool. 2 Color Blade: white inch scale, yellow engineer’s scale with
comfortable non-slip rubberized hand grip. Rugged, high impact ABS case.
LENGTH SHIP WT
SIZE (ft) (lb)
E 1809-0100 Johnson Open Reel Fiberglass, 100’ 100 EA 4.00 16.85
1809-0300 Johnson Open Reel Fiberglass, 300’ 300 EA 4.40 48.00
F 1811-0200 Johnson Open Reel Nyclad Steel Tape, 200’ 200 EA 4.00 72.00
G H J
LEVELS
Johnson
The Johnson Aluminum Box Beam Levels feature vials with permanent interior markings to help provide
accurate level and plumb readings up to 0.5mm for reliability. Durable, shock-protecting end caps help
protect the level from damage. Yellow powder-coat finish for high visibility, with ergonomically-shaped, soft-
cushioned hand holes for comfortable use.
LENGTH SHIP WT
SIZE (in) (lb)
G 9824-HH Johnson 24” Aluminum Box Beam Level 24 EA 1.33 39.95
H 9848-HH Johnson 48” Aluminum Box Beam Level 48 EA 2.80 52.00
J 9872-HH Johnson 72” Aluminum Box Beam Level 72 EA 3.66 84.00
MARKING INSTRUMENTS
Chalk Box
Large fill opening to ease fill up and a no-leak stopper. Strong ABS case with large steel crank for durability.
Loosely woven polyester string that holds chalk well - 15 oz. chalk capacity.
LENGTH SHIP WT
SIZE (ft) (lb)
K 1802-0000 Standard Line Chalk Box 100 EA 3.58 25.00
K Silver Pencils
Marks clearly on raw metal with a fine line layout. It actually “Illuminates” when welding or cutting. This is
by far the best, most effective metal marking tool on the market. Ditch the soapstone and other metal marking
tools, try these today!
QTY SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) U/M PRICE QTY BREAK
/BOX (lb) PRICE
L 92910-01 Silver Welders Pencil, 3 Pack 9-1/2 x 2-3/4 EA 12 0.05 4.50 3.99
L Soap Stone
Soapstone for metal marking temporarily marks metal surfaces during fabrication. It is all natural for
smooth marking and will not contaminate welds. Easily removes from work piece.
QTY SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) U/M PRICE QTY BREAK
/BOX (lb) PRICE
M SOAP Soap Stone 1/4 x 5 EA 6-49 0.03 0.35 0.33
50-143 0.28
144+ 0.26

Milwaukee® Utility Tools • Power Tools
UTILITY TOOLS
Milwaukee® Tools
Hand Saws
LENGTH TOOL U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE (in) WT (lb) (lb) PRICE A
A 48-22-0305 Folding Jab Saw 13 0.64 EA 0.65 19.97
Includes (3) Recip Blades
• Tool Free Blade Change: 10X Faster
• Folding Blade: Easier and Safer Storager
• Rubber Over Mold Grip: Increased Comfort
• Accepts All Sawzall Blades: Versatility B Lifetime
Warranty
B 48-22-1901 Fastback™ Utility Knife 11 0.41 EA 0.35 14.99
Includes (5) Utility Blades
• Flip Blade Open: One Handed
• Tool Free Blade Change
• Wire Stripper: Strip up to 10 Gauge C
• Integrated Gut Hook; Slim Design
C 48-22-1910 Side Slide Utility Knife 10 0.38 EA 0.43 9.95
Includes (5) Utility Blades
• Side Slide Blade, Tool Free Blade Change
• Integrated Gut Hook
• Rubber Over Mold Grip: Increased Comfort D
• Blade Storage: Store up to 5 Blades
D 48-22-4200 ProPEX® /Tubing Cutter 13 0.64 EA 0.58 29.40
Includes Blade
• Replaceable V Blades: Clean Cut on 1” Tubing
• All Metal Core with Rust Protection
• Rework Groove: Correct Mistakes
• Locking Mechanism: One Handed HAND TOOL
LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY
POWER TOOLS Every MILWAUKEE hand tool is warranted to the
original purchaser only to be free from defects in
Milwaukee® Tools material and workmanship. Subject to certain
Power Saws exceptions, MILWAUKEE will repair or replace any
ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIMENSION TOOL U/M SHIP WT PRICE hand tool which, after examination, is determined
WxDxH (in) WT (lb) (lb)
by MILWAUKEE to be defective in material or
E 6232-21 Deep Cut Variable Speed Band Saw Kit 22.4 x 8 x 15.3 14.5 KIT 34.17 327.00 workmanship for the lifetime of the tool.
Includes Blade, Carrying Case
• Job Site Armor™ Composite: Long Lasting
• All Metal Direct Drive, Gear Protecting Clutch
• Maintains Cut Speed in Toughest Applications
• Revolutionary Cut Visibility: Superior Cut
• Accuracy
• Balanced Slimmer Design: Comfortable to Hold
• Built-In LED Light: Illuminates Cut Line E
• Button Actuated Locking Adjustable Shoe
• Industry’s Largest Cut Capacity, 5 x 5”
• Debris Protection
• Variable Speed Trigger/Dial
• 8’ Cord
F 6509-31 SAWZALL® Recip Saw Kit, 3/4” 22.48 x 5.25 7.10 EA 11.80 144.00
Includes Blade, Carrying Case x 11.25
• High Performance: Cuts Most Materials F
• 3/4” Stroke Length: Maximum Cut Control
• Gear Clutch: Protects Gear and Motor
• Counter Weighted: Reduces Vibration
• QUIK-LOK™ Blade Clamp: Fast Blade Chang
• Redesigned Grip: Best in Class for Ergonomics
• Cut Speed & Durability: Best in Class
• 8’ Cord 8” Blade Size
G 6536-21 Orbital Super SAWZALL® Recip Saw 22.38 x 18 x 5.31 9.80 EA 14.40 199.99 G
Includes Blade, Carrying Case
• Fast Orbital Cutting Action
• Variable Speed Trigger
• Counter Balanced/Gear Protection Systems
• QUIK-LOK™ Blade Clamp: Fast Blade Change
• Impact Resistant Case: Accessory Storage
• 8’ Cord
5
Year
Milwaukee ® Power Tool Specifications Warranty on all Milwaukee Power Tools!
SFPM CORD
ITEM VOLTAGE AMPS /SPM CAPACITY STROKE SIZE PORTABLE POWER TOOL
6232-21 120 AC 11 0-380 5X5” -- 8’ FIVE YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY
6509-31 120 AC 12 0-3,000 -- 3/4” 8’ Every MILWAUKEE power tool (including cordless
6536-21 120 AC 13 0-3,000 -- 1-1/4” 8’ product – tool, battery pack(s) - see separate & distinct
CORDLESS BATTERY PACK LIMITED WARRANTY
statements & battery charger and Work Lights*) is
warranted to the original purchaser only to be free from
defects in material and workmanship. Subject to certain
exceptions, MILWAUKEE will repair or replace any part
on an electric power tool which, after examination,
is determined by MILWAUKEE to be defective in
material or workmanship for a period of five (5) years*
after the date of purchase unless otherwise noted.

Milwaukee® Power Tools (Corded Saws • Drills)
Milwaukee® Tools
Power Saws (continued)
DIMENSION TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WxDxH (in) WT (lb) (LB)
A 6523-21 Orbital Super SAWZALL® Recip Saw Kit 22.35 x 11.06 14.85 KIT 14.15 199.00
Includes 10’ QUIK-LOK™ Cord, Carrying Case x 5.31
A • 360° Rotating Cushion Grip Handle
• High Powered 14Amp Milwaukee Motor
• Counter Balanced/Gear Protection Systems
• QUIK-LOK™ Blade Clamp: Fast Blade Change
• Impact Resistant Case: Accessory Storage
• Dial Speed Trigger Switch
B 6370-21 Metal Cutting Circular Saw Kit, 8” 10 x 12 x 10 13.30 KIT 21.80 316.00
Includes 15’ Cord, Hex Blade Wrench, Circular Saw
Blade, Carrying Case
• Dry-Cut Technology: Faster, Cleaner Cutting
• Chiptank Deflects/Collects Hot Chips & Sparks
• Plunge Lever: Fast, Effective Plunge Cuts
B • Quick-Release: Waste Disposal/Blade Changes
• One Pass Cut Depth: 2-9/16” (most materials)
• Premium Cermet-Tipped Blades Cut Faster
• Right Sided Blade; Capacity at 90°: 2-9/16”
C 6177-20 Abrasive Chop Saw Cut-Off Machine 14” 22.75 x 16.25 40.00 EA 45.60 184.00
Includes 8’ Cord, Vise, Abrasive Wheel, Hex Wrench x 14.38
• Capacity: 5” Square/Round; 4-5/8” Barstock
• Bevel Miter Capacity: 45°
• Durable Light Weight Design
• Oversized Wheel Guards: Debris Protection
• 45° Miter Capacity, Adjustable Fence
• Large Spindle Lock Button: Easy Blade Change
• Quick Adjust Vise Clamp; Ball Bearing
Construction
Drills
C D 0299-20 Magnum® 1/2” Drill, 850 RPM 3.1 x 16.25 5.40 EA 5.84 124.95
Includes Side Handle, Chuck Key with Holder x 14.38
• Variable Speed Control
• Heavy-Duty 1/2” Keyed Chuck
• All Metal Gear Case and Diaphragm
• 8’ 3-Wire Rubber Cord
• 360° Locking Side Handle
• Capacity: Wood 1-1/2” - 2-9/16”, Metal 2”
• Ergonomic Textured Grip, Two Finger Trigger w/
Lock
• Grounded Construction
E 0234-6 Magnum® 1/2” Drill, 950 RPM 7 x 3.75 x 11.75 4.80 EA 6.08 157.00
Includes Side Handle, Chuck Key with Holder
• Trigger Speed Control with Reverse and Lock
D • Heavy-Duty Industrial 1/2” Keyed Chuck
• 8’ 3-Wire QUIK-LOK® Cord
• Brush Cartridge System Changes <1 minute
• Capacity: Wood 1-1/2” - 2”, Metal 2”
Use this tool with a variety of accessories to drill into
wood, metal, plastics & composites.
Grinders
F 6130-33 Small Angle Grinder 4 1/2”, 7 Amp 3.2 x 10.5 x 3.2 3.50 EA 5.52 64.80
E Includes Type 27 Guard, Spanner Wrench
• Compact, Lightweight Design
• Debris Baffles: Protect Internal Components
• Multi-Port Exhaust: Reduces Motor Burn-Up
• Tool Free, Burst Resistant Guard
• Double Insulated Cord; Slide Lock On
G 6146-33 Small Angle Grinder, 4 1/2”, 11 Amp 16.75 x 5.51 5.40 EA 6.70 107.00
Includes Type 27 Guard, Side Handle, Flanges, x 3.31
Spanner Wrench
• Overload Protection & Electronic Clutch
• Multi-Port Exhaust: Reduces Motor Burn-Up
F • Tool Free Accessories/Burst Resistant Guard
• Double Insulated 2 Wire Cord; Slide Lock On
More durable & 50% more power than the
competition.
Milwaukee ® Power Tool Additional Specifications

ITEM VOLTAGE AMPS SFPM SPINDLE RPM MWO ARBOR
STROKE /SPINDLE WHEEL CORD
/SPM THREAD DIAMETER SIZE
6523-21 120 AC 13 0-3,000 -- -- -- 1-1/4” -- -- 10’
G 6370-21 120 AC 13 -- -- 3,700 -- -- 5/8” 8” 15’
6177-20 120 AC/DC 15 -- -- 3,900 -- -- 1” 14” 8’
0299-20 120 AC 8 -- -- 0-850 -- -- 1/2-20” -- 8’
0234-6 120 AC 5.5 -- -- 0-950 -- -- 1/2-20” -- 8’
6130-33 120 AC 7 -- 5/8-11” 11,000 750 -- -- 4-1/2” 8’
5
Year on all Milwaukee Power Tools!
6146-33 120 AC 11 -- 5/8-11” 11,000 1,400 -- -- 4-1/2” 8’
Warranty

Milwaukee® Power Tools (Grinders & Shears)
Grinders & Shears

A 6088-30 Large Angle Grinder 7” - 9” 9.29 x 693 13.70 EA 16.70 175.20
Includes 7” & 9” Type 27 Guard, Side Handle, x 23.82
Flanges, Spanner Wrench
• Optimal Wheel Speed for Stock Removal
• External Brush Doors, Trigger with Lock On
• High Overload Protection & Electronic Clutch
• Tool Free Accessories/Burst Resistant Guards A
• 8’ Double Insulated 2 Wire Cord; Slide Lock On
• Spiral Bevel Gears
• Epoxy Motor Protection: 25+% Longer Lasting
B 6117-33 Milwaukee Small Angle Grinder - 5 in., 16.8 x 5.8 x 3.3 6.90 EA 7.20 136.20
13 Amp, with Slide Switch, Lock-On
Includes Type 27 Guard, Side Handle, Spanner
Wrench and Flanges
• Overload Protection: Maximizes motor life
• Electronic Clutch: Extends tool life and prevents B
bind-up
• Constant Power Technology™: Maintains
constant speed under load
• Tool-Free Accessory Change: Easily change “All
Accessories” without a wrench
• Advanced Airflow System: Maximizes airflow and
reduces debris ingress, improving motor life and
performance
• Anti-Vibration Side Handle: Reduces vibration,
increasing user comfort during extended use
6117-33D Milwaukee Small Angle Grinder - 5 in. 16.8 x 5.8 x 3.3 6.90 EA 7.20 156.00 C
13 Amp, with Slide Switch, Lock-On, Variable Speed
Same features as 6117-33, with Variable Speed
• Powerful 13 Amp, 2,800 - 11,000 RPM Motor:
Provides maximum performance and durability
• Dial Speed Control: Provides flexibility to adjust
speed range for specific applications
C 5192 Die Grinder 4.25 x 2.81 x 16 4.50 EA 4.65 226.80
Includes 11/16” Open End Wrench, 1/2” Open End
Wrench
• Wheels/Points to 1-5/8”, reinforced wheels to 2”
• All Ball & Roller Bearings D
• Accepts 1/8” Collet (1/4” Standard)
• 8’ Cord and On/Off Trigger Lock
A full array of mounted points allows you to grind
many shapes and diameters.
Polisher
D 5540 Polisher 7” - 9” 16-1/2 8.80 EA 11.90 234.00
Includes Side Handle, 7” Rubber Backing Pad, Disc
Nut, Nylon Washer
• Low Variable Speed: Ideal for Knifemakers
• Powerful 11 A Motor, AC Only
E
• Trigger Switch
• Spindle Lock: Convenient Accessory Change
• Alum Gear Case: Protective Urethane Bumpers
• Accepts 7” or 9” Accessories
• 10’ Double Insulated QUIK-LOK® Cord
• All Ball & Roller Bearings
Built for long life with plenty of power!
Shear
E 6852-20 Shear 18 Gauge 3 x 10 x 14.5 4.10 EA 5.20 175.00
Includes Hex Wrench
• Magnesium Gear Case: Superior Balance
• Capacity: Steel 18 Gauge; Stainless 20 Gauge
• 360° swivel head
• Trigger Switch with Lock
•
•
Ergonomic Tactile Grip
10’ Flexible Durable Runner Cord
5
Year
Warranty on all Milwaukee Power Tools!
®
Milwaukee Power Tool Additional Specifications
SFPM SPINDLE CUTTING WHEEL PORTABLE POWER TOOL
ITEM VOLTAGE AMPS /SPM RPM THREAD CORD ARBOR RADIUS DIAMETER FIVE YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY
6088-30 120 AC 15 -- 6,000 5/8-11” 8’ -- 8” 7-9” Every MILWAUKEE power tool (including cordless
6117-33 120 AC 13 -- 11,000 5/8-11” 8’ 5/8” 8” 5” product – tool, battery pack(s) - see separate & distinct
6117-33D 120AC 13 -- 2,800- 5/8-11” 8’ 5/8” 8” 5” statements & battery charger and Work Lights*) is
11,000
5192 120 AC 4.5 -- 21,000 1/4” or 1/8” 8’ 1/2” 8” N/A defects in material and workmanship. Subject to certain
Collet
5540 120 AC 11 -- 0-2,800 5/8-11” 10’ -- -- 7-9” on an electric power tool which, after examination,
6852-20 120 AC 6.8 0-2,500 -- -- 10’ -- 7” N/A is determined by MILWAUKEE to be defective in

Milwaukee® Power Tools (Cordless Drivers)
CORDLESS LITHIUM-ION TOOLS

Drivers & Drills
Longer run-time! A
ITEM #
2450-22
DESCRIPTION WxDxH (in) WT (lb) (LB) PRICE
M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/4” Hex 2.3 x 6.5 x 6.2 2.30 KIT 7.00 139.80
Industry’s Impact Driver Kit
Number One Includes (2) M12 Lithium-Ion Batteries, 30 minute
Sub-Compact System Charger, Carrying Case
• Delivering a best-in-class 850 in-lbs Torque
• Drives 75% Faster and 2X Longer
• 0-3000 Impacts Per Minute
A • Compact & Lightweight
• On-Board Fuel Gauge: Displays Run-Time
• Built-In LED Light: Illuminates Work Surface
B 2410-22 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 3/8” Drill/ 7.375 x 2.22 2.50 KIT 7.18 139.80
Driver Kit x 7.688
Includes (2) M12 Lithium-Ion Batteries, 30 minute
Charger, Carrying Case
• Up to 35% Faster Drilling, faster than its
Competition
• Powerful Motor: 25% More Torque in its Class
• Compact & Lightweight - Tool Belt Portable
• Reversible 2-Speed Metal Gear Box
B • 3/8” Metal Single Sleeve Ratcheting Chuck
C 2650-21 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/4” Hex 5.75 x 3 x 7.75 3.20 KIT 10.74 238.00
Impact Driver Kit
Includes (2) M18 XC High Capacity Lithium-Ion
Batteries, 1 hour Charger, Belt Clip, Carrying Case
• 1/4” Hex Quick Change Chuck
• Milwaukee 4-Pole Frameless Motor
• Impact Mechanism - Better Driving Speed/Torque
• Belt Clip - Allows for Easy Portability
Fastest Growing • On-Board Fuel Gauge: Displays Run-Time
Lithium-Ion • Built-In LED Light: Illuminates Work Surface
Cordless System
D 2662-22 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/2” High 8.875 x 3.2 x 8 6.70 KIT 14.00 421.00
Torque Impact Wrench Kit/Pin Detent
Batteries, 1 hour Charger, Kit Box
C • Milwaukee 4-Pole Frameless Motor
• High Torque: 450 ft-lbs
• Compact & Lightweight
• Option: Pin Detent for Max Socket Retention
• Option: Friction Ring for Easy Socket Change
2663-22 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/2” High 8.875 x 3.2 x 8 6.70 KIT 14.00 421.00
Torque Impact Wrench Kit/Friction Ring
Batteries, 1 hour Charger, Kit Box
• High Torque: 450 ft-lbs
• Compact & Lightweight
D • Option: Pin Detent for Max Socket Retention
• Option: Friction Ring for Easy Socket Change

ITEM VOLTAGE ANVIL IPM RPM TORQUE BATTERY
2450-22 12V 1/4” HEX 0-3,000 0-2,000 850”/lb RED LITHIUM
2410-22 12V 1/4” HEX -- 0-400 275”/lb RED LITHIUM
/0-1,500
2650-21 18V 1/4” HEX 0-3,200 0-2,200 1400”/lb RED LITHIUM
2662-22 18V 1/2” SQ 0-2,200 0-1,900 450’/lb RED LITHIUM
5
Year
2663-22 18V 1/2” SQ 0-2,200 0-1,900 450’/lb RED LITHIUM
PORTABLE POWER TOOL

FIVE YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY
Every MILWAUKEE power tool (including cordless
product – tool, battery pack(s) - see separate & distinct Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
exceptions, MILWAUKEE will repair or replace any part We customize each certificate for you!

Milwaukee® Power Tools (Cordless Drivers)

A 2601-22 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/2” Drill 7-3/4 4.00 KIT 11.20 238.80
Driver Kit
Batteries, 30 minute Charger, Carrying Case Longer run-time!
• Compact & Lightweight Fastest Growing
• 21 Clutch Settings Lithium-Ion
• 2-Speed Metal Gear Box Cordless System
• 1/2” Metal Single Sleeve Ratcheting Chuck
• Capacity: Steel 1/2” / Wood 1”
B 2611-24 Milwaukee M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 9-1/4 5.30 KIT 13.25 388.00
High Performance 1/2” Hammer Drill
Driver Kit
Includes (2) M18™ XC High Capacity RED LITHIUM
™ Batteries, M18™ Charger, Side Handle and A
Carrying Case.
The new Milwaukee 4-Pole Frameless Motor
generates a best-in-class 750 in-lbs. of torque to
meet the application rigors of the jobsite. Utilizing
the new M18™ RED LITHIUM™ battery, the 2611
delivers up to 65% more holes per charge. The most
compact high performance hammer drill available at
its size, which minimizes user fatigue and maximizes
productivity by fitting into tight spaces.
• Milwaukee 4-Pole Frameless Motor maximizes
tool efficiency to increase run-time
• ½” single-sleeve ratcheting metal chuck with
carbide jaws
• Compact & Lightest on the Market
• Variable speed trigger
B
• On-board Battery Fuel Gauge displays remaining
run-time
• Built-in LED Light illuminates work surface
C 2411-22 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 3/8” Hammer 8.5 x 7.625 2.80 KIT 7.60 162.60
Drill Driver Kit x 2.3
Includes (2) M12 Lithium-Ion Batteries, 30 minute
• Industry’s 1st Sub-Compact Hammer Drill Driver
• Power, Speed, Durability: Best in Class
• Compact & Lightest on the Market
• 2-Speed Metal Gear Box
• Built-In LED Light: Illuminates Work Surface Industry’s
Number One
D 2602-22 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/2” Hammer 8.5 x 8 x 2.5 4.90 KIT 6.00 333.00 Sub-Compact System
Drill Driver Kit
Batteries, 1 hr Charger, Kitbox
• 20% faster in concrete than the competition
C
• Compact & Ergonomic Design
• DPM - Digital Power Management
• 2-Speed Metal Gear Box: Only in its class
• Variable Speed - Reversible
E 2401-22 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 1/4” 6x2x7 2.00 KIT 5.26 112.80
Screwdriver Kit
Includes (2) M12 Lithium-Ion Batteries, 1 hour
Charger, Storage Bag
• Battery drives 130 3” screws on one charge
D
• 1/4” Hex Chuck allows one handed bit changes
• Lightweight-Subcompact
• Spindle Lock
• Over-Mold Side and Grip
• Metal Gear Box
• Capacity: Steel 1/4” / Wood 1/2”

ITEM VOLTAGE CLUTCH BPM RPM TORQUE BATTERY
SETTINGS
2601-22 18V 21 -- 0-500/0-1,500 425”/lb RED LITHIUM
E
2611-24 18V 24 0-28,000 0-450/0-1800 750”/lb RED LITHIUM
2411-22 12V 18+1 22,500 0-400/0-1,500 275”/lb RED LITHIUM
2602-22 18V 24 0-29,000 0-550/0-1,700 550”/lb RED LITHIUM
2401-22 12V 14+1 -- 0-500 175”/lb RED LITHIUM
5
Warranty

Milwaukee® Power Tools (Cordless Saws)
Cordless Lithium-Ion Tools

Saws & Tool Kits
Longer run-time! ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIMENSION
WxDxH (in)
TOOL U/M SHIP WT
WT (lb) (LB) PRICE
A 2420-21 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION HACKZALL™ 11 x 2 x 6 2.60 EA 7.60 142.20

Industry’s Recip Saw
Number One Includes (1) M12 Lithium-Ion Battery, 30 minute
Sub-Compact System Charger, (2) Hackzall Blades, Contractor Bag
• Compact: Only 11” for Cutting in Tight Spaces
• Keyless QUIK-LOK™ Blade Replacement Clamp
• All-Metal Gear Case
• Accepts HACKZALL™ & SAWZALL® blade
A B 2620-21 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION SAWZALL® 17 x 3.5 x 6.25 7.60 KIT 16.00 277.20
Recip Saw Tool Kit
Battery, 1 hour Charger, Sawzall Blade, Carrying
Case
• Patented Gear-Protecting Clutch Extends Life
Fastest Growing • Lever Action QUIK-LOK™ Blade Clamp
Lithium-Ion • 75+ cuts per charge
Cordless System • Cuts 30% Faster with Less Vibration
C 2629-22 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Band Saw Kit 16 x 4.5 x 10.75 10.25 KIT 20.00 421.00
B Batteries, 1 hour Charger, Blade, Carrying Case
• Compact & Lightweight - For Cutting Overhead
• 3-1/4” Round Cut Capacity: Cuts most Materials
• Single Cut: Copper/Angle Iron 3”, Conduit 2-1/2”
• Tool-Free Adjustable Material Shoe
• Built-In LED Light: Illuminates Cut Line
• Blade Ejection System
• Drop Resistant Pulley Guard
• Cast Aluminum Gear Case
D 2630-22 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 6-1/2” 12 x 8.5 x 10 8.50 KIT 8.50 388.90
Circular Saw Kit
Batteries, 1 hr Charger, Saw Blade, Rip Fence,
Wrench, Contractor Bag
C • Heavy-Duty Magnesium Guards
• Ergonomic, Compact, Lightweight
• Electronic Brake: Stops Blade Quickly
• Aircraft Aluminum Shoe: Greater Accuracy
• Lock Off Trigger
• 6-1/2” Blade, 24T (Count)
• Capacity: 2-1/8” @ 90°, 1-5/8” @ 45°
For lightweight cutting applications in plumbing,
electrical, framing, finishing & carpentry.
E 2682-22 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 5-3/8” Metal 17.35 x 7.4 5.80 KIT 10.70 389.00
Saw Kit x 10.63
Batteries, 1 hr Charger, Carbon Tipped Blade,
Wrench, Contractor Bag
D • Milwaukee 4-Pole Frameless Motor
• Compact/Lightweight: Low-Profile Design
• Extra-Large Cut Guide/Polycarbonate Guard
• Stainless Steel Shoe/Impact Resistant Window
• Tool-Free Depth Adjustment/Capacity: 1/8”- 2”
• 30T METAL TECH™ Carbide-Tipped Blade
Produces cool, burr-free cuts in EMT, strut, threaded
rod, sheet metal and angle iron. 20mm Arbor.

ITEM VOLTAGE BLADE STROKE SPM RPM SPEED BATTERY
LENGTH LENGTH /SFPM
2420-21 12V -- 1/2” 0-3,000 -- -- RED LITHIUM
2620-21 18V -- 1” 0-3,200 -- -- RED LITHIUM
2629-22 18V 35-3/8” -- 480 -- 390/480 RED LITHIUM
E
2630-22 18V 6-1/2” Dia. -- -- 3,500 -- RED LITHIUM
2682-22 18V 5-3/8” -- -- 3,600 -- RED LITHIUM
Check out our website for Promotional Specials!

5
www.piehtoolco.com
Warranty

Milwaukee® Power Tools (Cordless Kits)

A 2445-21 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION High 14.65 x 4.06 4.20 KIT 6.80 155.25
Performance Jig Saw Kit x 6.81
Includes (1) M12 Lithium-Ion Battery, 30 minute Industry’s
Charger, Jig Saw Blade , Anti-Splintering Insert, Number One
Shoe, Contractor Bag Sub-Compact System
• Compact and Lightweight
• Innovative Hybrid Grip™: Maximum Control
Longer run-time!
• Powerful Cutting: Fast, Controlled Cutting
• Quik-Lok™ T-Shank Blade Clamp: Quick Changes
• Tool-free Bevel Capability: Positive Lock at 900
• Smooth Balanced Cutting: Minimized Vibration
A
B 2680-22 18V Cordless M18™ 4-1/2” 5.9 x 11.5 x 5 5.90 EA 13.25 388.80
Cut-Off/Grinder
Includes: (2) 18V XC High Capacity Lithium-Ion
Batteries, 1-Hour Charger, Type 1 Guard, Type 27
Guard - 49-12-0300, Type 1 Cut-Off Wheel, Spanner
Wrench, Side Handle, Contractor Bag and Product
Manual
• Overload protection prevents damage
to the tool and battery in abusive situations
• Milwaukee 4-pole motor delivers maximum power
when cutting or grinding Fastest Growing
• L-shape vents keep debris from entering the Lithium-Ion
tool and damaging internal components to help Cordless System
increase tool life
• The only cordless cut-off/grinder in the market
with a paddle switch design
• Up to 35% faster cutting speed
• Up to 50% more cuts on a single charge
• 3-position side handle provides optimal control B
and versatility
2680-20 18V Cordless M18™ 4-1/2” 5.9 x 11.5 x 5 4.40 EA 5.78 123.00
Cut-Off/Grinder without battery or charger
Includes tool only.

ITEM VOLTAGE WHEEL STROKE SPM RPM THREAD BEVEL BATTERY C
2445-21 12V -- 3/4” 0-2,800 -- -- 45° RED LITHIUM
2680-22 18V 4-1/2”D -- -- 9,000 5/8”-11 -- RED LITHIUM
2680-20 18V 4-1/2”D -- -- 9,000 5/8”-11 -- RED LITHIUM

C 2696-24 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 4-Tool 14.33 x 26.77 N/A KIT 23.40 445.00
Combo Kit x 5.12
Batteries, Sawzall Blade,1 hour Charger, Contractor
Bag
Kit Contents
1. M18™ Cordless ½” Hammer Drill/Driver - Item
# 2602
2. M18™ Sawzall® Reciprocating Saw - Item # 2620
3. M18™ ¼” Hex Impact - Item # 2650
4. M18™ Work Light with 35° Rotating Head - Item D
# 49-24-0171
• DPM™ - Digital Power Management: Overload
protection prevents damage
to the tool and battery in abusive situations
• Compatibility: Works with M18™ XC High
Capacity RED LITHIUM™ Batteries and M18™
Compact RED LITHIUM™ Batteries
D 2698-22 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION 2-Tool 17.36 x 7.4 N/A KIT 16.54 343.00
Combo Kit
x 10.95
5
Year
Batteries, 30T METAL TECH™ Carbide-Tipped Blade, Warranty on all Milwaukee Power Tools!
Blade Wrench, 1 hour Charger, Contractor Bag
Kit Contents PORTABLE POWER TOOL
1. M18™ 1/2” Hammer Drill Driver - Item # 2602-20 FIVE YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY
2. M18™ 5-3/8” Metal Saw - Item # 2682
• DPM™ - Digital Power Management: Overload Every MILWAUKEE power tool (including cordless
product – tool, battery pack(s) - see separate & distinct
protection prevents damage to the tool and
battery in abusive situations CORDLESS BATTERY PACK LIMITED WARRANTY
• Compatibility: Works with M18™ XC High statements & battery charger and Work Lights*) is
Capacity RED LITHIUM™ Batteries and M18™ warranted to the original purchaser only to be free from
Compact RED LITHIUM™ Batteries defects in material and workmanship. Subject to certain

Milwaukee® Speciality Power Tools
SPECIALITY POWER TOOLS

A 2471-21 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Copper 14 x 2.5 x 3 3.20 KIT 8.60 179.99
Industry’s
Number One Tubing Cutter
Sub-Compact System Includes (1) M12 Lithium-Ion Battery, 30 minute
• Close Quarter Rotating Cutting Head
• Cuts Pipe in Confined Spaces
• Copper Cut Wheel Blade
• Trigger to Cut/Reset to Open
A • Automatic Adjustment from 3/8” - 1” Tubing
• Auto Locking Mechanism: 200 Cuts per Charge
• Water Resistant Sealed Metal Cutter Head
• Capacity: 1/2” to 1 1/8” O.D.
B 2470-21 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION PVC Shear 14 x 3 x 5 2.80 KIT 10.29 213.60
Kit
Includes (1) M12 Lithium-Ion Battery, 30 minute
• Powerful: Cuts 2” Schedule 40 PVC in 3 seconds
• Ultra Sharp Pierce Point Blade: No Burrs
B • Offset Blade: Cuts PVC/PEX in Wall/Ground
• Quick Return Blade: Aids During Repetitive Cuts
• All Metal Planetary Drive: 200 Cuts per Charge
• Stainless Steel Blade/Aluminum Jaw
• 2 Action VS Switch Type
• On-Board Storage Blade Wrench
• Variable Speed Trigger & On Board Fuel Gauge
Fastest Growing C 2458-21 M18™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Palm Nailer 3.5 x 6.2 x 6 3.40 KIT 5.96 136.00
Lithium-Ion Kit
Cordless System Includes (1) M18 XC High Capacity Lithium-Ion
Battery, 30 minute Charger, Hand Strap, Tool Bag
• Industrial Magnetic Collet: 6D-16D One-Handed
Use
• Anvil (2 Options) 1/2” Square
• Metal Gear Housing: Durable
C • Palm Style Ergonomics: Superior Comfort
• Blow Energy 2.2ft/lbs
• Compatibility - Works with both M12™ RED
LITHIUM ™ Batteries and 25+ M12™Tools
D 2266-20 Laser Temperature Gun 2 x 6 x 6.5 0.85 EA 1.13 126.00
Includes (3) AA Batteries, Manual
• User Configurative Hi/Low Alarm Settings
• K-Type Thermocouple Input: Contact Temperature
• Display: High Contrast, White on Black/Backlight
D • Temperature -20 to 932°F; Accuracy 1.50%
• Durable: Rugged Over-Molding
• Distance Ratio: 12 to 1
• Resolution: 0.1F; Response <500 ms
• Hold, Max Value Functions, Work Light
• Slide Rail Mount: 2201 Voltage Detector
Recommend sending in for calibration service once
every year.
E 2202-20 Voltage Detector with LED 3x1x9 0.05 EA 0.16 20.00
Includes (2) AAA Batteries
• Safety Category Rating: CAT IV 1000V
• Scan for AC Electrical
• Non-Contact Voltage 150-1000 AC
1 • Audio/Visual Indication; LED Work Light
E Year
Warranty
ITEM VOLTAGE BLADE TORQUE BPM RPM SPEED BATTERY
2471-21 12V -- -- -- 500 2 RED LITHIUM
2470-21 12V 3mm SS 1,900”/lb -- -- 1 RED LITHIUM
2458-21 12V 35-3/8” -- 2,700 -- 390/480 RED LITHIUM
5
Year
2266-20 AA Battery -- -- -- 3,500 -- Alkaline
PORTABLE POWER TOOL

FIVE YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY
Every MILWAUKEE power tool (including cordless
product – tool, battery pack(s) - see separate & distinct Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates
exceptions, MILWAUKEE will repair or replace any part We customize each certificate for you!

Milwaukee® Specialty Power Tools (Radio • Battery Chargers)
SPECIALITY POWER TOOLS

A 2426-21 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Multi-Tool Kit 14.96 x 4.72 2.10 KIT 5.20 138.00 Industry’s
Includes (2) M12 Lithium-Ion Batteries, 30 minute x 8.46 Number One
Charger, Accessory Adaptor, Wood Cutting Blade Sub-Compact System
Storage Bag
• Cuts, Grinds, Sands and Scrapes Longer run-time!
• Variable Speed Dial: 12 Settings 5,000-20,000
• Compatibility Adapter Included
B 2460-21 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Rotary 13.3 x 4 x 9 1.30 KIT 3.80 109.00
Tool Kit A
Includes (1) M12 Lithium-Ion Battery, (5) Cutting
Wheels, Mandrel, Wrench & 30 minute Charger
• Cuts, Grinds, Sands
• Variable Speed Dial
• On-Board Fuel Gauge B
C 2446-21XC M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Grease Gun 3 x 12.5 x 9.75 7.20 EA 11.30 206.00
Includes (1) M12 Lithium-Ion Battery, 30 minute
Charger, Grease Coupler, Carrying Case
•Powerful: Over 8,000 PSI Operating Pressure
•Three Way Loading: Bulk, Cartridge & Suction
•Superior Balance & Ergonomics
•Integrated Hose Storage, LED Fuel Gauge
•Air Bleeder Valve: Primer for Quick Flow C
•Compatible: With over “20” M12™ Tools
•Hose: 36” High Pressure Flex Hose/Spring Guard
D 8977-20 Variable Temperature Heat Gun 12 x 9 x 3 1.60 EA 2.72 99.00
• Variable Temperature: 140° F - 1040° F
• Impact Resistant Heating Element
• Efficient Soft Air Velocity: Faster Even Heating
• Dial Air Flow & Temperature Control

D
ITEM VOLTAGE AMPS PSI CFM RPM ARBOR BEVEL BATTERY
2426-21 12V -- -- -- 5,000-20,000 -- -- RED LITHIUM
2460-21 12V 1.5 -- -- 5,000-32,000 20mm -- RED LITHIUM
2446-21XC 12V -- 8,000 -- -- -- 45° RED LITHIUM
8977-20 120 AC 11.6 -- 14.8 -- --- -- --

E 2590-20 M12™ Cordless LITHIUM-ION Radio 10.5 x 3.5 x 7 3.50 EA 5.66 99.99
Includes (2) AAA Batteries, AC Adaptor (Red Lithium
not included)
• Premium Weatherproof Aluminum Speakers
• Weather Sealed MP3 Compartment
• Shock Absorbing ABS Polymer Housing E
• Modes: AM/FM/AUX with Equalizer
• Power: M12™ RED LITHIUM™ Battery or AC
RED LITHIUM™ BATTERIES & CHARGERS

The charger directly communicates with the battery pack monitoring individual cell voltage, temperature, and
status. The on-board indicator lights show the status of the battery. This charger uses an AC wall plug.
U/M SHIP WT
(LB)
48-11-1820 Milwaukee Electric M18™ 2.0 Cordless Compact Battery EA 0.95 79.99
48-11-1828 Milwaukee Electric M18™ Cordless XC High Capacity Battery, EA 1.68 119.99 F G
5 Year Warranty
F 48-11-2401 Milwaukee Electric M12™ Cordless Compact Battery EA 0.48 59.99
G 48-11-2402 Milwaukee Electric M12™ Cordless XC High Capacity Battery, EA 1.01 81.00
2 Year Warranty
48-11-2830 Milwaukee Electric M28™ Cordless Battery Pack EA 2.55 179.99
H 48-59-2819 M28™ Universal Charger 18-28v Lithium-Ion and NiCad EA 1.88 56.50 H
J 48-59-1812 M12/M18™ Multi-Voltage Charger EA 2.01 59.99
48-59-2818 M28 Universal Battery Charger EA 2.40 56.50
J
www.piehtoolco.com
5
Warranty

Abrasive Wheels
ABRASIVE WHEELS
Cut-Off Wheels
For Stationary Units
DIA WIDTH ARBOR MATERIAL U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION USE FOR PRICE
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
A 49-94-1405 Premium Abrasive 14 3/32 1 Alum. Oxide GP-Metal EA 1.46 6.40
A 49-94-1410 Premium Abrasive 14 3/32 1 Alum. Oxide Metal Stud EA 1.40 6.65
49-94-1415 Premium Abrasive 14 3/32 1 Alum. Oxide GP-Metal EA 1.45 6.65
For Hand Held Units
B 49-94-1485 Premium Abrasive 14 1/8 1 Sil. Carbide Masonry EA 1.60 9.20
Reinforced Center Type 1
DIA THICK ARBOR MATERIAL U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION USE FOR PRICE
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
B C 49-94-4500 Wheel Type 1 4-1/2 .045 7/8 Alum. Oxide Metal, SS EA 0.06 1.75
Reinforced Depressed Type 27
D 49-94-4505 Wheel Type 27 4-1/2 .045 7/8 Alum. Oxide Metal, SS EA 0.08 2.15
49-94-5005 Wheel Type 27 5 .045 7/8 Alum. Oxide Metal, SS EA 0.08 1.90
49-94-6305 Wheel Type 27 6 .045 7/8” Alum. Oxide Metal, SS EA 0.13 3.30
Abrasive Grinding Discs

C Reinforced Depressed Type 27
49-94-4510 Disc Type 27 4-1/2 1/8 7/8 Alum. Oxide Pipe, Light EA 0.21 1.90
49-94-4515 Disc Type 27 4-1/2 1/4 5/8 -11 Alum. Oxide Metal, SS EA 0.44 4.45
49-94-4520 Disc Type 27 4-1/2 1/4 7/8” Alum. Oxide Metal, SS EA 0.35 1.90
49-94-4525 Disc Type 27 4-1/2 1/8 5/8 -11 Alum. Oxide Pipe, Light EA 0.34 2.90
49-94-4570 Disc Type 27 4-1/2 1/4 7/8 Carbide Concrete EA 0.28 1.90
49-94-4585 Disc Type 27 4-1/2 1/4 5/8 -11 Zirc. Alumina Metal EA 0.45 7.15
D
Wire Wheels
Stringer Bead
DIA ARBOR U/M SHIP WT
(in) (in) (lb)
E 48-52-5010 Wheel Bead 4 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 0.52 16.30
48-52-5000 Wheel Bead 4 5/8 -11 Stainless Steel EA 0.52 21.90
E 48-52-1700 Wheel Bead 5 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 1.02 15.90
48-52-1715 Wheel Bead 6 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 1.27 19.10
Cable Twist Knot
F 48-52-5030 Wheel Knot 4 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 0.59 16.75
F 48-52-5020 Wheel Knot 4 5/8 -11 Stainless Steel EA 0.59 23.00
48-52-1725 Wheel Knot 6 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 1.18 20.05
Radial Crimped
48-52-5070 Wheel Radial Crimp 4 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 0.53 14.50
G Wire Wheel Brushes

Crimped Wire Cup
DIA ARBOR MATERIAL U/M SHIP WT
(in) (in) (lb)
G 48-52-5060 Crimp Brush 3 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 0.60 17.20
48-52-5065 Crimp Brush 3-1/2 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 0.79 16.20
H 48-52-1300 Crimp Brush 4 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 1.36 24.50
48-52-1400 Crimp Brush 5 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 1.52 24.80
48-52-1600 Crimp Brush 6 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 3.18 36.55
Knot Wire Cup
J
H 48-52-5040 Knot Brush 2-3/4 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 0.68 16.75
48-52-5050 Knot Brush 2-3/4 5/8 -11 Stainless Steel EA 0.68 21.75
48-52-5067 Knot Brush 3-1/2 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 0.82 17.85
48-52-1350 Knot Brush 4 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 1.61 27.30
48-52-1650 Knot Brush 6 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 3.58 44.25
K
Bevel Crimped
J 48-52-1335 Bevel Brush 4 5/8 -11 Stainless Steel EA 0.51 17.99
48-52-1325 Bevel Brush 4 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 0.53 16.45
Bevel Knot
L K 48-52-1305 Bevel Knot Brush 4 5/8 -11 Carbon Steel EA 0.71 17.50
L 48-52-1315 Bevel Knot Brush 4 5/8 -11 Stainless Steel EA 0.69 27.30

Abrasive Wheels & Discs
FLAP DISCS
Flap Disks grind and finish in one operation. They are manufactured using a high-performance zirconium
grain that outlasts standard zirconium and aluminum oxide grains up to 30%. Individual FLAPS are designed
to wear away evenly and present a constantly fresh working surface. They provide a cooler and more
efficient grinding effect than conventional disks. No back-up pads required. Best used for grinding and
polishing of metals, blending of welds and other metal finishing.
Type 27 Disc Side is Flat. A
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GRIT MATERIAL PRICE
(in) (in) (lb)
A 48-80-8110 Flap Disc Type 27 4-1/2 5/8 -11 36 Zirconium EA 0.30 8.40
48-80-8111 Flap Disc Type 27 4-1/2 5/8 -11 60 Zirconium EA 0.26 8.40
Type 29 Disc Side is Beveled.

B
B 48-80-8011 Flap Disc Type 29 4-1/2 5/8 -11 60 Zirconium EA 0.27 6.99
48-80-8000 Flap Disc Type 29 4-1/2 7/8 36 Zirconium EA 0.17 5.99
48-80-8002 Flap Disc Type 29 4-1/2 7/8 80 Zirconium EA 0.17 5.99
48-80-8040 Flap Disc Type 29 7 5/8 -11 36 Zirconium EA 0.68 12.35
48-80-8041 Flap Disc Type 29 7 5/8 -11 60 Zirconium EA 0.60 12.35 C
48-80-8042 Flap Disc Type 29 7 5/8 -11 80 Zirconium EA 0.69 12.35
48-80-8030 Flap Disc Type 29 7 7/8 36 Zirconium EA 0.51 11.00
FDZ77470 Flap Disc Type 29 5 5/8 -11 36 Zirconium EA 0.14 5.10
FDZ77472 Flap Disc Type 29 4 5/8- 11 60 Zirconium EA 0.13 5.10
D
BUFFING WHEELS
Scotch Brite
For Knife Mate and other bench systems.
DIA ARBOR THICK U/M SHIP WT
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
C ScotBrt6 Scotch Brite 6 3/8 5/8 Scotch Brite EA 0.19 34.95
E
Muslin
(in) (in) (lb)
D BW426 Sewn 8 1/2 Muslin EA 0.15 9.65
BW428 Sewn 8 5/8 Muslin EA 0.32 9.65
BW430 Sewn 8 3/4 Muslin EA 0.39 9.65
BW432 Sewn 8 1 Muslin EA 0.19 9.65
F G
E BW414 Loose 8 1/2 Muslin EA 0.18 7.60
F BW438 Jeweler’s 8 1/2 Muslin EA 0.47 14.95
G HalvMus Wheel 6 1/2 Muslin EA 0.26 14.25
Cloth Rings
Pre-polish aluminum or brass with grey polishing paste. Pre-polish non-ferrous metals with brown polishing paste.
(in) (in) (lb)
H 48713 Cloth Wheel 6 3/4 Sisal EA 0.37 21.00
High-gloss polishing of all metals with pink polishing paste. High-gloss polishing of plastics with beige H J
polishing paste.
J 48733 Cloth Wheel 6 3/4 TW Soft Cloth EA 0.17 17.90
Felt
BGFPD6FW Grooved Felt Wheel 6 Felt EA 0.52 29.00
Sisal
Sisal Wheel for Knife Mate and other buffing systems. Sisal buffing wheels will provide both polishing and cutting
action. They will remove stretcher strains, orange peel, polishing wheel grit lines, light die marks, etc. To effect a K L
fast cut, use a sisal wheel with the Black compound.
K HalvSis12 Sisal Wheel 6 1/2 Denim EA 0.31 9.00
HalvSis58 Sisal Wheel 6 5/8 Denim EA 0.31 9.00
Lamb’s Wool Hook & Loop Pad, 1-1/2” Pile.

L 49-36-0600 Lamb’s Wool Buffing Pad 7-1/2 5/8 Wool EA 0.29 14.90
*Must use with Backing Plate.
Backing Plate M N
M 49-36-2150 Hook and Loop Backing Plate 6-1/4 5/8 Urethane EA 0.31 35.00
N 49-36-3453 Back Pad for Angle Grinders 4-1/2 EA 0.28 9.70

Sanding & Buffing Discs
SANDING DISCS
Resin Bonded
Aluminum Oxide For Non-Ferrous Metal, Wood, Fiberglass
DIA ARBOR SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GRIT MATERIAL U/M PRICE 25+ BREAK
(in) (in) (lb) PRICE
A AD736 Sanding Disc 7 7/8 36 Alum. Oxide EA 0.13 1.40 1.26
A AD750 Sanding Disc 7 7/8 50 Alum. Oxide EA 0.12 1.35 1.22
AD760 Sanding Disc 7 7/8 60 Alum. Oxide EA 0.09 1.25 1.12
AD780 Sanding Disc 7 7/8 80 Alum. Oxide EA 0.10 1.20 1.08
48-80-0537 Sanding Disc 5” 7/8 24 Alum. Oxide EA 0.07 1.00 0.90
48-80-0622 Sanding Disc 4-1/2 7/8 24 Alum. Oxide EA 0.04 0.95 0.86
B Ceramic Carbon Alloy, Long Lasting

B 48-80-0693 Sanding Disc 5 7/8 24 Ceramic EA 0.04 1.65 1.48
48-80-0770 Sanding Disc 4-1/2 7/8 24 Ceramic EA 0.04 2.40 2.16
C Alumina Zirconia For Ferrous Metal & Grinding
C 48-80-0681 Sanding Disc 4-1/2 7/8 24 Zirconia EA 0.06 1.45 1.31
48-80-0683 Sanding Disc 4-1/2 7/8 36 Zirconia EA 0.05 1.35 1.22
D ZD724 Sanding Disc 7 7/8 24 Resin Fiber EA 0.15 2.15 1.94
Coated Zirconia
D CZD736 Sanding Disc 7” 7/8 36 Resin Fiber EA 0.13 2.10 1.89
Coated Zirconia
PSA Abrasive
Aluminum Oxide
Hot metal adhesive resin fiber back with strong “X” weight cotton backing. General purpose sanding for all
metals, woods and plastics. Resin over resin construction. 7” Fits Multi Tool and 8” fits JET Belt Sander.
E PC6135 Sanding Disc 7 24 Alum. Oxide EA 0.09 1.41 1.27
PC6138 Sanding Disc 7 50 Alum. Oxide EA 0.09 1.11 1.00
E PC6140 Sanding Disc 7 80 Alum. Oxide EA 0.06 0.99 0.89
Angle Grinder Arbor Adaptor

ARBOR SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
F 48-03-1005 Reduces 5/8” Arbor to M10 x 1.25 Thread Arbor 5/8 -11 EA 0.05 4.95
F G
Flange Adaptor
G FA5 3M Telescoping Flange Adaptor #5 EA 0.02 2.25
To fit 1/2’, 5/8’, 3/4”, or 7/8” shafts.
Expander Wheels
One of the most effective attachments for Farrier use on bench grinders is the expander wheel. The wheel does
QRWKDYHDQ\³WHQVLRQDGMXVWPHQW´VLPLODUWRDWUDGLWLRQDOEHOWVDQGHUDQGWKDWPDNHV¿WRIEHOWVDVLJQL¿FDQW
H challenge. The wheels are designed to expand, a result of the slots cut in the rubber wheel. Has an aluminum
core. Belt not included.
ARBOR SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
H Exp6 Expander Wheel w/Guard 6 EA 3.74 192.00
Exp10 Expander Wheel w/Guard 10 EA 6.80 225.00
Pieh Tool Company

Gift Certificates

Wheel Dresser • Drill & Driver Bits (Shockwave™)
Wheel Dresser
Crystolon Coarse grit (24) and hard-grade (R and harder) are used for dressing conventional vitrified
wheels. Finer grit and softer grades are used for dressing diamond wheel. Regular use of properly selected A
dressing sticks will help you achieve maximum performance from your diamond and CBN wheels. Sticks are
used for truing and dressing conventional vitrified wheels.
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIM (in) GRIT MATERIAL U/M PRICE
(LB)
A WD64072 Vitrified Dressing Stick 1 x 1 x 8 24 Silicone Carbide EA 0.63 7.50
For most general dressing of grinding wheels. Removable star dresser wit hooded, durable holder. For use B
on wheels up to 10” diameter by 2” face. Made in USA
B WD64051 Desmond Star Wheel EA 1.73 24.50
DRILL & DRIVER BITS

Milwaukee Shockwave™ Sets, Accessories
Milwaukee® Shockwave Impact Duty™ Driver Bits are engineered for extreme durability and up to 10x life.
Made from proprietary steel and heat treated to control hardness, the Shockwave Impact Duty™ Driver Bits C
feature an innovatively designed geometric shock absorption zone to extend life. The forged tip allows for a
secure grip and maximum contact eliminating stripping or slipping.
SHIP WT
(LB)
C 48-32-2301 30° Knuckle, 11 pc SET 0.50 25.00
Includes Driver, Pivot Adapter & (10) Assorted 3-1/2” Bits.
Features a 30° locking position allowing maximum access. 1/4” Hex is D
compatible with quick connect chucks.
D 48-89-4445 1/4” Hex Shank Drill Set, 10 pc SET 0.91 37.00
Selection of 1” lengths of Phillips, Square & Slotted Insert Bits. 2” &
3-1/2” lengths of Phillips and Square Power Bits. Compact Magnetic Bit
Holder.
E 49-66-4562 1-7/8” Magnetic Nut Driver Set, 4 pc SET 0.24 19.80 E
Impact retainer type nut drivers, 1-7/8” long. 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”.
49-66-4561 1-7/8” Magnetic Nut Driver Set, 3 pc SET 0.18 12.65
Impact retainer type nut drivers, 1 7/8” long. 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”.
F 48-32-4401 1/4” Impact Driver Set, 29 pc SET 1.45 19.99
For use with Impact Drivers. Features compression forged tips. Includes
a Magnetic Bit Holder and Bulk Storage Container; 1” & 2” long Phillips
Bits, 1” & 2” long Square Bits, 1” long Torx Bits and (3) Magnetic Nut F
Drivers.
G 48-32-4402 1/4” Drill & Drive Set, 35 pc SET 2.10 30.00
Bits feature a 135° split point to allow start on contact eliminating
walking. Selection includes 1” and 2” lengths.
H 48-32-4403 1/4” Impact Driver Set, 18 pc PKG 1.02 15.15
Selection includes 1” & 2” lengths of Insert, Power, Square Bits;
Magnetic Bit Holder.
J 48-32-4604 #2 Phil Tic Tac, 25 pc PKG 0.29 19.99
G
K 48-32-5004 2” Power Bit Phillips #2, 15 pc PKG 0.35 21.20
These Milwaukee #2 x 2”. Phillips Screwdriver Bits
(15-Pack) offer excellent strength and durability with their heat-treated
steel construction. The bits feature forged tips for maximum grip.
L 48-32-5008 Square Recess Insert Bit Contractor Set, 10 pc PKG 0.14 9.60
The Milwaukee Shockwave Impact Duty #2 x 1”. Square Recess Insert
Bits (10-Pack) feature a geometric design for shock absorption, and the
forged tips help provide a secure grip.
M 48-32-4507 3” Magnetic Drive Guide Set with Bits, 12 pc PKG 0.37 16.15 H J
Includes Milwaukee ECX™ bits with Anti-Strip Tip designed for electrical
fastners. Drive Guide with expandable sleeve guides long screws to
reduce wobble for fast, straight driving. Functional case provides storage
for insert bits and drive guide. Case can be used to gauge, strip and
bend wire, as well as fasten screws.
N 48-32-4615 TORX 1”, 7 pc PKG 0.10 6.80
O 48-32-1700 Insert Bit Set, 20 pc SET 0.49 8.70
Includes (19) of the most commonly used S2 screw driver bits (Phillips,
Square Drive, Torx® and Slotted), Magnetic Drive Guide with unique K L
Magnetic Storage Case.
P 48-03-4405 SHOCKWAVE 3/8” Square to 1/4” Hex EA .026 16.60
P 48-03-4410 SHOCKWAVE 1/2” Square to 1/4” Hex EA 0.23 17.25
N O P

Drill Bits (Shockwave™ Drill Bits)
Milwaukee Shockwave™ Drill Bits

QTY/ SHIP WT
PKG (lb)
A 48-32-4411 Insert Bit Phillips #1 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.97
48-32-4412 Insert Bit Phillips #2 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.97
A
B 48-32-4421 Insert Bit Square Recess #1 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.97
48-32-4422 Insert Bit Square Recess #2 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.97
48-32-4423 Insert Bit Square Recess #3 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.97
B 48-32-4436 1” Insert Bit Torx T25 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.97
C 48-32-4441 1” Insert Bit ECX #1 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.97
48-32-4442 1” Insert Bit ECX #2 2/pk PKG 0.04 1.97
C 48-32-4444 1” Reduced Diameter Drywall Insert Bit, Phillips #2 2/pk PKG 0.03 2.00
48-32-4461 2” Power Bit Phillips #1 2/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
D 48-32-4462 2” Power Bit Phillips #2 2/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
D
E 48-32-4471 2” Power Bit Square Recess #1 2/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
48-32-4472 2” Power Bit Square Recess #2 2/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
E 48-32-4473 2” Power Bit Square Recess #3 2/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
F 48-32-4482 2” Power Bit Torx T10 1/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
48-32-4483 2” Power Bit Torx T15 1/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
F 48-32-4484 2” Power Bit Torx T20 1/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
G 48-32-5030 1/4 x 2” Socket 1/pk PKG 0.04 3.00
48-32-5031 3/8 x 2” Socket 1/pk PKG 0.06 4.00
G 48-32-5032 1/2 x 2” Socket 1/pk PKG 0.08 5.30
H 48-32-4492 2” Power Bit ECX #2 5/pk PKG 0.14 10.20
H 48-32-4503 3” Magnetic Tip Holder 1/pk PKG 0.10 7.60
J 48-32-4562 3-1/2” Power Bit Phillips #2 1/pk PKG 0.05 3.30
K 48-32-4802 6” Power Bit Phillips #2 1/pk PKG 0.09 5.20
L 48-32-4572 3-1/2” Power Bit Square Recess #2 1/pk PKG 0.05 3.30
J
K
M 48-32-4605 Insert Bit Square Recess 5/pk PKG 0.06 4.70
48-32-4685 2” Power Bit TORX T25 5/pk PKG 0.12 10.20
48-32-4564 3-1/2” Power Bit Phillips #2 5/pk PKG 0.20 15.95
L 10.20
48-32-4606 2” Power Bit Square Recess #2 5/pk PKG 0.11
48-32-4563 3-1/2” Power Bit Phillips #3 1/pk PKG 0.05 3.30
M 48-32-4573 3-1/2” Power Bit Square Recess #3 1/pk PKG 0.05 3.30
N 48-32-4805 6” Insert Bit Square Recess #2 1/pk PKG 0.09 5.20
™
N
Milwaukee Shockwave Impact Wrench Drill Bits
QTY/ SHIP WT
PKG (lb)
48-89-4401 1/16 Black Oxide 1/4 HEX 1/pk EA 0.03 2.85
O 48-89-4403 3/32 Black Oxide 1/4 HEX 1/pk EA 0.03 2.85
P
O 48-89-4411 7/32 Black Oxide 1/4 HEX 1/pk EA 0.05 4.40
Milwaukee Magnetic Nut Drivers

P 49-66-4502 1-7/8 Magnetic Nut Driver 1/4 1/pk PKG 0.05 3.50
49-66-4503 1-7/8 Magnetic Nut Driver 5/16 1/pk PKG 0.05 3.70

Drill Bits (Shockwave™• Thunderbolt® Drill Bits)
Milwaukee Magnetic Nut Drivers (continued)

QTY/ SHIP WT
PKG (lb)
A
A 49-66-4532 2-9/16 Magnetic Nut Driver 1/4 1/pk PKG 0.07 4.20
®
Milwaukee Thunderbolt Black Oxide Drill Bits B
Milwaukee® Thunderbolt® Black Oxide Jobber length drill bits are designed for extreme durability and
long life. The Thunderbolt® web features a thicker core than a standard drill bit, which provides ultimate
strength and protects against side-load breakage. A specially designed parabolic flute form clears chips and
debris fast to keep the bit cool. A precision start, 135 Split Point tip starts on contact to keep the bit from
walking for fast accurate holes. Excellent for drilling on curved surfaces, requires less effort to drill and is
highly recommended for use with portable drills. The 3-Flat Secure-Grip shank won’t slip in the drill chuck.
Reduced shank diameter for use in 3/8” chucks.
QTY/ SHIP WT
PKG (lb)
B 48-89-2803 3-1/2” Jobber Length Drill Set, 15pc 15/set SET 1.02 21.30
Includes (15) of the most commonly used drill bits. 1/16” - 3/8”
48-89-2710 Bit 1/16 2/pk PKG 0.01 2.15
48-89-2711 Bit 5/64 2/pk PKG 0.02 2.20
C
48-89-2712 Bit 3/32 2/pk PKG 0.02 2.20
C 48-89-2714 Bit 1/8 2/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
48-89-2715 Bit 9/64 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.45
48-89-2716 Bit 5/32 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.50
48-89-2717 Bit 11/64 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.55 D
48-89-2713 Bit 7/64 2/pk PKG 0.03 2.25
48-89-2718 Bit 3/16 2/pk PKG 0.03 1.75
D 48-89-2730 Bit 3/8 2/pk PKG 0.12 4.95
48-89-2719 Bit 13/64 2/pk PKG 0.04 1.95
48-89-2720 Bit 7/32 2/pk PKG 0.05 2.10
48-89-2721 Bit 15/64 2/pk PKG 0.05 2.25
48-89-2725 Bit 19/64 2/pk PKG 0.08 3.45
E
48-89-2726 Bit 5/16 2/pk PKG 0.08 3.55
48-89-2727 Bit 21/64 2/pk PKG 0.09 3.95
48-89-2722 Bit 1/4 2/pk PKG 0.06 2.40
48-89-2723 Bit 17/64 2/pk PKG 0.07 2.85
48-89-2724 Bit 9/32 2/pk PKG 0.07 3.25
48-89-2728 Bit 11/32 2/pk PKG 0.11 4.40
48-89-2729 Bit 23/64 2/pk PKG 0.12 4.90
48-89-2737 Bit 31/64 2/pk PKG 0.22 11.25
E 48-89-2738 Bit 1/2 2/pk PKG 0.23 11.50
F
48-89-2731 Bit 25/64 2/pk PKG 0.13 7.75
48-89-2732 Bit 13/32 2/pk PKG 0.14 7.90
48-89-2733 Bit 27/64 2/pk PKG 0.14 8.45
48-89-2734 Bit 7/16 2/pk PKG 0.16 9.10
48-89-2735 Bit 29/64 2/pk PKG 0.18 9.55
48-89-2736 Bit 15/32 2/pk PKG 0.19 10.85
Drill Bits (Off Brand)

QTY/ SHIP WT
PKG (lb)
F DB35002 1/8” Drill Bit 1-3/8 x 1-3/8 x 8-1/2 1/pk EA 0.01 1.00

www.piehtoolco.com

Band Saw Blades • Sawzall Blades
BAND SAW BLADES

Milwaukee Band Saw Blades are designed to maximize performance of Milwaukee Band Saws. They will
deliver long tooth life and exceptional durability in metal-cutting applications, including strut, conduit, angle
iron, copper tube, threaded rod, and pipe. Tooth form, pitch, and set have been designed to deliver straight,
accurate cuts across a broad range of materials.
A Milwaukee® Compact Portable
For cutting common materials 5/32” - 3/16” thick and very hard materials 3/16” - 5/16” thick.
BLADE GRIT/TPI QTY/ SHIP WT
(in) PKG (lb)
48-39-0519 Compact 35-3/8 14 3/pk PKG 0.48 19.99
Find Corded and Cordless Bandsaws
on pages 109 & 114. 48-39-0529 Compact 35-3/8 18 3/pk PKG 0.47 19.99
48-39-0509 Compact 35-3/8 10 3/pk PKG 0.46 19.99
48-39-0539 Compact 35-3/8 24 3/pk PKG 0.48 19.99
Milwaukee® Standard/Deep Cut Portable

For any portable band saw that takes a 44-7/8” blade. For materials 5/16” - 1/2”.
A 48-39-0551 Deep Cut 44-7/8 10/14 3/pk PKG 0.54 19.99
48-39-0501 Deep Cut 44-7/8 10 3/pk PKG 0.60 19.99
Find Corded & Cordless Sawzall® 48-39-0561 Deep Cut 44-7/8 14/18 3/pk PKG 0.60 19.99
Tools on pages 109-110 & 114. 48-39-0511 Deep Cut 44-7/8 14 3/pk PKG 0.60 19.99
48-39-0521 Deep Cut 44-7/8 18 3/pk PKG 0.60 19.99
48-39-0531 Deep Cut 44-7/8 24 3/pk PKG 0.61 19.99
®
MILWAUKEE SAWZALL BLADES
General Purpose blades maximize general purpose cutting. Wood Cutting blades with NAIL GUARD™ and a
FANG TIP offer fastest cuts, longest life, greatest tooth durability and quickest plunge cuts. Standard Metal
Cutting blades maximize metal cutting performance. Fleam Ground blades deliver clean cuts in clean wood,
B plywood and OSB. Wrecker blades are ideal for general demolition cutting. Delivers durability in ferrous &
non-ferrous metals, plastics and nail-embedded wood. Torch Diamond Grit blades are ideal for cutting cast
iron, hard tile, masonry etc. 30x longer life than standard carbide blades - lower cost per cut. The Torch
delivers durability & straighter cuts in pipe, conduit, strut & metals. Carbide Grit blades are designed for
cutting ceramic tile, plaster, masonry, brick, fiberglass and other abrasive materials. Pruning blades deliver
fast, clean cuts in limbs, branches and green wood. Ax blades with NAIL GUARD™ and a FANG TIP deliver
the fastest cuts, longest life, greatest tooth durability and quickest plunge cuts of any wood blade on the
market. Sets include a Storage Container.
SHIP WT
(lb)
B 49-22-1145 Sawzall General Purpose Set, 9 pc SET 0.81 19.99
Includes (3)” for Wood with FANG TIP™, (6) Std. Metal
C 49-22-0240 Super Sawzall Blade Set, 8 pc SET 0.70 22.00
Includes (4) Wood with FANG TIP™, (4) Ice Hardened™
49-22-1129 Sawzall Blade Assortment Set, 12pc SET 1.43 29.99
Includes (6) Torch, (4) Ax, (2) Wrecker
C 49-22-5403 Sawzall Material Removal Set, 3 pc PKG 0.52 27.55
49-00-5450 Sawzall 5” Grout Rake Reciprocating Saw Blade PKG 0.20 14.95
49-00-5456 Sawzall 3” Scraper Blade PKG 0.22 11.95
49-00-5463 Sawzall 1-1/2” Scraper Blade PKG 0.18 9.95
General Purpose Blades - 5 Pack

D BLADE QTY/ SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GRIT/TPI U/M PRICE
(in) PKG (lb)
D 48-00-5091 Super Sawzall Blade 6 8/12T 5/pk PKG 0.30 12.00
48-00-5093 Super Sawzall Blade 8 8/12T 5/pk PKG 0.41 15.50
E E 48-00-5094 Super Sawzall Blade 12 8/12T 5/pk PKG 0.55 23.40
48-00-5092 Super Sawzall Blade 6 10T 5/pk PKG 0.21 12.00
48-00-5193 Super Sawzall Blade 8 10/14T 5/pk PKG 0.28 14.60
48-00-1301 Super Sawzall Blade Pruning 9 5T 5/pk PKG 0.37 22.90
F
Wood Fang - 5 Pack
F 48-00-5035 Super Sawzall Blade 6 5T 5/pk PKG 0.23 14.20
G
Standard Metal Cutting Blades - 5 Pack

G 48-00-5182 Super Sawzall Blade 6 14T 5/pk PKG 0.22 12.00
H 14.60
H 48-00-5187 Super Sawzall Blade 9 14T 5/pk PKG 0.35
J 48-00-5186 Super Sawzall Blade 6 24T 5/pk PKG 0.24 12.00
J 48-00-5189 Super Sawzall Blade 12 18T 5/pk PKG 0.46 18.25

Sawzall Blades • Sanding Belts
Fleam Wood Cutting - 5 Pack

BLADE QTY/ SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GRIT/TPI U/M PRICE
(in) PKG (lb)
A 48-00-5015 Super Sawzall Blade 6 6T 5/pk PKG 0.22 18.10
A
Specialty & Industrial - 5 Pack; 3 Pack; 1 Pack
B 48-00-5701 Super Sawzall Blade Wrecker 6 8T 5/pk PKG 0.38 16.40
B
48-00-5706 Super Sawzall Blade Wrecker 9 8T 5/pk PKG 0.66 21.60
48-00-5711 Super Sawzall Blade Wrecker 12 8T 5/pk PKG 0.92 25.10
C
C 48-00-1440 Sawzall Blade Torch Diamond Grit 6 1/pk PKG 0.11 14.00
(metal, tile, masonry, hard metal)
D 48-00-1450 Sawzall Blade Torch Diamond Grit 9 1/pk PKG 0.16 17.50
(tile, plaster, masonry, brick, D
fiberglass, abrasives)
E 48-00-1420 Sawzall Blade Tungsten Carbide 6 3/pk PKG 0.16 14.85
48-00-1430 Sawzall Blade Tungsten Carbide 9 3/pk PKG 0.28 18.45
E
F 48-00-1600 Sawzall Blade Flush Cut 9 1/pk PKG 0.27 22.00
48-00-1610 Super Sawzall Blade Rough-in 9 5/pk PKG 0.32 21.65 F
G 48-00-1303 Sawzall Blade Pruning 12 5T 5/pk PKG 0.50 27.70
H 48-00-5712 Super Sawzall Blade Torch 6 10T 5/pk PKG 0.34 16.60
48-00-5713 Super Sawzall Blade Torch 9 10T 5/pk PKG 0.52 21.85 G
48-00-5782 Super Sawzall Blade Torch 6 14T 5/pk PKG 0.34 16.60
48-00-5787 Super Sawzall Blade Torch 9 14T 5/pk PKG 0.52 21.85 H
J
48-00-5021 Super Sawzall Blade Ax 6 5T 5/pk PKG 0.36 17.50 K
J 48-00-5026 Super Sawzall Blade Ax 9 5T 5/pk PKG 0.64 22.90
K 48-00-5027 Super Sawzall Blade Ax 12 5T 5/pk PKG 0.89 26.40
• J in the item code refers to Japan Flex - a very

SANDING BELTS flexible belt common to knifemakers.
• Ceramic belts are designed to provide superior
Aluminum Oxide cutting action and durability sanding carbon steel,
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE GRIT TYPE U/M SHIP WT PRICE 10+ BREAK stainless steel, and other ferrous and nonferrous
(in) (lb) PRICE alloys. Great for grinding and general stock
L A14260 Aluminum Oxide 1 x 42 60 EA 0.07 2.30 2.18 removal, and a flexible belt for knifemakers.
A142240 Aluminum Oxide 1 x 42 240 EA 0.05 2.30 2.18 • Cubic Zirconia belts last longer than Aluminum
A142400J Aluminum Oxide 1 x 42 400 J Flex EA 0.02 2.30 2.18 Oxide belts.
A142600J Aluminum Oxide 1 x 42 600 J Flex EA 0.04 2.30 2.18 • Silicon Carbide are designed for abusive
applications on non-ferrous metals, marble,
M A23600 Aluminum Oxide 2 x 36 600 EA 0.07 3.85 3.66 plastic, glass, rubber and fiberglass.
A23636 Aluminum Oxide 2 x 36 36 EA 0.16 4.46 4.27
A236320 Aluminum Oxide 2 x 36 320 EA 0.18 3.85 3.66 L
A242600J Aluminum Oxide 2 x 42 600 J Flex EA 0.06 3.15 2.99
M
A24860 Aluminum Oxide 2 x 48 60 EA 0.20 3.50 3.32 *More Belts Available
A24880 Aluminum Oxide 2 x 48 80 EA 0.14 3.30 3.13 by Special Order

Sanding Belts • Grinding / Deburring Wheels
Aluminum Oxide belts (continued)

SIZE SHIP WT 10+ BREAK
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GRIT TYPE U/M PRICE
(in) (lb) PRICE
A A27236 Aluminum Oxide 2 x 72 36 EA 0.35 4.98 4.70
A A27260 Aluminum Oxide 2 x 72 60 EA 0.26 4.28 4.07
B A272400J Aluminum Oxide 2 x 72 400 J Flex EA 0.21 3.75 3.56
A272600J Aluminum Oxide 2 x 72” 600 J Flex EA 0.10 3.75 3.56
Cubic Zirconia
B CZ14280 Zirconia 1 x 42 80 EA 0.06 2.50 2.37
C CZ23636 Zirconia 2 x 36 36 EA 0.15 5.20 4.94
CZ24880 Zirconia 2 x 48 80 EA 0.15 5.30 5.04
C CZ27236 Zirconia 2 x 72 36 EA 0.37 8.35 7.93
CZ27260 Zirconia 2 x 72 60 EA 0.35 6.50 6.18
CZ27280 Zirconia 2 x 72 80 EA 0.33 10.15 9.64
CZ272120-G Zirconia 2 x 72 120 EA 0.26 7.92 7.52
Silicone Carbide
D SC236400 Silicone Carbide 2 x 36 400 EA 0.16 2.95 2.80
D SC272220 Silicone Carbide 2 x 72 220 EA 0.19 3.65 3.47
SC272400 Silicone Carbide 2 x 72 400 EA 0.14 3.65 3.47
Ceramic
E C23636 Ceramic 2 x 36 36 EA 0.21 8.15 7.74
C27260 Ceramic 2 x 72 60 EA 0.34 8.90 8.46
E C27280 Ceramic 2 x 72 80 EA 0.27 8.35 7.93
C272120 Ceramic 2 x 72 120 EA 0.20 7.50 7.12
Expander Belts
SIZE SHIP WT 10+ BREAK
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GRIT U/M PRICE
(in) (lb) PRICE
F CS409-10 Zirconia Green, 10” 2 x 31 40 EA 0.20 4.60 4..37

F CS409-6 Zirconia Green, 6” 2 x 18-7/8 40 EA 0.10 5.30 5.04
CS912-10 Ceramic, 10” 2 x 31 36 EA 0.20 7.85 7.46
GRINDING WHEELS
DIA THICK ARBOR SHIP WT
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
G GW36 General Purpose Wheel 8 1 1 36 EA 4.16 28.00
Standard size used on Baldor Grinders.
Reducer Bushing fitted with each wheel.
G GW73121 Grinding Wheel, 36 gr 6 3/4 1 36 EA 1.79 15.60
Fits our Jet Grinder with reducer at 3/4”
GW73123 Grinding Wheel, 60 gr 6 3/4 1 60 EA 1.89 15.60
Fits our Jet Grinder with reducer at 3/4”
DEBURRING WHEELS
Hog-Brite EXL Fine, Silicon Carbide
Use to clean, blend, deburr, or polish all metal alloys, plastics, composites and glass. Incredible results
H when polishing nippers, tools, knives, etc!
DIA THICK ARBOR SHIP WT
(in) (in) (in) (lb)
H HBW9SF6751 Deburring Wheel 9S Fine 6 1 3/4 9S EA 0.90 64.00
HBW9SF611 Deburring Wheel 9S Fine 6 1 1 9S EA 0.78 64.00
Belt & Disc Cleaner

Add additional life to belts/discs by removing clog and exposing clean abrasive surface for work. Simply
J press the cleaner lightly against moving sanding belts and discs to remove clogged-up pitch and sawdust.
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
J ABC1388 Cleaning Bar 1-3/8 x 1-3/8 x 8-1/2 EA 0.50 7.45

Buffing Compounds • Burrs
BUFFING COMPOUNDS
SHIP WT
(lb) A
A GCR Rouge, Fine Green Polishing Compound 1 lb Bar EA 1.00 8.95
Slightly more abrasive than the Extra Fine. Great for
medium to fine polish with most softer metals.
GXF Rouge, Extra Fine Green Polishing Compound 1 lb Bar EA 1.00 10.10
Great for extra fine polishing on most metals to bring out a
mirror finish. Works best with soft muslin wheels or spiral
sewn buffing wheels.
B RFR Rouge, Red Coloring Compound 2.5 lb Bar EA 2.50 7.85 B
Jewelers rouge was developed by the Jewelry trade for
buffing soft, precious metals such as gold and silver to a
brilliant, high lustrous finish. This extremely fine compound
will not scratch or cut away the finest or softest of metals.
Buffs recommended: Jeweler’s Buffs and Loose Buffs.
C SSC Rouge, Stainless Steel Compound 3 lb Bar EA 3.00 9.60
Designed to be used with “Hard” buffing wheels, this
compound is perfect for the initial rough cut on stainless
steel and iron. Buffs recommended: Spiral Sewn Buffs.
D TRI Rouge, Tripoli 2 lb Bar EA 2.00 5.75 C
Typically used for cutting and removing scratches from
aluminum and stainless steel. This compound is also
commonly used for bringing out a high luster on wood. For
use on heavy cuts on non-ferrous metals. (Especially Brass
and Aluminum Pewter) Buffs recommended: Sewn or Disc
Buffs.
E WCC Rouge, White Coloring Compound 2.8 lb Bar EA 2.80 9.60
Jewelers Rouge For Polishing Gold, Platinum & Sterling
Silver. Used for polishing steel, aluminum and chrome. D
Perfect for jewelers, craftspersons and students. Use to
gain a brilliant high gloss finish on Aluminum. Takes out
scratches and won’t discolor. Buffs recommended: Jeweler’s
Buffs and Loose Buffs.
HWCC White Coloring Compound 1 lb Bar EA 0.95 5.99
Alum brilliant high gloss finish. Takes out scratches and
won’t discolor. (1/2 Bar of WCC)
BCC Black Buffing Compound Bar 1 lb Bar EA 1.07 5.99
Use with hard buffing wheel for rough cut removal on SS E
and iron.
BURRS
Rotary File Set
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
BH7 Super HSS Rotary File 1/4” Burr Set, 7 pc Various SET 2.00 120.00
High speed right hand standard cut.
Contains 1 each: A116 Cylindrical (3/4 x 3/4), B606 Ball
Shape (1/2 x 1/2), C722 Cylindrical Round (5/8 x 1), Q915
Olive Shaped (1 x 1-3/8), T529: Tree Pointed (5/8 x 1),
H244: Cone Shape (5/8 x 1), R507: Tree Radius Nose (1/2
x 1-1/8)
Carbide
A carbide burr is a rotating tool that is used for removing material. More specifically, a carbide burr can be
used for deburring, cleaning, finishing, smoothing, shaping, and carving many types of materials. Basically,
the carbide burr rotates at a very high speed, enabling it to manipulate the material it is working on. The
most common types of burrs are single cut burrs, which remove the most amount of material, but leave a F
rather rough finish. Single cut carbide burrs are commonly used when working with cast iron, steel, copper,
brass, and other ferrous materials. Double cut carbide burrs can be used at slower speeds, and produce
smaller chips. They remove harder material more rapidly than single cut burrs, and offer more operator
control. Depending upon the shape and size of the burr you choose, some will leave a very smooth surface
on your material, while others will leave a less smooth surface but might remove more material. As a general
rule, finer work that calls for smoother surfaces, like cutting diamonds, or dentistry, calls for smaller burrs.
If you are working with larger pieces of material, and it’s more important to remove the most material in the
quickest time possible, a larger burr is called for.
Carbide Burr Dispenser
F DIH13200 Carbide Burr Dispenser 14-5/8 W EA 8.65 96.00
All steel welded construction with 3 drawers keeps all your x 7-3/8 D
burrs organized. Has one-piece drawer slides with a tough x 7 -3/4 H
epoxy powder coating. Can be stacked with other units.
Burrs not included. G
Single Cut 1/4” Shank
G B71290 Carbide 1/4” Shank Single Cut Burr Set, 16 pc Various SET 1.76 190.00
Contains 1 each: Cylindrical: SA-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SA-3 (3/8
x 3/4), SA-5 (1/2 x 1); Cylindrical Radius End: SC-1 (1/4 x
5/8), SC-3 (3/8 x 3/4), SC-5 (1/2 x 1); Ball: SD-3 (3/8), SD-5
(1/2); Oval: SE-3 (3/8 x 5/8); Tree Radius: SF-1 (1/4 x 5/8),
SF-3 (3/8 x 3/4), SF-5 (1/2 x 1); Tree Pointed: SG-1 (1/4 x
5/8), SG-3 (3/8 x 3/4); Taper Radius: SL-3 (3/8 x 1-1/16),
SL-4 (1/2 x 1-1/8)

Burrs
Single Cut 1/4” Shank (continued)

SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
A B71202 SA-1 Clyndrical 1/4 x 5/8 EA 0.05 7.30
B71205 SA-3 Clyndrical 3/8 x 3/4 EA 0.10 8.35
A B C B71208 SA-5 Clyndrical 1/2 x 1 EA 0.15 13.85
B B71222 SC-1 Clyndrical Radius End 1/4 x 5/8 EA 0.05 7.95
B71225 SC-3 Clyndrical Radius End 3/8 x 3/4 EA 0.15 10.25
B71228 SC-5 Clyndrical Radius End 1/2 x 1 EA 0.15 17.46
C B71244 SD-3 Ball 3/8 EA 0.10 8.96
B71246 SD-5 Ball 1/2 EA 0.15 12.16
D B71215 SE-3 Oval 3/8 x 5/8 EA 0.06 12.30
E B71252 SF-1 Tree Radius End 1/4 x 5/8 EA 0.05 9.05
B71253 SF-3 Tree Radius End 3/8 x 3/4 EA 0.15 11.42
D E F B71255 SF-5 Tree Radius End 1/2 x 1 EA 0.15 16.18
F B71261 SG-1 Tree Pointed End 1/4 x 5/8 EA 0.10 9.04
B71263 SG-3 Tree Pointed End 3/8 x 3/4 EA 0.10 11.42
G B71283 SL-3 Taper Cone Radius End 3/8 x 1-1/16 EA 0.10 13.80
B71284 SL-4 Taper Cone Radius End 1/2 x 1-1/8 EA 0.15 17.62
Double Cut 1/4” Shank
B71290D Carbide 1/4” Shank Double Cut Burr Set, 16 pc Various SET 190.00
Contains 1 each: Cylindrical: SA-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SA-3
(3/8 x 3/4), SA-5 (1/2 x 1); Cylindrical Radius End:
SC-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SC-3 (3/8 x 3/4), SC-5 (1/2 x 1); Ball:
SD-3 (3/8), SD-5 (1/2); Oval: SE-3 (3/8 x 5/8) ; Tree
H Radius: SF-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SF-3 (3/8 x 3/4), SF-5 (1/2
G J x 1); Tree Pointed: SG-1 (1/4 x 5/8), SG-3 (3/8 x 3/4)
Taper Radius: SL-3 (3/8 x 1-1/16), SL-4 (1/2 x 1-1/8)
H B71202D SA-1 Clyndrical 1/4 x 5/8 EA 0.05 7.30
B71205D SA-3 Clyndrical 3/8 x 3/4 EA 0.07 8.35
B71208D SA-5 Clyndrical 1/2 x 1 EA 0.14 13.85
J B71222D SC-1 Clyndrical Radius End 1/4 x 5/8 EA 0.06 7.95
B71225D SC-3 Clyndrical Radius End 3/8 x 3/4 EA 0.10 10.25
B71228D SC-5 Clyndrical Radius End 1/2 x 1 EA 0.12 17.46
K B71235D SM-3 Taper Cone Flat End 1/4 x 1 EA 0.04 9.85
B71236D SM-4 Taper Cone Flat End 3/8 x 1 EA 0.05 13.20
B71237D SM-5 Taper Cone Flat End 1/2 x 1 EA 0.07 16.90
K L M
L B71242D SD-1 Ball 1/4 EA 0.05 7.70
B71244D SD-3 Ball 3/8 EA 0.04 8.96
B71246D SD-5 Ball 1/2 EA 0.07 12.16
M B712145D SE-1 Oval 1/4 x 3/8 EA 0.05 10.00
B71215D SE-3 Oval 3/8 x 5/8 EA 0.06 12.30
B71216D SE-5 Oval 1/2 x 7/8 EA 0.10 17.50
N B71252D SF-1 Tree Radius End 1/4 x 5/8 EA 0.06 9.05
B71253D SF-3 Tree Radius End 3/8 x 3/4 EA 0.06 11.42
B71255D SF-5 Tree Radius End 1/2 x 1 EA 0.10 16.18
O B71261D SG-1 Tree Pointed End 1/4 x 5/8 EA 0.04 9.04
N B71263D SG-3 Tree Pointed End 3/8 x 3/4 EA 0.05 11.42

O P
B71265D SG-5 Tree Pointed End 1/2 x 1 EA 0.09 16.20
P B71281D SL-1 Taper Cone Radius End 1/4 x 5/8 EA 0.04 9.15
B71283D SL-3 Taper Cone Radius End 3/8 x 1-1/16 EA 0.07 13.80
B71284D SL-4 Taper Cone Radius End 1/2 x 1-1/8 EA 0.11 17.62
Pieh Tool Company

Gift Certificates

Grinder & Attachments
JET® Grinder *Special Order Items

Used for cleaning, sharpening, buffing, removing rust, & removing burs from metal. Features heavy duty
construction with a powerful, long-life motor for use all day, every day. Comes standard with fine and
coarse vitrified grinding wheels, cast iron wheel guards and dust vents. Totally enclosed pre-lubricated ball
bearings. UL listed. If you have things that need cleaning, sharpening, buffing, removing rust, or removing burs from
metal, then you need a grinder.
SHIP WT 1ST SEM
(lb) PROMO
A 577101 *S/O ®
JET 6” Industrial Bench Grinder #JBG-6A EA 37.00 199.00 169.00
Includes 36 & 60 grit grinding wheels.
• Heavy Guarded Toggle Switch A
• Rubber Foot Mounts
• Quick Adjusting Spark Guards
• Large Quick Adjusting Eye Shields
• Adjustable Tool Rests
B 577102 *S/O JET® 8” Industrial Bench Grinder #JBG-8A EA 60.00 279.00 240.00
The JET 8 in. Industrial Bench Grinder is one of our
most popular bench grinders with totally enclosed. The
pre-lubricated ball bearings, cast iron wheel guards,
dust vents, large eye shields, and adjustable tool rests.
It is UL listed and one of the safest yet powerful tools
on the market.
JET ® GRINDER ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS B

ITEM DIMENSIONS RPM VOLT HP PHASE WHEEL SHAFT GRIT
577101 17 x 10 x 9 3,450 115V 1/2 1 6 x 3/4 1/2 36/60
577102 19 x 12-1/2 x 10 3,450 115V 1 1 8 5/8 36/60
DIM SHIP WT 1ST SEM

(in) (lb) PROMO
C 577172 *S/O JET® Pedestal Stand, #JPS-2A 31” H EA 55.00 109.00 99.00
Compatible for all JET Bench Grinders. Heavy cast
iron construction provides strength and durability. Wide
stance base provides a stable workstation. The coolant
tank and tool tray are conveniently located on an
adjustable platform. Mounting Surface: 11 x 10”
GRINDER ATTACHMENTS C
Bench Grinder Attachment
Multitool *Special Order Item
Multitool 362 Attachment fits on most 6-8” grinders with minimum 1/3 HP. This is a must-have tool for any
fabricator! Removes material up to 5X faster than with the equivalent grit grinding wheel. Includes (1) 100
grit 3M belt & (1) 80 grit 3M disk. OSHA & UL compliant guards. 2 x 36” Belt, 7” Disk; Miter Table Size:
4-1/4 x 10”, 3,450 RPM.
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
D MT362 *S/O Multitool Bench Grinder Attachment 2 x 36 EA 12.44 240.00
MTBL *S/O Miter Table Attachment N/A EA 1.81 74.99
Grinder Attachments
Farrier Hoof Buffer *Special Order Items
The Hoof Buffer attachment fits into any drill with a 3/8” chuck or larger. Used on a cordless drill this is a
very handy tool for cleaning the hoof wall and removing any marks, rings or gouges. Comes with one drum
belt - 100 grit.
SHIP WT
(lb)
E HBA *S/O Hoof Buffer N/A EA 3.00 70.00
F BAB *S/O Replacement Bladder N/A EA 0.10 4.10
G BAS60 *S/O Sleeves 60 EA 0.04 2.40
BAS80 *S/O Sleeves 80 EA 0.04 2.40
BAS100 *S/O Sleeves 100 EA 0.04 2.40 D
Be connected with us, E

check the newest
products,
F G
the current specials
and our latest events!
Find Grinding Wheels
www.piehtoolco.com. and Sanding Belts
on pages 118 and 125-126.

Sanders & Attachments • Drill Presses
BUFFERS
FPD Baldor Buffer *Special Order Items
A For use with soft cloth buffing wheels and buffing compounds. Includes flanges and nuts. U.L. Listed not
C.S.A. Certified. Power cord not included, wiring is required.
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION VOLT PHASE HP U/M PRICE
(lb)
A FPD114 Baldor/FPD Modified Industrial Buffer 115 1 1/4 EA 24.70 290.00
FPD333 Baldor/FPD Modified Industrial Buffer 115/230 1 1/2 EA 32.60 364.00
FPD332 Baldor/FPD Modified Industrial Buffer 115/230 1 3/4 EA 53.25 786.00
BALDOR/FPD MODIFIED BUFFER SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM HERTZ AMPS RPM BALDOR TYPE MAX WHEEL HUB WIDTH BEARINGS
FPD114 60 2.8 1800 3320C 6” 0.50/1.25” 6203E03SP
FPD333 60 5.6/2.8 3600 3420C 10” 0.5/1.5” 6203C03
FPD332 60 6.4/3.2 3600 3524C 10” 0.5/1.5” 6.21E+06
JET® Sander *Special Order Items

G Allows for sanding, grinding or finishing of outside curves or odd shaped work pieces on the belt. Abrasive
belt unit does the work of a jig saw, coping saw, or hand file while removing material and finishing. FOB
Manufacturer.
U/M SHIP WT PRICE 1st SEM.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (lb) PROMO
B B 577004 *S/O JET® Bench Belt & Disc Sander, 2x42” (8”) 20-1/2 x 23 EA 60.00 525.00 439.00
•
45° Locking Disc/Miter Table Tilt x 20”
•
Miter Table is slotted to accept Deluxe Miter
Gauge
•
Hinged Idler Wheel Cover
•
Removable Platten, Dust Chute
•
Chamfer or Bevel
•
Grind, Finish on Disc or Belt
•
Fast, Cool Cutting
•
Cast Construction, Steel Base
•
Cast Iron Tilting Table
JET ® SANDER ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM RPM VOLT HP PHASE SFPM
577004 3,450 115V 3/4 1 3,100
DRILL PRESSES
JET® *Special Order Items
The J-2530 and the J-2500 Drill Presses boast a 45” tilting table and a cast iron head with large quill,
allowing greater accuracy. Features a permanently lubricated heavy duty ball bearing (4) spindle assembly
in an enclosed quill for longer life & accuracy. The large ground steel column gives maximum head and
table support. Includes hinged metal belt and pulley cover; accurate depth stop displays inch/mm and has a
D quick set bolt for fast accurate adjustments.
C
SHIP WT PRICE 1st SEM.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION VOLT PH HP U/M (lb) PROMO
C 354401 *S/O JET® 15” Bench Model Drill Press, 115V 1 3/4 EA 257.00 649.00 569.00
#J-2530
D 354400 *S/O JET® 15” Floor Model Drill Press, 115V 1 3/4 EA 320.00 679.00 599.00
#J-2500
SPECIFICATIONS J-2530 J-2500

Number of Spindle speeds 16 16
Spindle Taper MT-2 MT-2
Quill Diameter 1-7/8” 1-7/8”
Column Diameter 2-7/8” 2-7/8”
Drilling Capacity Cast Iron 5/8” 5/8”
Drilling Capacity Mild Steel 1/2” 1/2”
Quill & Spindle Travel 3-1/8” 3-1/8”
Chuck/Arbor Size 5/8” 5/8”
Drills to Center of Circle 15” 15”
Swing 15” 15”
Distance Column to Spindle 7-1/2” 7 1/2”
Spindle Distance to Base 24” 48 3/4”
Max Distance - Spindle to Table 15-1/2” 24”
Distance Base to Spindle 24” 48 3/4”
Table Size 11-1/2 x 11-1/2” 11-1/2 x 11-1/2”
Base Work Table 8 x 8” 7 x 7 1/2”
Base Dimensions 18 x 10-1/2” 11 x 19-1/2”
Overall Dimensions 31 x 13 x 39 1/2” 31 x 13 x 63”

Jet® Cold Saws • Band Saws
JET® SAWS
Cold Saw *Special Order Item
The J-F225 Manual Bench Cold Saw includes a 225mm blade for sawing solid steel. With a 1HP motor,
manual vise, bronze worm gear, and hardened bronze ground worm screw gear box, this bench cold saw is
everything but small. Manually cuts from 0-45° from the left. Features an oil bath and a control handle with
a safety spring loaded trigger switch to start or stop the machine. Saw has a coolant system, manual vise
and an adjustable depth stop.
SHIP WT 1st SEM.
(lb) PROMO
®
A 414220 *S/O JET Manual Bench Cold Saw, J-F225* EA 145.00 1,299.00 1,199.00
Round at 90° 2-1/2”

A
Round at 45° 2”
Rectangle at 90° 2-1/2 x 2-15/16”
Square at 90° 2-1/4 x 2-1/4”
Blade Size 225mm x 32mm x 2mm
Blade Speeds (RPM) 52
Maximum Vise Opening 2-3/4”
Motor 1 HP, 1 Ph, 115V
Square at 45° 2”
Overall Dimensions 24 x 18 x 27”
579002 *S/O Replacement Blade for Jet J-F225 Cold Saw EA 1.00 149.00 N/A
225mm x 2mm x 32mm
Band Saws *Special Order Item

The JET HVBS-7MW Metalworking Bandsaw is UL listed and powered by a 3/4 HP motor. Four large diameter
wheels and built in handle allow easy movement. Unit comes equipped with a 3/4” carbon steel blade, chip
brush adjustable material stop and vertical worktable. Unit shuts off automatically after each cut. Features a
heavy cast iron bow & bed, a hardened ground worm gear box and a hydraulic down-feed for ease of cut.
Unit is on a convenient roller cabinet with a built-in chip tray.
B 414459 *S/O JET® Horizontal & Vertical Band Saw, HVBS-7MW* EA 330.00 1,449.00 1,299.00
Motor 3/4 HP, 115/230V, 1 Ph Pre-wired 115V

Round at 90° 7”
B
Round at 45° 4-1/2”
Rectangle at 90° 2 x 12” / 7” x 10-7/8"
Blade Size 3/4 x .035 x 93“
Blade Speeds (SFPM) 86, 132, 178, 260
Bed Height 23”
Vertical Work Table Size 9-3/8 x 10”
Vise Swivels 45 degrees
Blade Length 93”
Rectangle at 45° 7 x 3-1/2" / 5-1/2 x 4-1/2"
Throat Depth 7”
Blade Wheel Diameter 11-3/4”
Overall Dimensions 20-1/2 x 49-1/2" x 38"
Designed for a multitude of uses in the shop, including the cutting of both ferrous and non-ferrous type
metals. Heavy-duty, completely enclosed steel frame. Two-speed gear box and variable speeds provide
quick setting and allow proper adjustment for high efficiency cutting. Increased accuracy is possible with the
rip fence, which can be used on either side of the blade. Multi-tilting worktable. Easy to read blade tension
indicator. Includes blade welder, grinder, and cutter; work lamp; chip blower; 1/4” x 14/18VT bi-metal blade;
blade and tire cleaning brush, and set of tools.
C 414485 *S/O JET® 16” Vertical Band Saw, VBS-1610* EA 944.0 6,799.00 5,999.00
Motor 2 HP, 230/460V, 3 Ph Pre-wired 230V

Height Capacity (max.) 10
Throat Capacity (max.) 15-1/2”
Table Size (L x W) 22 x24”
Table Height 40” C
Table Tilt (Degrees) 8 F & B, 12 L & 15 R
Blade Speeds (SFPM) Low: 82 - 330, High: 985 - 3,950
Blade Length 23”
Blade Width (min-max) 1/8 - 5/8”
Floor Space Required 37 x 28 x 72-1/2”
Spend $3,600 on JET® machinery and get FREE SHIPPING!

Jet® Milling Machine • Lathe • Brakes
JET® MACHINERY
Milling Machine *Special Order
JTM-1050 Mill with Acu-Rite 200S DRO & X-Axis Powerfeed
This model is the JTM-1050 milling machine with the addition of an Acu-Rite 200M DRO and powerfeed
(X-axis). This variable speed milling machine has a precision bored and honed machine head. The large
diameter quill is chrome finished. The spindle head is internally cooled, has high precision class 7 spindle
bearings, and includes a heavy duty spindle brake. Included is a no fuse breaker power connection. The
motor drive is splined with a one-piece quill pinion and shaft, with bearing support at the end. The three-
stage power downfeed with an automatic stop make this machine easy to work with. Included are precision
hardened and ground ways and table. There are chrome lead screws and Turcite B on the X and Y axis.
There are adjustable gibs throughout, and an internal coolant tank is built into the base for use with a
A coolant system (coolant pump not included). There are locks on all movable surfaces and all the dials are
satin chrome finished. Standard equipment includes; one-shot lubrication system, way covers, a draw bar,
and a tool box with tools. Tolerance test sheet included. Two Year Warranty.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M (lb) PROMO
A 690117 *S/O Milling Machine JTM-1050 Mill EA 2,870 15,399.00 12,399.00
with ACU-RITE 200S DRO & X-Axis Powerfeed
Lathe *Special Order Item
GH-1440W-1 Lathe with Acu-Rite 200S DRO Installed
Our geared head engine lathes include hardened and ground gears in the headstock and gearbox. The
headstock is constantly oiled during operation and includes splined, not keyed shafts. The gearbox gives
large threading and feed capabilities with no gear changes. The D1-4 spindle is precision ground for
accuracy and supported by high-quality tapered roller bearings. The spindle actuation control with inch-
metric dials are apron mounted. V-way bed design is induction hardened, and the gap bed section is
provided for larger diameter work. The compound and cross slide have backlash elimination and adjustable
gibs are incorporated in the carriage and slideways. The tailstock may be offset for turning tapers and
includes an inch-metric graduated quill. Standard equipment includes; heavy-duty stand, 6” 3-Jaw Direct
Mount chuck with top reversing jaws, 8” 4-Jaw chuck, 12” Face plate, foot brake, coolant system w/splash
guard, center and headstock center sleeve, work lamp, spindle jog button, and tool box and tools. Digital
readout installed. Two Year Warranty.
B B 321549 *S/O Lathe EA 248.00 12,399.00
with Acu-Rite 200S DRO Installed Model #HB-1648H
Brakes
48” Bench Hand Brake *Special Order
Suitable for many types of metal-forming operations. All body sections are welded steel plate. Heavy truss
rods and braces are designed to give superior strength. Precise bed and beam alignment assures working
accuracy. Features a removable apron nose extension. Two Year Warranty.
C 756216 *S/O 48” Bench Hand Brake EA 439.00 1,499.00 1,299.00
16 GA Model #HB-1648H
C Stand for 48” Hand Brake *Special Order

Stand for 48” Hand or BP Brake JET Metalworking Machines. Stand allows bench model brake to be
elevated. Dimensions (LxWxH): 56-1/2” x 18-1/4” x 28”, Stand includes shelf for convenient storage of
tools, Sturdy aluminum design. Two Year Warranty.
D 754200 *S/O S-48N Aluminum Stand EA 95.00 319.00 299.00
for 48” Brake Model #HB-1648H
Floor Model I Box and Pan Hand Brake *Special Order

D Suitable for many types of metal-forming operations. Wide assortment of finger widths allow greater
versatility in the shop. All body sections are welded steel plate with heavy truss rods and braces designed to
give greater strength and durability. Both the bed and apron are bored in to assure the utmost accuracy.
96’ Capacity, 4” Box Depth, 2-1/4 Max Lift. Two Year Warranty.
E 752102 *S/O Floor Model I EA 2,381 7,889.00
Box and Pan Hand Brake Model #BP-1696H
Box and Pan Finger Brake *Special Order

Incorporates all the features of our standard hand brakes but with greater range of applications. With
E fingers installed it can be used as a full-length nose bar, turning the machine into a straight bending brake.
Sectioned fingers are easily removed for box bending and special forming operations. Total of 16 assorted
size section fingers. Two Year Warranty.
F 752116 *S/O Box and Pan Finger Brake EA 506.00 1,459.00 1,299.00
Model #BP-1648H
F Please use our website for these JET® Machine Specifications:

www.piehtoolco.com
You will also find the latest Promotional Specials!

Jet® Shears • Beverly Shears
SHEARS
JET® Foot Shear *Special Order Items
The JET® Foot Shear is ideal for precision shearing of mild steel up to 16 gauge and a 52” capacity. Can
also be used on aluminum, brass, copper, lead, plastic and zinc. Two-way blade configuration provides
twice the cutting life. Upper blade is two-way; bottom blade is one-way. Features a 2° angle cutting edge
and 1° face relief. This item ships via truck.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M (lb) PROMO
®
A 752652 *S/O JET Foot Shear, FS-1652H EA 1,089 2,699.00 2,299.00
A
Overall Dimensions 62-1/2 x 78-1/4 x 41-1/2”
Height 48”
Width 42”
Length 67”
Shearing Length Capacity 52”
Front Gauge Capacity 28”
Mild Steel Capacity 16 gauge
Back Gauge Capacity 30”
JET® Slitting Shear *Special Order Item

Capable of shearing sheet steel, steel bars and rods plus many non-metallic materials. Replaceable high
quality stainless steel blades are hardened and tempered for maximum service life. An adjustable hold
down clamp aids in securing material. Compound leverage allows the operator to easily perform work within
shears’ rated capacity. Includes 35-1/2” handle.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M (lb) PROMO B
B 755108K *S/O JET® Portable Slitting Shear, SS8T EA 57.00 249.00 199.00
Overall Dimensions 17 x 7 x 17”

Mild Steel Sheet Capacity 3/16”
Mild Steel Flat Capacity 2-3/4 - 1/4”
Mild Steel Round Capacity 1/2”
Cutting Blade Length 8”
C
Bar Stock Shear*Special Order Item
SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M (lb)
C SSBSS *S/O Pleasure Bar Stock Shear, 26” EA 8.16 65.00
Beverly Shears (Throatless)

Three models for cutting light to heavy gauge metals without distortion. The unique shoulder design allows
work to be turned in any position during the cut. The geared rack and pinion makes heavy metal cutting simple!
Upper and lower blades allow a clean knurl-free cut, regardless of the material being cut. The throatless design
allows for unlimited cut lengths. Bolt the shear to your bench to fabricate a base frame.
Models and Parts *Special Order Items
D 442-B1 *S/O Beverly Shear, B-1 EA 21.00 675.00 D E
442-B1RB *S/O Replacement Blades (Pair) PR 2.00 115.00
E 442-B2 *S/O Beverly Shear, B-2 EA 44.00 942.00
442-B2RB *S/O Replacement Blades (Pair) PR 2.01 148.75
F 442-B3 *S/O Beverly Shear, B-3 EA 67.00 1,362.00
442-B3RB *S/O Replacement Blade (Pair) PR 3.00 208.25
BEVERLY SHEARS SPECIFICATIONS

CAPACITY
LOWER BLADE MILD STAINLESS
ITEM WIDTH HEIGHT HANDLE DEPTH LENGTH OF CUT
LENGTH STEEL STEEL
442-SS3 13” 30” 11” 4-1/4” 2-1/2” 3/16” 10ga
442-B1 7” 14” 18” 9” 4-1/4” 3” 14ga 18ga
442-B2 9” 15” 24” 10” 4-3/8” 3-1/8” 10ga 14ga
442-B3 9” 15” 30” 14” 5-5/8” 4-1/4” 3/16” 10ga
F G
Beverly Slitting Shears
The Beverly Slitting Shear handles 10 gauge and 3/16” mild steel, designed for straight cutting only. All
models are equipped with high carbon, high chrome blades. Made in USA. Beverly Shears will last a
lifetime and parts are always readily available! FOB Illinois. See additional specifications above.
Model SS3 *Special Order Items
G 442-SS3 *S/O Beverly Slitting Shear, SS-3 EA 32.00 629.00
The mild steel trimming capacity: 3/16”; bar capacity: 1/4 x 2”.
H 442-S2RB *S/O Replacement Blades (Pair), SS2 PR 2.00 178.50
442-S3RB *S/O Replacement Blades (Pair), SS3 PR 3.00 172.55
H

JET® Pipe Bender • Hoists
JET® Pipe Bender

Rotating stand locks in three positions for stability and versatility. The Heavy-duty hydraulic cylinder is
capable of bending schedule 40 pipe. Simple manual operation! Six bending dies included: (1/2”, 3/4”, 1”,
1-1/4”, 1-1/2”, 2”).
SHIP WT 1st SEM.
(lb) PROMO
A 331900 ®
JET 2” Hydraulic Pipe Bender, #JHPB-20 EA 132.00 495.00 459.00
The radius produced with a 90° bend on different size pipes:
Pipe Size Inside Radius
• 1/2” 75mm
A • 3/4” 94.5mm
• 1” 118mm
• 1-1/4” 149mm
• 1-1/2” 169mm
• 2” 212mm
• 2-1/2” 262.25mm
• 3” 313.75mm
Max. Pipe Wall: 0.20”; Max Load: 9”; Piston Stroke: 10-1/4”,
Ram: 1-3/4”
JET® HOISTS
2
Year
Electric Chain
JET® SSC Series electric hoists combines safety and durability to operate in commercial and industrial
Warranty
applications. A slip clutch overload protection mechanism prevents the hoist from lifting damaging loads
above its rated capacity. The industry proven DC electro-magnetic brake increases safety by holding the
load even when power is interrupted. The maintenance-free gear train incorporates a sealed oil bath, for
reliability and durability. Complies with OSHA Regulations, ASNI/ASME B30.16 and HST-1 Standards.
U/M SHIP WT 1st SEM.
(lb) PROMO
B B 131500 1SS-3C-15, 1-Ton 3-Phase w/15’ Lift EA 163.00 2,960.00 2,119.00
Mini-Puller Lever
The JET® JLP series lever hoists are rugged, dependable of superior quality. The steel lever hoist is designed
for pulling, stretching, and hoisting in tight situations. Combined with all the standard features, the life of these
KRLVWVUHVXOWVLQPRUHZRUNJHWWLQJGRQHWKH¿UVWWLPH:HVWRQ6W\OH'XDO3DZO%UDNH6\VWHPLQFUHDVHVVDIHW\E\
splitting the load to opposite sides of the ratchet gear for greater load security. Alloy steel industrial rated hooks
rotate 360° for easy rigging. Hooks slowly stretch to indicate an overload situation increasing job-site safety.
Heat treated load plates for durability extend the life of the hoist in industrial environments. All steel construction
impact resistant covers provide durability and protection, and the load chain is coated with Grade 80 black oxide
IRUGXUDELOLW\&RPSDFWKRLVWERG\DQGOLJKWZHLJKWGHVLJQIRUORZKHDGURRPDSSOLFDWLRQVDQGXVHLQFRQ¿QHG
areas. Complies with OSHA, ANSI/ASME B30.21 and HST-3M Standards.
C 187505 JLP-050A-5, 1/2 Ton w/5’ Lift EA 10.00 210.00 149.00
187506 JLP-050A-10, 1/2 Ton w/10’ Lift EA 10.00 260.00 189.00
JET® L-100 Series hand chain hoist integrates safety, durability and innovation enabling it to operate in the
most demanding industrial environments. The patented fused brake system reduces maintenance costs and
limits downtime. Complies with OSHA, ANSI/ASME B30.16 and HST-2 Standards.
C D D 102100 L-100-100WO-10, 1 Ton w/10’ Lift EA 28.00 500.00 359.00
Wilton Vises are made in the USA

JET® Air Tools
®
JET ®
AIR TOOLS
JET leads the industry in warranty, customer service, technical support and after-market replacement parts.
When you buy a JET® product, you can be assured that it is backed by the industry’s most comprehensive
service and support.
Reversible Air Drill
Provides efficient performance through durable ball-bearing and needle-bearing construction and gives
maximum control with the variable speed triggers. Fully reversible.
1st SEM A
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION RPM HP PROMO
(lb)
A JSM-725 3/8” Reversible Air Drill 1,800 1/2 EA 4.00 220.00 159.00
Impact Wrench
Has impact resistant aluminum, lightweight carbon composite, or heavy-duty all-steel housings. Pin
clutch impact mechanism provides smooth bolt starting and balanced impacts for medium to heavy-duty
applications. Convenient forward/reverse button for easy-one-handed operation, and built-in air regulator
provides precise speed control. Max Torque: 380 lb/ft; Bolt Capacity: 5/8”. Anvil Retainer Type: Ring.
B JSG-0717SH 1/2” Impact Wrench 7,000 EA 6.60 300.00 219.00
B
Flux Chipper
The Needle Scaler and Flux Chipper is designed for heavy duty industrial use. A tool is for surface
preparation involving cleaning and removal of rust, paint, slag or spatter, the solution for any fabrication
need. Heavy-duty heat-treated barrels and pistons for reliability and durability in industrial environments;
ball lock retainer permits quick tool change; heavy-duty hitting power for multiple applications and has angle
chisel converts tool to a flux chipper. 19 x 3 mm needles. Provides a troke length of 7/8”.
1st SEM
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION BPM PROMO
(lb)
C F-25NS Flux Chipper/Needle Scaler 4,000 EA 6.40 440.00 319.00
Riveting Hammer
Built around a heat-treated, hardened steel barrel and piston for long life and durability. The built-in air
regulator and variable speed trigger provide precise control. The Air Riveting Hammer provides a stroke C
length of 3-1/2”; 0.401” Shank Size; 3/4” Bore Size.
D JSG-0304R 3-1/2” Stroke with 4-Piece Chisel Set 2,000 EA 4.80 100.00 72.00
Grinders
This Die and Angle Grinder is lightweight with a strong motor and precise speed control. This tool is perfect at
providing the right power in tight spaces for polishing, grinding and surface preparation. Machined and hardened D
steel gearing for durability and precise control.
1st SEM
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION RPM HP PROMO
(lb)
JSM-6195B 5” Angle Grinder 11,000 1/2 EA 5.00 330.00 239.00
JSG-0522 7” Angle Grinder 7,000 1 EA 10.00 700.00 499.00
E JSM-522A 1/4” Right Angle Die Grinder 22,000 1/4 EA 1.40 150.00 108.00
Utility Cut-Off Tool

Features a heavy duty ball bearing construction allowing for cutting of metal up to 3/4” thick. A built-in speed
regulator matches the speed needed for the job, while the 360 degree rotating spark guard, throttle lock and
rear exhaust increase safety. A safety throttle lock prevents accidental starts; rear exhaust directs air away
from work, and includes 3 x 1/16 x 3/8” cutting wheel. E
F JSG-0516 Utility Cut-Off Tool 2,000 1/2 EA 2.20 100.00 73.00
Air Ratchet
Provides maximum performance, durability and reliability through the use of the industry-proven ball-bearing and
needle-bearing construction. Built with a hardened ratchet housing, this lightweight tool provides smooth operation
and precision. Maximum Torque of 50 ft/lbs; 3/8” Bolt Capacity: Anvil Retainer Type: Ball.
G JSM-30 3/8” Air Ratchet 150 EA 2.50 120.00 89.00 F
JET ® AIR TOOLS SPECIFICATIONS

OVERALL AIR VIBRATION NOISE AIR AIR AIR
WEIGHT
ITEM LENGTH Folded CONSUMPTION VALUE LEVEL INLET HOSE PRESSURE
(Lbs.) (in) (CFM) (M/S2) (DB) (NPT-in) (ID-in) (PSI)
F-25NS 6 16-3/8 4 14.5 1/4 3/8 90 G
JSG-0304R 3-1/2 9 4 5.6 112 1/4 3/8 90
JSM-725 2-1/2 7 4 4.4 89 1/4 3/8 90
JSG-0717SH 6 7-5/8 5 2.5 88-1/2 1/4 3/8 90
JSM-6159B 3-3/4 5x5/8x1/4 4 2.7 96 1/4 3/8 90 1 Year Warranty
JSG-0522 7 7x7/8x1/4 7 2.6 108 1/4 3/8 90 on all JET® Air Tools
JSM-522A 1 6-1/4 4 2.2 85 1/4 3/8 90
JSG-0516 8 7-1/2 4 2.2 1/4 3/8 90
JSM-30 2-1/2 10 4 4.45 108 1/4 3/8 90
Filter/Regulator/Lubricator
This Air Filter/Regulator/Lubricator is the all-in-one solution. It combines the filter, regulator and lubricator
all in one unit, in a 3/8” connection port. The micro-fog lubricator supplies lubricating oil to the air tool H
in proper proportion to the air consumption. The air filter removes solid particles and condensation
accompanying compressed air. The air regulator maintains air pressure accurately over a wide range of
flows necessary for different applications.
H JFRL-38 Air Filter/Regulator/Lubricator 3/8” NPT Fittings EA 2.80 130.00 98.00

Hi-Viz Gear • Boots • Tool Bags
CLC (Custom Leather Craft)

The next time you’re buying work gear, think about the company that’s thinking about you.
HI-VIZ GEAR
A B CLC Economy Safety Vests
SHIP WT
(lb)
A SV02 Economy Safety Vest One Size EA 0.12 3.50
Lime w/Velcro Tabs, One Size
B SV03 Economy Safety Vest One Size EA 0.12 3.50
Orange w/Velcro Tabs, One Size
C CLC Fire Retardant Safety Vests
Bright Lime. ANSI Class 2, Meets ASTM D-6413 FR Standard
C SV34L Fire Retardant Vest Large EA 0.39 13.50
SV34XL Fire Retardant Vest XLarge EA 0.40 13.50
SV342X Fire Retardant Vest 2XLarge EA 0.41 13.50
CLC Climate Gear

D CLC Rain Suits
A lightweight 3-piece rain suit made of PVC with jacket, elastic waist pants, and a detachable drawstring
hood. Constructed with lightweight (0.10mm) PVC. Rear mesh vents for breathability. Jacket, elastic waist
pants, and detachable drawstring hood. Full-cut sizes to fit over clothing.
E ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(lb)
D R106M Lightweight PVC Rain Suit Medium EA 0.74 8.75
R106L Lightweight PVC Rain Suit Large EA 0.74 8.75
R106X Lightweight PVC Rain Suit XLarge EA 0.84 8.75
R1062X Lightweight PVC Rain Suit 2XLarge EA 0.85 8.75
R1063X Lightweight PVC Rain Suit 3XLarge EA 0.86 8.75
CLC Rain Boots
Cleated sole for improved traction, padded sock liner for added comfort. Over-the-sock sizing. 15” high
SHIP WT
(lb)
E R230-7 Plain Toe PVC Over the Sock Rain Boot 7 EA 1.50 16.00
F R230-8 Plain Toe PVC Over the Sock Rain Boot 8 EA 2.00 16.00
R230-9 Plain Toe PVC Over the Sock Rain Boot 9 EA 2.50 16.00
G
CLC Tool Bags
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
F 1119 CLC 48-Pocket Bucket Tool Organizer EA 1.30 13.99
G 1164 CLC 32-Pocket, 24” Megamouth Tote Bag 24 EA 4.70 49.50
H A233 CLC 18”, 39 Pocket Tech Gear 18 EA 5.28 97.00
Stereo Mega Speaker Tool Bag
H J 1604 CLC 4pc Carpenter Combo Tool Belt EA 3.50 46.50
17 Pockets
Baracade Caution Tape
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
K 3321 Yellow Caution Tape, 300’ 3 ROLL 0.61 5.45
Be connected with us -- check the newest products,

the current specials and the latest events at Pieh Tool
K www.piehtoolco.com.

Lighting
LIGHTING
The Wobble Light is a self-righting work light can take a rough handling. Bright, durable and virtually indestructible. Its
high-output, cool-burning fluorescent light is great for use in confined areas (remodeling, residential construction, light
manufacturing, trade shows and outdoor lighting). The durable light features a heavy, counter-weighted base, a high-
impact thermoplastic housing and lens and a floating shock absorber protects bulb from strikes and jarring. Internal
ventilation system keeps light cool enough to touch. No setup - just plug it in. Yellow color. Made in the USA.
SIZE WT SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION WATT U/M PRICE
(in) (lb) (lb)
A 111203
A
Wobble Light 27”, 85 Watt, Halogen 27” x 13 85 14 EA 20.0 135.00
• 85 Watts, 120 Voltage
• 5000 Lumens, Polycarbonate Lens
• Integrated 5-Foot power cord
• Floating shock system protects bulb from impact
• Engineered for the toughest environments
• 360° lighting adjustable to 180° with optional
reflector shield
• Ventilation system
• No setup required
B 111102 Wobble Light 36” WL175MH, 175 Watt, Metal 36 175 26 EA 26.0 284.00
Halide
• Self-righting design delivers great light output
in a highly- durable and portable package with
no hot surfaces
• 360° lighting adjustable to 180° with optional
reflector (sold separately)
• Convenience receptacle for connecting units in
a series
• Floating shock system protects bulb from impact B
• 15,000 lumens with a 25 - 45 ft. lighting range
• UL certified
• No set up required, plugs into 120-volt AC supply
The Pulse Start Temporary Work Light meets new Federal guidelines for metal halide energy efficiency and provides
20,000 operating hours and 42,000 lumens, enough to light a 50-foot area or more. They are is designed to meet
NEC/OSHA requirements and is UL/cUL listed for use in damp locations. Portable, bright and durable, the Hang-A-
Light is a ceiling mounted light. The re-usable temporary task light emits more light and uses less energy than the
traditional string lights. Now you can go green with durability and performance. Save labor time with our spring-
loaded, steel safety hook which makes for fast installation.
C 111400PS Hang-A-Light 24” Metal Halide, 400w 24 400 EA 21.0 149.00
• High-efficiency operation
• Suitable for damp locations
• 6-foot power cord 18/3SJWT
• NEC 2005 and OSHA compliant C
• Pre-wired for 120v but adaptable for 208/240/277v
This rugged, bright and versatile worklight is easy to use in any situation. The rechargeable battery provides up to
30 hours of continuous run time from the dual-sided 144-LED light head. Great for nighttime utility and roadwork,
industrial and plant use, general construction, farming and accident investigations or anywhere you need portable
lighting. MANUFACTURER WARRANTY: 12 months parts / 12 months labor.
D IN120LB SmithLight Industrial LED Work Light 24 x 13 EA 30.0 820.00
(Battery Operated) 7 L
• Rechargeable battery provides up to 30 hours of
continuous run time from the dual-sided
144-LED light head
• Safety flashing mode for use as a warning light
• Integrated charger, includes wall and car chargers
• Charges in 12 hours
• Lighting range 40 - 50 ft. per side, 1,030 lumens
per side
• 60,000 hour lamp life
• Robust construction with shock-absorbing rubber
base and protective rubber seals
• CUL-listed for wet location use
• Low battery alarm and status indicator
• 2 adjustable heights
• Light head tilts down by up to 60°
• Sealed gel acid battery
• Includes 12V vehicle and 120V wall chargers
• Base of the SmithLight designed to accept many
attachments for mounting D
Pieh Tool Company

Gift Certificates

Sahinler Air Hammer & Dies
Receive a $50 STORE CREDIT and SAHINLER AIR HAMMER

THE HEART OF ANY MACHINE IS IN ITS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. The Sahinler Hammer has a high
2 pair of Billy Tongs FREE, efficiency American Electrical System: Single phase motor by Baldor or Three phase by General Electric.
when you buy a Sahinler The Sahinler Air Hammer comes with 2 sets of dies: Standard Flat #SFD and Standard Double Combination
#SDC (valued over $850!).
Air Hammer from Pieh Tool.
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION
Call for your coupon code today! (lb)
A SM50-1 Sahinler SM50 Power Hammer, 1 Phase EA 2,800.0 13,400.00
SM50-3 Sahinler SM50 Power Hammer, 3 Phase EA 2,800.0 12,500.00
SAHINLER AIR HAMMER SPECIFICATIONS

DISTANCE PISTON
RAM DIE SIZE NET
ITEM # MOTOR HP BETWEEN CENTER TO BPM
WEIGHT (STANDARD) WEIGHT
DIES THROAT
SM50-1 100 lb 1 ph 10 9’ 12” 240 same 2,800 lb
SM50-3 100 lb 3 ph 10 9” 12” 240 same 2,800 lb
B SM50SB Sahinler SM-50 Welded Steel Base EA 1,234.0 1,175.00

The SM-50 needs a base of at least 9” height to sit on. This allows for
foot throttle travel and raises the lower die to the proper working height.
The best arrangement is a steel base as shown, although wood timbers
will work as well. Concrete is not recommended for this part. The floor
upon which the hammer and base sit can either be dirt, 6” reinforced
concrete or, the best, a separate pad, 36” x 72” x 24” deep, which is
isolated from the existing slab and poured flush with the floor. If you
want to build the base yourself, we can provide the plans free of charge.
A
Replacement Parts
C WK-SM34 Wedge key for SM34 dies EA 3.00 35.00
WK-SM5060 Wedge key for SM50/60 dies EA 3.00 35.00
BLT-SM34 Set of belts for Sahinler SM34 SET 2.00 88.00
BLT-SM5060 Set of belts for the Sahinler SM50-60 SET 2.25 150.00
Hammerhead Power Hammer Dies

for the Sahinler Air Hammers
OUR POWER HAMMER DIES ARE MADE IN THE USA!
All of our dies are machined and heat treated in the USA, giving them the edge in quality, price and
Warranty availability! Hammerhead Dies are made from tool steel that is specifically designed for impact applications.
1 Year Parts It can be safely made harder than other steels, such as the 41xx or 4xx series, or the Hxx series. All of the
& Electrical flat and combination dies are made taller than standard by + .25”( 3.5” vs. 3.25”). This additional material
Components increases the useful life of the die by allowing for several re-machinings of the surface. Need a custom die
set? Please inquire!
General Specifications for Hammerhead Dies
Material: S-7 Deluxe Air Hardening Shock Steel
Machining Tolerances: +/- .005”
Heat Treat Method: Digitally Controlled Electric Furnace, Moving Air Quench.
Finished Hardness: 52-54 Rockwell-C
Die Compatibility: Sahinler, Kuhn, Glaser (Sahinler)
Large Dovetail Dies Dimensions: 2-1/8” x 1-1/4”
Sahinler SM-50/60, Glaser 50/60, Sayha SSM50, Kuhn K/CF-50/65
Small Dovetail Dies Dimensions: 1-5/8” x 1-1/8”
B Sahinler SM-34/40, Glaser 34/40, Kuhn K/CF-22/40
Forging Dies
Free Form
DIMENSION U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION (in) (lb)
C LDC Large Double Combo* 2.375 x 6.5 PR 30.00 550.00
Excellent die for general purpose forging operations,
including drawing out/tapering of square, rectangular
and round stock.
The SM34 and SM60 are discontinued, D LTC Large Triple Combo* 2.375 x 6.5 PR 35.00 675.00
but we can special order the accessories. Has qualities of double combo, the added 1.5” fuller for
necking down on leaves, balls, curves and texturing.
Great for vines and organic work. r1 = 4.00” r2 = .375”
E LDF Large Drawing-Fuller Combo* 2.375 x 6.5 PR 28.00 675.00
Divided into equal halves of 3.25”. Large radius ideal
for long tapers; small radius fuller provides control in
transitions and texturing. r1 = 4:00” r2 = .50”
F LDD Large Drawing Dies* 2.375” x 6.5 PR 30.00 575.00
C E For flat, round or square stock. r = 4.00”
SFD Standard Flat Dies 2.375 x 4.75 PR 18.00 400.00
Versatile dies, Radius the edges, grind in a texture,
modify the profile.
D F

Sahinler Air Hammer & Dies
Forging Dies (continued)

ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIMENSION U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(in) (lb) A B
A SDC Standard Double Combo 2.375 x 4.75 PR 25.00 475.00
The radius side draws material out quickly, flat side
keeps it in line. r = 4.00”
B SDF Standard Drawing-Fuller Combo 2.375 x 4.75 PR 25.00 575.00
Divided into equal halves of 2.375”. Larger radius ideal
for long tapers or rounding out stock; small radius
fuller for control in transitions, as well as texturing.
r1 = 4.00” r2 = .50” C D
C SFFC Standard Fuller-Flat Combo 2.375 x 4.75 PR 22.00 550.00
Sharp fuller for necking down at transitions, texturing
and general fullering operations. By fullering the
outside half of a flat bar a beautiful radius can be
quickly turned. r = .375”
D LFD Large Flat Dies 2.375 x 6.5 PR 25.00 450.00
Absolutely essential for the bladesmith pattern welding
large billets. As with the standard flat dies, these can
become what you make them. With radiused edges E F
they become West Coast drawing dies.
E SFD Standard Flat Dies 2.375 x 4.75 PR 18.00 400.00
Very versatile dies are fully hardened throughout,
making them adaptable by grinding without loss of
hardness. Radius the edges, grind in a texture, modify
the profile... the only limit is your imagination.
F WFD Wide Flat Die* 3.25 x 5 PR 475.00
More than 16 square inches of surface area; excellent G H
choice for pattern welding billets, set tool work and
texturing.
G TWF Two Way Fuller Die 1.25 x 4.75 PR 19.00 575.00
Fantastic dies for working sheet, plate or flat bar.
Sculptors find these dies indispensable. r1 = 1.00”,
r2 = 8.00”
H SSD Special Sculpture Dies 2.375 x 2.375 PR 13.00 550.00
Giant ball peens, with convex surfaces; can be used J K
as a pair, offset, or with a flat bottom die to produce
different effects in moving the metal.
J STMD Special Toolmakers Dies 2.375 x 4.75 PR 475.00
For drawing out edge of a blade. top r1 = 4.00”
bot.: flat w/radii.
Swage Dies
K WTF Wedge Taper Flat Combo 3.25 x 5 PR 600.00 L M
20° included angle. Any angle may be specified on
this combination die set. Not for general tapering.
L WWTC Wide Wedge Taper Dies* 3.25 x 5 PR 625.00
20° included angle. For 2-sided tapers or 4-sided
pyramid points. This die set produces repeatable
results in mere seconds every time. Not for general
tapering.
M BSD Ball Spindle Dies 3.25 x 5 PR 1,100.00
Produces a beautiful faceted 1” ball with .5” round N O
entries on 1.25” round.
N SID Stake Insert Die Set 2.375 x 4.75 PR 350.00
(1 die, 1 blank stake) This die used as top or bottom
die. Rhe .75” hole accepts fullering, veining or
mushroom stakes up to 3” long. Blank stakes are for
customizing.
O SIDBS Stake Insert Die Blank Stake EA 85.00
(one stake) Blank Stake for use with Stake Insert Die
(SID).
P R
P BEF Ball End Finial Die (pair) 2.375 x 4.75 PR 1,100.00
Produces perfect faceted 1” ball finial on end of a 1”
round bar. A turning post makes using this die set a
snap.
Texture Dies
R PD Peening Texture Die 2.375 x 4.375 EA 400.00
For texturing flat bar. The raised convex areas vary
between .375” and .75” in root diameter. For hot
material. S T
S BTD Bark Texture Die 3.25 x 5 PR 900.00
The hand carved pattern in dies will produce a bark
texture in round or flat material. The pattern is gradu-
ated in size from side to side for versatility.
T CF Cross Fuller Texture Die 2.375 x 4.75 EA 400.00

(one die) Raised ridges produce a lovely subtle texture We can modify any of these dies to fit other
in flat or square material. power hammer brands. We also make custom dies.
Fax or E-mail us your requirements.
*Comes in Large Dovetail Only
928-554-0800 or amy@piehtoolco.com

Power Hammer Accessories • Swages
Forging Dies (continued)

Tool Holding Dies
A B DIMENSION SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
A USD Upper Saddle Die* 2.375 x 6.5 EA 450.00
With selection of shop-made saddle attached to die
via a .5” through bolt, the smith creates huge ranges
of shapes in short order. Combine this with the Hardy
Hole Holder on the lower die and you’re ready to tackle
all of those tricky shapes.
B HHH Hardy Hole Holder EA 475.00
The Hardy Hole Holder is the most useful gadget. It
C slips around lower die, resting on sow block. The 1”
square hole accepts a tenoned .75” x 4” x 8” A36 plate,
which rests on die. Myriad shop-made accessories can
then be welded to this plate.
Other sizes are available - please inquire.
POWER HAMMER SWAGES

D Pieh Legacy Collection™
Victory Forge Swages are made from mild steel by our resident blacksmith instructor, Gordon Williams. Be
assured each tool is crafted carefully; your satisfaction is guaranteed! Ask us about modifying your swage
to fit your power hammer! Check out our other fine tools in the Pieh Legacy Collection™. As a general rule,
our spring swages are designed for use on square stock. Square stock produces the best results because
there is more material to displace. They will work on round as well, but will not turn out as nicely-sometimes
E requiring more clean up on the piece produced. If we make a swage for round specifically, we will indicate it.
Victory Forge Spring Swages
*Spring swages can be used by hand at the anvil or power hammer. They will produce better results if you
build a saddle, to go over a power hammer die, with a hardy hole in it and weld a hardy stub onto the spring
swage. This hardy stob will also allow the spring swage to be used in the hardy hole of your anvil.
SIZE U/M SHIP
F WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION (in) (lb)
C VFGR58 Grape 5/8 EA 3.00 67.00
D VFBA38 Ball 3/8 EA 2.50 67.00
VFBA12 Ball 1/2 EA 2.44 67.00
G VFBA58 Ball 5/8 EA 2.52 67.00
VFBA34 Ball 3/4 EA 2.42 67.00
E VFRO38 Rope 3/8 EA 2.78 67.00
VFRO12 Rope 1/2 EA 3.48 67.00
F VFAC38 Acorn 3/8 EA 2.32 67.00
H VFAC12 Acorn 1/2 EA 2.86 67.00
VFAC58 Acorn 5/8 EA 2.28 67.00
VFAC34 Acorn 3/4 EA 2.88 67.00
VFAC1 Acorn 1 EA 3.00 67.00
G VFTE18 Tenon 3/16 EA 3.00 67.00
VFTE14 Tenon 1/4 EA 3.00 67.00
J
VFTE38 Tenon 3/8 EA 3.00 67.00
VFTE12 Tenon 1/2 EA 3.00 67.00
VFTE58 Tenon 5/8 EA 3.00 67.00
Victory Forge Leaf Tools
H VFVTR Vine Texture Swage EA 2.25 67.00
K Gives a nice wood texture. Made for round stock.
J VFLB38 Leaf Blank Swage 3/8 EA 2.78 67.00
VFLB12 Leaf Blank Swage 1/2 EA 3.48 67.00
Use these together: forge your leaf using Leaf Blank Swage, center bottom side over the Leaf Sink Tool with
L veining chisel. Heat, turn over, strike Butt Tool over raised crease, sinking leaf into a wood stump.
K VFLTool Leaf Sinking Tool EA 2.80 44.00
L VFBTool Butt Tool EA 1.50 44.00
(close up view)
The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork is a unique three-season metalworking school located in Camp Verde, Arizona, 25 miles south of
Sedona and one hour north of Phoenix. Founded in 2003 by Pieh Tool Company, Inc., the school’s mission is to foster interest and knowledge
in metalworking crafts. These include disciplines such as blacksmithing, bladesmithing, and coppersmithing such as raising, sinking, chasing
& repousse. Workshops are also offered in silversmithing, engraving and jewelry. As Arizona’s only notable non-university
metalworking school, the Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork offers both beginner and advanced artists a variety of 2 and
3-day courses and several demonstrations taught by some of the worlds finest metalsmiths. The programs are expanding
and are updated on the Pieh Tool website Calendar. The school is named in honor of the late Bill Pieh.
Come learn in an atmosphere of friendship and camaraderie! The creative energy and enthusiasm of the instructor provides
adults and teenagers with unique skills and lasting memories.

Power Hammer Swages • Treadle Hammer
POWER HAMMER PUNCH SET Punch shown with Tong

Set is designed to be used with our 1/2” rivet tong under heavy forging equipment such as an air
hammer, treadle hammer or other trip hammer. Also included, the handsome composite wood tool
block keeps tools organized. *The Hot Cut Chisel will need to be dressed at the belt sander/grinder to
individual preference. Made in the USA.
SHIP WT PRICE
A PT-S715S Pieh 15 Piece Punch Set with Rivet Tong SET 9.85 365.00
Made from S7 and includes 1 each of the following: A
• Veining Chisel, Small • Veining Chisel, Large
• 15/64” (6mm) Ball (Bob) Punch • 21/64” (8.5mm) Ball (Bob) Punch
• 3/8” (10mm) Ball (Bob) Punch • 19/64” (7.5mm) Ball (Bob) Punch
• 23/64” (9.5mm) Ball (Bob) Punch • 1/2” (13mm) Ball (Bob) Punch
• 3/16” Mushroom Punch • 5/16” (8mm) Round Tapered Punch
• 25/64” (10mm) Round Tapered Punch • 15/32” (12mm) Round Tapered Punch
• 13/64” (10mm) Fuller • 5/32” (8mm) Fuller
• 15/64” (12mm) Fuller • 3/4” Billy Rivet Tong: #PT4012
B PH-9S Har-Lev 9Piece Punch Set with Tong SET 7.00 310.00
Set is designed to be used with a rivet tong under
heavy forging equipment such as an air hammer, treadle B
hammer or other trip hammer. Our 9 piece Custom
Forging Punch Set comes with a handmade tong and a
handsome wood tool block. Set includes various styles of
fullers. Made in Israel by Amit Har-lev exclusively for the
Pieh Legacy Collection.
THE MARK IN-LINE TREADLE HAMMER

THE MARK In-Line Treadle Hammer offers the convenience of a foot-operated hammer with the added
feature of a vertically aligned head assembly with hardy holes in the top and bottom plates to facilitate
alignment of precision tooling. Have both hands free to work and perform operations such as cut-off,
embossing, upsetting, punching, edge trimming, fullering, stalking, riveting, extruding, and much more! You
control the hammer blows from a light tap for delicate work to heavy blows for moving large materials.
SHIP WT
(lb)
C MMTH The Mark In-line Treadle Hammer EA 375.00 1,000.00
MARK IN-LINE TREADLE HAMMER SPECIFICATIONS

HIGH OVERALL WIDTH HAMMER TABLE FLOOR HEAD WEIGHT HEAD STROKE
DEPTH HEIGHT
84” 32” 17” 5” x 6” 38” 65 lbs 12-13”
Treadle Hammer with Power Pack

“THE MARK” POWER PACK is an OPTIONAL air-operated assembly that easily mounts on “THE MARK” In-
Line Treadle Hammer. A foot pedal takes the place of the treadle pedal. Simply attach two clamp assemblies
and mount the control box unit on the hammer back frame, plug into a 110-volt and a minimum 40 PSI
continuous duty air compressor and you are ready to hammer! You may use, at a minimum, a 10 gallon
capacity tank. Save Now and buy with Hammer! THE POWER PACK CAN BE ADDED ON AT ANY TIME!
SHIP WT
(lb) C
MMTH-PP Power Pack, 110v EA 50.00 500.00
Treadle Hammer Tooling
Dies are made from 4140 alloy steel and have a 1” hardy.
DIMENSION SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
D MM-PAD Pein Anvil Die Set - Top and Bottom 1-1/2 x 2 x 4 PR 3.30 175.00
E MM-DieSet6 Die Set SET 26.00 500.00
• Small and Large Standard Flat Dies
• Small and Large Radius Dies
• Top and Bottom Pein Anvil Die
We use the Mark Treadle Hammer in our D

Blacksmithing School and have
a demo model for you to try!
Come by today or take a class!

Fly Presses
FLY PRESSES
C-Frame Fly Presses have extra heavy cast frames AND bed is provided with heavy duty adjustable steel die
holding clamps which will preserve your dies and allow easy indexing of your die and tool. The adjustable clutch
allows the fly wheel to stay put when you back it up. Applications of Fly Presses: punching, cutting, chiseling,
fullering, pressing, slitting, drifting, bending, stamping, deep drawing, texturing & surface ornamentation,
straightening, open and closed die work, bending large stock in graceful arcs, and cones or corkscrew-like
shapes. Great for ironwork repetitive elements-just weld up the top profile and insert it into the top hole in
the ram. Place the bottom profile on the press bed. Insert the hot steel in between the top and bottom tools
and with a motion like closing a refrigerator door, out pops your repetitive element. Save time and money. No
electricity required. No noise. The fly press really means PROFIT to the shop owner!
SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE WT (lb) U/M (lb)
A CF0 C Frame #0 77.0 EA 180 575.00
CF1 C Frame #1 171.6 EA 292 895.00
CF2 C Frame #2 220.0 EA 310 1,200.00
CF3 C Frame #3 308.0 EA 414 1,375.00
CF4 C Frame #4 374.0 EA 546 1,525.00
CF5 C Frame #5 440.0 EA 623 1,750.00
CF6 C Frame #6 660.0 EA 870 2,795.00
CF8* C Frame #8 1,075.0 EA 1,075 4,500.00
FLY PRESS SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM # CF0 CF1 CF2 CF3 CF4 CF5 CF6 CF8*
Base to Guide: 4-1/2” 5” 5-3/4” 6-3/4” 7-1/4” 8” 9” 11”
Center to back: 3” 3” 3-3/4” 4-1/2” 4-3/4” 5-1/4” 6” 7-1/2”
John Crouchet at his Fly press.
Diameter of Screw: 1-7/16” 1-11/16” 1-11/16” 1-11/16” 1-7/8” 1-7/8” 2-3/8” 3”
Hole through Base: (without ring) 1-3/4” 2” 2-1/2” 3” 3-1/2” 4” 4-1/2” 6”
Hole through Base: (with ring) -- -- -- 1-1/2” 1-3/4” 2” 2-1/4” 3”
Stroke: 3” 4” 4-1/2” 4-1/2” 5-1/2” 5-3/4” 6” 8”
Hole in Ram Diameter: 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1-1/2”
A Hole in Ram Depth: 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 2” 2-1/2”
Diameter of Flywheel: 18” 18” 19-1/4” 21” 23” 23” 29” 32”
Weight of Flywheel: 44 lb 48.5 lb 62 lb 80 lb 94 lb 100 lb 148 lb 200 lb
Height of the body: 19-1/4” 19-1/4 21-1/2” 23-3/4” 26-1/4” 28-3/4” 33-1/4” 40”
*The #8 Fly Press is Special Order and needs 4-6 month lead time. Prepayment is required.
Be sure to check out the Fly Press

DVD by John Crouchet on page 196.
Check our website for the scotchman ironworker!

www.piehtoolco.com
Scotchman Ironworker
Scotchman Industries, Inc. is a leading producer of metal fabricating equipment, accessories, and custom tools. We
manufacture a complete line of thirteen different hydraulic Ironworkers, ranging in capacities from 45 to 150 tons,
with component tool design and a fully integrated European style; both are available in either single or dual operator
models. The Ironworker is the most used and most versatile machine a person can have in their manufacturing
or fabrication shop, maintenance department or vocational school. Ironworkers save time, increase productivity,
eliminate waste and create clean smooth cuts & holes. Warranty: 3 years. Made in the USA. Scotchman offers a
complete line of American-made hydraulic ironworkers from 45 to 150 tons in three distinctive styles:
• Component Tool Table Design • Fully Integrated • Dual Operator machines.
Interested in something larger?
Visit the Scotchman website, www.scotchman.com
then, call or email us the model number. We would be happy to quote you!
All Scotchman Ironworkers are American-Made and have a Best-in-the-Business 3-year warranty.

Fly Press Accessories
FLY PRESS ACCESSORIES & TOOLING

SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
A PTCP4/5/6 Clamping Plate (for #4, 5, 6) 3/8 x 10 x 19 EA 19.25 64.00
Tee-nuts and cap screws included (not pictured). A
Bolt holes countersunk. Clamp plate necessary to
use your fly press for blacksmithing. Hardie Bolster
or Guided Bolster is clamped to this plate with vise
grips. B
B PTHB1-19 Hardie Bolster, 1” (for #4, 5, 6) 19 Long EA 8.50 48.00
This plate holds your hardy tools that you already
have. Designed to hold our Mushroom, Side Butcher C
and Fullers. Attach to our Clamping Plate.
C PTGB38-19 Guided Bolster (for #4, 5, 6) 3/8 x 4 x 19 EA 7.60 36.00
Use as a guide so that your working piece stays
straight. Consists of a plate and guide. D
All tool extensions have a 1” round shank to hold and extend your tools under the fly press ram. Allows for
quick tool changing. Allen cap screw locks your tool in place.
D PTTE1 Tool Extension 1” hole EA 1.50 65.00
PTTE58 Tool Extension 5/8 hole EA 1.66 65.00
PTSLV Fly Press Sleeves EA 1.60 18.65
Adaptors fit the tooling extensions: 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”.
BP125-FP PTC Ball Punch 1/8 EA 0.16 20.00
DE000-FP PTC Duck Eye Punch 1/8 EA 0.36 22.00
EP125-FP PTC Eye Punch 1/8 EA 0.15 22.00
EE000-FP PTC Eagle Eye Punch N/A EA 0.15 22.00
ES000-FP PTC Wizard Eye Punch N/A EA 0.25 22.00
Check our website for all the latest specials and products.
Turn this page to see . . .
Edwards Ironworkers and Accessories

We are your source for Quality Ironworkers, made in the USA, at affordable prices!
EDWARDS JAWS IV IRONWORKERS
55 TON 50 TON 40 TON 25 TON
RATED CAPACITY 55 Ton 50 Ton 40 Ton 25 Ton
THROAT DEPTH 7-1/2” 7” 7” 5-1/2”
OPEN HEIGHT 8” 8-1/8” 8” 6”
SHUT HEIGHT 6-3/4” 7” 7” 5”
STROKE 1-1/4” 1-1/8” 1-3/8” 1”
HYDRAULIC PUMP SIZE 3-1/2 gpm 3-1/2 gpm 3-1/2 gpm 3-1/2 gpm
single stage single stage single stage 2 stage
VALVE PRESSURE 2600 psi 2500 psi 3000 psi 2200 psi
RESERVOIR 7 gallons 7 gallons 7 gallons 3 gallons
CYLINDER 2-1/2” Ram 2-1/2” Ram 8-1/2” - 2-1/2” Ram 1-3/4” Ram
DIMENSIONS Base: 36” x 42-1/2” Base: 28-1/4” x 38-1/2” Base: 50” x 50” Base: 29” x 23”
Height: 59” Height: 54” Height: 50” Height: 55”
ANGLE SHEAR 4 x 4 x 1/4” 4 x 4 x 1/4” 3 x 3 x 1/4
MAXIMUM SIZE or 3 x 3 x 3/8” or 3 x 3 x 3/8”

Ironworkers
IRONWORKER
Edwards 55 Ton Jaws IV Ironworker
Three phase or single phase 55 Ton Jaws IV Ironworkers are available with four available stations with
universal open tooling options!
ITEM # DESCRIPTION HP PH VOLTS RPM AMP U/M SHIP
(lb)
WT PRICE
A IW-55T-TP220 55 Ton Jaws IV 5 3 220v 1,725 14 EA 2,350 7,896.00
Electric Motor Standard
IW-55T-TP440 55 Ton Jaws IV 5 3 440v 7 EA 2,350 8,016.00
Electric Motor Option
IW-55T-SP220 55 Ton Jaws IV 5 1 220v 1,725 26 EA 2,350 8,196.00
A 55 TON JAWS IV IRONWORKER STATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS PUNCH FLAT BAR SHEAR ANGLE SHEAR OPEN STATION
MAX CAPACITY 1-1/16” dia in 5/8” plate -- -- --
WORK HEIGHT 37-1/2” 34-3/4” 40” 35-1/4”
MAX WIDTH -- 1/2 x 12” or 3/8 x 14” -- --
MAX THICKNESS -- 3/4” 4” -- --
MAX RD CAPACITY -- 7/8” -- --
MAX SQ CAPACITY -- 7/8” -- --

Compact and perfect for Small Shops! Four workstations available with tool options. The Open Station is
dedicated for optional coper/notcher.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION HP PH VOLTS RPM AMP U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(lb)
B IW-50T-TP220 50 Ton Jaws IV 5 3 220v 1,725 14 EA 1,550 7,296.00
Electric Motor Options
Electric Motor Options
B Electric Motor Options
50 TON JAWS IV IRONWORKER STATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS PUNCH FLAT BAR SHEAR ANGLE SHEAR OPEN STATION
MAX CAPACITY 1” dia in 5/8” plate -- -- 2” x 3” x 5/16”
WORK HEIGHT 37-58” 35-1/2” 40” 40-3/4”
MAX WIDTH -- 1/2” x 10” -- --
MAX THICKNESS -- 3/4” 4” -- --
MAX RD CAPACITY -- 3/4” -- --
MAX SQ CAPACITY -- 3/4” -- ---

Order the innovative 40 Ton equipped with an extra manifold, 3 way switch, and quick disconnect ports to
easily access the optional hydraulic accessory tools including the Edwards Tube Bender and Edwards Shop
Press.
(lb)
WT PRICE
C IW-40T-TP220 40 Ton Jaws IV 5 3 220v 1,725 14 EA 3,000 6,496.00

40 TON JAWS IV IRONWORKER STATIONS

C SPECIFICATIONS PUNCH FLAT BAR SHEAR ANGLE SHEAR
MAX CAPACITY 1” dia in 1/2” plate -- --
WORK HEIGHT 41-1/2” 33-1/2” 52-1/2”
MAX THICKNESS -- 3/8” x 10” --
MAX SIZE -- -- 3 x 3 x 1/4”

Ironworkers
Edwards 25 Ton Jaws Jr. Ironworker

Specialized for smaller jobs with two available stations and designed to accept optional tooling, listed below.
(lb)
WT PRICE
A IW-25T-SP220 25 Ton Jaws Jr. 1 1 220v 1,725 7 EA 1,000 4,596.00
IW-25T-SP110 25 Ton Jaws Jr. 1 1 110v 1,725 14 EA 1,000 4,596.00
25 TON JAWS JR IRONWORKER STATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS PUNCH OPEN STATION
MAX CAPACITY 1” dia in 5/16” plate --
WORK HEIGHT 38-1/2” 35-3/4”
Edwards 10 Ton Pipe/Tube Bender

The first in the new series of Plug ‘n Play Hydraulic Accessories, the Edwards Bender was designed for A
the versatile range of Edwards Ironworkers. This Bender accessory can be added to your 40 Ton A, 50
Ton A, 55 Ton A, or 60 Ton A Ironworker purchase. The Bender can also be purchased with the Edwards
PortaPower, portable hydraulic unit. Like all of the Edwards products, this Pipe/Tube Bender is designed and
manufactured in the USA.
PUMP VALVE U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION RESERVOIR PRICE
SIZE PRESSURE (lb)
B 10T-PTBENDER 10 Ton Pipe/Tube Bender 3-1/2 gpm 2600 psi max 7 gal EA 600 1,896.00
10 TON PIPE/TUBE SPECIFICATIONS

Heavy Duty All Steel Construction Quick Disconnect Hoses
Smooth, fast operation 2” (ID) Schedule 40 Pipe Capacity
180 Degree Bend Capacity 2-1/2 (OD) .095” Tube Capacity
Easy to Use Hand Controls 2-1/4” .083” Chromoly Capacity
Operates Horizontally or Vertically Reservoir: 7 gallons
Heavy Duty Rolling and Locking Stand Die Sets Sold Separately
Auto Stop Feature for Repeatable Bends One Year Warranty
Hydraulic Pump Size: 3-1/2 gpm - single stage; Valve Pressure: 2600 psi max.
Options Available
AMP U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION HP PH VOLTS RPM PRICE
(lb)
TP220 Edwards Porta Power 5 3 220 1,725 14 EA 3,996.00
TP440 Edwards Porta Power 5 3 440 7 EA 4,116.00
SP220 Edwards Porta Power 5 1 220 1,725 26 EA 4,296.00
Edwards Ironworker Tooling/Accessory Options
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
0222-02 Notched Coping Nut EA 65.00
QCPC Quick Change Punch Coupling EA 565.00
IW-CN Coper/Notcher EA 920.00
PNH Pipe Notcher Housing (Sched 40-1/2”-2”) EA 315.00 B
PRB32 32” Press Brake Tooling Accessories EA 485.0 2,596.00
SP126 Press Brake Tooling Set of 6 EA 6.00 390.00
IW-MS Multi Shear EA 830.00
RSH Rod Shear & Housing (1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1) EA 1,155.00
PDSK Punch Die Starter Kit (8 Sets, Customers Choice) EA 10.00 275.00
PDSOD Standard Oblong Punch & Die Set of 6 EA 6.00 720.00
3/16 X 1, 5/16 X 1, 7/16 X 1, 9/16 X 1, 11/16 X 1, 1-3/16 X 1
PDSPD Standard Square Punch & Die Set of 6 EA 6.00 630.00
3/8, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4
0900-KIT Gaging Table Kit EA 173.00
3/8 X 12 X 16 + 1 Short and Long Fence
IW-AC Auto Cut EA 750.00
IW-AN Angle Notcher, 3x3x1/4” EA 987.00
IW-CN50 Coper Notcher 50 Ton EA 420.00
IW-GS Greaseless Slides EA 282.00
HATK Hydraulic Accessory Tool Kit EA 750.00
1045 Pipe Notching Dies 3/4” EA 10.00 382.00
1046 Pipe Notching Dies 1” EA 10.00 407.00
1047 Pipe Notching Dies 1-14” EA 10.00 435.00
1048 Pipe Notching Dies 1-1/2” EA 10.00 462.00
1049 Pipe Notching Dies 2” EA 10.00 487.00

Coal Forges • Firepots • Blowers
COAL/COKE FORGES
The basic smithy contains a forge, also known as a hearth, for heating metals. The forge heats the work
piece to a malleable temperature or to the point where work hardening no longer occurs. Coal forges
are favored by many blacksmith and knifemaker shops because of the high temperature that comes with
burning a coal or coke fire. All our coal and coke forge models are made right here at Pieh Tool Co!
Proudly made in the USA for the Pieh Legacy Collection!
SIZE WT U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION (WDH) (lb) (lb)
PTCF Pieh Forge Frame Hearth: 12000 EA 155.00 495.00
Heavy duty 3/16” fabricated steel hearth. 24x30x3”
A
PTCF-WP Pieh Coal or Coke Forge 181.00 EA 191.00 873.00
w/Firepot and Tuyere
Same as above but includes Lorance Firepot, Clinker
and Tuyere.
PTCF-WH Pieh Coal or Coke Forge 193.00 EA 203.00 1,061.00
w/Firepot, Tuyere and Hood
Same as above but also includes a 24” Hood.
PTCF-WB Pieh Coal/Coke Forge 205.00 EA 23.85 1,825.00
w/Firepot, Blower, Tuyere, Air gate
The same forge as above but includes our PTC1203
blower and air gate. No hood.
A PTCF-WBH Pieh Coal/Coke Forge 230.00 EA 235.00 2,013.00
w/Hood, Firepot, Blower, Tuyere, Air gate
The same forge as above but includes our PTC1203
blower and air gate and hood.
PTHD Pieh 24” Half Hood, Steel Base: 12.00 EA OS/70 200.00
Flue: 8” Diameter; 21 gauge 24 x 14 x 26”
B
Firepot
Fire pot is made of heavy duty cast iron and comes with clinker breaker unattached. Holds up for years
and years. It can handle very hot coal or coke fires. This is the pot we use in the Pieh Tool coal forges.
Pot ordered separately from our coal forge will need to have the holes tapped and drilled. Outside Bowl
Diameter at Hearth Line 9-1/2 x 12”. Made in USA.
SIZE WT SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIMENSION U/M
(WDH) (lb) (lb)
B RLPOT Roger Lorance Coal/Coke Fire Pot 14 x 11-1/2 x 3-7/8” 53.82 EA 58.00 275.00
(Clinker unattached; Drilling holes costs 11-3/8 x 8-7/8”
extra.)
Tuyere
C Pieh Legacy Collection™
Forge tuyere fits our fire pot and coal forge. It has a dumping ash gate fastened by a bolt. Our tuyere
has a 2” inlet and a 4” outlet, made from a 1/4” standard cold rolled steel welded T with a welded flange,
fabricated by Pieh Tool. Made in USA.
WT SHIP PRICE
(lb) WT (lb)
C TA Tuyere with Ash Dump 11.00 EA 15.00 105.00
Blast Gates (Air Gates)

D Used to control the air between one or more blowers and forges. Blast gates maximize system efficiency.
Allow to switch between blowers such as a hand crank blower. Has a locking knob.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION DIAMETER U/M SHIP PRICE
WT (lb)
D AG2 Sheet Metal Frame w/Aluminum Gate 2” 0.64 EA 0.64 17.65
AG3 Sheet Metal Frame w/Aluminum Gate 3” 1.30 EA 1.30 19.30
BLOWER
Electric Blowers
Pieh Legacy Collection™/Johnson
Our coal/coke forge is built stock with this blower, specially built for Pieh Tool by Johnson Gas Co. It
features the sturdy #1203 aluminum blower housing (used on Johnson’s industrial furnaces). Our blower
is ready to use! It includes wired power cord and on/off switch & mounting plate with bolts. The air gate
shutter provides quick control of air flow eliminating the need for a rheostat, which can shorten the life of
a motor significantly. 1 year warranty. Specifications for Blower: 50 CFM at 4” W.C. Delivery. Outlet: 1-1/2”
E threaded. For Motor: Dayton, Flange Mount, Capacitor Start, Continuous Duty, 400-600k BTU; 60 Hz,
6.8/3.4 Amps.
PHASE U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION RPM HP VOLT (lb)
E PTC1203 Pieh #1203 Blower, High Volume 3,450 1/3 115V Single EA 24.0 640.00
/230V

Blowers • Coal/Coke • Fluxes
Johnson
Johnson Gas blowers are sturdy, dependable, balanced and with a reputation for efficient delivery of
constant air pressure and quiet operation.
WT
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION RPM HP VOLT PHASE (lb) (lb)
A BA0100014 #1219 Blower 11,000 1/3 115 Single 8.0 EA 5.0 687.00
Johnson Gas blowers are sturdy, A
dependable and with a reputation
for efficient delivery of constant
air pressure and quiet operation.
Flange Mount.
BA0100002 #1203 Blower - High Volume 3,450 1/3 115V Single EA 28.0 942.00
B BA0100003 #1204 Blower - High Volume 3,450 1/7 115V Single EA 34.0 997.00
Housing: Cast Aluminum
JOHNSON BLOWER SPECIFICATIONS

1219 1203 1204 B
DUTY 11,000 Continuous Continuous
DELIVERY PRESSURE 26 CFM 50 CFM at 4” W.C. 75 CFM at 5” W.C.
OUTLET 1” 1-1/2” 1-1/2”
HOUSING Aluminum Cast Aluminum Cast Aluminum
MOTOR Baldor Baldor Baldor
WARRANTY 1 Year 1 Year 1 Year More Johnson Blowers Available
by Special Order
COKE/COAL
Blacksmithing
WT
U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION (lb) (lb)
PRICE C
C COKE Coke, 50 lb/bag. 50.0 EA 50.0 34.60
Our Coke is, ‘bituminous coal’ or known as ‘coal-coke’, from
Alabama. It is processed and sized (1/4x1”) to be used in
blacksmith forges. It is made from good soft coal and will burn
very hot. This is not petroleum coke or anthracite coal!
D COAL Coal, 50 lb/bag. 50.0 EA 50.0 36.00
Our coal comes from West Virginia and is of excellent quality. D
XMAS COAL Christmas Sack of Coal EA 0.16 2.50
1/10 of a pound of blacksmith coal in a cute burgundy velvet
drawstring sack.
COKE/COAL SPECIFICATIONS
MOISTURE VOLATILE SULFER ASH CARBON B.T.U.A.B.
COKE 12% 1% 0.70% 8% 91% --
COAL 2.36% 28.66/29.35% 00.69%/00.71% 04.38%/04.48% FIXED 14528/14878
64.60/66.17%
WELDING, BRAZING FLUXES E

The Anti-Borax Company was founded in 1902. Today, 100 years later, the fluxes are still used for bronze
brazing, cast-iron welding, and other applications used for metal joining in blacksmithing and forge
processes. Most of the compounds we offer are under the Anti-Borax brand name. Flux is a chemical
compound that is applied to shield the joint surface from air and prevents oxide formation.
Pieh EZ Weld
Packaged in a convenient 1 or 5 lb can. Adheres to metal at a low heat and is equally good for lap, split, butt, or jump
welding. It enables blacksmiths to weld tool steel, plow open hearth and bessemer at significantly lower temperatures than
other compounds while making strong, smooth welds. Can be used with steel as well as iron. Prepared by Anti-Borax Co.
WT
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION (lb) F
(lb)
E PEZ1 Pieh EZ Weld 1 EA 1.16 12.00
PEZ5 Pieh EZ Weld 5 EA 5.28 55.00
Super Stable Weld
A mixture of forge borax and a welding compound. There is little metal filings and works best when welding in a gas forge.
It is basically the EZ Weld composition, but with a lower metal leading (12%). It is used in forge applications that require
a lower metal concentration in the flux. It works like EZ Weld in most forge welding processes, and can be used in a wide
variety of applications.
WT U/M SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
F SSW1 Super Stable Weld 1 EA 1.29 12.00
G
Forge Borax
Formulated for forge welding of stainless steel, it helps remove oxides and make steel easier to work with at welding
temperature. Excellent for finishing heats, toe caulk and plow work.
WT U/M SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
G FB1 Forge Borax 1 EA 1.19 12.00
FB5 Forge Borax 5 EA 5.76 55.50

Fluxes • Welding Rods • Hardeners
Welding, Brazing Fluxes (continued)

WT SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
A AWB1 Anhydrous White Borax 1 EA 1.22 12.60
Anhydrous Borax (Na2B4O7). A mixture of borax and ammonium
A chloride is used as a flux when welding iron and steel. It lowers
the melting point of the unwanted iron oxide (scale), allowing it
to run off. Borax is also used mixed with water as a flux when
soldering jewelry metals such as gold or silver. It allows the
molten solder to flow evenly over the joint in question. Borax is
also a good flux for ‘pre-tinning’ tungsten with zinc - making the
tungsten soft-solderable.
B CW1 Crescent Welding Compound 1 EA 1.15 12.00
Crescent is a substitute for Borax on fine work forgings. Crescent
B contains no metal filings and thus cleans easier. Used for
finishing heats, toe caulk and plow work.
C ABBF1 Anti-Borax Brazing Flux 1 EA 1.22 9.25
Brazing powder fluxes provide an alternative to the paste fluxes.
One may add water and mix the flux to the desired thickness.
Effective for general-purpose uses. Can be used when brazing
brass, copper, steel, malleable iron, bronze and other metals.
Filler Metals: BAg, BCu, BNi, BAu, RBCuZn. Temperature range:
1400-2200ºF/760-1205ºC. Specifications: AWS A5.31-91, Type
FB3J, Mil-F-16136B, Type A/Type.
C D ABC8 *S/O Aluminum Welding Flux #8 1 EA 1.29 62.00

Active temperature range, 1500-2900° F, 815-1540° C.
E SW Mustad Sure-Weld 12 oz EA 0.87 18.60
A mixture of forge borax and a welding compound. There are
little metal filings and works best when welding in a gas forge. It
is, however, equally effective when used in coal forges. Only a
small amount is needed for each weld, so it is both effective and
economical.
F BMF Black Magic FLux 2 EA 2.26 24.00
A favorite of our Blacksmith Instructor. This flux sticks to your
D work, even at a black heat; it does not foam and fall off. There
is no need to wire brush to remove the flux, there is no residue.
Does not make a mess of your forge or fire. Works great in coal
or gas forges.
WELDING RODS
Carbraze (Borium)
Flux coated Carbraze (borium) for traction on horseshoes. 60% Carbide. Carbraze is made of tungsten
E carbide particles in a matrix of extremely strong nickel-copper alloy. Carbraze has a lower melting point
than Borium, and makes it possible to utilize a larger piece of tungsten-carbide. The flux is on the rod
and tins as you go along. 2 rods per pound Carbraze can be applied in the gas forge. Hartwell Carbraze
material is for application with an acetylene torch and is available in Wear grades. Apply to the bottom of
horseshoes for maximum wear and traction.
SHIP WT PRICE
(lb) BREAK
G BORF Carbraze Flux Coated Rod, Fine 10-14 EA 0.50 18.00 17.10
BORM Carbraze Flux Coated Rod, Medium 6-10 EA 0.50 18.00 17.10
F BORC Carbraze Flux Coated Rod, Course 4-6 EA 0.50 18.80 17.10
SURFACE HARDENER
Cherry Red
Replaces our old product Kasenit, which is no longer available. Cherry Red instantly case hardens steel
parts with no special heat-treating equipment required. Quickly and easily impart a hard case to steel tools,
G dies, gears, machined parts, metalworking parts, blades, fixtures and other wear parts. This non-flammable
powder material is simple and easy to apply and does not require prior case hardening experience. Users
have reported a 60 Rockwell C hardness on 1018 steels. *Contains no cyanide. Can ship World Wide.
WT SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
H
H CHR1 Cherry Red 1 EA 1.06 19.90
J CHR5 Cherry Red 5 EA 5.64 90.00
CHR25 Cherry Red 25 EA 28.00 260.00
J
Pieh Tool Company
Gift Certificates

Tinning Compounds • Ingots
TINNING COMPOUNDS
A pure tinning powder that can be used for tinning bearings, radiator connections and auto bodies. Apply
with steel wool or wire brush. To make paste, add water to desired consistency. To tin welds, mix with HC1
in glass container and apply while weld is still hot. Warning: Corrosive-causes burns. A
WT SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
A ACTIN Acro Soder Tinning Compound 1 EA 1.08 38.45
‘Acro Soder’ Tinning Compound IS considered

Hazardous Material. Appropriate UPS/ FedEx
Special Handling Hazardous Fees may apply on the
shipment. It is best to order the largest quantity
B
desired to offset the per shipment Hazardous Fee.
B ACSOD Acro Soder Tinning Paste 1 EA 1.16 50.00

A pure tinning paste that cleans, fluxes, tins and solders in one
operation. Recommended for tinning auto bodies.
BABBITTING SUPPLIES
When you pour Babbitt bearings, you need something to use as a damming material to keep the molten
metal from pouring out of the open ends of the bearing shell. This dense putty like material (it is similar C
to the consistency of play-dough), can be easily molded around shafts and bearing shells to perform its
intended task. NEW PRODUCT.
WT U/M SHIP WT
(lb) (lb)
C BABT Babbitrite Damming Compound 5 EA 5.20 84.00
Directions for Babbitt: Heat Babbitt to 850º F. and throw liberal amount of flux on surface. After skimming,
repeat until there is a clean separation of metal and oxides. Directions for Zinc: Heat Zinc until quite molten
and then follow the same instructions for Babbitt. Note: ventilation is recommended.
D
D NACFLX Acro No Acid Flux 9 oz EA 0.70 7.00
INGOTS
We stock ingots with aluminum, antimony, lead, copper, pewter and tin for use in babbitting bearing,
spincasting jewelry, figurines, buckles and more. We can special order ingots on request. Give us your
specifications and we will provide you with a quote. *Prices change frequently due to changing metal prices.
WT SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION (lb) U/M (lb) PRICE E
E ID10 *S/O Acro Babbitt Metal, 7- 8 lb Ingot 7-8 EA 8.00 70.00
77.5% Lead, 13.5% Antimony, 9% Tin
E NILT *S/O Nickelite Babbitt Metal, 6-7 lb. Ingot 6-7 EA 7.00 161.20
(Specialized Use) 89% TIN, 7.5% Antimony, 3.5% CU, and
Aluminum
Check out our web for other
E ASTM2 *S/O Babbitt Metal, ASTM2 Grade 2, 6-7 lb Ingot 6-7 EA 7.00 205.00
(General Purpose) 89% Tin, 7.5 Antimony, 3.5% Copper ingots available.
E BRTN *S/O Babbitt Metal, ASTM2 Grade 2, 6-7 lb Ingot 6-7 EA 7.20 120.00 www.piehtooco.com
91% Tin, 8% Antimony, 1% CU
CASTING FURNACES & CRUCIBLES
Casting Furnace QR Crucible Furnace QR
The Johnson Casting Furnaces and Crucible

Furnaces are available through
our website: www.piehtoolco.com

Knifemaker (Mankel)• Blacksmith Forge (Mankel)
KNIFEMAKER GAS FORGES

Mankel *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
A After the forge is preheated the two burners allow the temperature to reach 2600º F! By removing the side
bricks, the forge can be open from 3 sides making this the most versatile of the Knifemaker Forges. The
forge top is lined with Thermotect A Board and the bottom is poured refractory cement with radius on the
floor. Forge is fabricated of formed steel. It is tough-will take just about any abuse. It is also extremely
easy to repair. Supplied with manifold, complete with orifices, regulator with pressure gauge and 8 ft. hose
(differs if ordering Natural Gas).
U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION BLOWER GAS TYPE PRICE
(lb)
A MKOE2RP Knife Maker with Open End, 115v Propane EA 95.00 1,167.00
2 Burners, Round Bottom
MKOE2RN Knife Maker with Open End, 115v Natural Gas EA 95.00 1,167.00
After the forge is preheated the three burners allow the temperature to reach 2600º F! By removing the
side bricks, the forge can be open from 3 sides making this the most versatile of the Knifemaker Forges.
The forge top is lined with Thermotect A Board and the bottom is poured refractory cement with radius on
shown with the floor. Forge is fabricated of formed steel. It is tough-will take just about any abuse. It is also extremely
sides out easy to repair. Supplied with manifold, complete with orifices, regulator with pressure gauge and 8 ft. hose
(differs if ordering Natural Gas).
B MKO3RP Knife Maker with Open End, 115v Propane EA 150.00 1,378.00
B MKO3RN Knife Maker with Open End, 115v Natural Gas EA 167.00 1,378.00
BLACKSMITH PROPANE FORGES

Blacksmith Forge *SPECIAL ORDER ITEM
This forge has a 115 volt powered blower. This forge is designed for the shop. It gives fast heat, total heat,
spot heat and can braze iron. Three versatile side openings allow pieces of any length to be heated in
the forge. This forge can heat anything from a small job like pony shoes or draft shoes to large ironwork
projects. The Forge is fabricated of formed steel, with front and side lips of poured thermal shock refractory.
Sides come out. It is tough-will take just about any abuse. It is extremely easy to repair. Supplied with: manifold, complete
with orifices, blower with switch, regulator with pressure gauge and 8 ft. hose. * Open front or back. Please
specify.
Have you considered C MOE3115P Shop Model, Open End 3 Burners 115v/220v Propane EA 120.0 1,378.00
taking an artistic Knifemaking or
MANKEL KNIFEMAKER FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
Blacksmithing class at Pieh Tool?
OUTSIDE CASE DIMENSIONS FRONT OPENING W/ENDS IN
ITEM # HIGH WIDE WIDE DEEP
MKOE2RP 12” 20” 16” 2”
MKOE2RN 12” 20” 16” 2”
MKO3RP 12” 20” 16” 2”
C
MKO3RN 12” 20” 16” 2”
MANKEL BLACKSMITH FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
MOE3115P 12” 20” 16” 2”
Mankel Accessories *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.

SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GAS TYPE U/M (lb)
MOM-P Mankel Brass Orifice & Mixer, LP PR 0.40 23.00
MOM-N Mankel Brass Orifice & Mixer, NG PR 0.40 23.00
MHOSE-8 Mankel Hose w/Connections, LP 8’ EA 4.00 30.00
MBrick Mankel Thermotect Board 2 x 2-1/2 EA 5.00 47.00
for closing front of Knifemaker Open End Forge x 20”
M208 Mankel 208 Shut Off Valve EA 0.50 28.75
MCKHS4-2 Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Horseshoer’s Special EA 320.00
MCKHSOE-2 Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Horseshoer’s Special EA 263.00
Shop Model with Side Open MCKK-2R Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Knifemaker 3 Burner EA 245.00
MCKK-3R Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Knifemaker 3 Burner EA 361.00
MCKOE-3 Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for 3 Burner OE Forge EA 424.50
MCKOE4-2R Mankel Rebuild Kit Complete for Open End +4, 2 EA 281.60
Burner
MGAUGE Mankel Pressure Gauge EA 0.40 18.50
MReduc Mankel Reducer 1”-1-1/4” Pipe for Manifold PR 15.70
MREG Mankel Regulator (no gauge) EA 1.50 65.25
MREG/GAGE Mankel Regulator and Gauge SET 1.70 95.00

Blacksmith Propane Forge (NC)
BLACKSMITH PROPANE FORGES

NC *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
Exclusive, high efficiency burners. Push-button ignition. Uniform Heat-Self Regulating to 2350°.
Quick Recovery-heats and reheats metal very quickly. Flexible-rear bar stock door allows heating
sections of bar stock. (Optional on some models) No Blower Required. May be configured for natural gas.
Transportable-light weight and quick cooling. So many forges have such small fireboxes. Not the Daddy! It
features a 12” long and 6” high firebox! Imagine all the nice big pieces you can work with in this forge. The
barstock port in the front and back door is great for isolated heats. The side ports make heating long bar
a snap. Work metal bar from either end and straight out through the other side when long heat is required A
in the middle of the bar - will accommodate large stacks of metal for production work. Hose, gauge, and
regulator included.
SHIP WT PRICE
A NCDAD2-OE Daddy #2, Open End Ports, 3 Burners Propane EA 73.00 733.00
B NCDAD2 Daddy #2, Open Front and Back, 3 Burners Propane EA 73.00 675.00
The Low Boy has an insulated door and 2 side bar stock ports. Has rapid heat recovery for quick turn
around time. Ideal for competition shoe making and blacksmithing. Knifemakers - this is the one to use for
Damascus blade forging!
C NCLB-OE Lowboy, Open End Ports, 3 Burners Propane EA 65.00 630.00
NC FORGE SPECIFICATIONS B
INSIDE DIMENSIONS DOOR OPENING
ITEM # HIGH WIDE DEEP WIDE HIGH
NCDAD2-OE 6” 12” 9” 3” 2”
NCDAD2 6” 12” 9” 3” 2”
NCLB-OE 3” 12” 9” 3” 2”
NC Forge Accessories *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.

SHIP WT PRICE
0132 Reliner Kit for Daddy Propane KIT 25.00 191.00
0133 Reliner Kit for Low Boy Propane KIT 28.00 170.00
0182 Low Boy Door Liner EA 5.00 26.50
C
0156 Hose, 8’ EA 2.00 21.00
0144 Orifice EA 0.10 2.00
0168 Ball Valve EA 0.60 10.00
0197A Welding Brick EA 3.00 24.00
We offer JET & Milwaukee ® Power Tools
• Drills, Impact Wrenches

• Angle Grinders, Buffers
• Bandsaws, Circular Saws, Sawzalls, Hackzalls
See pages 109-117.
Real Equipment for the Shop
• Drill Presses
• Saws & Shears
• Bench Sanders & Grinders
• Bender & Sheet Metal Brake, plus more!
See pages 129-135.

Blacksmith Forge (Forgemaster)
Forgemaster Forges *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.

When you are in the market for a new portable gas-fired forge, you have several makes and models from
which to choose. General specifications include:

Constructed of thick 12 gauge (.109) hot rolled premium steel.

Heavy-duty welded two piece clamshell construction.

Full 3” heat chamber opening.

Needle valve fuel adjustment insures precise distribution of fuel flow.

Unique slanted base for top mounted door units allows easy and convenient access to heat
A chamber.

Tough and durable powder coated black and silver “hammered metal” finish.

9 foot long fuel hose (12” longer than many other forges).

Fully-assembled, ready-to-use UL listed regulator and pressure gauge.

Convenient spark ignitor assembly.

Heavy cast iron burners permanently welded to housing top.

Quick and easy replacement of lining and hearth brick material.

Accessories designed exclusively for Forgemaster enable you to customize your forge to suit your
needs and applications.
FORGEMASTER WARRANTY: Forgemaster warrants any of its manufactured products for the expected
life of the product against deficiency in material or workmanship. This limited warranty does not extend to
products manufactured by Forgemaster, that in Forgemaster’s judgement were improperly used, altered,
abused or repaired by others.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GAS TYPE U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(lb)
A 50000 Forgemaster Blacksmith* Propane EA 96.00 775.00
Double burners with side ports and solid front door.
(Ships in 2 boxes)
B
50002 Blacksmith -- Dual Valve* Propane EA 88.00 850.00
Double burners with dual valves allowing you to turn
burners on separately, side ports and solid front door.
(Ships in 2 boxes)
B 60000 Forgemaster 2000* EA 86.00 1,215.00
A stainless steel version of the Blacksmith Model,
for enhanced appearance and longer life. Double
burner with side ports and solid front door. (Ships
in 2 boxes)
FORGEMASTER SPECIFICATIONS
HEATING CHAMBER DIMENSIONS
ITEM # WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT
50000, 50002, 60000 13” 8-1/2” 3”
C
Forgemaster Accessories *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
Reliner Kits include top, walls, base, hearth brick with clip and heat shield when required.
ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(lb)
C 11600 Universal Forge Stand KIT 41.00* 195.00
Designed to fit all Forgemaster models. It is constructed of 1” tubular
steel and 12 gauge hot-rolled steel plate. Requires no assembly. Folding
heavy-duty stand that folds flat for storage or travel.
33 x 17-1/2 x 11-1/2”
30103 E-1 Reliner Kit KIT 30.00 145.00
40109 Excalibur Relining Kit KIT 28.00 145.00
50103 Blacksmith Reliner Kit KIT 30.00 145.00
D
10119 Companion Forge Reliner Kit KIT 20.00 110.00
20111 Farrier Reliner Kit KIT 30.00 130.00
20112 Blacksmith/Farrier Reliner-Wall Kit KIT 8.00 57.10
30107 Blacksmith/E-1/20000 Door Liner EA 4.00 12.00
20109 Blacksmith/Farrier Top Liner EA 8.00 48.70
20104 Blacksmith/Farrier/Excalibur Hearth Brick EA 17.00 42.80
50106 Blacksmith/20000 28” Fuel Hose EA 2.00 20.15
10101 Orifice EA 0.02 3.25
10105 Ignitor EA 0.10 14.00
10106 Lead Wire with Terminal EA 0.10 3.70
10107 Spark Plug EA 0.25 5.00
10126 Regulator, Gauge and POL Kit KIT 1.49 89.30
30108 Cast Iron Window Guard EA 3.00 14.00
for E-1, Blacksmith, Excalibur and 20000
60106 20000 Hearth Brick EA 17.0 40.60
D 11500 Swing Arm EA 41.0 290.00
Mounts on truck or counter. Fits all models.
* Over Size Box

Pieh Blacksmith Gas Forges
BLACKSMITH GAS FORGE

A gas forge for the Professional Blacksmith’s Shop is finally available!
• Heats 1-1/4” barstock to a yellow heat with ease!
• Balanced Gas Mixture - only minimal scale!
The Smithy’s Gas Forge is Professional Grade, Commercial Quality - fabricated with 12-gauge steel and a 5/16”
frame having an internal volume of 1288 cubic inches. It reaches welding heat easily, the perfect production shop
forge. Three doors flip open to allow different access points. The end doors have window ports for handling long
pieces. The front door can be propped open. Is is Venturi Style, no blower needed, and is portable. The heating
chamber height can be reduced easily by purchasing our Smithy Forge Insert. Relining is a simple task that takes
only a few minutes and requires nothing more than a 5/16” wrench. Operational Manual is included. Forge must be
shipped motor freight and arrives ready to use with minor assembly required. *OPTIONAL INSERT AVAILABLE!
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GAS TYPE U/M SHIP WT PRICE
A
(lb)
A PTSPF-3 The Smithy’s Gas Forge, 3 Burner LP EA 95.00 1,195.00
THE SMITHY’S GAS FORGE SPECIFICATIONS

OUTSIDE CASE DIMENSIONS FIREBOX DEPTH OPEN PORTS OAL
ITEM # DEPTH HIGH WIDTH DEPTH HIGH WIDTH 2 END PORTS DxWxH
PTSPF-3 15” 13” 18-1/2” 11-1/2” 7” 16” 5 x 4-3/4” 15 x 18-1/2 x 25”
When you have a smaller job the insert will reduce the forge height to 3-3/4”. This will allow a faster heat and lower
fuel usage. Gas pressure can be then be reduced to 12-15 psi. Because of the metal used for the shelf, this is a
consumable item.
B PTSPF-3Insert The Smithy’s Gas Forge Insert (12x20x5”) EA 22.00 140.00
Victory Forge Gas 2 Burner

The problem with so many forges is the limitation of the fixed doors and the height of the fire box. Gordon Williams
(Pieh Blacksmith School Instructor) designed this forge and uses them in all our classes. You have flexibility with
the bricks used as doors, you can open or close them as much as you need to. The forge is shown without bricks
(except the bottom brick which we always include). Bricks make the cost of shipping much higher. You can order
with the 8 bricks for the doors should you choose-or you can purchase fire bricks at most Home Depot stores. The
forge comes with a Fisher Regulator (3-35 psi) and POL fitting, all the necessary orifices, hoses and gate valve. It is
ready to use! The forge is lined with 1” thick 8 lb Kao Wool blanket. Stand is not included. We have shown a photo
The Smithy’s Forge with The Smithy’s Forge
above with it on a stand to give you some ideas. Made in USA. May be shipped UPS. front and one side open with sides open.
SHIP WT PRICE
C VFPF-C Victory Forge 2 Burner LP EA 27.00 470.00
VFPF-CWB Victory Forge 2 Burner w/Bricks LP KIT 110.0 490.00
VICTORY GAS FORGE SPECIFICATIONS

OUTSIDE CASE DIMENSIONS FIREBOX DEPTH
ITEM # DEPTH HIGH WIDTH DEPTH HIGH WIDTH
B
VFPF-C 8” 10” 10” 8” 8” 8”
Forge/Kiln Linings
Used to insulate high temperature furnaces, kilns and gas forges. It has a very low density and high purity. It
features a maximum temperature rating of 2400°F (1316°C). The blanket can be cut with scissors making it possible
to cut different shapes. The Kao Wool is sold by the linear foot. *Contact us for full roll prices.
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # DESCRIPTION (lb)
KW8 Kao Wool, 8 lb, 1” thick x 2’ wide FT 2.50 12.00
KW8.05 Kao Wool, 8 lb, 1/2” thick x 2’ wide FT 1.50 6.95
KW8.20 Kao Wool, 8 lb, 2” thick x 2’ wide FT 3.50 44.00
Refractory Cement
The Kao Wool can be coated with a hard refractory to protect it from physical damage and creating airborne C
refractory dust. Refractory Cement contains cristobalite (crystalline silica), hydrous alumina silicate, aluminum sulfate.
RCD Refractory Cement-Dry (GM Drybond) LB 1.00 2.71
General Parts
SHIP WT PRICE
VFBarb Barb (Male) 1/4” Pipe Thread EA 0.06 2.95
VFFer Ferrule EA 0.01 1.07
PTReg Fisher Regulator 3-35 psi EA 1.10 52.00 Want to build your own forge?
VFGV Gate Valve (Ball) 1/4” Pipe Thread EA 0.33 17.00 #BK742 VF Forge Plans on page 180
VFH-6 LP Gas Hose (with Barbs and Ferrules), 6 ft EA 1.01 18.00 It is the diagram plans of this forge.
VFH-10 LP Gas Hose (with Barbs and Ferrules), 10 ft EA 1.56 27.00
VFOrif Orifice (not drilled) EA 0.03 3.66 Disclaimer: We are not
VFPol POL Fitting 1/4” MPT EA 0.21 7.65 responsible for any damages to
your health in relation to your
use of these lining products.
Wear protective clothing and
respiratory protection.

Johnson Gas Furnace Forges
All Johnson Forges are JOHNSON GAS FURNACE FORGES

Versatile Johnson Forge Furnaces provide the high, fast heat needed in heavy equipment shops, welding and
*SPECIAL ORDER metal forming shops, metal fabricating plants, auto spring manufacturers, blacksmithing, farm equipment and
industrial maintenance shops, and school vocational shops. Forges can be used for a variety of applications
including metal bending, metal forging, occasional heat treating, metal forming and sharpening, preheating and
stress relief of welds. The forge body is made of heavy gauge steel construction with cast iron burner manifold
and special steel tie-rod reinforcement. Fire boxes are heavily insulated and super duty hard-burned firebrick
is used on all wearing surfaces. Gas and air adjustments are convenient to the operator. Johnson Forge
Furnaces come complete with quiet, powerful Johnson Blower, swinging adjustable refractory lid, adjustable
front tool rack for supporting pieces, solenoid safety valve that shuts off gas when blowers are turned off, and
exclusive Johnson Automatic Spark Ignition System. The need for matches is eliminated. Press button and
furnace lights automatically. Ships motor freight.
Johnson Furnace 122 Model *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
The 122 Model has two burners and an electric blower.
Standard Width
A SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION GAS TYPE U/M PRICE
(lb)
A AA-06-00001 Nat. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control Nat Gas EA 398.00 4,370.00
AA-06-00013 L.P. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control Propane EA 340.00 4,370.00
AA-06-00008 Nat. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control Nat Gas EA 900.00 4,940.00
AA-06-00020 L.P. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control Propane EA 340.00 4,940.00
Double Width
AA-06-00002 Nat. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control Nat Gas EA 398.00 5,150.00
NOTE: All gas forges require some AA-06-00014 L.P. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control Propane EA 340.00 5,150.00
minor assembly before use. AA-06-00009 Nat. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control Nat Gas EA 340.00 5,720.00
Johnson Furnace 133 Model *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.

Model 133 has four burners with electric blower. End burners may be turned off for smaller jobs.
Standard Width
SHIP WT
(lb)
B AA-06-00003 Nat. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control Nat Gas EA 398.00 8,970.00
B AA-06-00022 L.P. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control Propane EA 510.00 9,510.00
Double Width
AA-06-00004 Nat. Gas w/Thermocouple Safety Control Nat Gas EA 510.00 10,780.00
Double Width
AA-06-00005 Nat. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control Nat Gas EA 1,200.00 17,880.00
AA-06-00017 L.P. Gas w/Ultra-Violet Safety Control Propane EA 1,200.00 17,880.00
Triple Width
Special Width
Double Length, Double Width
JOHNSON FURNACE/FORGE SPECIFICATIONS

FURNACE/FORGE FIREBOX SIZE OVERALL SIZE BURNERS BLOWER GAS CONNECT GAS INPUT
(LxWxD) (LxWxD) MODEL PIPE SIZE BTU/HR
122 Standard Width 13-1/2 x 4-1/4 x 7” 27-1/2 x 20 x 30” 2 1218 3/4” 200,000
122 Double Wide 13-1/2 x 4-1/4 x 7” 27-1/2 x 20 x 30” 2 1218 3/4” 200,000
133 Standard Width 27 x 4-1/2 x 7” 41 x 20 x 30” 4 1203 1” 400,000
133 Double Wide 27 x 8-3/4 x 7” 41 x 20 x 30” 4 1203 1” 400,000
133 Double Length 54 x 9 x 7” 74 x 25 x 50” 8 2-1203 1-1/2” 800,000
133 Triple Wide 27 x 13-1/2 x 7” 41 x 28 x 30” 8 2-1203 1-1/2” 800,000
133 Special 36 x 18 x 7” 41 x 36 x 48” 12 2-1203 1-1/2” 1,200,000
133 Double Wide Length 54 x 8-3/4 x 7” 80 x 30 x 48” 8 2-1203 1-1/2” 800,000

Farrier Propane Forges (Forgemaster & Pro-Forge)
FARRIER PROPANE FORGES

Forgemaster *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
Standard features on all Forgemaster furnaces include an extra long 9’ fuel hose; fully assembled UL listed
regulator and gauge; convenient spark ignitor assembly; heavy cast iron burners permanently welded to
top housing, full 11/4” thick molded hearth brick bolted in place. All units are fitted for propane, buy may be
configured for natural gas.
U/M SHIP WT
(lb) A
A 10000 Companion, Single Burner EA 45.0 475.00
Open front. Designed for modifying pre-made shoes, the single burner unit
is small, lightweight and efficient. Convenient for farriers to take to the
barn for final fittings.
B 20000 Farrier, Double Burner EA 78.0 630.00
Perfect for horseshoers who work with both hand-made and keg shoes.
The front opening is large enough to handle draft or saddle-horseshoes
with toe clips.
C 30000 E-1, Single Burner EA 81.0 665.00
Single burner with a front port on door and tool rest. This fuel efficient
forge has closed sides to pack the heat into a larger heat chamber
using less gas. The E-1 features one port in the tight fitting door and an
adjustable tool rest for added convenience.
D 40000 Excalibur, Single Burner EA 78.0 720.00 B
Front and rear ports and self-closing door. The self-closing door with front
and rear ports to the heat chamber make this an ideal forge for many jobs
involving large bar material. This one-burner, compact forge combines
the performance of the four larger models with the efficiency of the more
compact units.
FORGEMASTER SPECIFICATIONS
HEATING CHAMBER DIMENSIONS
ITEM # WIDTH DIAMETER HEIGHT
10000 8” 7” 2-2/3”
20000 13” 8-1/2” 3”
30000 13” 8-1/2” 3”
40000 11” 8-1/2” 3”
Accessories for Forgemaster are with the Blacksmith Forge Accessories, on page 152. C
Cliff Carroll Pro-Forge *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
The propane Pro-Forge, known worldwide to shoers, is rugged in construction and will withstand wear and
tear. It operates with a clean fast heat that is easy to weld without sacrificing fuel efficiency. This forge has
a bar stock port on the left end, cast iron doors that do not warp, and a hassle free ignition system with
twin interchange jets that realign instantly after cleaning. It also has hearth plates you can change right
through the front door. A barstock support and welding plate is available making the forge more versatile.
E PF-200 Pro-Forge, Twin Interchange Jets EA 60.0 694.00
Time for first heat of the day: 4 minutes.
Normal Heats (depending on shoe size): 2-1/2 to 3-1/2 minutes.
Working Pressure: Average 7-10psi;
Welding Pressure: 10-12 psi
Temperature: 2450°F at 7 lbs.; higher temps at higher pressures.
PF-201 Pro-Forge Reliner Kit EA 18.0 178.00
Includes firebox, soft door, cushion, gasket and hearth plate
PF-223 Welding Brick, 6 x 6 “ EA 3.0 15.65 D
CLIFF CARROLL PRO-FORGE SPECIFICATIONS
OUTSIDE CASE DIMENSIONS FIREBOX DEPTH DOOR OPENING
ITEM # WIDE HIGH LENGTH HIGH LONG HIGH
MOE2+4115P 15” 17-1/2” 16” 8” 12” 3-1/2”
Be connected with us -- check the newest

products and the latest events at Pieh Tool
E
www.piehtoolco.com
Pieh Tool Company

Gift Certificates

Farrier Propane Forges (Mankel & Nc)
FARRIER PROPANE FORGES

Mankel *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.
This is Mankel’s oldest model-since 1976. The forge should be used to heat your material and then shut
down. The bottom and top are lined with 2800° insulation material that reflects the heat right now. The
front and side lips are made of the refractory material. This lining should give you two or more years of life.
Three versatile side openings allow larger pieces to be heated in the forge. This forge can be used to weld
bar shoes and even make knife blades. Forge is fabricated of formed steel. It is tough-will take just about
any abuse. It is also extremely easy to repair. Supplied with: Manifold, complete with orifices, Blower with
switch, Regulator with pressure gauge 8 ft hose.
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
A A MOE2+4115P Mankel Horseshoers, Open End +4, 2 burners, 115 volt blower EA 85.00 1,167.00
MANKEL HORSESHOERS SPECIFICATIONS

OUTSIDE CASE DIMENSIONS OPENING (WITH ENDS IN)
ITEM # WIDE HIGH DEEP WIDE DEEP
MOE2+4115P 17-1/2” 19” 17” 13” 2”
NC *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS.

A handy gas forge for quick small jobs. Does not get hot enough to forge weld, however. This single burner
forge will heat and reheat metal very quickly during work cycle. The heat remains 2350° into corners with
no cold spots. There is a push button spark ignition built right in. The bar stock door in rear allows heating
sections of bar stock. Larger pieces may be heated with the front furnace door open. Hot fit your keg shoes
Red Hot. These forges work well for many smaller blacksmithing procedures.
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
B ITEM # DESCRIPTION (lb)
B NCBABY Whisper Baby, 1 Burner with Rear Port EA 37.00 420.00
C NCWD-BD Whisper Deluxe, Rear Port, 2 burners EA 47.00 480.00
Hot fit your keg shoes Red Hot.
D NCWM-OE Whisper Momma, Open End Ports, 2 burners EA 51.00 590.00
Forge has a solid insulated door which keeps the heat away from the
user and the wind away from the fire box. End ports allows bar stock to
be worked from either end or allows the user a 12” heat in the middle of
the bar. Perfect portable shoeing forge! Reaches welding temperature in
3 minutes. Will heat stacks of metal for repetition forging.
NC FARRIER FORGE SPECIFICATIONS

INSIDE DIMENSIONS PORT OPENING
ITEM # WIDE HIGH DEEP WIDE HIGH
NCBABY 7” 3” 6-1/2” 3” 1-1/2”
C NCWD-BD 12” 3” 6” 3” 1-1/2”
NCWM-OE 12” 3” 6” 3” 1-1/2”
NC Forge Accessories
U/M SHIP WT PRICE
0136 Reliner Kit for Whisper Deluxe (Mfg after 1990) KIT 20.00 142.00
0138 Reliner Kit for Momma (Mfg after 1990) KIT 19.00 147.00
0140 Quick lite #3 (cast iron burners) EA 0.23 26.00
0140A Quick lite #2 (for old Al and cast iron burners) EA 0.24 26.00
For more NC Accessories, see page 151.
CRUCIBLES/ACCESSORIES See Next Page!
D
Crucibles & Tongs
A crucible is a heat-resistant container in which materials can be heated to very high temperatures. Our
crucibles are capable of holding melted metals such as aluminum, brass, silver and gold. A crucible is
needed to withstand the extreme temperatures encountered in melting metals. The crucible material must
have a much higher melting point than that of the metal being melted and it must have good strength even
when white hot. It is possible to use a home made steel crucible to melt metals such as zinc and aluminum,
because these metals melt at a temperature well below that of steel. However scaling (flaking) of a steel
crucible interior surface is a problem. This scale can contaminate the melt and thin the crucible walls rather
quickly. These crucibles can be coated with Marcote-7 to provide some degree of protection between the
steel and the metal being melted. Steel crucibles will work if you are just getting started and don’t mind
dealing with the scaling. Common refractory materials used in crucible construction are clay-graphite, and
carbon bonded silicon-carbide. These materials can withstand the highest temperatures in typical foundry
work. Silicon carbide has the added advantage of being a very durable material. Our Graphite crucibles are
Please call to order rated for 2750°F (1510°C). Our crucibles are generally designed for “non-ferrous” work. Non-ferrous means
replacement parts and containing no iron. They will handle zinc, aluminum, brass, bronze, silver and gold alloys. You must use
Silicon Carbide crucibles when melting silver.
reliner kits for any of the
forges we offer.
We cannot list them all!

Casting Crucibles & Accessories
Graphite Crucibles *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS

ITEM # DESCRIPTION U/M SHIP WT
(lb) PRICE A B
A 25-02-00001 #4 Crucible EA 2.74 89.00
B 25-02-00003 #10 Crucible EA 7.00 137.60
C 25-02-00005 #16 Crucible EA 10.00 152.85
D 25-02-00009 #20 Crucible EA 13.00 172.15
25-02-00011 #30 Crucible EA 19.00 206.55
25-02-00014 #50 Crucible EA 26.00 274.00
C D
25-02-00016 #60 Crucible EA 67.00 293.30
25-02-00008 #10 Bottom Pour Crucible EA 9.00 172.00
25-02-00007 #16 Bottom Pour Crucible EA 13.00 200.00
Silicon Carbide Crucibles *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS

25-02-00002 #4 Crucible EA 5.00 138.00
25-02-00004 #10 Crucible EA 12.00 155.60
25-02-00006 #16 Crucible EA 14.50 177.65 E
25-02-00010 #20 Crucible EA 20.00 203.80
25-02-00012 #30 Crucible EA 25.00 282.30
25-02-00015 #50 Crucible EA 38.00 300.00
25-02-00024 #60 Crucible EA 44.00 322.00
CRUCIBLE SPECIFICATION CHART

TOP BULGE BOTTOM CAPACITY
ITEM # CRUCIBLE HEIGHT DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER (RED BRASS)
25-02-00001/ 25-02-00002 #4 5-3/4” 4-5/8” 4-9/16” 3-1/8” 10 lbs
25-02-00003/ 25-02-00004 #10 8-1/4” 6-1/8” 6-5/8” 4-3/4” 36 lbs
25-02-00005/ 25-02-00006 #16 9-1/2” 7” 7-1/2” 5-1/2” 53 lbs F
25-02-00009/ 25-02-00010 #20 10-1/8” 7-7/8” 5-5/16” 6-1/8” 74 lbs
25-02-00011/ 25-02-00012 #30 11-1/2” 8-3/4” 9-7/16” 6-3/4” 81 lbs
25-02-00014/ 25-02-00015 #50 13-5/8” 10-1/4” 11” 8” 104 lbs
25-02-00007/ 25-02-00024 #60 14-9/16” 10-7/8” 12” 8-7/8” 120 lbs
Adjustable Crucible Shanks *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS

30-01-00011 Hand Shank w/Safety for #10 & #16 Crucibles EA 25.00 400.00
E 30-01-00013 Fixed Band Shank, Single End with Safety for #10 and #16 Crucibles EA 25.00 557.00
30-01-00014 Fixed Band Shank, Single End with Safety for #20 and #30 Crucibles EA 22.00 622.00
G
Crucible Tongs *SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
F 30-01-00001 Plain for Crucible No. 10 EA 449.00
30-01-00002 Plain for Crucible No. 16 EA 498.00
30-01-00003 Plain for Crucible No. 20 EA 196.00
G 30-01-00006 Bent Handle for Crucible No. 10 EA 22.00 602.00
30-01-00007 Bent Handle for Crucible No. 16 EA 24.00 621.00
Johnson
Soft Metal Melting Furnace w/Pot, Model 200 *SPECIAL ORDER
Furnace comes equipped with a powerful, patented Johnson Auto-Blast bunsen burner (with pilot). Heavy
insulation assures fast melting and recovery rate. This rugged furnace is designed to meet the high
production demands of industry. They are made of heavy gauge welded steel with rugged cast iron legs
and top rims. Supplied with a cast iron pot for ladling. Removable lid and automatic temperature control is H
available and 616 at extra cost.
SHIP WT
(lb)
H AA-05-00053 Soft Melting Furnace w/Pot Propane EA 84.00 1,100.00
AA-05-00004 Soft Melting Furnace w/Pot Natural Gas EA 84.00 1,100.00
JOHNSON SOFT METAL MELTING FURNACE SPECIFICATIONS

LEAD OAL GAS CONNECT GAS INPUT
ITEM # GAS INPUT POT DIMENSIONS BURNERS
CAPACITY (H x DIA) PIPE SIZE BTU/HR
AA-05-00053 Propane 50 lb 7” Diam x 5” Deep 21”x 12” 1 1/4” 26,000
AA-05-00004 Natural Gas 50 lb 7” Diam x 5” Deep 21”x 12” 1 1/4” 26,000

Blacksmith Kits
A variety of basics to get you started.

Substitutions are allowed. BLACKSMITH KITS
*We reserve the right to substitute an item. Beginner
SHIP WT
(lb)
Blacksmith Kit 1 - Beginner KIT 15.00 506.34
A B-K1 Kit Includes All of the following:
20566 Block Brush, 1-1/4”
KV28L Kevlar Knit Gloves, Large (pair)
BW1 Beeswax Bar, 1 oz.
6175010300 Peddinghaus Wolf Jaw 300 mm Tong
Blacksmith Class QR PT4021 Billy Tong, V-Bolt 3/8“
PT4022 Billy Tong, V-Bolt 1/2“
Kit A PT4037 Billy Tong, V-bit 1/4”
PT4002 Billy Tong, Box Jaw 3/8 x 3/4”
5039020800 Peddinghaus, German Cross Pein 800 Gr.
VC000 Pieh Tool, Veining Chisel (S7)
CP000 Pieh Tool, Center Punch (S7)
BK206 A Blacksmith Primer, Book
DVD9 Leaves and Flowers, DVD
92910-01 Welders Silver Pencil (3 Pack)
WHR W-Brand, Shoers Ruler
RB1150 Radians, RAD Band Hearing Protection
RV0110ID Radians. Revelations Safety Glasses (Clear)
Kit B (includes contents of Kit A) PTC-BALB Pieh Tool Blacksmith Tool Apron, with Belt, 14” Long
Intermediate
B B-K2 Blacksmith Kit 2 - Intermediate KIT 167.00 1,220.80
Kit Includes All of KIT 1 AND the following:
05190 Half Round Pipeliner File
TG4 Wood Rasp Handle, Screw-on
5039021000 Peddinghaus, German Cross Pein 1000 Gr.
5044031000 Peddinghaus, Swedish Cross Pein 1000 Gr.
EP188 Pieh Tool, Eye Punch 3/16” (S7)
PT4010 Billy Tong, Rivet, 3/8”
PT4000 Billy Tong, Box Jaw 1/4 x 3/4”
PT4005 Billy Tong, Box Jaw 3/8 x 1”
PT4039 Billy Tong, V-bit 1/2”
PT4040 Billy Tong, V-bit 5/8”
PT4042 Billy Tong, Small Scrolling
Kit C (includes contents of Kits A+B) PTPR12 Pieh Tool Round Protractor, 12”
SSW1 Super Stable Welding Compound, 1 lb.
GMSB-A Green Mengel Swage Block A, 66 lb., 10 x 10 x3-3/4”
DVD6 Forged Animal Heads, DVD
BK68 Iron Menagerie, Book
Advanced
C B-K3 Blacksmith Kit 3 - Advanced KIT 447.00 3,717.44
Kit Includes All of KIT 1 + KIT 2 AND the following:
PT4012 Billy Tong, Rivet 3/4”
PT-S2 Pieh Har-lev Straight Pein Ergonomic Hammer
NYAL.12 Nyalic Surface Protectant, Clear 12 oz.
DVD4 A Blacksmith Primer Course - 3 Disc, DVD
BK213 The Contemporary Blacksmith, Book
BK732 Fireplace Accessories, Book
BK932 Forged Architectural Metalwork, Book
TPBM.8 Traditional Patina, Black Magic, 8 oz.
FP375 Pieh Tool Fuller Punch, 3/8”
PTCH100 Pieh Tool Chisel Hardy, 1”
GPCB Gilders Paste Celtic Bronze (Metallic)
JHM160 JHM 160 lb Anvil
CHR-1 Cherry Red Hardening Compound, 1 lb.
PTCM1 Pieh Tool, Cone Mandrel 1”
TF1 Pieh Tool, Turning Fork 1”
PTSPF-3 The Smithy’s Forge LPG 3-Burner

Clothing • Suspenders
CLOTHING
Men’s Work Shirts
Key Hickory Stripe Logger Shirt, Long Sleeve
9 oz. 100% cotton. Double needle stitching. Zipper front. Two button adjustable cuffs. Button on sleeve vent.
7ZRFKHVWSRFNHWVZLWKPLWHUHGSRFNHWÀDSV%DQGHGFROODU
SHIP WT
(lb)
A 575.47.S Key Button Down Logger Shirt Small EA 1.49 32.00
A
575.47.M Key Button Down Logger Shirt Medium EA 1.55 32.00
575.47.L Key Button Down Logger Shirt Large EA 1.60 32.00
575.47.XL Key Button Down Logger Shirt XLarge EA 1.80 32.00
575.47.2XL Key Button Down Logger Shirt 2XLarge EA 2.70 32.00
575.47.3XL Key Button Down Logger Shirt 3XLarge EA 2.09 35.20
575.47.T.M Key Button Down Logger Shirt Medium-Tall EA 1.60 35.20
575.47.T.L Key Button Down Logger Shirt Large-Tall EA 1.70 35.20
575.47.T.XL Key Button Down Logger Shirt XLarge-Tall EA 1.95 35.20
575.47.T.2XL Key Button Down Logger Shirt 2XLarge-Tall EA 2.50 35.20
575.47.T.3XL Key Button Down Logger Shirt 3XLarge-Tall EA 3.00 35.20
Key Hickory Stripe Logger Pullover Shirt, Long Sleeve
9 oz. 100% cotton. Features double needle stitching. Antique brass zipper. Two button adjustable cuffs.
Two chest pockets with mitered pocket flaps. Banded collar. Pleated back yoke. Collar stays. Pencil B
stall. Tall sizes available by special order.
B 573.47.M Key Logger Pullover w/Zip Front Medium EA 2.20 33.00
573.47.L Key Logger Pullover w/Zip Front Large EA 2.40 33.00
573.47.XL Key Logger Pullover w/Zip Front XLarge EA 1.65 33.00
573.47.2XL Key Logger Pullover w/Zip Front 2XLarge EA 2.60 33.00
573.47.3XL Key Logger Pullover w/Zip Front 3XLarge EA 2.90 36.50
Key Western Welders Shirt, Long Sleeve
9 oz. 100% cotton. Features double needle stitching. 7 snap closure (8 snap front closure on tall sizes).
Snap closure at neck, 3 snaps on cuffs and Snap on sleeve vent. Two chest pockets with flaps. Banded
collar. Western front and back yokes. Pencil stall. Khaki Color.
C 519.24.S Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps Small EA 1.40 35.00
519.24.M Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps Medium EA 1.50 35.00
519.24.L Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps Large EA 1.83 35.00
C
519.24.XL Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps XLarge EA 1.67 35.00
519.24.2XL Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps 2XLarge EA 1.75 35.00
519.24.3XL Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps 3XLarge EA 1.85 38.50
519.24.T.L Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps Large-Tall EA 1.65 38.50
519.24.T.XL Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps XLarge-Tall EA 1.70 38.50
519.24.T.2XL Key Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps 2XLarge-Tall EA 2.30 38.50
519.24.T.3XL Western Welder Shirt w/Snaps 3XLarge-Tall EA 2.50 38.50
Leather Suspenders
All suspenders are made of 9 to 10 oz. American Tanned Leather. They have 3 scissor snaps that fasten
to belt loops and are 1-1/2” wide and an estimate 13-1/2” long with elastic band in the back. Measure
from the top of the front belt loop to the top of the back belt loop in the middle of pants to get the correct
size. Hand crafted locally in Camp Verde, Arizona USA.
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION SIZE LENGTH U/M PRICE
(lb)
S42P Suspender Plain, Small Small 42” EA 0.75 49.00
S44P Suspender Plain, Medium Medium 44” EA 0.80 49.00
S46P Suspender Plain, Large Large 46” EA 0.85 49.00
S48P Suspender Plain, XLarge XLarge 48” EA 0.90 49.00
D
D S42B Suspender Basket, Small Small 42” EA 0.75 65.00
S44B Suspender Basket, Medium Medium 44” EA 0.80 65.00
S46B Suspender Basket, Large Large 46” EA 0.85 65.00
S48B Suspender Basket, XLarge XLarge 48” EA 0.90 65.00
Visit our website for seasonal items!

www.piehtoolco.com

Pieh Tool Gift Items
PIEH TOOL GIFT ITEMS

Our Ash T-shirt’s are silk screened with our black and white logo on front and our full color logo on the back
(thermally transferred). Heather Black, California Blue and Pink are silk screened on the back with our
logo, and left sleeve has an anvil and hammer logo silk screened in the same color. These shirts are tone
on tone and are very striking and up with today’s fashion trends! Shirts are Gildan® Ultra Cotton (100%
cotton jersey) and lightweight (6.1-oz) We offer tees, tanks and a long sleeve in colors listed. Makes a great
A birthday, Christmas or any time present! Check our website for updated colors.
Pieh Short Sleeve Shirts
SHIP WT
ITEM # COLOR SIZE U/M PRICE
(lb)
A PiehT-S.A Ash Small EA 0.34 20.00
PiehT-M.A Ash Medium EA 0.39 20.00
Pieh Tool
Colored T-shirt (Back) Sleeve (below) PiehT-L.A Ash Large EA 0.43 20.00
PiehT-XL.A Ash XLarge EA 0.49 20.00
PiehT-2X.A Ash 2XLarge EA 0.55 20.00
PiehT-S.P Pink Small EA 0.34 20.00
PiehT-M.P Pink Medium EA 0.38 20.00
PiehT-L.P Pink Large EA 0.43 20.00
PiehT-XL.P Pink XLarge EA 0.49 20.00
B PiehT-2X.P Pink 2XLarge EA 0.54 20.00
PiehT-S.HB Heather Black Small EA 0.34 20.00
PiehT-M.HB Heather Black Medium EA 0.39 20.00
PiehT-L.HB Heather Black Large EA 0.43 20.00
PiehT-XL.HB Heather Black XLarge EA 0.49 20.00
PiehT-2X.HB Heather Black 2XLarge EA 0.55 20.00
PiehT-S.T Teal Small EA 0.34 20.00
PiehT-M.T Teal Medium EA 0.39 20.00
PiehT-L.T Teal Large EA 0.43 20.00
C PiehT-XL.T Teal XLarge EA 0.49 20.00
PiehT-2X.T Teal 2XLarge EA 0.54 20.00
Pieh Tank Tops

SHIP WT
ITEM # COLOR SIZE U/M PRICE
(lb)
B PiehTnk.M.P Pink Medium EA 0.21 18.00
PiehTnk.L.P Pink Large EA 0.23 18.00
PiehTnk.XL.P Pink XLarge EA 0.28 18.00
D
PiehTnk.2XL.P Pink 2XLarge EA 0.28 18.00
PiehTnk.M.T Teal Medium EA 0.21 18.00
PiehTnk.L.T Teal Large EA 0.24 18.00
PiehTnk.XL.T Teal XLarge EA 0.28 18.00
PiehTnk.2XL.T Teal 2XLarge EA 0.28 18.00
Pieh Twill Hat

Our Sportsman Twill has Pieh Tool logo embroidered in 4 color in the front, and one side reads Blacksmith
E Supply. Velcro closure. 100% cotton.
SHIP WT
ITEM # DESCRIPTION COLOR U/M PRICE
(lb)
C PHAT-KH Twill Sportsman Hat Khaki EA 0.17 18.00
PHAT-BL Twill Sportsman Hat Royal Blue EA 0.17 18.00
PHAT-BK Twill Sportsman Hat Black EA 0.16 18.00
Pieh Tape Measure

Pieh Tool tape measure has steel clip, rubber boot and fractions.
SHIP WT
(lb)
D 1814-PIEH Pieh Brand Tape Measure, 25’ 1” x 25’ EA 0.85 7.50
Pieh Gift Certificates

Enjoy these gifts yourself Blacksmiths and farriers can be hard to shop for. If you are not sure what they have you may be scratching
your head. Gift certificates allow them to find the book or tool they have been wanting that you did not know
or for family members about. Give a Gift Certificate today and put a smile on his/or her face! Email or Call if you need this sent to
you via Email, instead of US Mail service, and receive it the same day! May be redeemed when purchasing
and friends. merchandise or classes from our store, print catalog, or on-line web store.
Great for any occasion! ITEM # DESCRIPTION
E Gift Sale Pieh Gift Certificates Personalized in Requested Dollar Amounts

Gifts: Jewelry
HAND FORGED JEWELRY

Sarazona Designs owner Sarah Harms creates original forged steel and silver jewelry, sure to engage
conversation. They are truly stunning and unique. All pieces are protected with renaissance wax. The
necklaces have an adjustable black cotton cord that can be worn long or as a choker. Artist’s choice of A
beads accents both the necklaces and earrings. Forged locally in Camp Verde, Arizona USA.
SIZE SHIP WT
(in) (lb)
A S39 Heart Necklace, 1” 1 EA 0.10 14.00
S58 Heart Necklace, 1-1/2” 1-1/2 EA 0.15 16.00
S5 Heart Necklace, 2” 2 EA 0.18 20.00
B
S42 Spiral Necklace, 1” 1 EA 0.10 14.00
S61 Spiral Necklace, 1-1/2” 1-1/2 EA 0.15 14.00
B S3 Spiral Necklace, 1-3/4” 1-3/4 EA 0.18 20.00
C S7 Heart Earrings, 1-3/4” 1-3/4 PR 0.08 28.00
D S8 Spiral Earrings, 1-3/4” 1-3/4 PR 0.06 28.00 C
S30 Steel Spiral w/Pearls Earrings, 1-3/4” 1-3/4 PR 0.03 40.00
SH-120 Steel Feather Earrings, 1-3/4” 1-3/4 PR 0.12 35.00
S47 Heart Bracelet, 1” 1 EA 0.10 15.00
S48 Spiral Bracelet, 7/8” 7/8 EA 0.10 15.00
S1 Key Chain Spiral 2 EA 0.10 18.00
D
S2 Key Chain Heart 2 EA 0.10 18.00
Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

has opened a 2nd location
for your shopping convenience
visit our North Phoenix store

Pieh Tool Company 2, LLC.
NE Corner of Tatum & Dynamite
28255 N. Tatum Blvd., Ste #1
Cave Creek, Arizona 85331
Store Hours
Open Mon through Fri: 8:00 - 4:00
7:00 - 4:00 (June 1 - Sept. 30)
Saturday: 9:00 - 1:00
Tel: 480-626-0924
We carry a robust line of horseshoeing supplies,

blacksmithing & metalworking supplies,
JET® Tools and Milwaukee® Power Tools
in both our stores!
Driving directions to
Pieh Tool Company 2, LLC.
From Flagstaff, AZ: From Phoenix, AZ

Head south on I-17 (115 mi) From downtown, merge onto I-10 E toward Tucson (2.2 mi)
Take exit 223 for Carefree Hwy/AZ-74 Take exit 147A-147B for AZ-202 Loop E/AZ-51 N
Turn left onto W Carefree Hwy (10.0 mi) Take exit 147B on the left to merge onto AZ-51 N (15.1 mi)
Turn right onto N Cave Creek Rd (3.4 mi) Take the Arizona 101 Loop E exit on the left (1.3 mi)
Turn left onto N Tatum Blvd (1.4 mi) Take exit 31 for Tatum Boulevard
Turn left just before you reach E Dynamite Blvd. intersection. Turn left onto N Tatum Blvd
You will cross over traffic on Tatum Blvd Destination will be on the right just past the intersection of
(Destination is on the left) Dynamite and Tatum (5.0 mi)

Books: Knifemaking
KNIFEMAKING
U/M SHIP WT
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR PAGES SIZE BINDING PRICE
(lb)
A A BK990 500 Knives, Celebrating Traditional & Innovative Le Van 384 8x8 Softcover EA 2.26 24.95
Designs
Contemporary knifemakers have become masters of new
techniques and technologies, experts in reinterpreting form
and function to create sculptural works of art Flip through this
amazing on-the-page gallery, and you’ll discover a dizzying
array of styles, from ones that demonstrate simple elegance to
over-the-top embellishment. Includes daggers, kitchen knives,
B hunting knives, combat and folding knives, switchblades, multi-
blades, swords, axes, tomahawks, and even a pistol-knife, all
honed with fine creative vision.
B BK614 $50 Dollar Knife Shop Goddard 156 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 1.20 21.99
Wayne Goddard shows hobbyists how to do it on a budget.
Well illustrated with great photos and detailed diagrams show
the design and construction of all the tools needed to make
knives. Every knifemaker will want to learn how Goddard can
create or acquire knifemaking supplies at almost no cost.
C
C BK835 Ancient Northern European Axes Gränsfors 27 6x6 Softcover EA 0.16 5.00
The Ancient Northern European Axes Book, published by
Gränsfors Bruks of Sweden. This book introduces the use of
axes in Northern Europe and also through the ages as their
use has changed. It has an excellent illustrated reference area
on all of the axes and their uses. B/W photos & illustrations.
D BK449 Antler & Iron II: Building a Mountain Man Chapman 40 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.85 12.00
D Folding Knife
Shows how to build Mt. Man Folders. Blacksmiths, bladesmiths
and knifemakers will find this an superb addition to their
reference library. Over 100 photos and drawings show step-by-
step construction of a “Times Gone By” masterpiece, without
power tools.
E BK834 Axe Book, The Gränsfors 36 6x6 Softcover EA 0.16 5.00
Gränsfors Crafting Tools Instruction Manual and Help. Contains
E information on axes and the philosophy behind the axes being
produced today at Gränsfors Bruks: parts of the axe, limbing
a log, working with a carpenters axe, woodworking, and axe
throwing. Other topics include choosing an axe; basics of
firewood splitting, drying and storage; caring for your axe; and
fitting a handle. Includes photos & illustrations.
F BK460 Complete Bladesmith, The Hrisoulas 190 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 1.22 33.00
Build your own forge, equip your workshop, choose your
F materials and get to work. You’ll jump at the chance to heat
the steel: bending, twisting, folding, cutting and stretching it.
Finally, you’ll put the perfect grind on the new blade, make your
own scrimshaw, fit the softest, hardest or most exotic wood
to the grip, and slip your blade into your handmade sheath.
It’s all here: a survival blade, commando dagger, medieval
broadsword or just a utility knife.
G BK469 Custom Knifemaking McCreight 224 7x9 Softcover EA 0.83 24.80
10 Projects from a Master Craftsman
Demystify the ancient art of bladesmithing for contemporary
G knifemakers. Following chapters on tools, set up and sheath
making, the book provides 10 projects of increasing complexity
to lead either beginner or advanced metalworkers. 180
illustrations.
H BK646 Damascus Steel, 3rd Edition Sachse 237 10-1/4 x Hardcover EA 4.26 140.00
His vast knowledge of historical records have made Sachse 12-3/4
an undisputed and internationally renowned expert in all
aspects of Damascus steel. His authentic style of describing
the techniques and the cultural myths, that have surrounded
the old craft, impress experts an interested layman alike. The
H illustrations perfectly combines technical detail drawing with
colorful photography, A German edition “Damaszener Stahl” is
also available by request.
J BK968 Fancy Knives: Materials and Decorative Siebeneicher- 184 7 x 10 Hardcover EA 2.04 29.99
Techniques Hellwig,
Offers insights into the materials used in making knives, their Steigerwald
qualities, and various working and decorating techniques. A
special chapter gives the reader instructions for making his
own knife. Included is valuable information about steel, knife
blades, handle materials, making sheaths and their care. Ernst
J Siebeneicher-Hellwig, teaches knife making courses and is an
instructor at the Bavarian Hunting School. 300 illustrations.
K BK955 Heritage of English Knives, The Hayden- 336 9 x 12 Hardcover EA 4.72 95.00
This preeminent reference on antique English knives, Wright
written by one of Great Britain’s most respected 20th century
authorities on weaponry contains much previously unknown
historical information about cutlers and their art. History of
the famous American designed Bowie knife, manufactured
K extensively in Sheffield, is explained and amply illustrated.
Discussions present multi-bladed sportsmen’s pocket knives;
farrier’s, smoker’s, and quill knives; curiosities and actual
knives presented to King George IV in 1821. 301 color and 20
B&W illustrations.

Books: Knifemaking
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK446 How to Make Knives Barney/ 182 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 1.03 17.99
Complete instructions on making high quality handmade knives. Loveless
Forging and stock removal, mirror polishing, sheath making,
safety techniques, required tools and supplies and more. Step- A
by-step information and photos. Tips from Bob Loveless, Bill
Moran, Buster Warenski
and Corbet Sigman.
B BK454 Iron Age Primitives Chapman 18 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover 0.85 8.95
Covered: Two knives, dag and adz, forging a copper guard and
swaging it on the tang, Hafting the adz on an antler handle,
building an antler saw from scratch, making a spring for a
pocket sheath, using pitch, sinew and hide glues on handles
and a simple hot iron die used to forge a ribbed blade.
B
C BK831 Knifemaking with Bob Loveless Hollis 192 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.00 29.99
Build Knives with a Living Legend 10-7/8
Bob Loveless, a pioneer in knifemaking was an inspiration
for all knife enthusiasts. This book looks into the Loveless’
workshop and life. You’ll learn his methods for creating a knife
including tempering and design, the tools used, and knife care.
“While this may not be the last word in a biography of this
knifemaking legend, it certainly is a good start of filling in the
blanks.” - Steven Dick of Tactical Knives Magazine. Over 200
photos. C
D BK461 Master Bladesmith, The Hrisoulas 296 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 1.80 48.00
Advanced Studies in Steel
This advanced study of steel reveals forging secrets once
protected by guilds. Never-before-seen instructions, diagrams
and photos explain the tricks behind using Japanese mokume
gane, differential heat treating, power hammers, and other
techniques to blades, spears and swords that bear the master’s
mark.
E BK453 Nose to the Grindstone Chapman 18 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.85 8.95
A fixed blade and simple folder are illustrated with step by D
step instructions using hot and cold iron techniques. Building
a simple touchmark is covered along with an “Antler Drilling
Engine” and a few Damascus tricks thrown in.
F BK462 Pattern Welded Blade, The Hrisoulas 120 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA .80 32.00
Jim Hrisoulas reveals the secrets of this ancient craft. From
the welding of the starting billet to the final assembly of the
completed blade, Hrisoulas provides in-depth instruction in
forging basic, precise patterns and the more stunning complex
designs. E
G BK464 Razor Edge Book of Sharpening Juranitch 145 8 x 9-1/4 Softcover EA .81 21.95
Recognized as “The Bible Of The Cutting Edge,” it belongs in
the library of anyone who’s serious about sharpening. Written
by Guinness world record holder John Juranitch, it contains
all the knowledge and insights gained during his more than
45 years in the sharpening industry. Crammed with photos,
illustrations and cutting edge secrets. It covers topics like
how to choose a knife, sharpening theories and applications,
steeling, using a hone and more. You’ll learn the truth about
common myths like why you should never use oil on a hone.
F
H BK650 Sharpening and Knifemaking Watson 176 6x9 Softcover EA 0.74 12.95
In a process handed down from his grandfather, Jim Watson
illustrates sharpening techniques for numerous woodcarving
tools and knives, including pocket knives and kitchen knives.
The necessary materials for sharpening are listed and
discussed, with methods for reconditioning and making new
knives and tools, and information on resurfacing the sharpening
stones.
G
J BK830 Wonder of Knifemaking, The, 2nd Edition Goddard 160 8-1/4 x Softcover EA 1.27 27.99
“Your questions, comments, and sometimes complaints are 10-7/8
what keep me going as a writer. Keep it coming!” ~ Wayne
Goddard As a columnist for BLADE Magazine, Goddard has
been answering real questions from real knifemakers for more
than 20 years. Find all the details in one place in this handy
reference for every knifemaker, amateur or professional. Clear
and precise answers on every aspect of knifemaking, from
selecting steel to heat treating and finishing the blade, with
tips and tricks for knifemakers of all skill levels are given. H
Mastersmith Goddard is an icon in the field of knifemaking. A
full-time maker, teacher and writer, Goddard works as hard to
teach knifemaking skills as he does to acquire them.
Knife Making Classes

We offer periodic bladesmith classes with Ray Rybar in Camp Verde, Arizona. Ray began forging blades in 1972 and joined the
American Bladesmith Association in 1986. In 2001 he attained the coveted status of ABS Master. Ray works almost exclusively
with patterned steel and enjoys crafting all types of knives. His favorites are long bladed and are frequently decorated with biblical J
passages. Ray is a contributor to Blade Magazine and a nationally known instructor. Classes are geared toward beginner to
intermediate skill levels. Blacksmithing experience is recommended; consider taking our beginning blacksmith class first.
Take this rare opportunity to learn from a true artist and master craftsman!
Visit Ray’s personal website at www.rybarknives.com and our Calendar of Events: www.piehtoolco.com

Books: Blacksmithing - Techniques & Projects
BLACKSMITHING TECHNIQUES & PROJECTS

SHIP WT
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR PAGES SIZE BINDING U/M PRICE
(lb)
A A BK50 101 Things You Can Build From Horseshoes Dohrmann 33 8-1/2 x 11 Spiralbound EA 0.27 13.75
Easy instructions with lots of ideas to make items like a file Softcover
folder rack, plant stand, towel rack, coat hangar, hay feeder
camp stool, mug tree, shelves, and so much more. 150
illustrations.
B BK781 ABCs of Blacksmithing, The: Examples, Wolf 199 8 x 10 Hardcover EA 1.82 48.95
Step-by-Step
Translated from the German version with updated information
and tips! Clear explanations as well as the detailed photos
and drawings. This is an excellent step-by-step approach for
B beginners and provides the expert with new and different ideas
on how to approach projects. 532 photos and drawings.
C BK157 Art of Blacksmithing, The Bealer 428 8-1/2 x Hardcover EA 1.42 9.95
A beginners book that shows how many household items, as 5-1/2
well as, knives, horseshoes, iron grills, rifle barrels, barrel
hoops, etc. were made. There is also some information on
the makings of arms and armor. This is a great guide for the
restoration enthusiast.
D BK721 Artist Blacksmith, The: Design and Techniques Parkinson 160 8-3/4 x 10 Hardcover EA 1.78 50.00
C The essential handbook for anyone interested in bringing a
creative, contemporary approach to this ancient craft, and for
those already hooked who want to improve and expand their
skills. Topics covered include: the range and use of tools and
materials; fundamental blacksmithing processes; working at the
anvil, bending, upsetting and spreading, hot cutting, punching,
twisting and joining. Illustrated with over 200 diagrams and
photographs, Provides an introduction to the beginner and
valuable information for the more experienced smith looking to
expand their workshop.
D
E BK763 Backyard Blacksmith, The Sims 184 8 x 10 Softcover EA 1.47 24.99
Lorelei takes the mystery out of blacksmithing, but not the
magic. Detailed step-by-step full color exercises teach all the
universal skills and techniques used to forge iron; it’s like
having a master blacksmith by your side. Over 20 beautiful
and functional projects organized by difficulty level allow new
blacksmiths to progress at their own pace and master the skills
they learned in earlier chapters. 250 photos/illustrations.
F BK181 Basic Blacksmithing Harries and 127 6-3/4 x Softcover EA 0.57 29.95
E Excellent modern book, showing how to make blacksmithing Heer 9-5/8
tools, and then how to use them to make other tools, such as
a sickle, saw etc., as well as how to set up a workshop. This
book’s strength is the use of drawings rather than text and,
being aimed at aid workers in the Third World, it is an excellent
beginner’s manual. Some of the materials and processes
shown are unusual but the information is very good. Heavily
illustrated.
G BK186 Beginning Blacksmithing: One Mississippi Heath 425 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 2.38 38.00
F Journeyman’s View
This is one of Heaths great books. It contains everything
for beginning blacksmithing, as well as, some wonderful
projects like crafting a Kentucky long rifle. A great book that
is down to earth and is hand bound. Heath teaches the basics
of blacksmithing, forging techniques, hardening and heat
treatment, leather bellows construction, simple instructions on
how to forge weld, and the history of iron smelting. Thousands
of illustrations.
H BK734 Blacksmith Craft, A: The Legacy of Francis Dixon 157 8 x 10 Hardcover EA 1.80 52.00
G Whitaker, Vol. 1
This is a revision and expansion sequel to “The Blacksmith
Cook Book” by Francis Whitaker. It starts with discussion on
lighting a coal fire and expands from there. The book contains
a helpful index. The Blacksmith Craft is a “must have” for
blacksmiths of all levels of expertise! Step by step drawings
& tool explanations make this book unique! 800 photos &
drawings.
J BK723 Blacksmith, Ironworker and Farrier, The Watson 171 7-1/2 x 10 Softcover EA 0.99 21.00
The roles of the blacksmith as hardware maker, farrier, and
H village handyman are vividly portrayed in the lively text with
exceptional illustrations. Methods of fullering, upsetting, and
welding wrought iron are clearly explained. It also explains the
construction of latches, ice tongs, chains, and a wealth of iron
fittings. For those who would like a forge and bellows of their
own, there are designs for laying out a blacksmith shop and
constructing a leather bellows and forge. Illustrated.
J
NOTE: AVAILABILITY MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK806 Blacksmithing-Basics for the Homestead DeLaRonde 136 8x9 Softcover EA 0.76 15.99
Master blacksmith Joe DeLaRonde started his blacksmithing
career 35 years ago as an apprentice under a master German A
blacksmith. His works are in use around the globe by military
personnel and living history enthusiasts, as well as in private
collections and museums in the United States, Canada,
Mexico, and Europe. Through detailed but easy-to-understand
instructions, illustrations, and photographs, he teaches the
basic skills of forging. Here is all the information you need to
create artistic yet functional iron hardware and implements for
home or ranch, including: pokers, shovels, tongs, hooks, camp
sets, forks, spoons/spatulas, skewers, nails, hinges, latches,
drawer pulls, coat hooks, towel bars, candle holders, brooms,
hoes, crowbars, awls, screwdrivers, chain links, chisels,
hammers, adzes, axes and knives. DeLaRonde continues to B
work in his shop in Mancos, Colorado, producing some of the
finest tomahawks, axes, and knives available on the market
today. 305 illustrations.
B BK182 Blacksmithing Instructors’ Guide Harries 67 6-3/4 x Softcover EA 0.41 29.95
This book is designed to help skilled blacksmiths who have 9-5/8
little or no teaching experience to train others in forge-work
techniques, using easily obtainable equipment and scrap metal
to produce tools such as hoes, sickles, hammers and axes.
C BK206 Blacksmithing Primer, A McDaniel 174 8-1/2 x 10 Spiralbound EA 1.00 25.00
A step-by-step guide to basic and intermediate blacksmithing. Softcover C
Includes over 20 projects and chapters that include setting up
a shop, forging and heat treating tools, forge welding, plans to
make a coal forge and anvil. Over 400 line drawings.
D BK995 Blacksmithing Projects Blandford 144 8-1/2 x 10 Softcover EA 0.79 12.95
Projects for novices and experts include door latches, garden
tools, tables, fences, weather vanes, and more. A book of
ideas and suggestions featuring 80 figures and includes lists
of materials, step-by-step instructions, and suggestions for
variations in design. Reprint of ‘24 Blacksmithing Projects’.
B&W illustrations.
D
E BK225 Blacksmith’s Craft, The McRaven 256 7x9 Softcover EA 1.00 19.95
Charles McRaven, a master blacksmith, guides you step-
by-step through the process of building a simple forge from
recycled materials, acquiring or crafting the basic tools,
and learning the techniques to get started in blacksmithing.
McRaven began smithing out of a desire to make his own tools
for building and restoring hewn-log homes. He demonstrates
his simple methods in easy-to-follow photos throughout
this book. Working under his tutelage, you’ll find yourself
encouraged and confident that you can create items of lasting
beauty and durability from iron and steel. Photographs and
illustrations.
E
F BK959 Boone Wrought Iron Plummer 76 8x8 Softcover EA 0.61 19.95
Daniel Boone the 7th has traced his blacksmithing heritage
back 15 generations to 16th century England. This book is a
tribute to his (and Judy’s) success as a full time professional
blacksmith after having a long career as a welder. The book
includes a brief bio, pictures of his shop and craft fair booth,
and a discussion on how he approaches the business of selling
ironwork. This is followed by 6 chapters featuring the different
types of ironwork he makes and sells. Along with the pictures
there are brief sidebars which speak to various technical F
aspects involved in making the piece. Photographed by Nick
Vincent, Edited by Judy Boone. 85 photos.
G BK773 Classic Wrought Ironwork Patterns and Designs Small 48 8-3/8 x 11 Softcover EA 0.35 8.95
Forty plates of meticulously rendered designs replicate
authentic ironwork projects that span some 600 years of
metalcrafting. Patterns selected from English churches,
chapels, tombs, castles, and other architectural sites depict
twelfth-century hinges, fifteenth-century grilles and railings,
and seventeenth-century knockers, handles, latches, and other
ornamental elements. Ideal for today’s metal crafters looking G
to recreate the decorative architectural accessories from an
earlier era, these royalty-free patterns will also be of value to
artists, architects, and designers. Illustrated.
H BK757 Classical Techniques of Hand Forged Iron Metzger 72 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.61 32.00
Translated into English in 2002 by Rudolf Baum. Franz Kuhn
& Francis Whitaker both apprenticed with Julius Schramm,
and were strong influences in the revival of the Renaissance.
Samuel Yellin also looked to earlier periods, and worked with
the tools, techniques, and traditions of the Renaissance. Max
Metzger saw the future of the blacksmith in this revival, and
he supported the name “Artist-Blacksmith” and describes the
techniques and stresses the necessity of freehand drawing H
employing old traditions in original work.

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK667 Coal Heat Schuler and 158 6x9 Softcover EA 0.68 5.95
If you are looking for alternative heat sources from oil, wood, Hull
A and electricity this book will tell you all you need to know about
coal heat. Covers types and availability of coal, maintenance,
conversion of furnaces to coal. Sections are devoted
specifically to the use of coal to heat water, as space heaters
and in fireplaces.
B BK250 Complete Modern Blacksmith Weygers 302 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 1.45 19.95
This blacksmithing book is a three-in-one of “The Modern
Blacksmith”, “The Making of Tools”, and “The Recycling, Use
and Repair of Tools”. This volume details correct hammer and
body motions, forging, creating tools and a variety of other
B helpful advice. Over a thousand detailed line drawings.
C BK795 Complete Working Guide for the Beginning MacKay 192 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 1.17 35.00
CD795 Blacksmith - Blacksmithing Fundamentals, A CD EA 0.11 15.00
Heritage blacksmith Don MacKay, was inspired by a lack
of blacksmithing books dedicated to the beginner, where
important elements are taken for granted. He stresses the
importance of using sound ageless techniques without the need
for modern tools. Covers the aspects of blacksmithing, shop
set-up, tools, building a forge, fuel and design and looks at
three shops that predate the 20th century. Hammer technique,
heating principles, forge welding are studied, including a new
technique of forge welding: the round scarf. Twenty-one
C progressive lessons with photos and articulate descriptive step-
by-step instructions. References, brings together essential
information ranging from forge welding flux recipes from the
1800’s, tables on metals, etc. Over 100 pictures and diagrams.
The CD allows you to print out pages for separate use.
D BK212 Decorative and Sculptural Ironwork Meilach 312 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 2.66 34.95
After a short history of ironwork, Meilach discusses the
iron working shop, forge and tools, including anvils, vises,
hammers, tongs, punches, centrifugal blowers and machine
tools. Information on building, lighting and maintaining a
D fire are presented. Forging procedures are explicitly shown:
drawing out, flattening, bending, upsetting, twisting, splitting,
punching and drafting, hot cutting on a hardy, and joining and
finishing techniques. 52 color photos and 727 B/W photos and
drawings.
E BK758 Descriptive Drawing for Metalwork & Workbook for Baum 2 books: Spiral SET 1.09 44.00
Descriptive Drawing Bk 1:48 8-1/2 x 11 Softcovers
Rudolf Baum was head of the metalwork department at a Bk 2:76 8-1/2 x 11
state technical school in Hennef, Germany. He prepared these
books to provide an introduction to descriptive drawing for both
apprentices and advanced artist-blacksmiths. Blacksmithing
begins with an idea which then becomes a mental picture.
This must then become a real picture, usually a free-hand
drawing, realistic enough so the experienced smith can present
it to his customer, and use it as a basis for a dimensioned
E shop drawing. The drawings in these books appear to be
three-dimensional; the objects look as though they could be
picked up. The realistic effect is the result of simple shading
techniques explained in detail in the text, and avoids the need
for an engineers drawing.
F BK932 Forged Architectural Metalwork Parkinson 176 8-1/2 x 10 Hardcover EA 1.98 45.00
A handsomely illustrated guide to forged architectural ironwork
and the craft of the artist blacksmith. Architectural ironwork
demands a wide spectrum of skills, from making a finely
detailed drawing to forging heavy, red-hot metal bars. Written
by a leading artist blacksmith, you will look seriously at design,
F construction, finishing, and installation, and at the skills
required of smith workers in the architectural field today. 180
photos, 50 B/W drawings.
G CD915 Hot Shop Chapman 23 8-1/2 x 11 CD Book EA 0.11 10.95
This CD is the first book in a series but made on a disc, is
about 25 years at Chapman’s blacksmith shop. It features
tooling, fixtures, hot tips and notes, knives, basement
collection and products made without a power hammer. He has
concentrated on projects that are all hand worked and almost
G no sledge hammer work.
H BK935 Hot Shop II Chapman 23 8-1/2 x 11 Paperback EA 0.12 10.95
CD797 The second book now on a disc about shop tooling. Step by CD Book
step forging techniques, fly press stuff and for knife makers -
two copper handle blacksmith knives. Now you can print out
projects from your computer so you have them right at your
anvil! 140 photos.
H
Have you considered taking an artistic blacksmithing class at Pieh Tool?
Visit our website: www.piehtoolco.com or catalog page 73 for more information.

SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK210 How to Build a Blacksmith Firepot Meador 36 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.20 12.95
Meador shows how to build a portable forge out of angle iron.
By using new parts, the firepot can be built for little more than
the shipping cost of a small store-bought firepot, and for a few A
dollars more, a rock solid stand can be built to hold it. A few
pages are devoted to blacksmith beginners that describe how
to select a fuel, control a fire, read the color of the burning
coals, calculate the cost of a bucket of coal knowing the cost of
a ton of coal, and make a simple coal rake. 31 illustrations.
B BK211 How to Build a Full Size Coal Forge from Meador 36 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.22 12.95
Commonly Available Metal
This book answers one of the most frequently asked
blacksmithing questions - “Does anyone have plans for building
a forge?” The coal forge in this book uses all new parts which B
are much easier to come by than scrounged parts, and it
still will cost considerably less than a manufactured forge of
equal quality. The project requires simple hand tools with the
exception of something to cut the angle iron. The design uses
wheels which are a necessity for weekenders or conference-
hoppers. Not only do the plans describe the construction, they
include the plans for making a smoke hood from sheet metal.
C BK582 How to Forge Weld on a Blacksmith’s Anvil for Heath 52 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.30 12.00
Those Who Have Diligently Tried and Failed
Well-illustrated volume covers the topic of forge welding quite C
well with easy to understand instructions on the use of flux,
scarfing to a finished weld, and many other topics. Heath
covers details of what to look for in the fire, the “wet look” on
the iron, fire preparation, and other subtle details that must be
mastered before a weld can be “pooped”.
D BK583 How to Make a Blacksmith’s Bellows Heath 26 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.10 7.00
A wonderful how-to book with the entire process of making 8-1/2
bellows. Contains over 40 illustrations with text to help guide
you through the process. Heath describes how to make a
traditional two chambered leather bellows, about five feet in D
length. The bellows described is one that was disassembled
at the Agricultural Museum in Jackson, Mississippi and rebuilt.
Details how to set one up, balance it and lever the lower bag.
Exact dimensions are provided.
E BK929 How to Teach Yourself Blacksmithing with Clay Meador 37 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.21 12.95
At times blacksmiths use clay to plan-out how to make a tricky
piece. Having similar properties to red hot metal, but not the
heat so if mistakes are made, just reform the clay and start
again. 50 Illustrations.
E
F BK68 Iron Menagerie Guild of 33 11 x 8-1/2 Softcover EA 0.41 20.00
This excellent project book details how to make a steer head, Metalsmiths
blue crane, duck head, wolf head, ram head, buffalo head, bear
head, mouse head, owl, horsehead, horsehead on a horseshoe,
eagle, rattlesnake and wizard head. It was written to fill a need
for developing blacksmithing skills. All projects in this book
were hammered out by Paul Hubler. Other contributors are Bob
and Mary Fredell, Marcia McEachron, Pete Stanaitis and Gary
Crowther. Created in memory of Dave Ferguson, who was in
the tool and die business for 25 years and loved to work with
metal, especially Damascus. David had a very strong desire to F
see the art of blacksmithing continue and not be lost to future
generations. He studied blacksmithing with Paul Hubler at
Paul’s smithy in Minnesota. Illustrations and B/W photos.
G BK782 Mastering the Fundamentals of Blacksmithing Aspery 299 8-3/4 x Hardcover EA 2.98 59.00
-The Skills of a Blacksmith, Vol. I 11-1/4
The Skills of a Blacksmith are a series of books that started
as course notes for his blacksmith school. It is designed
to lead the blacksmith along a set course of technique and G
understanding. Outstanding step-by-step photographs! Packed
full of projects, a great glossary, and a safety section.
H BK690 Mastering the Fundamentals of Leaf Work Aspery 300 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 2.94 59.00
- The Skills of a Blacksmith, Vol. II
Builds on the skills from his first book. This is perhaps the
most comprehensive work on organic forms. In Vol. I, the
basics of the stylized leaf and stylized flower are introduced.
Mark expands on this in volume 2. He shows how to make the
necessary tools for leaf-making. Ranging from crimping and H
leafing stakes to how to forge your own leafing hammer. He
shows the forged and formed rose and continues through a
multitude of leaves such as the Cottonwood and Ginkgo, and
the Acanthus Leaf. Covers the “stylized bird and split work”. A
great tool for anyone wanting to get a better grasp on organic
forging. 1190 Photographs.

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK841 Mastering Fundamentals - Traditional Joinery, Aspery 368 8-3/4 x Hardcover EA 3.42 59.00
Vol. III 11-1/4
A Mastering the fundamentals of Traditional Joinery guides the
blacksmith in developing the technical skills and understanding
required for forging traditional joints. The concise step-by-
step descriptions complement over 1,600 crisp photographs
that take the smith from developing the tooling through to the
completed joinery project.
B BK63 New Edge of the Anvil Andrews 243 8 x 10 Softcover EA 1.33 25.00
This book provides a tool for artist-blacksmiths and
metalworkers. It tells how to work metal: heating it, cutting
B it, upsetting it, drawing it out, twisting it, forge welding it and
shaping and assembling it. It tells about metallurgy and tool
making, metal finishes and corrosion. It explains the process
of design, how to use the computer in metal design, set up
a business and manage it. The New Edge of the Anvil is a
revised and expanded edition of Andrews earlier and most
successful book. Students are urged to buy, read, use and then
reread this book.
C BK759 Pattern Book for Artist Blacksmiths Metzger 128 10 x 14-3/4 Softcover EA 1.48 50.00
Translated into English in 2002, this outsized reference shows
C how to prepare patterns (stencils) for rosettes, calyx, leaves,
cartouche and scrolls, in Gothic, Renaissance, Baroque and
Rococo styles. Metzger’s exactitude in his drawings detail the
beauty and variations in design. Spiral bound so that it is easy
to lay open on work bench.
D BK450 Penny Knife Chapman 19 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.85 10.00
Penny Knife is about building a historic spring-less folder from
the colonial era. These inexpensive folders were popular then
and the story goes they were named because they cost a
penny back then. Just learning how to make the sheet metal
D bolster tight is worth the price of the booklet. The Penny knife
is very popular with re-enactors concerned with authenticity.
E BK596 Plain and Ornamental Forging Schwarzkopf 281 5 x 7-3/4 Softcover EA 0.80 21.95
Reprint of 1930’s original. Designed to help the beginner learn
the theory and technique of forge work, as well as aid the more
advanced blacksmith with several types of projects. Sections
include tool smithing and basic exercises and ornamental work.
Over 175 photographs and illustrations.
E F BK158 Practical Blacksmithing and Metalworking Blandford 368 7 x 10 Softcover EA 1.36 24.95
A great introduction into the techniques of metalworking and
blacksmithing. Provides useful information on metal alloys,
tools and layout/safety for your shop. This is a very useful
learning tool for the blacksmith hobbyist.
G BK242 Professional Smithing Streeter 144 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.89 22.95
F Written by a recognized professional smith with over 50 years’
experience, whose work appears in hundreds of restorations
throughout the country. Traditional smithing techniques are
presented in clear, step-by-step text and photographs, enabling
the reader to produce high-quality, hand-forged small ironwork.
Included are detailed descriptions of workspace layout,
specialized tools and techniques, white smithing, tool making
and lock smithing.
H BK825 Scroll Sawing in Metal: Patterns and Techniques Pozsgai & 80 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.89 14.95
Scroll sawing in metal is simple, and with a few extra steps, Downing
G cutting metal is as enjoyable as cutting wood. The results
are wonderful and include chandeliers and other decorative
accessories for the home. All is explained in clear, step-by-step
instructions, illustrated in color photos and many patterns and a
gallery to inspire you. More than 100 color photos.
J BK591 Spruce Forge: Manual of Locksmithing, The Morrison & 118 8-1/2 x 11 Spiralbound EA 0.67 25.00
An instructional book with patterns on how to build 6 different Frechette Softcover
blacksmith locks plus basic tool making. Great step-by-step
H guide with 235 illustrations.
K BK993 Swedish Blacksmithing Norén, 200 8x8 Hardcover EA 1.15 53.00
English Language. Swedish book of basic blacksmithing, which Enander
has been available in Sweden, Denmark and Germany since
1998. It is a description of hand forging, written in the form of
a dialogue between a master blacksmith and his apprentice,
along with nearly 400 drawings of the process steps and
techniques required in blacksmithing. Steel is a forgiving
material, and it is important to understand the mistakes one has
made, in order to be able to go back and try it again. Swedish
J Blacksmithing also gives examples of true peak technology,
like axe making and the latest in damascus, or pattern welding!
Some say that the book is also entertaining and most maintain
that Swedish Blacksmithing is the best objective description of
how to forge.
K NOTE: AVAILABILITY MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Books: Blacksmithing - Techniques & Projects • Decorative & Sculptural
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK832 Visual Guide to Blacksmithing Bove 241 6x9 Paperback EA 0.65 24.95
An excellent resource for the beginner blacksmith. This heavily
illustrated guide begins by offering practical tips for setting up A
a safe and space-efficient shop. Once the shop is ready, the
Guide uses hundreds of diagrams and detailed descriptions
to lead you through a variety of beginning blacksmithing
techniques to forge your first tools and complete basic
projects and help hone skills by adding embellishments and an
individuality and flair to your creations.
B BK969 Welding Complete Techniques, Creative 224 8 x 11 Softcover EA 2.04 24.99
Project Plans & Instructions Publishing
Growing interest in metalworking has made supplies easier B
to come by, with most larger building centers now stocking a
variety of metals and even types of fuels. As interest in welding
expands, the number of great plans and designs continues to
grow. Packed with fresh designs and up-to-date information, this
new book is your personal metal shop teacher. Inside you’ll find
everything you need to know to get started welding today. 300
illustrations.
C BK235 Work Methods and Tools of the Artist-Blacksmith Schmirler 128 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 1.59 65.00
(Werk und Werkzeug Des Kuntschmieds) 11-3/8
Text in German, French and English. This book contains more C
than 600 tools and techniques used by the artist blacksmith
with color-wash drawings. Contains information on special
dies, special splitting tools, decorative punches and more. 224
photographs, 37 in color, and 65 drawings.
BLACKSMITHING
Decorative and Sculptural
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR PAGES SIZE BINDING U/M SHIP WT PRICE D
(lb)
D BK604 Architectural Ironwork Meilach 240 11-1/4 x Hardcover EA 3.40 49.95
Showcases an array of ironwork commissioned for new 8-3/4
commercial and residential building projects. Traditional styles
in modern settings that reach for new visual impact. Over
375 spectacular examples from more than 100 of today’s
top blacksmiths, supplemented with historical works from 15
countries. These include doors and hardware, staircases and
railings, and gates and fences.
E
E BK975 Art Deco Ironwork & Sculpture Cook III, 208 9 x 12 Hardcover EA 3.80 49.95
Fantastic photography explores the work of artisans of the Skinner
burgeoning Moderne Art movement in Paris. Selected from folio
volumes published in the mid-1920s to inspire fellow artists
on the cutting edge, the more than 500 treasured and exciting
pieces shared in this compendium have proven themselves
timeless in their classic lines and exquisite detailing. This is a
must-have volume for artisans of the forge, sculpture studios,
and all fans of Art Deco-era decorative arts.
F BK214 Art Nouveau Decorative Ironwork Menten 128 8-3/8 x Paperback EA 0.80 15.95
Derived from now-unavailable sources, this anthology presents 11-1/4 F
extensive documentation of the full range of Art Nouveau iron-
work. Its 137 royalty-free photographs depict the gates, railings,
balconies, doorways, staircases, elevator cages, grilles, lamp-
posts, and other architectural features of structures throughout
Europe. Captions identify source buildings and their locations,
architects, and designers. Dover Original.
G BK764 Art Nouveau Ironwork of Austria and Hungary Santi & 240 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 5.10 49.95
*S/O The streets of Budapest, Hungary, and Vienna, Austria, are Gacher
rich in masterpieces of Art Nouveau ironwork. Vivid photos
show varied interpretations of Art Nouveau forms used in
balustrades, balconies, lanterns, gates, doorways, elevator G
door facades, and more. Explanations of the settings discuss
the details and motifs. Illustrations and 500 color photos.
H BK916 Beautiful Iron: The Pursuit of Excellence Whitaker 192 9 x 11 Spiral EA 2.05 38.00
Hundreds of examples of over 75 years’ work of Master Hardcover
Blacksmith Francis Whitaker! Each page shows a photograph
of one piece, along with written descriptions, dimensions and
completion time. Work includes andirons; door hardware;
fireplace screens, hoods, tools; gates and window grilles;
weather vanes; railings; candlesticks, and much more. H
J BK720 Blacksmith and His Art, The Hawley 176 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 1.04 19.95
A story of blacksmithing, considered by many to be the “King of
the Crafts”. Smithing fathered the metal working industry, which
we take for granted today. It contains pictures of some of the
world’s finest iron-art, and shows modern day creations, which
demonstrate that there is still a place for beautiful hand forged
art objects in the 20th Century. It offers aid and inspiration
to the growing number who are looking for a vehicle of self-
expression. Illustrated.
J

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK761 Catching the Fire: Philip Simmons, Blacksmith Lyons 48 8-1/2 x 9 Softcover EA 0.80 17.00
At thirteen, Philip Simmons caught the blacksmith fever. For
A seventy years he has crafted lumps of metal into beautiful
ornamental pieces. His gates, fences, and railings decorate the
city of Charleston, South Carolina. Lyons visited with Simmons
and others who worked with him. She has pulled together not
only a compelling portrait of the man and his work, but of his
journey from great-grandson of slaves to nationally renowned
artist. Simmons is truly a working person’s hero and role
model. Catching the Fire presents the landscape of his life.
This book is also for young readers.
B
B BK954 Charleston Ironwork - A Photographic Study Bayless 336 11-1/2 x Hardcover EA 2.38 36.95
This photographic essay records the rich legacy of the art 9-1/2
form, as seen in Charleston’s remaining ornamental wrought
and cast iron examples. The photographs are listed by streets,
enabling the visitor to use this book as a guide while enjoying a
stroll around this beautiful historic city. Illustrations: 288.
C BK736 Classic French Wrought Iron: 12th - 19th Century Lecoq 128 11-3/4 x Hardcover EA 1.87 29.95
Traces grilles and gates to balconies and complex lock and key 9-1/2
mechanisms and the successive styles of decorative French
C ironwork over its 700-year development. The authoritative
work on traditional French architectural ironwork designs, from
Romanesque to the Empire, with masterly black and white
illustrations and concise explanations reveal the complex
fabrication techniques and elaborate motifs employed by
French craftsmen.
D BK213 Contemporary Blacksmith, The Meilach 256 8-3/4 x Hardcover EA 3.40 49.95
A historical background of ironwork and designs rooted in the 11-1/2
art nouveau and art deco movements. Beautifully illustrated
architectural ironwork, sculpture, furniture and more. Full of
D color and wonderful black and white photographs.
E BK977 Decorative Architectural Ironwork, Featuring Stuart 224 11 x 8-1/2 Hardcover EA 3.12 39.95
Wrought & Cast Designs
Over 600 color photos. One of the world’s greatest collections
of architectural ironwork is on display in the five boroughs of
New York City. Author and photographer Stuart captures the
magnitude and impressive array of historic exterior designs in
400 color photographs, with background information and the
location of each piece included in captions. You will see iron
E fences, gates, newel posts, balustrades, railings, brackets,
lamps, and more. These stunning artifacts play a major role in
the fabric of the City’s streetscape, and artists, designers, and
ironworkers will all be inspired by the rich selection of designs
found here. This book also serves as an historical record of
the amazing wrought ironwork found in this amazing outdoor
museum.
F BK671 Decorative Ironwork of Italy Pedrini 320 9 x 12 Hardcover EA 4.70 45.00
Beautiful hand-wrought iron gates, grilles, architectural
details, and fireplace equipment feature scrollwork and floral
embellishments, from many ancient towns in Italy. Medieval
and rococo elements are plentiful. 487 full-page, black
F and white photographs illuminate details that will inspire
blacksmiths and designers today. The original locations of the
ironwork are identified in the text.
G BK788 Early American Wrought Iron: 3 Volumes in One, Sonn 765 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 6.62 96.00
Albert Sonn (1867-1936) originally published Early American
Wrought Iron in 1928. There were so many requests that it
was finally reprinted in 2007. It is a massive book of over 750
pages and 3000 drawings, often referred to as the ‘Bible of
Colonial Hardware’ and a celebration of the village blacksmith.
Artist and draftsman Sonn spent 8-1/2 years traveling the East
Coast, to museums, private collections, and antique stores.
The history of blacksmithing, wrought iron door hardware
G (knockers and knocker latches), thumb latches of all types and
the development of bars and lifts, door locks, early American
wrought iron hinges of all types, hasps, bolts, and doors;
wagon, chest and gate hardware; balconies and railings,
newels, gateways, grilles, signs, brackets, weather vanes,
wall anchors, gutter supports, foot scrapers, shutter hardware,
household lighting, etc. Each page is filled with descriptions
of the items, where they were found or made originally, and
dated. It was reprinted on semi-gloss paper taking into account
the how dirty blacksmiths hands can be, the cover can even be
wiped. A great resource for both blacksmiths and architects.
Be connected with us -- check the newest products and the latest

events at Pieh Tool . . .www.piehtoolco.com

Books: Blacksmithing - Decorative & Sculptural
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK827 Edgar Brandt: Art Deco Ironwork Kahr 240 9 x 12 Hardcover EA 4.16 79.99
A French premier metalsmith in the 20th century, Edgar Brandt
(1880-1960) designed and fabricated some of the most beautiful
architectural and decorative ironwork of his age. This elegant
book recounts his life. Lyrical gates, doors, and tables, including A
his most famous screen, L’Oasis, appeared at the seminal
1925 Exposition des Arts Décoratifs, in Paris, which gave the
name Art Deco to the new design style. Combining motifs from
ancient Egypt and classical Greek sources, floral and animals
forms, and machine-inspired geometric designs, Brandt created
items that became synonymous with the most lavish designs
of the time. His workshop and showroom in Paris, along with
a gallery that featured works by other contemporary artist-
craftsmen, produced luxury goods and private commissions.
Grilles, fire screens, doors, tables, andirons, vessels and
lighting devices were exquisitely executed. Historians and art
collectors interested in this fascinating period will find this book B
an invaluable reference. 306 photos.
B BK709 Feuer und Stahl Hephaistos 84 8-1/4 x Softcover EA 0.40 18.40
The catalog covering the first IFGS (International Professional 8-1/4
Association of Artist Blacksmiths-Germany) exhibition in 1993
called “fire and steel” in Hamburg. Complete your collection.
C BK732 Fireplace Accessories Meilach 256 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 3.40 49.95
First book that focuses custom-made fireplace accessories
as works of art. Over 400 ideas for unique fireplace designs
reflect historical styles from Renaissance to Post-Modern. Be C
amazed at the infinite effects a bar of metal can be formed
between the hammers and anvils of more than 100 master artist
blacksmiths from nine countries. Learn to appreciate the forms
used, from scrolls to carved animals; recognize their texturing,
unusual handles and hinges, supports, etc. Fire screens,
hoods, doors, andirons, grates, tongs, pokers, shovels, brooms,
and their stands emerge as significant decorative items in
today’s homes. A wonderful source book for homeowners and
designers seeking original art. Marvel at the artistry, variety,
and craftsmanship. 362 color & 55 black and white photos.
D BK981 Found Object Art Spencer 240 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 3.26 49.95 D
Hundreds of examples show trash transformed into fascinating
sculpture, collages, furniture, jewelry, and clothing - some items
functional, some not. Meet artists who count themselves among
an exclusive club of dumpster divers and garbage pickers
from all over the United States. Watch as other people’s junk
finds new life as treasure and the innovative artisans inside
will profoundly influence the way you view life and its everyday
detritus.
E BK982 Found Object Art 2 Spencer 240 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 3.26 49.95
From once-cast-aside items, 83 artists have carefully crafted
fine jewelry to experiential gallery installations. Tour with their
imaginations across the United States and Europe to view 487 E
original artworks. Many of them make their work a poignant en-
vironmental message, some uncover treasure and transcendent
beauty, and still others set out simply to evoke a smile. This is
a delightful treasury of one-of-a-kind artworks that you’ll want
to study and be inspired by time and again. A listing of galleries
that represent the artists shown is included.
F BK942 From Fire to Form: Sculpture from the Modern Clarke 256 11 x 8-1/2 Hardcover EA 3.48 50.00
Blacksmith and Metalsmith
Striking color photos display artworks produced by today’s
leading blacksmiths and metalsmiths. Revealed here are F
beautiful sculptures, created by long-established and new
artists, and destined for individual homes, public parks, and
other outdoor venues. Includes works by John Medwedeff,
Nathan Blank, Tony Higdon, Erika Strecker, and Zachary Noble.
Ornamental vases, bowls, plates, and containers as well as
functional gates, rails, furniture, and lighting are included. Both
images and text showcase work that may be traditional or
ground breaking in technique, but always in an artistic context.
521 photos and index.
G BK983 George Rickey, The Early Works Davidson III 288 8-1/2 x 12 Hardcover EA 5.00 79.95
*S/O Rickey’s fascinating sculptural oeuvre spans a fifty-three-year
period (1949-2002) and is incredibly diverse. This book is G
concerned exclusively with the early indoor sculptures from the
first 25 years of Rickey’s output. With over 380 photos covering
the artist’s early innovations, we get an intimate and more
complete picture of his artistic diversity. Carefully categorizes
the works into 35 chapters. Many sculptures are published here
for the first time.
H BK710 Gestaltetes Metall: Gitter-Tore-Türen Hephaistos 68 8-1/4 x Softcover EA 0.56 18.90
Written in German. The catalogue covering the 5th IFGS 8-1/4
(International Professional Association of Artist Blacksmiths-
Germany) exhibition at Stolberg in 2001. The catalogue H
contains photos of all exhibits and descriptions (lattice, gates,
doors; master pieces and journeyman pieces) as well as
pictures of the participants.

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK777 Heritage in Iron, A Routson 216 11-3/4 x Hardcover EA 2.86 50.00
A Documents the history of two ranch restoration projects, 9-1/2
the blacksmith work, and the individuals who forged the
hinges, latches, and other ironwork installed on the ranches.
Generously illustrated with meticulous mechanical drawings
and graceful pencil sketches show the work that went into
planning and designing the authentic barns, out buildings, and
hardware of the two ranches including Dashwood House, the
ranch headquarters. The purpose of the book is to honor the
blacksmiths, designers, and builders of the Double Shoe Cattle
Company and to celebrate the Western lifestyle. Over 200 full-
color and historical photos.
B B BK933 Ironwork: Dynamic Details Meilach 160 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 2.76 39.95
An exceptional insight into organic styled ironwork created
by today’s artist-blacksmiths. Photographs display details of
flowers, grape clusters, leaves, small and large animals that
attest to the blacksmith’s role as a sculptor. There are amazing
scrolls, folds, twists, textures, and weaves not normally
associated with the hard material. Meilach shows how focusing
on the iron details of flowers, leaves, and amazing critters
makes ordinary fences, gates, and chandeliers extraordinary.
Functional joints become beautiful elements on items we use
daily. 251 photos.
C
C BK931 Ironwork Today; Inside & Out Meilach 256 11 x 8-1/2 Hardcover EA 3.46 49.95
The color photographs highlight objects for indoor and outdoor
use, including fences, railings, gates, doors, sculpture,
furniture, lighting fixtures, candle holders, and more. Some are
truly “modern” in style while others are inspired by historical
references, such as Art Nouveau, Art Deco, Craftsman, and
Victorian styles. Here is an exciting foray into the world of the
artist-blacksmith. 482 photos and illustrations.
D D BK805 Ironwork Today 2 Snyder 256 11 x 8-1/2 Hardcover EA 3.44 50.00
Hundreds of beautiful color photos display the varied,
impressive iron artwork from today’s artist-blacksmiths. See
a variety of styles, from Modern to Victorian, in original works
for homes, offices, and public spaces. This metal art ranges
in scope from massive public monuments to small, everyday
objects and includes sculpture, gates, railings, furniture, lighting
fixtures ranging from chandeliers to lamps and candle holders,
doors, locks, and more. Concise text introduces each artist and
their work. This book is the second in a series pioneered by
E the late Meilach and provides readers with a new look at some
of the artists they have come to know and an introduction to
new artists. This book will become a prized possession, critical
reference, and inspiration for homeowners, designers, artists,
and blacksmiths alike. 500 color photos.
E BK821 Ironwork Today 3: Inside and Out Snyder 256 11 x 8-1/2 Hardcover EA 3.80 50.00
Over 450 vivid color photos provide a sweeping overview of the
amazing range of iron artwork being created by 82 of today’s
artist-blacksmiths. These works in metal are found in public
spaces, offices, and homes; from small, everyday objects to
F staggering public monuments. Artists discuss their work which
include sculpture, gates, railings, furniture, lighting fixtures,
doors, locks, and more. This third book in an ongoing series,
has artwork arranged by the artist alphabetically, rather than
in categories, allowing readers to see the full scope of each
artist’s work together on adjoining pages. Here readers find
some artists whose work have been noted previously; others
they are meeting for the first time. This book will be a prized
reference guide and inspirational source for homeowners,
designers and artists as a fascinating snapshot of current
trends in this dynamic, growing field of artistic endeavor.
F BK828 Italian Ironwork Medieval: Renaissance: Baroque: Ferrari 112 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 1.60 29.99
G Neo Classical
Italian ironwork from Roman times, through Medieval centuries,
and up to Neo Classical designs of the early nineteenth
century comprise this collection of 100 photographs from Italian
sources. They depict trellises, grilles, gates, fencing, household
lighting, fireplace accoutrements, and door hardware that will
inspire today’s designers. Their origins in hill towns of Italy
are recorded for many images. This is authentic ironwork for
contractors, decorators, and homeowners to enjoy. 100 black
and white images.
G BK713 Leben und Arbeiten am Wasser, Immenstadt Hephaistos 65 8-1/4 x Softcover EA 0.60 16.80
This is “the magazine” to the European sculptors and 7-3/4
designers and covers their exhibitions. This exhibition was in
Immenstadt in the Allgäu in 2002. The cover shows a large
metal sculpture depicting life positively as an echo on the
water. With an abundance of outstanding photos of all issued
work, detailed information on material and technology with a
detailed portrait of all metal designers involved. It delivers a
colorful kaleidoscope of the styles with representatives of all
generations. Full color.

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK217 Life Force at the Anvil: Joyce 32 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.37 15.00
The Blacksmith’s Art from Africa
This book depicts over 50 unique pieces of African forged A
metal work that was shown at the University of North Carolina
exhibition during summer of 1998. This well-illustrated book
covers dimensions, composition and history with a listing of
exhibitors.
B BK88 Lives Shaped by Steel Zastrow 240 11 x 8-1/2 Softcover EA 1.79 45.00
Spending time with over 40 outdoor metal artists, Zastrow
visits well-established smiths such as Nole Putnam and Randy
McDaniel, and talks about their art, inspiration, and challenges
in doing outdoor metal work. Traveling the East Coast from B
New England to Florida, she shares that indefinable magic
the artists add to their sites, and makes the reader smile. She
focuses on how ironwork can actually enhance the environment
by being a part of it! Over 400 wonderful color photographs.
Excellent!
C BK808 Masterpieces of 18th Century French Ironwork Contet 176 9-3/8 x Softcover EA 1.37 19.95
This magnificent display of all 166 plates from an extremely 12-1/4
rare set of portfolios depicts scores of examples of the
ironworker’s art, among them beautiful gates, balustrades, C
balcony railings, window grilles, church screens, and lantern
holders. A superb collection of royalty-free images for use by
designers, architecture enthusiasts, and lovers of antiques.
Unabridged reprint of Documents de Ferronnerie Ancienne
de la Seconde Moitie du XVI-II Siecle, Series 1-4. Originally
published by F. Contet, Paris, 1908-12.
D BK8 Mediterranean House in America, The Bricker and 240 9-3/4 x Hardcover EA 3.32 50.00
Inspired by the romance of Italian villas, Spanish farmhouses, Nogai 11-3/4
and Moorish courtyards, the Mediterranean Revival style
became an archetype for sophisticated suburban homes D
throughout America in the early 20th century. The characteristic
white stucco house, roofed with terra-cotta and ornamented
with ironwork, decorative tiles, and fountains, remains the
dominant style for new residences in California, the Southwest,
and Florida. The Mediterranean house’s longevity is rooted
in an overall simplicity and an emphasis on the outdoors.
Its central courtyard, terraces, and loggias provide a fluidity
between interiors and exteriors equally prized by the architects
of ancient Pompeii and ground-breaking modernists. Provides
the first comprehensive survey of this popular style, beautifully
illustrated in full-color photographs by Juergen Nogai, archival
photos, and drawings. Over 200 color photos.
E
Metall Design International Books are the yearbook of Hephaistos. They are a praiseworthy annual project photographically
documenting the work of several different master blacksmiths from around the world. Each annual has a brief biography of the smiths
and a large number of beautiful photographs of their work. They contain hundreds of high-quality photos. Text in German and English.
E BK172 Metall Design International, 1999 Elgass 231 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.50 60.00
This is the first publication in the series and has numerous 11-3/8
examples of modern metal design. This edition features 8
masters of the trade: Gustafsson (Sweden), Huber (Austria),
Komine (Japan), Friedrich (Switzerland), Meloun (Czech
Republic) and Vogel, Nusser and Peters (Germany). F
F BK174 Metall Design International, 2000 Elgass 231 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.50 60.00
In this edition, some of the best show their best work. Included 11-3/8
are: Manfred Bredhol, Tom Joyce, Hans Tritscher, Alfred
Bullemann, Klaus Dommers, Vladamir Sokhonevitch, Giovani
Zepieri, and Paul Zimmerman.
G BK577 Metall Design International, 2001 Elgass 231 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.60 60.00
This edition of Metal Design International tells about each 11-3/8
artist and his work. Karel Bures, Gabriele Curtolo, Herman
Gradinger, Achim Kuhn, Serge Marchal, Amdreas Rimkus, G
Anthony Robinson, and Karl Schlect.
H BK700 Metal Design International, 2002 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.60 60.00
This edition showcases the work of the following master smiths: 11-3/8
Phil Johnson (Scotland), Risto Immonen Finland), Hans-Ueli
Baumgartner (Switzerland), Helmut Brummer (Germany), Ulrich
Schmied (Germany), Manfred Bergmeister (Germany), Simon
Benetton (Italy).
J BK701 Metall Design International, 2003 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover) EA 2.68 60.00
This yearbook covers the works and biographies of 9 11-3/8
outstanding European metal artists with German with English H
translations. Peter Elgass opens with a commentary about
modern design pirates patenting the ideas of others. Italian,
Claudio Bottero’s original ideas and techniques with iron are
presented in the annual. Claudio demonstrated stretching
and upsetting techniques in bowls and sculptures after an
interesting technique of first cutting patterns into plate.
NOTE: AVAILABILITY AND PRICES MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK724 Metall Design International, 2004 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.70 60.00
This yearbook presents more forge-work and less metal design. 11-3/8
A Martin Breidenbach (D), H. and Y Ishikura (J), Paul Margetts
(GB), Vladimir Markov (Rus), Daniel Miller (the USA), Brian
Russell (GB), Arpad Safranek (D), Edda Sandstede (D).
B BK702 Metall Design International, 2005 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.68 60.00
Presents seven European Metalsmiths: Paul Elliot (Great 11-3/8
Britain), Manfred Fattler and Dirk Hoeller (Germany), Willem
Jonkers III. (the Netherlands) Vladimir Pulis (Slowakei), Hannes
Turba (Austria) and Linas Lesciauskas (Litauen).
C BK762 Metall Design International, 2006 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.50 60.00
B Metal designer John Medwedeff is featured and two exciting 11-3/8
“new-comers”: Adam Stachowicz from Poland and Patrick
Boutillier de Saint André from France. The family of the Austrian
Herbert Gahr, of Bischofshofen with his sons Stefan and
Robert; Peter Vögele, Peter Schmitz and more! 531 photos.
D BK778 Metall Design International, 2007 Elgass 231 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.62 60.00
The ninth issue presents the work Albert Paley, 11-3/8
Terrence Clark, Michael Haase, Lothar Klute, Lars Larsson,
January Odvarka, Brad Silberberg & Torsten Theel. Architects
will appreciate this years publication since it has an
C architectural focus. 500+ photos.
E BK787 Metall Design International, 2008 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.68 60.00
HEPHAISTOS, Tenth Edition. The protagonists are Manfred 11-3/8
Becher, Vladan Behal, Norbert Finke, Francisco Gazitua,
Roberto Giordani, Paul Kreten, and Thijs van de Manakker.
Vladan Behal from Olomouc presents designs and furnishings
such as lamps, furniture, and vases. Chilean sculptor Gazitua
is a downright sensation - his delicate ship sculptures would
be worthy of their own book! Becher shows his development
from baroque crosses to sophisticated architectural steel
D structures. Kreten’s has defined traditional metal design in
modern structures from Trier to Luxembourg. Giordani’s Italian
forged expeditions constantly lead to new forms inspired by the
light space in and around his sculptures. Finke makes railings,
fences, gates, figures, sacral works and modern monuments in
addition to steel, stainless steel, and bronze sculptures. 500+
photos.
F BK810 Metall Design International, 2009 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.58 60.00
This eleventh volume of HEPHAISTOS features the work of 11-3/8
E 8 internationally artists. The high point is the first extensive
presentation of the breath-taking work of Yuri Sarkisian. Young
Australian Robert Everingham’s work is displayed, Walter Cutter
from Schmallenberg and Robert Götzer from Switzerland, who
presents large apartment areas and sculptures. Architecturul
accessories inspired by floral motives are shown throughout.
The work by Italian brothers Jadran and Martino Stenico; and
from the Czech republic Alfred, Ivo and Milan Stawaritsch are
also featured. German and English, 500+ color photos.
G BK815 Metall Design International, 2010 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.50 60.00
F This twelfth volume of the HEPHAISTOS features the work of 11-3/8
Michael Ertlmeier, Ascholding (Germany), Amit Har-lev, Sharona
(Israel), Günter Matten, Niederroßbach (Germany), Erik
Vargtand, Stora Skedvi (Sweden), Rein Tupker, Soest (Holland),
Agnieszka & Ryszard Mazur, Wroclaw (Poland), Schorsch Wolf,
Habitzheim (Germany). German and English with 500+ color
photos.
H BK816 Metall Design International, 2011 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.66 60.00
G German and English, more then 500 color photos. The 11-3/8
HEPHAISTOS yearbooks have become the world´s most
comprehensive and unparalleled library of contemporary metal
design since the first issue in 1999. This is the thirteenth
volume! With accustomed high quality and carefully selected
photos “Metall Design international 2011” shows the work of
eight metal designers from five countries. These include Mitsuo
Nishida from Japan, the Italian Mario Converio, the German
designers Hans-Jörg Bender and Thomas Schneider, as well as
Jiri Bat´a from the Czech Republic and Jeff Fetty of the USA.
H
We offer
JET® Air Tools on page 135
and more JET®/Wilton® products
on pages 129-134.

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK836 Metall Design International, 2012 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.64 60.00
The 14th Volume in German and English with more then 735 11-3/8
color photos keeps HEPHAISTOS yearbooks the world´s most
comprehensive and unparalleled library of contemporary metal A
design since 1999 with their first issue. With accustomed
high quality and carefully selected photos “Metall Design
International 2012” shows the work of eight metal designers
from five countries. These include Johann Reif (GER), Giovanni
Rotondo (IT); James Horrobin (GBR); Martti Risku (SE); Jeff
Fetty (USA); Kurt Oberwanger (AT); Heiner Zimmermann (GER);
Igor Andrukhin (RU).
B BK840 Metall Design International, 2013 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.50 60.00
The 15th Issue the HEPHAISTOS yearbook shows over 800 11-3/8
high-quality photos with text in English and German. The work B
of eight metal designers from seven countries: Peter Asendorf
(D), Milan Michna (Cz), Mark Prouse (U.S.), Weber and
Hermann (D), Romain Schleich (Lu), Cornelis Pronk (NL), Rick
Smith (USA) and Livio Mognol (IT).
C BK842 Metall Design International, 2014 Elgass 232 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.50 60.00
The featured artists in this edition are: Paul C. Allan from 11-3/8
Great Britain, Michael Budd - Ireland, Igor Cierny - Slovakia,
Pippo Contarino - Italy, Fred Crist - the USA, Niklaus Fännick
- Sweden, Uwe Hoffmann - Germany, Christian Lanbacher -
Germany, Guiseppe Pelleriti - Italy and Paul Reimer - Canada.
C
D BK824 More Roycroft Art Metal McConnell 128 6x9 Softcover EA 0.77 19.95
The Roycroft art community in New York State is over 100
years old, and the collector interest in the Arts & Crafts-style
items remains. Of particular interest are the beautiful and
varied hammered copper ware the “Roycrofters” made. This
second volume provides nearly 200 color photographs of
copper vases, bookends, trays, and more-including many
rarely-seen items. The history of the group and the evolution
of its art metal are discussed, along with criteria for evaluating
the quality of individual pieces. It tells of the Tookay Shop and
Avon Coppersmith, both spin-offs from the Roycroft community,
which continued in a similar tradition. Price guide included. D
E BK917 My Life As An Artist Blacksmith Whitaker 125 9 x 11 Hardcover EA 1.78 38.00
The biography of Francis Whitaker as told to Gary Mansfield.
Whitaker is a living legend -- he actually has been nominated
as a “Living Treasure”, under a program of the National
Endowment for the Arts. This book is reminiscences, both
fascinating and inspiring, with photographs of Whitaker and
his work.
F BK83 Passion and Power Zastrow 416 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 3.80 65.00
Passion and Power celebrates human imagination,
determination and sweat. Feel your creativity and sense of E
adventure awaken as you read the stories of more than fifty
extraordinary artists from the American west. Sharing their
words and exquisite photographs of their unique works, Zastrow
chronicles their lives who dedicate themselves to creating fluid
forms from malleable metal. In your exploration of this exciting,
innovative, and often challenging branch of the art world you
will meet beauty and inspiration, served up by perseverance,
passion and power. Several names of blacksmiths and metal
artists are featured in this outstanding coffee table book!
Over 800 color photos.
F
G BK203 Roycroft Art Metal, 4th Edition McConnell 144 6x9 Softcover EA 0.77 16.95
A complete identification, history and price guide to Roycroft
art metal such as vases, jewelry, bookends, and more. 179 full-
color and 32 black and white photographs.
H BK820 Universe of Metal Sculpture, A Harvey 160 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 2.70 45.00
Henry Harvey’s delightful and scintillating writing style presents
his universe of sculpting and divulges secrets and tips on
everything from metalworking tools, the creative process, and
life as an artist. Join Harvey as he deconstructs and teaches
how he created sculptures including abstract fountains, coffee
tables, benches, and organic abstracts. This colorful journey G
through Harvey’s 30-years of sculpting features galleries of
commissions for presidents, Fortune 500 companies, and
private collectors, as well as jewelry and outdoor sculptures.
338 color photos.
We offer
H
Milwaukee Power Tools
on pages 109-117
and their Accessories
on pages 118-125.

Books: Patinas & Finishes
PATINAS AND FINISHES

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A A BK976 Bronze Sculpture Casting & Patination Hurst, 368 9 x 12 Hardcover EA 4.80 125.00
*S/O This magnificent text is paired with 646 color photos and 78 line Russell
drawings of the processes involved in forming metal sculpture,
both contemporary and historic examples. Two techniques used
to form sculpture castings in metal: the lost wax (cire perdu)
method, and the modern variant of sand casting are described
in detail. Metal finishing are well detailed. 114 patination
recipes developed over 20 years by Rungwe Kindon, director
of Pangolin, are shared. For a patinator to give away his trade
secrets is unprecedented. Hurst describes the importance
of metal casting in art education. An important addition to
the libraries of art schools and universities, professional and
amateur sculptors.
B
B BK978 Colouring, Bronzing and Patination of Metals, The Hughes & 372 8 x 11 Hardcover EA 3.60 85.00
*S/O This extraordinary book, the product of Camberwell College Rowe
of Arts in Britain, brings together hundreds of recipes and
treatments for copper, brass, bronze, and silver previously
scattered in old books and papers. Classified by color and
surface finish, metal artists now have access to tested and
evaluated recipes for a wide range of colored finishes. Over 200
color photographs and lucid explanations document the results.
Problems with techniques are openly discussed. If you are a
committed bronze artist or crafts person and you want to get
good patinas you need this book! It boasts over 1000 distinct
C patina formulas and an incredible bibliography.
C BK997 Finishing: Methods of Work (Wood) Richey 240 5-1/2 x Paperback EA 0.52 12.95
All the best techniques for completing a wide variety of 8-1/2
projects. How to select and apply finishes, which tools to use
to achieve desired effects, how to color wood, and how to
repair damaged finishes. The best tips from the “Methods of
Work” column in Fine Woodworking over the past 25 years. 175
drawings.
D BK170 Japanese Patinas Sugimori 110 6x9 Concealed EA 0.90 24.00
Ancient Japanese patina techniques & recipes brought to the Wire-
West for the first time. Detailed information on chemicals and Hardcover
D techniques make this a studio-based reference, complemented
by photographs of work from artists in the USA and Japan.
Covers both non-ferrous and ferrous applications. Clear
instructions and explanations.
75 full color illustrations.
E BK200 Patinas for Small Studios Lewton-Brain 34 8-1/2 x Softbound EA 0.32 19.95
Describes safer, easy patination methods for metals that 11-1/4
involve easily obtainable, and even from the kitchen, chemicals
to produce blues, greens, browns, blacks, greys and reddish
tones on metals. Cuprite nitrate patination, which gives a wide
range of controllable green, blue, black and brown color options
E is extensively discussed. Paint types which emulate patinas
are mentioned. Application methods and options for pattern
and surface control are described.
Baroque Art Gilders Paste offers 28 various waxes, resins and high
concentrations of pigments, for resistance to water and common chemical
reagents with enhanced tint retention and hiding ability for coloring and
highlighting interior and exterior applications. Patinas
Use Gilders Paste On: Sealers & Primers
Metal -- Wrought Iron, Steel, Aluminum, Alloys, etc.
Wood -- Moldings, Railings, Furniture, Gilding Renaissance Wax & Bees Wax
Restoration, Picture Frames, Miter Joints, etc.
Ceramics -- Planters, Terra Cotta, etc. Stains & Dyes A rosette candle holder base
Resin -- Castings, Plastic, etc. done by a student in our
Wax -- Candles, etc. blacksmithing class. It can
Other Applications -- Antique Restoration, Crafts, Bisque Ware, Home
See pages 100-104. be enhanced using metal
Décor, Stone, Stenciling, Paper, Leather, Textiles, Gourds... finishes.

Books: Foundry/Metallurgy
FOUNDRY/METALLURGY
SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK279
A
Babbitting Manual Carbonite 8 8-1/2 x 11 Photo EA 0.10 3.95
Step by step details for the rebabbitting bearing process, the Metal Copy
equipment necessary, the selection of the Babbitt metals, Company Pamphlet
tinning and pouring temperature of Babbitt, recommended
chamfers and much more.
B BK304 Building a Gas Fired Crucible Furnace Gingery 108 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.36 12.95
You’ll discover a furnace that uses design principles proven 8-1/2
through years of use, but now almost forgotten. Common
materials are used throughout and no special skills are
required. Costs can also be so low as to be considered B
negligible. Working evenings, you can advance the state-of-
the-art of you shop by leaps and bounds, and significantly
increase your enjoyment of melting and casting metal.
C BK295 Charcoal Foundry, The Gingery 80 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.23 7.95
Build a complete working foundry from a 5 gallon pail, fire clay 8-1/2
and a steel pipe. Will easily melt aluminum with grocery store
charcoal. Learn molding and pouring.
D BK833 Digital Temperature Control for the Blacksmith Potter 53 8-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.25 24.95
Forge 5-1/2
Design and build a digital temperature controller for any C
gas-fired blacksmith forge. A synopsis of efficient operation
for the blacksmith gas forge in a concise, detailed, easy-to-
understand book. Bring your blacksmith shop into the 21st
century. Add a simple inexpensive digital temperature controller
to your gas forge. Save gas! Work bronze without fear. Gain
control over your forge. Going green by just being able to
set your temperature makes this book invaluable! Potter is a
professional blacksmith working in Sonoma County California.
His work is found in houses and businesses in 27 states.
Illustrated with photos. D
E BK989 Handbook for Ironmongers: Brack 208 8 x 10 Softcover EA 1.17 22.00
A Glossary of Ferrous Metallurgy Terms: A Voyage
through the Labyrinth of Steel and Toolmaking Strategies
and Techniques 2000 BC to 1950
Defines hundreds of items of interest to blacksmiths, historians,
and knowledge seekers of steel and toolmaking and its history.
Topics range from ancient metallurgical techniques to later
developments in iron and steel production in America, modern
machines and the biomass-derived consumer products,
and toxic waste that they produce. While it stands alone as
an important resource, the Glossary is also an invaluable E
component of the Davistown Museum Tools in History series,
which surveys the history of steel and toolmaking, and relates it
to New England ship smiths and edge toolmakers. Information
included on nanotechnology and nanophase metals and the
fact that it has now been proven that the famous “Damascus
Steel” received its legendary cutting power from the inclusion
of molecular fullerene nanotube and buckyball structures
wrapped into the iron matrix.
F BK273 Hardening, Tempering and Heat Treatment Cain 124 8-1/4 x Softcover EA 0.33 25.70
Cain gives explanations on the composition of steel, its 5-3/4
additives, and the effects of different temperatures on its
constituents. You will understand what changes occur in the F
metal and the care that is needed in following the practical
processes, which will lead to better and more consistent
results. Flame, salt bath and furnace heating are detailed,
with information on accurate measurement or recognition of
temperature levels.
Johnson Heating Furnaces

The NEW Johnson Ceramic Shell Burn-Out Furnace
A fast, clean, safe, easy to operate and affordable unit. It is designed for lost wax casting. They
are designed for use by artists and industry alike for both training and high production work at a
cost dramatically lower than conventional alternatives. Johnson is the first ceramic shell burn-out
Casting Furnace system easily within the grasp of every Department of Art and fine arts foundry.

Books: Foundry/Metallurgy
SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK611 How I Pour Babbitt Bearings Gingery 43 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.17 7.95
Prior to 1940 just about every machine built used Babbitt 8-7/16
A bearings, and every mechanic was familiar with them.
Today things are quite different. Many people get a great
deal of satisfaction from restoring old tools, machinery and
automobiles that are destined for the scrap yard. A lot of
old, heavily built machinery is still available at scrap prices.
Often all that is required to put one of these machines back
in working order is cleaning and painting individual parts and
re-pouring the Babbitt bearings. This booklet contains the basic
information you need to melt and pour, in other words, restore
Babbitt bearings. Look over Vince’s shoulder as he restores a
sawmill arbor to like-new condition. Babbitt is excellent bearing
B material, and with it you can quickly and easily make low-cost
custom bearings for the off-the-wall machine tools you plan to
build.
B BK278 How to Cast Small Metal and Rubber Parts Cannon 176 5-1/4 x Softcover EA 0.41 14.95
Learn to cast any parts made of rubber or metal hood 8-1/4
ornaments, kitchen utensils, automotive parts, etc. Choose the
right metal for the job, learn to design and make molds, cast
in sand, and how to repair castings. Includes instructions on
core making, repairing defects in castings, finishing, grinding,
polishing, buffing and more.
C C BK290 Lost-Wax Casting Feinberg 74 7 x 10 Softcover EA 0.43 25.95
Outlines the basic techniques of lost-wax casting and describes
the equipment needed to carry out the process successfully.
Explains how the equipment can be made, using local labor
and natural resources readily available in developing countries.
D BK259 Metalcasting Ammen 375 7-3/8 x Softcover EA 1.60 37.95

This detailed and “interesting” book describes, in simple 9-1/4
terms, every type of metal casting technique imaginable.
There are plenty of clear diagrams explaining everything from
how a cupola furnace works to pouring clean ingots. Packed
D with step-by-step guidelines for getting started and working
effectively and efficiently in this time-honored craft. You get
hands-on advice and cost-cutting tips, plus sound ideas for
safety and productivity. This guide shows you how to use metal
crafting tools and processes, casting and mold making, molding
sands, molding equipment, metal melting, handling, and
pouring devices, alloys and more. Patination of cast metals,
working with chemically bonded molds, the newest molding,
casting, and pattern-making techniques are just a few of what
is taught.
E BK5 Steel Toolmaking Strategies and Techniques Brack 156 10 x 8 Softcover EA 0.85 22.00
E Before 1870
This book explores ancient and early modern steel and
toolmaking strategies and techniques, including those of early
Iron Age, Roman, Medieval, and Renaissance metallurgists and
toolmakers. Also reviewed are the technological innovations
of the Industrial Revolution, the contributions of the English
industrial revolutionaries to the evolution of the factory system
of mass production with interchangeable parts, and the
development of bulk steelmaking processes and alloy steel
technologies in the latter half of the 19th century. Includes
an extensive bibliography of resources pertaining to those
techniques from the early Bronze Age to the beginning of bulk-
processed steel production after 1870. Illustrated.
Look what we’ve added!

Industrial Fabrication Equipment
Now Available at Pieh Tool!
Top Quality Brands!
See pages 144-145.

Books: Shop Equipment
SHOP EQUIPMENT
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK93 Anvils in America Postman 550 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 4.76 66.50
A great reference and research book for people wishing to
know more about anvils around the world. You will understand A
more about the anvil then your own hot iron. It is an extensive
and impressive research piece covering how they were
made, who made them and where. There are dozens of old
anvil advertisements and hundreds of pictures of anvils with
explanatory text. Richard defines the 17 distinct parts to an
anvil. He discusses weights of anvils and how they were
marked. He also discusses how to date an anvil and the
reasons for so many anvil patterns and types. Discussion on
material and manufacturing process are well covered.
B BK332 Building the Gas Forge and Foundry Kern 154 5-3/8 x 8 Softcover EA 0.43 15.00 B
Enhance your shop by getting the versatility needed in your
forging and casting operations! Includes easy to follow step-by-
step instructions to build a gas forge. Shows how to bring stock
to a welding heat with the jet engine flame holder design. The
culmination of many ideas and practical experience to make a
gas forge capable of full welding heat. A section of the book is
on calculating heat for any given forge. Includes references for
heat energy and gas output. Enjoy building the forge or furnace
and realize you finally have full control of the heat you need.
C
C BK731 Gas Burners for Forges, Furnaces & Kilns Porter 224 8 X 10 Softcover EA 1.14 19.95
Explains how to make gas jet ejector burners for a forge, a
hand torch for metal arts and a crucible furnace for metals and
more. It is a do-it-yourselfer’s dream book, showing beginners
how to make highly efficient gas burners inexpensively. These
burners use simple gas accelerators as their central operating
principle. Also described is a blacksmith’s forge that can be
carried anywhere and stored under a workbench; a portable
metal melting furnace; a portable farrier’s forge; a portable
glass furnace/glory hole; and a mobile hot-work station that
aids in combining several crafts. The burners and equipment D
provide an inexpensive way to get started in blacksmithing,
foundry work, ceramics, or glasswork. General information
and specific designs are given, enabling the craftsperson to
build equipment tailored to their own desires. All the equipment
is constructed from readily available materials. It is full of
instructions and illustrations and is appropriate for beginners.
111 illustrations.
D BK582 How to Forge Weld on a Blacksmith’s Anvil For Heath 20 7 x 10 Softcover EA 0.30 12.00
Those Who Have Diligently Tried and Failed
For those who have diligently tried and failed, this easy-to-
understand, well-illustrated volume covers the topic of forge E
welding quite well with instructions on the use of flux, scarfing
to a finished weld, and several other topics. Heath covers the
details of what to look for in the fire, the “wet look” on the iron,
fire preparation, and other subtle details that must be mastered
before a weld can be “popped”.
E BK362 How to Make a Metal-Bending Machine Bob Mann 20 7 x 10 Softcover EA 0.12 11.95
Using simple plans and photographs, this
booklet describes the construction and assembly of this
machine. Its main feature is the ability to form wheel rims from
cold flat mild steel and then used on farm carts and other
basic equipment. F
F BK633 Little Giant Power Hammer Kern 300 6x9 Softcover EA 1.08 35.00
Kern will guide you through the entire restoration process
of this popular hammer, along with its history. The result
should be a restored hammer which will operate properly, not
one running on myth and prayers. If you are about to buy a
power hammer, the investment in purchasing this book will be
recouped many, many times over. You will know what to look
for and will have some concept of what the restoration will
involve. Contains over 200 tables, charts and illustrations.
The Sahinler Air Hammer

and forging dies:
Find Treadle Hammer • free form
and Fly Presses • swage
on pages 141-143. • texture
• holding
are on page138-140.

Books: Raising & Repousse
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK818 Ready, Set, Weld! Matin 128 10 x 8-3/8 Softcover EA 1.05 21.95
Welding made effortless! With simple techniques targeted
A to a wide and general audience, this guide eliminates the
intimidation from an all-too-often technical craft. Rather than
creating a manual workbook with elaborate, complicated
drawings and instructions, Kimberli Matin takes readers on a
journey of creative discovery. With purchased steel rod and bar
or found metal parts from a salvage yard, plus basic, easy-to-
use tools, she shows how to construct 25 whimsically attractive
items. From a garden chair fashioned from an old tractor seat
and odd parts to a stunning tri-fold screen and a delicate,
filigreed plant stand, these great projects will make welders out
of everyone!
B B BK725 Shop Built Powerhammer, The Peot 40 8-1/2 x 11 Spiralbound EA 0.26 26.25
Complete dimensions, diagrams, photos, materials list and Softcover
plans for building a 50 lb. power hammer are provided.
Basic dimensions were take from the Little Giant 50 lb.
power hammer. The power hammer discussed is of welded
construction and is made mostly from material obtained from a
scrap steelyard and surplus stores. Most material used is new
but sold as surplus. It could take three to four months of regular
stops to the junk yard before the hammer will be turned on. The
book is worth every penny! Black and white illustrations.
C BK742 Victory Forge, 2 Burner Propane Gas Forge Plan Williams 1 8-12 x 11 2-sided EA 0.01 10.00
C Drawing photocopy
If you would rather build your own forge, these plans will help
you. A sketch diagram with no instructions but with captions
and measurements, however. This Adobe PDF will be e-mailed
to you. If you want it printed and included with the rest of
your order, please let us know at time of check out. Plans
are Copyrighted and should not be reproduced without our
permission. See page 84 for forge.
D RAISING & REPOUSSE

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
D BK984 500 Metal Vessels Le Van 408 8x8 Softcover EA 2.42 24.95
Contemporary Explorations of Containment
From a fabricated spice box to forged teacups and a serving
tray on wheels, the 500 vessels chosen for this lavish color
survey, features the remarkable design and handiwork of
a group of contemporary metal artists. This beautiful and
provocative collection has been crafted from materials
E (including silver, copper, pewter, iron, and gold) using various
methods (soldering, raising, casting, forming, and welding).
Applied embellishments (enamel, chasing, and repousse)
further enhance many of the pieces. Some of the works show
the continuation of traditional techniques and classic styles;
others reflect a cutting-edge approach where sculptural
qualities take precedence over function; and others are
designed solely to stir the mind, soul, and senses.
E BK413 Art of Coppersmithing Fuller 352 6 x 9-1/4 Softcover EA 1.26 25.00
Written in 1893 by one of the leading practitioners, this book
has come to be recognized as the classic work in its field. All
F aspects of this important craft are covered, from the making
of household copper goods and ornaments, to copper piping,
three-and four-way expansion joints and double bends,
brewery, locomotive and ship installations -- from the simplest,
to the most complicated and demanding work. Over 474
illustrations and completely indexed.
F BK1010 Chasing and Repousse Corwin 184 8 x 10-3/4 Hardcover EA 2.30 35.00
Virtually every culture with a history of metalsmithing has
demonstrated accomplished work in the complementary
G techniques of chasing and repousse. From delicate Hellenic
earrings to works as massive as the Statue of Liberty, the
use of hammers and punches to form and ornament metal
remains as vibrant today as it has in its 5,000 year history. This
book provides first-time artists with enough information to get
started, but also offers advanced workers insights into design
and process. Almost 500 photos and drawings.
G BK586 Complete Metalsmith-Professional Edition, The McCreight 312 9-1/4 x Wire EA 2.26 30.00
Replaces the old edition, covering twice the material, and goes 7-1/2 Hardcover
into greater depth. A rigid fabric cover with elastic band make
this a place to store sketches and notes. This volume has
H practical information about metalsmithing techniques: polishing,
hammering, chasing, engraving; and covers working with
precious metals, jewelry making, casting and soldering. Lush
and bright drawings. 1600 illustrations.
H BK163 Copper Candle Cups Chapman 9 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.14 6.00
This book describes and shows tooling techniques used for
making copper candle cups. Definitely a must have for anyone
who is interested in creating new ideas for iron candle cups.
This is a time-saver and adds new flavor to basic iron candle
cups. Over 40 illustrations.

U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK740 Copper Candle Cups II Chapman 9 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.13 10.95
In 2004 Chapman began making candle cups out of type “K”
copper pipe which has a wall thickness of 1/16”, double that A
of type “M” pipe. The thicker candle cups are attractive and
have a nice feel to them. They are actually easier to forge and
produce due to the thicker wall. “Copper Candle Cups II” has
detailed explanations of methods, techniques and tooling used
to make them out of the thicker wall type “K” pipe. Note: The
tooling needed for thicker “K” pipe has different dimensions
than those for type “M” pipe.
B BK972
B
Diderot’s 1751 Enclopaedia On Chasing: Lewton-Brain 14 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.15 15.50
Translation and Notes
Excellent drawings of many chasing tools as well as fascinating
drawings of a long-ago chasing shop depicting what the
artisans are doing.
C BK588 Direct Metal Sculpture Meilach 222 7-1/4 x Hardcover EA 2.58 39.95
Revised edition containing all original materials and some new 10-1/4
material to update the history of direct metal sculpture over the
past quarter century. Detailed step-by-step photos plus useful
information about equipment, methods, safety precautions and C
more. Over 475 photographs and illustrations.
D BK192 Expose of Repousse for the Beginning Blacksmith Heath 62 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.43 12.00
Heath easily and understandably explains in great detail the
art of Repousse. Simple, excellent drawings and text will offer
solutions and ideas. He gives an introduction to the repousse’
process in sheet copper. Techniques are presented on how to
proceed in making belt buckles, jingle bells, body armor for an
re-enactor, and simple techniques.
E BK239 Form Emphasis for Metalsmiths Seppa 145 7 x 10 Softcover EA 0.80 24.95 D
Seppa’s own drawings of ideas and techniques are illustrated.
He covers formal shells, soldering, raising, planishing, layouts,
tubing, hinges and linkages. He also covers surface enrichment
such as refinement and finishes. Good detailed coverage!
F BK799 Formfolding Lewton-Brain 160 8-3/4 x Hardcover EA 2.00 35.00
Lewton-Brain invented fold-forming, a completely new way 10-3/4
of forming sheet metal quickly into wonderful 3-D shapes
and textures, most from single sheets of metal without any
soldering. Fold-forming folds it, works it and then unfolds it.
Many schools and workshops teach and use fold-forming, and E
thousands of people use parts of the system in their work.
The British Museum Research Lab and the Rolex Awards for
Enterprise, among others have certified that fold-forming is
new, and has not been done before in the history of metal
working. Developed between 1980 and the present which is the
concrete result of a conceptual approach to metalsmithing that
emphasizes forming using the metals characteristics. It is about
following what the metal likes to do. 450+ photos.
G BK964 How to Make a Chain Tool for Chasing Lewton-Brain 160 8-3/4 x Hardcover EA 0.25 18.00 F
A chain tool is a special class of chasing tool. It is a kind 10-3/4
of stamp which automatically lines up the previous blow in
registered rows of rhythmic marks. The details of how to make
this valuable tool are clearly explained. 29 illustrations
H BK809 Making A Copper Weathervane Helmreich 160 8-3/4 x Hardcover EA 1.76 29.99
Folk art subjects used in American weather vanes 10-3/4
are shown. Create your own design or use the complete set of
plans included to produce a traditional rooster weather vane.
Use basic tools (tin snips and hammers), ageless techniques, G
and sheet copper available at the local sheet metal shop to
make a weather vane that will serve the roof for years. Using
over 290 crisp color images, 25 detailed line drawings, and
concise text, Helmreich guides readers through the steps
necessary to build a hand-hammered fully functioning copper
weather vane.
J BK988 Metal Corrugation-Surface Embellishment and McAleer 148 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 1.40 37.95
Element Formation for the Metalsmith
This book is guaranteed to infuse and inspire you with the H
playful creativity this process has to offer! Using a variety of
tools and techniques you will rapidly be taken beyond any
traditional utilitarian appearance seen with corrugated material
that is part of our everyday life. Discover how to get those
waves into your metal. Several years in research make this
book a must for personal expression in metalsmithing and a
necessity in your personal library.
Be connected with us -- check the newest products and the latest


ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR PAGES SIZE BINDING U/M SHIP
(lb)
WT PRICE
A BK205 Metalsmith’s Book of Boxes and Lockets, The McCreight 144 8 x 10 Hardcover EA 1.50 30.00
A follow-up to “Fundamentals by McCreight” this book has 288
A high-quality photos and practical information. In addition to
featuring scores of exciting boxes by contemporary designers
from around the world, the book describes dozens of hinges,
catches and construction techniques in practical detail.
Intended for intermediate metalsmiths, this book will not only
teach you how to make that special hinge, but get you excited
about what to do with it.
B BK819 Mexican Arts Series: Hammered Copper Baum 160 11 x 8-1/2 Softcover EA 2.46 29.99
Introduction by Roy Skodnick
See beautiful hammered copper vessels made long ago and
B today at Santa Clara del Cobre, Mexico, a small town in the
southwest state of Michoacan. From nothing more than a chunk
of copper or sheet metal, artists here have spent centuries
creating both useful and decorative copper items, with specially
made hand tools and machinery. The richness of the work has
undergone a marked improvement in design, materials, and
finish during the second half of the twentieth century. Hundreds
of copper items from the Museo Nacional de Cobre illustrate
the art’s evolution. 393 colorful photographs, an historical
perspective, list and introductions to 540 copper artists, with
detailed descriptions combine in this impressive reference. Be
inspired to visit Mexico’s Michoacan state and Santa Clara del
Cobre, to meet the artists in their workshops.
C C BK914 Moving Metal Steines 132 8 x 10 Hardcover EA 1.40 34.95
Translated from German, this book is a long overdue treat for
jewelers, blacksmiths, sculptors, and all artists of metalwork.
It has information on chasing and repoussé in greater depth
and detail than any other volume today available in the English
language. Adolf Steines is clearly a master metalworker who
enthusiastically demonstrates his creativity, knowledge, skill,
and experience. The book thoroughly addresses the workroom,
tools, materials, working surfaces, sinking, raising, stamping,
chasing, repoussé, engraving, soldering, etching, as well as the
D coloring and protection of metal surfaces. Numerous examples
of the author’s works are illustrated in large scale: doors,
fountains, memorials, and many delicate jewelry pieces. Clear
drawings and quality photographs of objects and procedures.
107 photographs, 111 detailed drawings.
D BK92 Nahum Hersom, Repousse Henderson 62 8-1/2 X 11 Spiralbound EA 0.46 25.00
Henderson’s background in repoussé comes from Nahum Softcover
Hersom who offers a repoussé workshop at his shop in Boise,
Idaho. This book documents his workshop and parts of his
hand written workbook. The German method of embossing
E is what Nahum Hersom teaches; he learned his craft from
Valentine Goelz.
E BK445 Tinsmith’s Helper and Pattern Book, The Vosburgh 120 6x9 Softcover EA 0.38 13.50
Reprint of the 1910 revised edition of the classic handbook,
first published in 1879. It contains 53 diagrams and patterns
covering a wide variety of products and layouts, each fully
explained. There is also an extensive appendix that gives
tables, rules, and practical recipes that continue to be of
great interest to contemporary tinsmiths. A clear concise and
practical handbook valuable to anyone engaged in tinsmithing.
Laser Temperature Gun

Measure temperature on hot metal
ranges -20 to 932°F.
This non-contact thermometer gun
measures the surface temperature.
Use anywhere, it is fast and easy with
the laser sighting, just point and shoot.
Read the temperature in the digital display.
See page 116 for further details.
Our Repousse Tools

are on pages 90-91.

Books: Armor
ARMOR
(lb)
WT PRICE
A BK2 Arms & Armor Fliegel 200 9 x 11-1/2 Hardcover EA 3.00 55.00
Revised edition: 2008
A
Associated with strength, bravery, and loyalty, arms and armor
have long been decorated with great skill and care, thereby
becoming artistic creations in their own right. The Cleveland
Museum of Art’s superb collection of arms and armor appears
here along with works of art from each period that illustrate
their use. Chapters include discussions of chivalry and the
tournament, manufacture and decoration, and weapons as
technology and art. There is a small section about swords,
halberds, etc. If you are into armors, this is the book for you!
185 color photos.
B BK950 Art of Mail Armor, The: How to Make Your Own Brewer & 168 8 1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 1.03 32.00 B
Laid out in easy steps, learn how to assemble a tool kit and Price
make your own links, to more complicated and intricate patterns
that will personalize and tailor mail armor for a perfect fit
and custom look. Learn how to join, enlarge, round, angle, fit
sleeves and add style to an ordinary piece with various trims
and inlays. Included are 7 different mail patterns, including
6-on-2 and double 4-on-1 that can be incorporated into many
different character costumes. The step-by-step diagrams will
have you creating your own coifs (head coverings), hauberks
(shirts), gauntlets (gloves) and bishop’s collars in no time. 450
photos and illustrations. C
C BK185 How to Make a Chain Mail Heath 35 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.11 7.00
This book explains a more economical way of how to make pages 8-1/2
chain mail along with the history of how it was used, originally
made and its uses. The beginner is taught how to make a coat
of chain mail with detailed drawings of how to “weave” the links
and a basic lay out of how to make a shirt.
D BK951 Knights In Shining Armor Sinkevic 84 11-1/2 x Hardcover EA 2.02 35.00

A lavish exploration of the culture, symbolism and craftsmanship 10-1/2
of arms and armor at a time when their artistic and ornamental
importance, in fine art as much as in the armor work itself, was D
superceding battlefield use. Sinkevic is Associate professor of
Art at Lafayette College, Pennsylvania. She has written several
articles and books on numerous artistic subjects.
E BK148 Techniques of Medieval Armour Reproduction Price 520 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 3.22 60.00
Over 1000 black and white pictures, many showing the
different items Price has made. The photos provide step-
by-step instruction, covering the selection of metal, taking
measurements, decorative techniques, engineering the joints,
strapping, mail, padding and hammer work. A chapter covers
the work of other modern armourers and projects specifically
devoted to making a helm, body armour, etc. He has been
making armour for almost twenty years. E
Have you considered taking a metalsmith class that we offer at Pieh Tool in Camp Verde, Arizona?
check our website www.piehtoolco.com or call for details.

Books: Jewelry & PMC
JEWELRY & PMC

SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK952 Chain Mail Jewelry Taylor, Terry 144 9 x 10-1/4 Hardcover EA 1.74 24.95
A Contemporary Designs from Classic Techniques & Whyte,
Once used to create protective garments, chain mail techniques Dylon
and patterns have now been adapted for jewelry making by
innovative artists. Making chain mail jewelry needs very few
tools to achieve impressive results. Thirty extraordinary projects
are offered here for all skill levels. 484 illustrations.
B BK838 Complete Jewelry Course Jinks- 144 8-3/4 x Softcover EA 1.05 21.99
This comprehensive and heavily illustrated manual McGrath 8-3/4
teaches the craft of jewelry making to students looking to create
professional quality items. The author covers every step of the
B process, from creating original design concepts to fashioning
professionally finished pieces of jewelry. She lists all required
tools and equipment, explains their uses, advises on safe
working practices, and then guides her readers through every
stage of the jewelry making process in a series of carefully
structured tutorials. Students will learn how to start with an
original idea, translate it into a workable design, use it as a
pattern to make beautiful wearable jewelry and then present
one’s creations to buyers.
C BK839 Enameling on Metal Lopez- 160 9 x 12 Hardcover EA 2.30 29.99
The Art and Craft of Enameling on Metal Explained Clearly and Ribalta,
Precisely. Enameling on metal is an ancient and revered art Pascual
C form, and this book presents detailed instruction that is suitable i Miro
for self-teaching as well as for use in formal crafts classes.
An opening chapter discusses and illustrates examples of
enameled art objects created by medieval, renaissance, and
modern masters. A chapter that follows shows and explains
the materials, tools, and equipment that students of this craft
will need -- the special enamels and metal sheets, as well as
mallets, files, brushes, metal-working tools, acids, abrasives,
and the kiln for firing finished pieces. Subsequent chapters
present detailed instruction in mastering various techniques
that include pigment mixing, etching, engraving, painting, and
firing. Students are introduced to several different enameling
methods, such as cloisonné and basse taille. Hundreds of
instructive color photos.
D
D BK812 Keum-Boo: Hot Burnished Gold Foil Lewton Brain 47 8-1/2 x 11 Saddle- EA 0.41 24.95
This book teaches how to easily hot burnish gold foil stitch
permanently onto silver objects and raw sheet for soldering and Binding
building patterned jewelry with. This incredibly simple designing
technique was re-introduced to the West from Korea in the
1980’s. It lets you make pictures and patterns using pure 24k
gold foil on metals including steel, platinum, palladium, 14K,
18K and other gold alloys, aluminum and even copper. Step-
by-step photos show how to make gold foil. Also discussed are
how to calibrate a hot plate and use liver of sulfur. The white
electrum alloy for keum-boo is described.
E BK900 Making Metal Beads Warg 160 8 x 10 Hardcover EA 1.40 24.95
E With this comprehensive skill-building guide at hand, jewelers
can craft 30 stunning one-of-a-kind beads in shimmering silver,
copper, brass, and other metals. Metalworking intro provides
the basics, followed by creative design ideas and techniques
specific to metal bead work. Transform commercial beads using
simple stamping, chasing, and dimpling. Use cold connections
to produce riveted and woven beads from sheet and wire. Roll a
simple Crescent Roll Bead, and create variations in the form by
using patterned, textured, or hammered sheet metal, building
a repertoire of skills. An extensive gallery of handmade beads
provides a wealth of inspiration. Warg is currently an Artisan
F Member of the Society of North American Goldsmiths and a
member of the Enamelist Society. Illustrated with photos.
F BK911 Making Metal Jewelry, Complete Photo Guide Sartin 224 8-1/4 x 11 Softcover EA 1.88 24.99
With beautiful illustrations and step-by-step instructions, this
how-to book includes all the techniques involved in crafting
metal jewelry, including: cutting and filing,
cold connections, soldering, texturing, forging and forming,
setting stones and applying specialty finishes. The book’s
clear organization provides easy access to information with
straightforward directions and hundreds of full-color photos.
You’ll also find easy projects for trying the techniques, as well
as a stunning gallery of metal jewelry pieces by experienced
designers. Find beautiful jewelry examples and gain skills and
inspiration! 500 color photos, Published: April 1st 2013.
We offer Hand-Crafted Gifts and Jewelry by local artists.

See page 161; also check out our website for additional gift items.

Books: Jewelry & PMC
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK910 Metal Clay Beads Becker- 144 8-7/8 x Hardcover EA 1.73 24.95
When you combine two bestselling topics like metal clay and Simon 10-1/4
beading, and then add one of the most talented and respected A
artists in the business, you’ve got a winning combination. In this
unique, comprehensive reference, Becker-Simon treats readers
to 22 outstanding metal clay bead projects. An introductory
section guides you through all the fundamentals, from forming
and joining the clay to firing and finishing. Learn how to add
gemstones, glass, and other objects; use molded and carved
texture plates; etch photos into a surface; develop rich patinas;
and more. From the Porcupine Pearl Bead to a Polygon Box
Bead, the projects are both timely and sophisticated.
B BK826 Mexican Jewelry and Metal Art Pina 288 11-3/4 x 9 Hardcover EA 4.30 89.99
*S/O The collectible appeal of Mexican metal art can be attributed B
to artistic quality, variety, and large production volume pieces,
including wearable art, table art, and wall art, with something
for everyone. See Mexican jewelry and metal art made with
copper, brass, alpaca, and silver, from glass mosaics on brass
to silver jewelry inlaid with crushed stone, to metal combinations
such as metales casados. The variety in color, texture, and
form is wonderful. While other books have made significant
contributions to raising awareness of Mexico-designed silver
jewelry, little has been written about other metal objects, often
made by the very same designers, such as Salvador Teran, Los
Castillos, Miguel Martinez, Miguel Pineda, Estele Popowski, and
Bernice Goodspeed. Detailed captions accompany 1000+ color
photographs. Includes a bibliography. C
C BK822 Mexican Silver-20th Century Handwrought Jewelry Chittim 272 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 3.20 59.95
and Metalwork Morrill
Here is the powerful story of the silver renaissance in Mexico & Berk
from the 1920s to the present. The wealth of color photos
showcases the incomparable beauty of these works in silver.
Extensive research sheds new light on the life and art of
William Spratling, Margot van Voorhies, Fred Davis, and Hubert
Harmon, and on the artisans who worked for them, making
this book the definitive study of Mexican silver jewelry and
decorative objects. 440 photos.
D BK813
D
Mixed Metals Hettmans- 128 8-5/8 x 10 Hardcover EA 1.59 24.95
Hettmansperger combines sheet, clay, mesh, wire and more. perger
She was a crafts teacher for 25 years, is an author and
magazine contributor, PBS show personality of Beads, Baubles
& Jewels. Her ‘workshop in a book’ covers the studio space,
equipment, tools, materials. Techniques to pierce, cut, forge,
solder sheet metal, shape, texture, and working with metal
clay; the use of cold connections, wirework and patinas are all
covered. The book includes 20 projects with photos.
E BK784 PMC Decade McCreight, 256 8-1/2 x 10 Hardcover EA 2.80 35.00
It has been several years since Mitsubishi Materials Corporation Friedlich,
developed and patented Precious Metal Clay. The first Burks
decade of PMC has seen tremendous growth, not only in the E
development of additional forms of the material, but in the
innovative ways that artists are using metal clay to create
unique and exciting works. This high quality presentation book
will be the first to showcase the best work being done around
the world. This is a detailed illustrated chronology. Over 250
color photos.
F BK785 PMC Technic McCreight 120 8 x 11 Hardcover EA 1.71 30.00
Study with someone who had researched and mastered a
specific technique. Full color, dozens of photos and illustrations.
Ten leading artists teach their specialty, with clarity, care, and
passion in this book: Tonya Davidson--PMC Syringe; Celie F
Fago--Making Hinges; Jennifer Kahn--PMC Bezels; Doris King--
Fusing Sterling and PMC; Terry Kovalcik--Developing Form with
Slip; Noortje Meijerink--PMC on Ceramic; Kelly Russell--Using
Stencils with PMC; Barbara Simon--Lampworking and PMC;
CeCe--WireWater Etching on PMC; and J. Fred Woell--Coreless
Beads.
G BK811 Setting Stones In Metal Clay Landenwitch 120 10 x 7-1/2 Hardcover EA 1.20 27.50
Laminated cover, Concealed wire binding
A full color book that focuses specifically on setting gems.
Through photos, illustrations, and clear instructions,
Landenwitch demonstrates more than 30 ways to set stones.
Traditional bezels to pavé, channel setting, and many innovative
alternatives are discussed. In addition you’ll find inspirational G
work made by talented artists from around the world.

Books: Design & Style
DESIGN & STYLE

(lb)
WT PRICE
A A BK927 Art Forms in the Plant World Blossfeldt 120 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.75 15.95
Originally intended as a reference for his work as an architect,
sculptor and teacher. Blossfeldt’s exquisite sharp-focus photo
studies of plant form–leaves, buds, stems, seed pods, tendrils
and twigs–won acclaim with this publication of the 1928 edition.
This book is extremely helpful to metalsmiths who need a close
up view to understand the plant life in order to reproduce it in
metal. 120 black and white photos.
B BK756 Basics of Style for Artist Blacksmiths Metzger 144 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover- EA 1.07 36.00
A classic German blacksmithing text which was translated into Spiralbound
B English in 2002 by Rudolf Baum. The teaching style is easy to
understand and is presented without any material not relevant
to the smith! This reference for style and art history enables a
smith to identify the period of a style with confidence, to copy
an object with the particular style characteristics, and to know
the conditions and requirements of a stylistically correct design.
C BK962 Karl Blossfeldt - The Alphabet of Plants Mattenklott 80 5-3/4 x Softcover EA 0.41 18.00
Blossfeldt’s interest in the plant world was of an artistic 7-1/2
and didactic nature. Fascinated by the structure of plants,
their organic configuration, and artistic form, he studied
them objectively through comparisons of illustration and
C photographically. that could be described as strictly objective.
“His goal was to create a catalogue of forms for the benefit
of artists, artisans, and, above all, architects, providing them
with a book of instruction and models to guide them in their
designs.” Plant life has forever had a strong influence on
blacksmith designs, a forceful stream of inspiration, even to the
modern blacksmith. Blossfeldt has done his part in that great
examination of the perceptive inventory, which will have an
unforeseeable effect on our conception of the world, whether
we speed up a plant’s growth or show its form in a forty-fold
enlargement. 44 illustrations.
D
D BK965 Karl Blossfeldt - The Complete Published Work Adam 255 9-3/4 x 11 Hardcover EA 3.60 38.00
Plant photography of Blossfeldt, shows art forms in nature.
Blossfeldt was a sculptor, amateur photographer, and a
professor at Berlin’s School of Arts and Crafts where he taught
modeling. The photographers in the know waited for this book.
239 illustrations.
E BK928 Natural Art Forms Blossfeldt 128 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.78 15.95
Using innovative techniques, Blossfeldt produced arresting
images of seed pods, buds, stems, and other botanical items.
This spectacular collection features scores of his remarkable
photographs of plant life, offering artists and crafts people a
E treasury of royalty-free pictures and design inspirations. 120
black and white photos.
F BK480 Treasury of Flower Designs Gaber 80 8-3/8 x Softcover EA 0.49 7.95
100 garden favorites rendered in black and white line 11-1/4
illustrations will suggest numerous design and artistic uses to
artists, designers, craftsmen, and needle workers. Amaryllis,
anemone, begonia, cinquefoil, peony, and snapdragon flow and
weave, many forming borders and frames. All drawings are
copyright-free.
The Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork is a unique three-season metalworking school located in Camp Verde, Arizona, 25 miles south of
Sedona and one hour north of Phoenix. Founded in 2003 by Pieh Tool Company, Inc., the school’s mission is to foster interest and knowledge
in metalworking crafts. These include disciplines such as blacksmithing, bladesmithing, and coppersmithing such as raising, sinking, chasing
& repousse. Workshops are also offered in silversmithing, engraving and jewelry. As Arizona’s only notable non-university
metalworking school, the Bill Pieh Resource for Metalwork offers both beginner and advanced artists a variety of 2 and
3-day courses and several demonstrations taught by some of the worlds finest metalsmiths. The programs are expanding
and are updated on the Pieh Tool website Calendar. The school is named in honor of the late Bill Pieh.
Come learn in an atmosphere of friendship and camaraderie! The creative energy and enthusiasm of the instructor provides
adults and teenagers with unique skills and lasting memories.

Books: Trades & Crafts
TRADES & CRAFTS

(lb)
WT PRICE
A BK739 Art of Engraving; A Book of Instructions Meek 208 9 x 11-1/2 Hardcover EA 2.20 47.95 A
Complete, authoritative, imaginative and detailed introduction
and training in the art of gun engraving. This is a supremely
unique book, in layman’s terms it tells you how to engrave. It
does not assume you know anything about engraving. Start by
learning to draw scrolls and layouts, then cut practice plates
until you are sure of your ability to design a pattern, then
transfer it to a gun. Hundreds of original engravings, designs
and layouts (plus samples from other master engravers) explain
specific points and techniques. Original work is intended for
you to copy and transfer to guns to create an engraving job of
which you can be proud. Over 1378 images.
B
B BK143 Cooper and His Trade, The Kilby 192 6x9 Softcover EA 0.85 21.95
Valuable information on coopering by a master cooper. This is
a great find with historical data on the making of barrels, tools
and techniques from the earliest times up to today. 56 photos,
87 drawings.
C BK957 Dictionary Of American Hand Tools Sellens 546 9 x 12 Hardcover EA 4.40 39.95
The greatest assembly of hand tools ever assembled. A
fascinating chronicle of nearly every tool used in North
America, including ancient tools of the Native Americans; trade
tools used to create coaches, pianos, ships, and saddles; tools
for harvesting farm goods, turpentine, and ice; and tools for C
fine bookbinding and watch repair. The tools are organized by
profession, from beekeeper to wheelwright, and will fascinate
today’s practitioners of these trades and hobbies. Over 4,500
illustrations.
D BK997 Finishing: Methods of Work (Wood) Richey 240 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.90 12.95
All the best techniques for completing a wide variety of projects. 8-1/2
How to select and apply finishes, which tools to use to achieve
desired effects, how to color wood, and to repair damaged fin-
ishes. The best tips from the “Methods of Work” column in Fine
Woodworking over the past 25 years. 175 Drawings.
D
E BK999 Gunstock Carving: A Step-by-Step Guide to Engrav- Janney 96 7-3/4 x Softcover EA 0.85 19.95
ing Rifles and Shotguns 11-1/2
The specialized art of carving gun stocks is very popular with
both hunters and crafters. Many hunters commission artists to
carve an image replicating a successful hunt on their gun or
rifle which is then displayed to commemorate their catch. This
type of woodcarving can be very lucrative and now carvers of
all levels can learn this process from start to finish with this
new book by Janney. He has appeared on PBS’s American
Woodshop and is a featured demonstrator at Cabela’s, a
national hunting store. He lives in Middletown, Ohio. Chapters
include: Tools and Materials, Carving Fish Scales and Oak E
Leaves, Carving Basket Weave and Acanthus Leaves, and
Carving a Scene.
F BK823 Heintz Art Metal McConnell 127 8-3/4 x Paperback EA 0.74 19.95
The American Arts and Crafts Movement flourished briefly but 5-3/4
brilliantly in the early 20th century. It was during this era that
the Heintz Art Metal Shop and its successor the Smith Metal
Arts Company (Silver Crest) produced decorative bronze
wares of the highest quality. Avid interest in Arts and Crafts
furnishings and accessories has collectors searching for
examples made by these two firms. This book provides photos
for collectors and dealers alike with a pictorial panorama of F
such Heintz and Silver Crest items as bowls, jewelry, trophies,
vases, and desk pieces, as well as essential data regarding
value, rarity, maker’s marks, and company histories.
G BK131 Historical Guide to Wagon Hardware and Spivey 197 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 1.28 18.95
Blacksmiths Supplies
This is a great reference to identify pieces and parts of wagon
hardware and tools. Thousands of really neat illustrations of
wagon hardware and supplies.
H BK657 How to Sell What you Make Gerhards 160 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.37 14.95
Focuses on how to sell at craft fairs, galleries, and trade 8-1/4 G
shows. Over half the book is devoted to the ins and outs of
trade shows and covers the basic aspects of a small business.
Four appendixes cover trade show promoters; a calendar of
trade shows; publications; and organizations.
H
NOTE: AVAILABILITY AND PRICES MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Books: Trades & Crafts
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK998 Museum of Early American Tools (Americana), A Sloane 108 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.53 8.95
This was one of the most influential books on tools and had an
impact on the current interest in tool collecting. There are over
180 pen and ink drawings by the author. Originally published
A in 1964, Sloane illustrates the uses of tools and covers such
diverse crafts as logging, carpentry, wheel making, tanning,
splitting, tools with legs and much more. Includes devices
used by curriers, wheelwrights, coopers, blacksmiths, loggers,
tanners, coach makers, and other craftsmen of the pre-industrial
age. An informal book, written for cultural historians, wood
crafters, and Americana enthusiasts. 184 illustrations.
B BK658 Secrets of Building an Alcohol Producing Still Gingery 82 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.59 12.95
An intelligent person knows that hoarding gasoline is not a
solution to fuel shortages. An intelligent person finds alternative
B solutions, and this machine is just such a solution. Instead of
trying to stockpile gasoline, you can make your own substitute
out of sugar, corn, potatoes, or almost anything you can
ferment into alcohol. This still will remove the water, creating
almost pure alcohol, nearly 200 proof, so you can burn it in just
about any type of engine.
C BK994 Shop Drawings for Craftsman Inlays & Hardware Lang 96 8 x 10-3/4 Softcover EA 0.57 19.95
Lang has gathered all of the most important Craftsman motifs
into one source. The drawings are accurate, complete and
fully detailed. They can be enlarged or reduced as the need
C arises. It was the copper, brass, and wrought iron inlays, knobs,
hinges, and latches that gave so much charm to the Craftsman
Style. Includes introduction chapters on history, design, and
technique. 76 B&W illustrations.
D BK966 Tools & Trades Of America’s Past, Arbor 124 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.85 9.95
The Mercer Museum Collection
Nearly 100 years ago Henry Mercer began to amass a vast
collection of the tools and implements used by Americans
before the industrial age. These everyday objects of ordinary
people - their axes, sickles, pie plates, and spinning wheels -
D provide a valuable glimpse into the material culture of the past.
236 illustrations.
E BK960 Tools that Built America, The Bealer 212 6x9 Softcover EA 0.79 13.95
In this richly illustrated book, author and master craftsman
Bealer tells the fascinating story of woodworking in colonial
America, enthusiastically describing and clearly depicting a
wide array of devices – from axes wielded by frontiersmen to
clear the land and build log cabins, to carpenters’ saws, planes,
and hammers, and furniture-makers’ chisels, bevels, lathes, and
E calipers. Over 200 illustrations.
F BK102 Wooden Iowa Rifling Bench, A Bookout and 58 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.32 21.75
Shows in detail how to make your own wooden rifling bench, Neubauer
which is used to ream the bore of a commercial unrifled barrel
blank in the traditional manner. Refer to the DVD where Bookout
demonstrates how to ream the rifle barrel.

Books: Horseshoeing
HORSESHOEING
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK676 5 Shoes, 1 Shoe Board Gregory 24 8-1/2 x 11 Pamphlet EA 0.16 8.95 A
A practical step-by-step guide for building a shoe display board
to help further educate your shoeing clients, work toward
possible farrier certification and undertake a great learning
experience.
B BK76 AFA Certification Study Guide for Certified / Intern Blombach 58 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.75 25.95
An excellent study guide to prepare you for the Certified or
Intern AFA Written Exam. Present levels of examination by the
American Farriers Association are: “Intern”, indicates one who
has successfully completed entry level examination; “Certified
Farrier”, recognition of individuals with a minimum of one year B
practical experience who have met AFA’s basic standard of
horseshoeing knowledge and skill.
C BK75 AFA Certification Study Guide for Journeyman Blombach 72 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.61 25.95
This “Complete Self Help Study Guide” contains new
information essential to maximizing your written test score plus
all the little known “ins and outs” of passing the AFA practical!
D BK15 Artistic Horseshoeing Rich 217 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.75 19.95
This installment in the American Farriers Journal’s “Farrier 8-1/2 C
Classics” series relies on the time-tested advice of renowned
farrier George E. Rich. A reprint of the original book from 1887
(that was updated in 1907, complete with illustrations) will
be appreciated by novice and experienced farriers alike. Its
timeless information, photos and illustrations will be a highly
valued resource for your shoeing library’s inventory.
E BK755 Better Basics Gregory 128 8-1/2 x 11 Spiral EA 0.71 17.95

Gregory, owner and instructor of the Heartland Horseshoeing Bound
School in Missouri, takes a step-by-step approach to help Softcover D
improve your horseshoeing and forging skills. Lavishly
illustrated and written, it has something for everyone from the
novice who is just starting out, to the experienced professional
wanting to polish his skills. Copyright 2004.
F BK91 Cavalry Horseshoer’s Technical Manual US War Dpt. 128 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.40 16.95
This illustrated 1941 technical manual, written by the 8-1/2
War Department for cavalry farriers has invaluable information,
diagrams and historical value. Beginning with a discussion
on anatomy and physiology of the equine hoof and leg, it E
continues to describe forging and shoeing practices, traction
devices and hoof care for hardworking cavalry horses.
G BK524 Foot of the Horse, The Roberge 304 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.80 23.95
The in-depth shoeing advice presented over 100 years ago 8-1/2
will help place many of today’s shoeing challenges in proper
perspective. The book outlines numerous rules for shoers
based on Roberge’s 45 years of working with a foot care
system in existence since 1850. Besides offering detailed
advice in 18 general areas of shoeing, this valuable reference F
zeros in which detailed explanations on 424 specific items that
still relate to everyday shoeing concerns.
H BK77 Hoof Talk: The Hairline Tells It All Bergeleen 60 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.24 24.85
Bergy’s book contains everything your horse wants you to know 8-1/2
about good horses. This book offers an enlightening tour of the
hoof. Bergy provides a simple method for evaluating balance
and stress in the hoof. He is a long-time shoer, instructor and
horseman. If you are interested in natural hoof care but are not G
ready to take the shoes off your horse, Bergy has the answer
for you.
J BK16 How To Horseshoeing Book, The West 144 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 0.95 19.95
The most comprehensive book of practical horseshoeing ever
published. Focusing on the best techniques gleaned from more
than 1,800 articles appearing in the pages of American Farriers
Journal. You’ll learn plenty of new ideas that really work with
all disciplines, shapes and sizes of horses, mules and even H
zoo animals! When it comes to shoeing techniques for animals
weighing less than 200 pounds to more than 2,000 pounds, this
book delivers all the essentials of foot care.
J
Find JET® Chain Hoists
on page 134.
Other JET® products on
pages 129-135.

Books: Horseshoeing
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A A BK104 Natural Balance Hoof Care Book & DVD Ovincek 142 8-1/4 x Softcover EA 1.30 150.00
Education Set 10-4/3
A Practical Guide to Hoof Care Science & Foot Function
for Pleasure & Performance Horses. Includes the Natural
Balance Hoof Care Book & DVD (4) Education System.
This is a comprehensive learning system for horse owners
interested in the maintenance of their horse’s feet, to seasoned
farriers looking for useful information that will compliment
their current hoof care knowledge. Because people learn and
comprehend information in different ways, the “Natural Balance
Hoof Care” book also comes comes with DVD’s (4) that include
corresponding sections, so sections you read in the book are
also visually explained in some of the videos.
B BK105 Natural Balance Hoof Care Book & DVD Ovincek 142 8-1/4 x Softcover EA 1.73 199.00
Ultimate Pack 10-4/3
Includes all of the latest and best informational and educational
sources available today. The Ultimate Pack includes: “Natural
Balance Hoof Care” Book & DVD Education System, “Natural
Balance Hoof Trimming” DVD, “Natural Balance Shoeing” DVD
B set that’s over 150 information packed pages & 600 minutes
of video that covers everything from the basics in hoof care, to
dealing with common pathologies or hoof conditions like club
feet, underrun or contracted heels, and first aid for laminitis.
C BK94 Natural Trim, The Bergeleen 60 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.20 18.85
The most complete manual for achieving natural feet in the 8-1/2
history of the horse industry. You will learn how and why you
must establish “Natural Feet”.
D BK525 New Hope for Soundness Ovincek 40 6-7/8 x Softcover EA 0.20 12.00
Supplies horse owners, veterinarians and farriers with 8-7/16
background and instruction material to the principles of Natural
Balance. Contents include: The Wild Horse Study, Recognizing
Hoof Deformity, The Natural Trim, Natural Balance Shoeing,
and The Equine Digit Support System. There are suggestions
for hoof preparation and shoe placement throughout the book,
along with many drawings to help make Natural Balance prin-
ciples understandable and use-friendly. The majority of informa-
C tion is concise and to the point. “New Hope for Soundness” is
an excellent tool for anyone who is interested in helping and
maintaining their horses feet.
E BK49 Principles of Horseshoeing (P3) Butler 1000 8-1/2 x 11 Hardcover EA 7.62 167.00
Truly the ultimate textbook of farrier science x2
and craftsmanship for the 21st century. Written by two
experienced authors - together, they bring a fresh NEW
approach to learning the vital craft of horseshoeing. This
D updated and expanded third edition shows you how to help
horses stay sound or return to soundness. Nowhere else will
you find as complete a collection of foot knowledge as in The
Principles of Horseshoeing (P3). This is the one resource
that is a MUST for the library of every farrier, veterinarian,
and horse lover, and it is a recommended resource for AFA
certification programs. 2,350 illustrations.
F BK103 Scientific Horseshoeing Russell 390 6-1/2 x Hardcover EA 1.60 41.35
Accomplished and celebrated American farrier, Prof. Russell 9-1/4
E was also a prolific writer and illustrator, dedicated to farriery
as a science. Seasoned farrier/blacksmith Reuel Darling was
introduced to Russell’s material as a mimeographed text when
he was a farrier student under Ralph Hoover at California
Polytechnic Institute. Because of the timeless nature of
Russell’s work, Reuel was inspired to preserve the classic
by reprinting it on acid-free paper. Some of the original print
engravings from the book hang in the farrier offices at Cal Poly.
G BK111 Shoeing the Draft Horse Martin 14 8-1/2 x Pamphlet EA 0.08 7.95
F American Farriers Journal 10-3/4
Shoeing the draft horse can be intimidating, if only because
of these magnificent beasts’ massive size and formidable
strength. But you’ll gain new confidence with the help of
Scottish farrier Edward Martin, the world’s No. #1 draft
horseshoer. You get two dozen color photos and plenty of tips
that cut this job down to size.
H BK682 Strategies for Overcoming Long-Toe, Underrun 14 8-1/2 x Pamphlet EA 0.10 6.95
Heel Concerns 10-3/4
G American Farriers Journal
This Special Management Report explores possible causes for
long toes and underrun heels and then seeks ways to correct
them. From conformation to bedding, foals to senior horses,
no stone is left unturned. This report is a must for any horse
enthusiast’s library.
H Be connected with us -- check the newest products and the latest


Books: Horse Care
HORSE CARE
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK814 Comprehensive Guide to Equine Veterinary Crabbe 352 10 x 7-3/8 Hardcover EA 2.80 35.00
Medicine, The A
Horses are among the most complex creatures in the animal
kingdom: so much can go wrong so quickly. These delicate,
injury prone beasts need swift treatment. Otherwise, a simple
eating disorder might rapidly lead to death and a minor
hoof injury to permanent lameness. To make things even
more difficult, equine veterinary care is costly and insurance
prohibitively expensive. That’s why any horse owner, equine
veterinarians, and students of veterinary medicine must have
this ultimate resource on hand. It is a thorough, carefully
designed medical reference featuring four-color anatomical
drawings by the most acclaimed veterinary illustrator Kip
Carter. It covers all areas of equine health, including diagnosis
and treatment, and delves into basic equine behavior and
safety, preventive health care, and first aid. Twelve in-depth B
chapters outline the individual body systems, anatomy and
physiology, and abnormalities. A Health Care section includes
alternative therapies such as acupuncture and homeopathy,
along with options for rehabilitation and physical therapy.
Critical information appears in tables, charts, side bars,
and bulleted lists for quick access. In addition, there’s an
informative history of veterinary procedures, followed by three
valuable appendices with terminology, common medications,
and advice for the first-time horse owner. A selection of the
Equestrian Book Club.
B BK843 Founder Data Collection and Analysis: Buff 107 8-1/4 x Hardcover EA 0.33 38.95 C
How to Take, Read, and Interpret Radiographs for the 5-1/2
Prognosis and Treatment of the Foundered Horse
This is perhaps the most comprehensive book to date on this
topic. Chapters discuss: Emergency First Aid -before treatment
begins; Radiograph Techniques - to help aid in the assessment
and prognosis of the foundered horse; How to Collect and
Document Data - from the radiographs with the aid of the
founder Form; How to Determine Prognosis - and the chances
the horse will return to soundness; Shoeing the Foundered
Horse - how to use the radiographs to successfully shoe the
foundered horse; and After Care Instructions.
C BK22
D
Hoof Care for Horses Heymering 32 5-1/2 x Softcover EA 0.11 4.10
No foot, no horse. It’s an old saying, but it rings as true today 8-1/2
as it ever did in humankind’s history of horsemanship. What
can you do to ensure your horse’s hooves are sound? Follow
the advice of those who know horses’ hooves best: Farriers.
Long-time farrier Heymering outlines the best preventive
maintenance for hooves, giving practical tips on achieving dry
footing, good ventilation in stalls, proper diet, and adequate
exercise. You’ll even discover the best way to pick up and clean
a horse’s hoof, and properly hold a horse for a farrier.
D BK939 Laminitis and Founder, Prevention and treatment Butler & 96 6x9 Softcover EA 0.35 29.95
for the Greatest of Success Gravlee
Identifies edema of the laminar tissues and sublaminar tissues E
as a cause of laminitis and founder. Emphasizes that swelling
must be reduced to prevent further damage to the sensitive foot
tissues; that the damaged structures must be supported so the
body can repair them; and the destroyed tissue must be rebuilt
by feeding the horse a balanced diet including nutrients that
support dermal tissues. This book provides the foundation for
horse owners, farriers, and veterinarians to work together for
the good of the horse.
E BK844 Limb Length Disparity (Equine Anisomelia) Buff 107 8-1/4 x Softcover EA 0.36 38.95
Limb Length Disparity (LLD) is an observable body imbalance 5-1/2
and physical deviation that manifests itself in a structurally
and/or functionally different limb length, and more than likely
has been created due to congenital, hereditary, injuries,
environmental, muscular and/or spinal problems. Identifying
LLD includes a thorough evaluation of the conformation,
muscles, skeletal structures, movement and attitude of the
horse. There are two types of LLD, structural or anatomic limb
length disparity and functional or apparent limb length disparity.
In horses, we are mainly dealing with functional LLD. The
disorder of unequal limbs or lack of similarity goes by several
names such as: High-Low Syndrome, Limb Length Inequality,
Bilateral Asymmetry, Club Foot (not to be confused with Club
Feet). This book is the first to discuss in any detail: What is
Limb Length Disparity, how to identify this body imbalance, and
how to treat Limb Length Disparity. Chapters include topics
on: What is Limb Length Disparity -definitions, etiology and
types of LLD. Observations and Techniques to Aid in Identifying
- how to observe, recognize, palpate, and measure LLD.
Treatment Considerations, Corrections, and Goals - Veterinary,
Chiropractic, Massage, Acupuncture, Saddle Fitting, Farrier,
Training, and Exercising. Pathological Shoeing For LLD - how
to trim and shoe for LLD. Conclusion and Final Words - how to
monitor and assess progress. Testimonials - a very powerful
chapter written by horse owners, veterinarians, chiropractors
and farriers.

Books: Horse Care • Oxen & Mules
SHIP WT
(lb)
A BK752 Packer’s Field Manual, The Hoverson 192 6x9 Softcover EA 0.75 19.95
In a big format for ease in the field. Written by the recognized
A “top expert” in the country on packing on mules or horses with
a Decker Pack Saddle. From the selection of pack stock on to
the basics of Decker saddles, pads and tack, author Hoverson
takes you through the entire packing process step-by-step
using text and photographs. He also covers the various hitches
used in Decker packing, ropes, knots and splicing, caring for
your tack, and other useful information on such subjects as
feeding, shoeing, vaccinations and worming, dental care, stock
first aid, and dealing with brand and health inspections. 186
B&W photographs and numerous illustrations.
B
OXEN & MULES
SHIP WT
(lb)
B BK54 Oxen - A Teamsters Guide Conroy 256 8 x 10 Softcover EA 1.80 25.00
The definitive resource for selecting, training, feeding, and
caring for the mighty ox. Written by a professor with more
than two decades of experience as a trainer and teamster, the
book shows readers how to select an ideal team, fit a yoke
and bows, address common challenges, and maintain a team’s
overall health. He also explains how to use oxen safely for a
C variety of farming and logging tasks, and how to train a team
for public demonstrations and competitions. Filled with dozens
of photographs/illustrations, including a 16-page color insert,
useful reference charts, and a glossary of terms.
C BK140 Packing In On Mules and Horses Elser & 168 8-1/2 x 11 Softcover EA 1.10 18.00
Jammed with good pictures, illustrations, and advice on just Brown
about anything you’d want to know about packing in and
camping. For those who yearn to pack in the wilderness
country of the West, either on their own mules and horses or
those of a professional packer, here is a book that takes the
D mystery out of back country pack string travel. By teaching you
the tricks of the trade, professional outfitter Smoke Elser shows
how your trip will be easier and more enjoyable by knowing
more about the animals used and why, and how they carry their
loads as they do.
Farrier Invoice Pads

Duplicated with carbonless copy paper, providing both the farrier and client records of the work done on the appointment date. All the
invoice pads have 50 sets in wrap-around covers.
SHIP WT
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION FORMAT PAGES SIZE BINDING U/M PRICE
(lb)
E
D INV9A Invoice Pad - Shoer Side View - Blank Pages 2 Part 50 sets 5-1/2 Wrap around EA 0.61 10.50
Invoice feature handy wrap-around cover, with place to note Carbonless x 8-1/2
the date of the invoice copies for future filing. Features listing
of various services performed - 15 horses per page.
E INV9B Invoice Pad - Misgivings Design 2 Part 50 sets 5-1/2 Wrap around EA 0.62 10.50
Has place to note the date of the invoice copies for future Carbonless x 8-1/2
filing. Features listing of various services performed - 15
horses per page.
F F FA-INV Invoice Pad - Pieh Tool Design 2 Part 50 sets 5-1/2 Wrap around EA 0.65 11.00
Features: Space at top for Company Stamp, Client Name, Next Carbonless x 8-1/2
Appointment Date, and List of Services performed per horse, 4
horses per page.
G INV12 Invoice Pad - No Foot-Hoof, Rasp, Nippers - 2 Part 50 sets 5-1/2 Wrap around EA 0.61 10.50
Itemized Carbonless x 8-1/2
Book with 50 white/canary paper with the date of the invoice
copies for future filing.
G H INVFF Farrier Forms 2 Part 50 sets 5-1/2 Wrap around EA 0.53 10.00
Especially designed for farriers. 50 2-part forms encased in a Carbonless x 8-1/2
sturdy wrap-around cardstock cover. This invoice book will hold
up in both the barn and truck. No tedious descriptive writing
needed. Just check off the appropriate boxes and total up!
Magazine
H American Farrier Journal
This Hands-On Magazine for Professional Farriers is the world’s leading magazine on horseshoing and equine foot care. AFJ
publishes articles on horse anatomy, physiology, leg pathology, therapeutic shoeing, mechanics, special shoeing techniques, forging,
welding, horse handling, working with veterinarians, farrier professionalism, customer relations, horseshoing tools and products, and
all phases of business practices and management. AFJ is a paid-circulation magazine.
U/M SHIP WT
(lb)
J MAGAFJ American Farriers Journal Magazine Lessiter 256 8 x 10 Softcover EA 0.15 8.00
Current issue will be sent. Back issues sent on request. Publications
J

Farrier Invoice Pads • Magazines
ANATOMY CHARTS
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR SIZE U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(lb) A B
A AC2 Anatomy Acute Foundered Foot Hayes 8-1/2 x 11 EA 0.04 6.00
These anatomy charts have a lot of wonderful detail. It is laminated in
plastic. Great reference tool for veterinarians, students, horse owners
and horseshoers.
B AC1 Anatomy Normal Hoof, Tell It Like It Is Hayes 8-1/2 x 11 EA 0.04 6.00
This laminated illustration of the normal hoof is a tool for understanding
the structure of the horse’s hoof. A good reference for the novice farrier,
as well as the seasoned farrier, veterinarian and the horse owner.
C WC14 Conformation 20 x 26 EA 0.25 29.00 C
Durable laminated poster shows detailed illustrations of ideal
conformation and conformation faults. Shaded areas denote areas of
stress on feet and legs with faults. Laminated on both sides in heavy
plastic.
D WC09 Dental Anatomy & Aging 20 x 26 EA 0.25 29.00
Durable laminated poster depicts the anatomy of the skull, showing
the roots of the teeth and corresponding vascular system. Detailed
age determination illustrations from age one year through 25 years.
Laminated on both sides in heavy plastic.
D
E WC05 Foot and Hoof Anatomy 20 x 26 EA 0.25 29.00
Durable laminated poster depicts the anatomy of the hoof and it’s
neurovascular anatomy. Other illustrations on this poster include Layers
of the Hoof, Stages of Laminitis, Parasagittal Section of the Hoof, and
more. Laminated on both sides in heavy plastic.
F WC02A Fore Limb Anatomy 20 x 26 EA 0.25 29.00
Shows the fore limb & it’s corresponding joints. Features full skeleton,
highlighting the bones of the shoulder, elbow, carpus & lower leg -
emphasis on the fetlock, pastern & coffin joints. Laminated on both sides
in heavy plastic.
E
G WC02B Hind Limb Anatomy 20 x 26 EA 0.25 29.00
Anatomy of the hind limb and it’s corresponding joints. Shows the full
skeleton, highlighting the bones the hip, stifle, hock and lower leg.
Laminated on both sides in heavy plastic.
H WC17 Internal Hoof Anatomy & Biomechanics 20 x 18 EA 0.25 15.00
This full color laminated poster is an excellent tool for illustrating the
inner workings of the equine foot. Along with the 3-D model of the basic
internal structures of the foot, this poster has both a soft-tissue and a
skeletal diagram of the effects of a toe-first versus a heel-first landing.
These illustrations and diagrams make it easy to understand the possible
causes of hoof pathologies such as Navicular Syndrome and heel pain.
F
J WC16 Navicular Syndrome 20 x 26 EA 0.25 29.00
Illustrates the various aspects of navicular disease. Shows the affected
bone, tendons and bursae as well as the vascular and neural anatomy of
the heel area of the hoof. Laminated on both sides in heavy plastic.
We offer the Finest Feeds for Your Horse’s Health

G
LMF Feeds has long been dedicated to Produc-

tion of high quality horse feeds for horsemen in
the Western and Southwestern United States,
with multiple production facilities. LMF strives
WRSURGXFHIHHGVXVLQJRQO\WKH¿QHVWLQJUHGL-
H
ents, most current equine nutrition science, and
utmost attention to detail.
LMF brings their customers the latest in horse
feed technology in the form of LMF Horse
Feeds and advances the industries knowledge of nutrition by work-
ing in conjunction with Performance Horse Nutrition (PHN),
J
to produce healthier, more sound athletes.
NOTE: AVAILABILITY AND PRICES MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

DVDs: Armor • Blacksmithing
ARMOR
SHIP WT
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR RUNNING TIME U/M PRICE
(lb)
A A DVD53 Armorer’s Workshop Set, The Vol 1 & 2: Fuller approx. 375 min. SET 0.71 59.95
A Step-by-Step Guide to Making a Medieval Great Helm and (4 DVDs)
Hourglass Gauntlets
Learn the lost art of armor making from Fuller, one of the few modern
masters of the craft. Volume 1 covers every step of this project in
meticulous detail, including cutting the pieces, shaping, riveting, polishing,
and more. The skills taught in this video will not only enable you to make
your own historically accurate, battle-worthy helmet, they represent a
comprehensive apprenticeship in the armorer’s craft. In Volume 2, Fuller
builds on the skills he imparted in the first volume, taking you step-by-
B step through the creation of the smaller, more detailed pieces that make
up a pair of hourglass gauntlets. He teaches you how to weld and sand
individual pieces into a strong assembly, anneal and shape brass to make
it easy to work, chase fine lines into your piece for historical accuracy
and polish even the smallest pieces of steel to a mirror finish consistent
with the appearance of 16th century armor. Includes full-scale patterns
for the gauntlets and specialized armor-making tools, including the fluting
tool. Fuller is a former curator of the historical arms and armor exhibit
at the Glenbow Museum in Calgary, Alberta, Canada. Through years of
painstaking research of authentic period armor, he rediscovered the skills
of traditional armorcraft. As owner of Medieval Reproductions, Fuller
has more than 21 years of experience handcrafting the highest quality
C reproduction arms, armor and period accessories for collectors all over
the world. For more information, consult his website.
BLACKSMITHING
SHIP WT
(lb)
B DVD17 Artist Blacksmithing Parkinson 154 minutes SET 0.26 66.00
Explains the fundamental techniques of working with hot steel, and (2 DVDs)
how those techniques can be used creatively in designs. Set in his own
workshop, it is a rare opportunity to see a leading blacksmith in action.
D Peter is an exceptional tutor. In this film, he brings his own insights to the
craft while explaining both the processes and pitfalls.
C DVD4 Blacksmith Primer, A McDaniel 6 hours SET 0.30 139.00
A Course in Basic and Intermediate Blacksmithing with Randy McDaniel. (3 DVDs)
This is the companion video to “The Blacksmithing Bible, A Blacksmithing
Primer”. The author of the indispensable reference book appears in these
videos, teaching the standard techniques that all blacksmiths must know
to master the craft. This is a must-have for every blacksmith’s video
library! You will learn how to organize your shop, build your first fire,
hold and use your hammer, choose your stock, make tools for any job,
forge weld, make scrolls, hinges, how to make animal and human heads
and much, much more. Randy’s simple, straightforward and humorous
E approach to learning to be a good blacksmith is as much a part of these
videos as it is his book. Shot and edited in the same clear, user-friendly
style you have come to expect from Love of Art Productions, you will
enjoy watching Randy demonstrate all the techniques close-up.
D DVD13 Basic Blacksmithing, Vol. 1 Hershel approx. 90 min. EA 0.17 29.95
Hershel House, a premier craftsman, famed buckskinner, knifemaker and House
gunsmith provides an excellent presentation on basic skills. He includes
building a proper fire, forging, brazing, welding, tempering, hot cuts and
hot filing. Included is a bonus section on tuning a gun lock.
E DVD15 Basic Blacksmithing, Vol. 3 Hershel approx. 120 min. EA 0.20 29.95
This final tape in the in a series of three with Hershel House features House
F several projects: forging a bootscraper, strap hinge with pinnel, small
camp ax, cold forging, forging stamps and gravers, an awl and trivet.
F DVD14 Blacksmithing, Vol. 2 Hershel approx. 90 min. EA 0.17 29.95
This is the second of three by Hershel House. It demonstrates more House
blacksmithing skills and advanced techniques. Useful information for the
beginner to intermediate blacksmith, he demonstrates forming an eye,
forging S hooks and tongs, making a Betty grease lamp, a bullet ladle
and forging a Kentucky belt ax. He keeps his instruction on the light side,
using liberal humor.
G G DVD10 Broommaking for the Blacksmith Mohr approx. 22 min. EA 0.09 29.95
In 1976, Jeff began is arts and crafts business. He studied as an
apprentice with a Carolina craftsman in traditional broommaking for
one year, learning the style of tying brooms and making unique wooden
handles. Jeff began his career in the arts and crafts business in 1976.
And In 1981, his blacksmithing career began, creating interior and
exterior architectural iron. He has incorporated his techniques of his
brooming with the blacksmithing craft. In this video he shares his craft of
forged handles for hand-tied straw brooms.
H DVD8 Bugs and Birds Epps 37 minutes EA 0.19 32.95
Continuing in the vein of its companion video, Leaves and Flowers,
this tape demonstrates some insect and bird motifs that can be used
H and adapted for whimsical decorative work and garden-themed pieces.
Epps is shown creating critters such as a scorpion, a garden snail and
a dragonfly, as well as a hummingbird and two types of swans. These
projects range from the extremely simple to the complex , and offer a
quick way to add lots of ornamental appeal to a decorative project. A
brief “chalkboard” segment enhances the viewer’s learning opportunity by
outlining the steps in creating each item, and enhanced video and sound
make Epps’ instructions clear and easy to follow. A must-have for the
hobbyist or professional!

DVDs: Blacksmithing
SHIP WT
(lb)
A DVD3 Complete Metalsmith, The McCreight 80 minutes EA 0.30 29.95
*S/O Tom McCreight demonstrates many of the basic techniques of jewelry making,
including piercing, soldering, forging, stone setting and cold connections. A
Close-up photography and on screen graphics makes this a wonderful way
to learn.
B DVD38 Finishes and Finishing for Metal Sculpture Goehl 71 minutes EA 0.19 39.95
Throughout this video you’ll see the different finishes used on Goehl’s
sculptures. The chapters are laid out so you don’t have to go searching, you
can go right to the sections you want.” Using some scrap metal, learn how to
make a tool so you can mount your electric drill in a vice which will keep both
hands free for wire brushing or buffing.
C DVD5
B
Fly Press, The Crouchet 42 minutes EA 0.20 36.95
Used in the jewelry industry for hundreds of years, where it is known as a
screw press, the fly press is becoming an increasingly popular tool for the
blacksmith. This machine allows the smith to accomplish many operations
on cold steel that could formerly only be done “hot”. Obviously, this is a
great advantage in increasing speed and precision in your work. In “The Fly
press”, you will learn to evaluate used fly presses, what to look for in a new
press, how to make tooling, and much more. John also demonstrates many
common blacksmith operations on the fly press such as making tenons,
veining, straightening stock, bending precise circles and hot stamping. All
of these techniques are shown to you in the exceptional way that Love of C
Art Productions has come to be known for - clearly, up close, and easily
understood. John Crouchet says, “if you’re working cold you may be making
money!” What a novel idea!
D DVD6 Forged Animal Heads Epps 32 minutes EA 0.18 32.95
This tape is the first in a series featuring Mesquite, Texas blacksmith Epps.
A nice introductory collage of images, underscored by folk music and a quote
form Longfellow’s “The Blacksmith”, gives the viewer a clue that these videos
are going to be different from most of what’s out there on the how-to market.
In this video the viewer learns the steps in creating several novelty animal D
heads out of square stock and a novelty horse out of a horseshoe (Epps
began his career as a farrier). The artist also discusses ideas on applications
for the items shown. A “chalkboard’ segment introduces each item, breaking
down the process of creating the heads and showing how the shape of the
steel should change in each step. Epps includes tips on technique, including a
discussion of the molecular structure of steel and why a smith makes his steel
“square, then round”, and how to use a cross-peen hammer correctly. Forge-
welding can be clearly seen in the making of one of the pieces, and he gives
tips to the beginning blacksmith on how to get a good forge weld.
E DVD50 Forging Solutions: Hand Forging Techniques Vol. 1 Har-lev 100 minutes EA 0.20 39.00 E
Amit Har-lev demonstrating basic hand forging techniques using the Hofi style
hammer.
F DVD51 Forging Solutions: Power Hammer Techniques Vol. 1 Har-lev 100 minutes EA 0.21 39.00
Amit Har-lev demonstrating basic power hammer forging techniques on the
Big BLU Power hammer.
G DVD52 Free Form Forging Hofi 100 minutes EA 0.21 39.00
Uri Hofi forging dozens of elements using the Hofi die system on the Big BLU
110. Step by step descriptions. Over 40 elements are explained and forged. F
H DVD47 Getting Started With Metal Sculpture Goehl 60 minutes EA 0.20 39.95
Goehl explains the tools that he uses, how to use them and shows the basic
tools one needs to get started. There are cheap imported tools and then there
are top quality tools. Both have their uses, but the trick is in knowing which
one to buy for a particular purpose and this video covers that. Materials are
thoroughly covered: such as copper, brass, tubing, hot and cold rolled steel
along with RG45.
J CD797 Hot Shop II Chapman EA 0.12 10.95
The CD book is the second about Gene’s shop tooling, step by step forging G
techniques, fly press stuff and for you knife makers, two copper handle
blacksmith knives. Now you can print out projects from your computer so you
have them right at your anvil! 23 CD Pages. Over 140 photos.
K DVD45 Joinery Techniques Har-lev 80 minutes EA 0.20 39.00
Amit Har-lev demonstrating joinery techniques using hand and power
techniques. Riveting, wrapping, wedging and much more. Step by step.

DVDs: Blacksmithing • Chasing & Repousse • Copper & Form-Folding
SHIP WT
(lb)
A DVD9 Leaves and Flowers Epps 52 minutes EA 0.18 39.95
A Third in a series, this video features Epps, a Mesquite, Texas blacksmith,
demonstrating some of the techniques for making flower and leaf motifs for
decorative projects. There are 5 leaves and 5 flowers demonstrated, including
several ways of cutting veins into a leaf, folding and shaping the leaf form,
and specific blossoms such as a rose, a morning glory, a dogwood blossom
and a calla lily. Epps shows how to achieve surface texturing on leaves and
petals to give a more naturalistic finish to the product, and discusses the
merits of giving just the inference of a specific species, rather than trying for
exact replication. The use of the guillotine tool, or top/bottom fuller, is shown.
Applications for the individual items shown are discussed, and the viewer is
encouraged to find his or her own ways of using these beautiful decorative
B details. Skilled photography and editing, and a working knowledge of the
subject matter are evident in this video, as in all the others by Love of Art
Productions.
B DVD7 Making Tongs Epps 32 minutes EA 0.23 32.95
This video is the second in a series released by Love of Art Productions.
Making Tongs shows the blacksmith making three different styles of tong
joints with three different tong heads. First we see the Twisted Joint/Scrolling
Head tong, then the Traditional Joint/Wolf-jaw tong and finally the “Champion”
C Joint/Bolt Head tong. Epps also shows a variety of other specialty tongs he
has made, and discusses the importance of a blacksmith being able to make
his own tools. Tips such as how to quench moving parts will help the student
blacksmith avoid frustrating mistakes in his own shop. The viewer sees the
artist using a power hammer in this video to draw out tool handles, as well.
As in the first video, Forged Animal Heads, the directors use careful editing,
good voice-over enhancement and a “chalkboard” segment before every
piece demonstrated, to help the viewer duplicate Epps’ techniques. Good
production value and Epps’ casual country wit make this a video that every
D smith will want to have in his or her how-to library.
C DVD44 Tools and Techniques with Amit Har-Lev Har-lev 2 hours 22 EA 0.25 39.00
Amit Har-lev demonstrats the making of anvil tools and the techniques using minutes
them. Hardy, fuller, bending fork, cone mandrel, dish swage and on the bonus (2 DVDs)
CD a shelf stake.
D DVD48 Trees, Trees, Trees Goehl 75 minutes EA 0.19 29.95
Trees can be used in scenes or as stand alone wall sculptures, whether in
groupings or individually. You can take some of these trees that would be
fitting for a casual setting and produce a tree or trees that fit perfectly into a
formal setting. These trees also work well for offices and conference centers.
E Also included is how to make two tools that you can use while making the
trees and also for other sculptures. One tool is a small parts leverage bender.
An oxygen acetylene torch and the ability to braze are the main requirements
for accomplishing these projects.
CHASING & REPOUSSE

SHIP WT
(lb)
E DVD42 POWER Repousse Chapman 75 minutes EA 0.18 39.00
F Part two of a three part series. Using power hammers and hand held
pneumatic hammers for large scale repousse’. Forging and sinking copper
bowls and more.
F DVD43 POWER Repousse and Chasing Chapman 1 hour 27 minutes EA 0.19 39.00
Part three of a three part series. Using power hammers and hand held
pneumatic hammers for large scale repousse’. Creating a high relief abstract
human face in steel.
G DVD41 Repousse Chapman 50 minutes EA 0.21 39.00
G Part one of a three part series. Techniques using forms to create designs in + bonus
a negative space. Forming copper and steel to make large repousse’ wall
decorations in the metals studio. Sun/Earth form and the Oakhill Ironworks
copper leaf logo.
COPPER & FORM-FOLDING

SHIP WT
(lb)
H H DVD49 Forging a Copper Rose Har-lev 60 minutes EA 0.20 39.00
Forging a one piece copper rose using hand and power techniques. Step
by step from blank size to finishing. Bonus toolmaking, the chisel, a forged
gouge (used in making the rose).
J DVD37 Forming Copper Goehl 71 minutes EA 0.21 39.95
Copper is one of the most malleable of the metals and also the most
forgiving. The tools Goehl uses are rather primitive. Learn how to make
J the forming mallets, and what he uses for planishing. You will learn two
techniques to form bowls. Whether it’s a copper bowl, an abstract sculpture or
any piece formed into a shape that comes out of your mind, you can do it with
the tools and techniques shown in this video.
K DVD47 Getting Started With Metal Sculpture Goehl 60 minutes EA 0.20 39.95
Goehl explains the tools that he uses, how to use them and show the basic
tools one needs to get started. There are cheap imported tools and then there
K are top quality tools. Both have their uses, but the trick is in knowing which
one to buy for a particular purpose and this video covers that. Materials are
thoroughly covered: such as copper, brass, tubing, hot rolled and cold rolled
steel along with RG45.

DVDs: Knifemaking
KNIFEMAKING
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR RUNNING TIME U/M SHIP WT PRICE
A
(lb)
A CD796 Antler & Iron Ii: Building a Mountain Man Folding Knife Chapman 5 MB PDF to view EA 0.11 12.00
5 MB PDF files for monitor viewing, 41 MB files for printing 41 MB files to print
This is the CD version of the book BK449 Antler and Iron II. You are able
to print out your projects now! Very convenient when working at the anvil.
CD shows how Gene Chapman builds his Mt. Man Folders. Blacksmiths,
bladesmiths and knifemakers will find this an invaluable addition to their
reference library. Over 100 photos and drawings show step-by-step B
construction of a “Times Gone By” masterpiece. This folding knife can be built
just like our forefathers would have, without power tools.
B DVD46 Basic Damascus Patterns Norris 80 minutes EA 0.20 39.00
Renowned knife maker Norris leads the viewer through the important steps
of forming basic Damascus patterns in preparing and forging the billet. See
also: A Damascus Blade A to Z. Steps include: flux less weld, power hammer
and press welding/forming, hydraulic press with textured dies, rolling mill, and
grinding.
C DVD28
C
Damascus Blade from A to Z, A Norris 80 minutes EA 0.20 39.00
Norris gives you an up-close, step-by-step look at the process of preparing a
billet of Damascus steel and “cutting away everything that doesn’t look like a
knife!”. Lessons include preparing and forging the billet; grinding and sanding
techniques; etching techniques; pattern design and finishing techniques.
D DVD67 Ed Fowler’s Knife Talk, Vol. 1 Fowler 120 minutes EA 0.14 20.00 D
Welcome to the World of the Forged Blade. The past 36 years went into
the development of Fowler’s version of the Excalibur, The High Endurance
Performance Knife. Many have contributed to the knowledge, as you will see
and hear in this video some through books, phone calls, conversations and
friends who have joined me in the pursuit of the best knife we can make. All
of the information you are about to view is proven by Rex and Ed through
many hands on experiments and laboratory testing of each and every event
that follows. Forging a high endurance performance knife is an art based E
on science that is subject to empirical evaluation. You will view the result
of thousands of hours and hundreds of blades that have been tested to
destruction in their quest to reveal what works.
E DVD35 Fileworking Dushane 133 minutes EA 0.21 40.00
Learn from fileworking Master Dwayne Dushane in your own home. Watch as
he takes you step-by-step through 3 different designs of fileworking. You will
learn the S pattern, the Vine pattern, and the Rope pattern in simple-to-follow
steps. See how easy it is to embellish your knives with inexpensive tools such F
as files. Discover techniques that will make your work look more professional.
F DVD36 Forge Welding Cable & Striped Damascus Osborn 123 minutes EA 0.30 45.00
Osborn walks you step-by-step through the process of forge welding cable
Damascus. He will show you techniques that will allow you to “work smarter,
not harder”. On disc two he reveals his secrets on forge welding striped cable
Damascus. You will learn the secrets needed to turn an ordinary piece of steel
cable into a striking Damascus billet or blade.
G
G DVD66 Forging a Bearded Viking Axe Austin 51 minutes EA 0.17 35.00
Forging a Bearded Viking Axe covers the “Split-and-Wrap” method of forge-
welding an axe-eye, and all of the other necessary steps in forging and
steeling the bearded axe shown on the cover.
H DVD55 Forging Damascus: How to Create Pattern-Welded Blades Hrisoulas 3 hours, 18 min. SET 0.25 29.95
Hrisoulas is a master bladesmith specializing in medieval broadswords and (2 DVD Set)
daggers and Damascus pattern welding. He has almost 30 years of experience
at the forge. H
J DVD29 Introduction to Knife Engraving, An Cover 148 minutes EA 0.30 45.00
Watch as Cover guides you through the steps necessary to complete some
of the most beautiful artwork in the world today. Cover is an accomplished
engraver and a trained art teacher who has taught from kindergarten to
college level art classes. He discusses design and layout techniques, explains
edge geometry and sharpening alternatives, bordering and outlining basics,
shading, stippling backgrounds, inlays, and more. He uses different models for
illustration of the finer details of his work that would be hard to see on camera,
such as large wooden chisels that show the angles and geometry much better J
than the actual gravers due to the miniature size of the tool itself.
K DVD56 Japanese Silk Wrapped Handles Polzien 150 Minutes EA 0.26 45.00
Polzien has been making all types of knives for over 15 years. He specializes (2 DVDs)
in traditional Japanese pieces, especially Tanto Knives (short blades 12 inches
and shorter). These consist of many blade styles, as well as endless varieties
of Saya (Scabbards) and fittings. In this second DVD Polzien will take you
step-by-step from material selection to tools required as well as give you his
insight on how to produce your own exotic Japanese silk wrapped handles.
You will truly be amazed by the skills you will acquire from this master knife K
maker at work.
Check out our new Billy™ Z Tong, the Knifemaker Tong!

See page 93.

DVDs: Knifemaking
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR RUNNING TIME U/M SHIP WT PRICE
(lb)
A DVD57 Katana-A Modern Craftsman’s Guide to Making a Japanese Hayes 2 hours EA 0.21 39.95
A Sword
Get ready for the ultimate do-it-yourself project: a battle-worthy handmade
Japanese katana (long sword). In this one-of-a-kind video, Master
Bladesmith Hayes takes you step-by-step through the process of designing
and building a Katana-Tac – a simplified tactical Katana suitable for
traditional martial arts practice or modern battlefield use. You will learn
exactly how to design, profile, grind, temper, polish and haft your very own
working katana using a minimum of tools and equipment. You will also
learn some of the most closely guarded secrets of both traditional and
modern-day sword making, including the construction of a low-cost charcoal
B forge and the exact process for Japanese-style clay tempering. Once your
blade is properly tempered, Hayes teaches you how to polish it to reveal the
hamon (temper line) and haft it with a traditional cord-wrapped handle. For
information purposes only.
B CD798 Little Uglies II Chapman EA 0.11 12.00
Revision 2008 CD is an updated version of the original “Little Uglies”. It’s
packed with more photos, drawings, shop tooling and knives, some forging
sequence images are borrowed from his other publications. Printing can be
done on your computer printer or at Office Max, Staples, Office Depot and
C probably your local print shop. The revision has 17 more pages than the
original. When Gene gets bored his brain works overtime. Little Uglies is
a product of his excess energy and imagination. Popular with blacksmiths,
this all metal folding knife is so ugly it’s cute, each face is hot formed using
surprisingly simple tooling. Several spring possibilities are explored.
C DVD58 Loveless Legend: How to Make Custom Knives Loveless 95 minutes EA 0.35 19.95
This ground-breaking film documentary reveals the inside secrets and tips and
of the knifemaking trade as they’ve evolved in the shop of R.W. Loveless. Merritt
D Learn the rare art of custom knifemaking from a true master as he shares
his expertise and talks in-depth about his design philosophy.
D DVD30 Making a D-Guard Bowie Dean 193 minutes EA 0.26 45.00
The D-Guard Bowie is a legendary battle weapon, part sword-part knife. (2 Disc)
The powerfully balanced design makes it a favorite tool for many tasks,
but was kept ready for battle at all times. Dean, ABS Master Bladesmith,
has revealed his secrets and improvements for making a more secure and
artful D-Guard Bowie in this 2 disc video, including an interview with the
E Mastersmith himself. See why Dean is one of the most sought after teachers
in this craft and discover how by watching his easy-to-follow methods will
improve your knifemaking skills the more you watch this video.
E DVD59 Making Do: Volume One, The Poor Man’s Forge Hawk 220 minutes EA 0.20 29.95
You don’t have to be a certified master bladesmith working with highly
refined steel to craft a quality knife suitable for self-defense or general utility.
All you need are a few simple tools, some time, and metals anyone can
scrounge from garage sales, building sites, or even the local dump. Survival
authority, artisan, and neo-tribal weapons expert Hawk has been forging
greatly sought-after blades for years out of both high-quality steel and found
F materials, and in this video he teaches you how easy, inexpensive, and fun it
is to forge weapons that will last a lifetime. He begins by showing you how to
make your own forge and anvil out of a few cheap items, and then goes into
testing found steel to see if it can be worked with. From there, he teaches
basic hammering, shaping, and heat-treating to guarantee that your finished
products will hold up under the wear and tear of real use. Focusing on two
projects, a knife and an axe/adze, this video will give the knowledge and
confidence to make your own weapons and tools no matter how primitive
your surroundings are.
F DVD32 Mosaic Damascus Caffrey 109 minutes EA 0.30 45.00
G Caffrey will show you some of the most common Mosaic Damascus patterns.
The information is designed to be easy to understand, and will allow you to
take the “next logical step” towards producing your own Mosaic Damascus.
Caffrey covers how to create a radial pattern, a basket weave pattern, a
jelly roll pattern, and how to do an “accordion” fold. Also provides a recap
of tools, safety, and etching as explained in his previous two videos. For
advanced knifemakers and shows methods using a forge and a hydraulic
press.
G DVD 31 Quillion of Quality, The Anders 183 minutes EA 0.30 45.00
Anders teaches you the finer points of making the Quillion dagger as
H required for the ABS Mastersmith. The Quillion dagger is the toughest chal-
lenge the American Bladesmith Society has for impeccable workmanship.
Anders goes above and beyond the requirements and explains each step
in detail. You will see why this dagger won Best Art Knife at the Ohio Valley
Knife Show just two weeks after it’s conception and the filming of this video.
Learn the proper way to flute handles and the forming of the quills and how
to make them equal on each side. Learn the fit up and finishing techniques
that will help you to pass your ABS. Quillion test with confidence.
H DVD60 Scripture Damascus with Raymond Rybar Rybar 125 minutes EA 0.21 45.00
Rybar has been an Artist/Blacksmith for over thirty years and has won
countless blade awards for his bold Damascus patterns and intricate
Mosaics. His latest inspiration for his work comes from the Bible and is
centered on biblical themes: The King Of King Sword, The Crucifixion
Sword and The Gospel Of John Sword are just a few examples of this
Mastersmith’s work. In this DVD Rybar will take you step-by-step and teach
you the skills that are required to create this type of beautiful work, from
pattern selection, pattern welding to forging to introducing letters, numbers,
word and figures into the length on an entire billet. Learn theses extremely
sought after skills from a true Master of his era.

DVDs: Knifemaking • Gunsmithing • Horseshoeing
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR RUNNING TIME U/M SHIP

(lb)
WT PRICE
A DVD68 Wire Damascus Hunting Knife, The Goddard 120 minutes EA 0.23 32.00
Goddard calls this DVD a two-hour knifemaking adventure. It shows every
step in making a knife, after the billet is welded up. Circa 90% of the A
instruction applies to a knife made of any type of steel. The contents covers
an array of tools used and their characteristics; definitions and explanations
of procedures, sequencing of steps taken in the process of the knife making
(shaping, quenching, tempering, schwocking, grinding, testing). The methods
of using power and hand tools, including the guillotine, spring fuller tools.
Goddard talks about the forgs: gas versus coal and the baby furnace; heat
treating, tempering, grinding, and cleaning. Techniques involved in the
processes of hand rubbing the blade, etching, handle fitting and sharpening.
This video is packed with all the information needed to make a knife.
B
GUNSMITHING
SHIP WT PRICE
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR RUNNING TIME U/M (lb)
B DVD61 Rifling a Gun Barrel Bookout 30 minutes EA 0.12 19.95
Steve Bookout demonstrates how to ream the bore of a commercial unrifled
barrel blank, then rifle it in a traditional manner with his homemade rifling C
bench.
C DVD62 Forging A Flintlock Rifle Barrel Laubach 85 minutes EA 0.13 29.95
Jon Laubach, assisted by Christopher Laubach and Mike Miller, teaches how
to hand forge a wrought iron rifle barrel tube. Bonus material on forging a
breech plug and making the traditional boring bits.
HORSESHOEING D
ITEM # TITLE & DESCRIPTION AUTHOR RUNNING TIME U/M SHIP
(lb)
WT PRICE
D DVD63 Natural Balance Hoof Trimming Ovincek 95 minutes EA 0.21 50.00
This exciting new video is the ultimate in education and training with
regarding the Natural Balance Hoof Care. This 95 minute video contains over
35 minutes of lecture-type information that very clearly shows what the needs E
of the foot are and how, through Natural Balance Hoof Care, those needs
can be met. This initial section is consistent with what you might get from a 1
Day Gene Ovnicek Clinic. The remainder of the video contains very detailed
instruction on trimming horses to be barefoot. Various types of feet are
covered including: “normal” feet, clubbed feet, hind feet, underrun feet and
feet that are transitioning from shoes to being barefoot. There is also a short
section at the end on foal management for helping to develop the optimal foot
for each horse. An unbelievable amount of information.
E DVD64 Natural Balance Shoeing Ovincek 3 hours (2 SET 0.22 50.00 F
This video is designed to give individuals interest in Natural Balance products DVDs)
and Sole Support Impression Material. Use instructions are provided for
horses with mismatched feet, underrun and contracted heels, as well as
horses that are base narrow or pigeon toed and how to recognize hoof
distortions and explain how they relate to performance and lameness issues.
Possible causes for hoof distortions and guidelines on how to correct them
and prevent them from a simple, common sense perspective are covered.
Disk 1 includes lecture and dialogue covering information on anatomy and
biomechanics of the foot, then into detailed hoof preparation and shoe
placement for fairly normal feet, both front and hind applications. In Disk
2 equal detail is covered on how to deal with clubbed or mismatched feet,
underrun & contracted heels, and pigeon toed feet.
F BK104 Natural Balance Hoof Care Book & DVD Ovincek 4 DVDs SET 1.30 150.00
Education Set and book
A Practical Guide to Hoof Care Science & Foot Function for Pleasure &
Performance Horses. Includes the Natural Balance Hoof Care Book & DVD
(4) Education System. This is a comprehensive learning system for horse G
owners interested in the maintenance of their horse’s feet, to seasoned
farriers looking for useful information that will compliment their current hoof
care knowledge. Because people learn and comprehend information in
different ways, the “Natural Balance Hoof Care” book also comes comes with
DVD’s (4) that include corresponding sections, so sections you read in the
book are also visually explained in some of the videos.
G BK105 Natural Balance Hoof Care Book & DVD Ovincek 600 minutes SET 1.70 199.00
Ultimate Pack (7 DVDs)
Includes all of the latest and best informational and educational sources and book
available today. The Ultimate Pack includes: “Natural Balance Hoof Care”
Book & DVD Education System, “Natural Balance Hoof Trimming” DVD,
“Natural Balance Shoeing” DVD set that’s over 150 information packed
pages & 600 minutes of video that covers everything from the basics in hoof
care, to dealing with common pathologies or hoof conditions like club feet,
underrun or contracted heels, and first aid for laminitis.
We offer Natural Balance

Therapeutic Aluminum Horseshoes
page 27
EDSS Natural Balance EDSS Natural Balance PLR

Terms and Conditions
SPECIAL NOTICE SHIPPING POLICIES IN THE USA

Due to the fluctuating international currency market, the prices of items All items weighing 150 pounds or less will be shipped via UPS Ground
from overseas may vary from the price shown in our price list. Please Service unless otherwise specified. Items weighing over the limits will be
contact us to confirm the actual cost if you are concerned. We can notify shipped by motor freight.
you by price quote before shipping.
For Hawaii and Alaska, we will ship by US Priority Mail unless you request
Raw material prices are also fluctuating causing unpredictable price differently.
increases. Prices in this catalog are subject to change without notice.
We charge your credit card only at time of shipping.* See Special Orders UPS SHIPMENTS
section. Delivery is between one and five days depending upon where you live.
UPS (Ground Service) delivers Monday through Friday. UPS also offers
SHIPPING QUOTES Next Day Air, 2nd Day Air and 3 Day Ground. Saturday deliveries have
additional fees and is available only in certain areas.
Please note that the shipping rates are weight-based. Shipping and
handling charges will be added at the time your order is processed. We Oversized Packages
are always happy to quote shipping for you. Feel free to email or call us Packages which are less than 30 pounds but greater than 84 inches
anytime! Quotes are valid for 15 days. long are considered OVERSIZED. Packages which are less than 50
pounds but greater than 108 inches are also considered OVERSIZED and
ORDERING additional fees will apply.
You may order by phone, fax, mail or from our secure website catalog
at www.piehtoolco.com. Call 888-743-4866 (in USA), 928-554-0700, or Handling Charges
fax us at 928-554-0800. (Please do not order by email to protect your We do not charge handling on packages shipped via UPS. A $2.50 charge
personal financial information.) Once you place an order with us you will is added only for each US Mail package. After adding insurance and
be added to our mailing list and assigned a 5 digit customer number. To tracking, UPS is often more economical and certainly more reliable.
expedite future orders, please use your customer number when ordering.
Your customer number appears above your name on your invoice. Delivery Location
UPS cannot deliver to a post office box. Please be sure we get the proper
Minimum Order Size: $10 Arizona Residence Sales Tax: 9.35% delivery address, and indicate if it's a business or residential address.
UPS charges more to residential (rural) addresses. We will ship residential
PAYMENT (USA) if you do not specify. UPS charges an address correction fee. We will pass
We accept VISA, MasterCard, American Express, Discover/Novus, this fee on to you if you provide incorrect shipping details.
Personal Checks, Money Orders/Cashier Checks in US funds. Please
see the "Overseas Shipping/Payment Policies" section. We do not accept
COD’s. There will be a $40 charge on all returned checks/credit card
COMMERCIAL TRUCK SHIPMENTS
Freight charges are prepaid and added to your invoice. Please let us know
transactions. These fees must be paid before any future shipments will be if you do not have access to a fork-lift. Accessorial charges, such as
processed. There will be a 2% surcharge on the American Express. residential delivery and lift gate fees, may be incurred.
BACK-ORDER POLICY Insurance/Handling

All shipments are insured. Palletizing Fee: $15 each.
Most merchandise is in stock for immediate shipment. Orders are
processed same day before 3 p.m. MT. If we should be out of stock on an
item, we will back-order that item and ship the remainder of your order. If SHIPPING/PAYMENT POLICIES
you prefer "no back-orders", please let us know. We do charge shipping/ (OUTSIDE USA)
handling on back-orders.
Payment
We accept Wire Transfers, VISA, MasterCard, American Express,
SPECIAL ORDERS* Discover/Novus; and US money orders at our discretion. All bank Transfer
All Special Order items must be prepaid. There will be no returns on Charges, Duty and Taxes are your responsibility.
special orders unless the item was sent in error or was defective.
Shipping Parcels
RETURNS We require that all packages be insured. By default we will ship US
Priority Mail outside the continental USA.
Please do not return any merchandise without prior authorization. Returns
must include a Returned Merchandise Authorization number. (RMA) Handling Charges
Authorized returns may be subject to a 20% restocking charge. It may be There is a $2.50 handling charge to ship US Mail and $7.00 handling fee
waved if a store credit is taken instead of a refund. fee International parcels.
If you refuse any shipment (including being unavailable for the delivery Freight
company) without prior approval from Pieh Tool Company, Inc., you will be Please specify if you would like us to ship Air Freight or Ocean Freight.
charged a 25% restocking charge, as well as the freight charges incurred. We require that all packages be insured. Additional handling and crating
There are no returns allowed after 15 days. Absolutely no returns on charges may apply.
Limited Stock Discontinued Items, Books, Video Tapes or DVD’s unless it
is defective or was sent in error.
DAMAGED/MISSING GOODS
Please inspect your order when delivered. Also, please check your By ordering from this catalog you are agreeing
packing slip to verify we have not back-ordered an item you might think is
missing. Report any damages or missing items within 2 days. Please keep to the terms and conditions set forth.
all damaged containers for inspection. We will place the claim with the
shipping company.
For Truck Shipments
If you notice damaged or missing merchandise while the driver is still
present, make sure you note the problem on the delivery receipt.
If you discover the damage/loss after the driver is gone, call

the carrier immediately to explain what your inspection revealed and then
notify our Customer Service Department.

PIEH TOOL COMPANY, INC. ORDER FORM
661 E. Howards Rd., Suite J z Camp Verde, AZ 86322 Date _________________________________________________
Phone: 928-554-0700 z FAX: 928-554-0800

Customer Number _______________________________
1-888-PIEH TOOL (743-4866)
E-mail: piehtoolsales@piehtoolco.com
MAILING ADDRESS (Must match Credit Card Address) SHIPPING ADDRESS
Name ________________________________________________________________________________________ Shipping To ____________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address ___________________________________________________________________________ Name ____________________________________________________________________________________
City ______________________________________ State _________ Zip ______________________________ Address _________________________________________________________________________________
Province _________________________________ Country _________________________________________ City ____________________________________ State _________ Zip ____________________________
E-mail _______________________________________________________________________________________ Province _______________________________ Country ______________________________________
Phone __________________________________________ Fax ______________________________________
Alternate Phone Number _________________________________________________________________

www.piehtoolco.com
QUANTITY ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION U/M UNIT PRICE TOTAL
Subtotal
We ship UPS Ground Residential, unless requested otherwise. ($10 Minimum Order)
We require that all packages be insured. You may call for a quote!
J J Tax (AZ 9.35%)
Residential Business
J Shipping*
UPS 3rd Party, Account # _____________________________________ J Don’t Require Signature
For Overseas choose: Global Express, Priority Mail, Ocean Freight, Air Freight. Circle One Handling Charges/Truck*
J ($15 per pallet)
Shipping options within the Continental North America: Priority Mail
J J J J J Handling/US MAIL
UPS Ground Overnight Standard 2nd Day 3rd Day Saturday Delivery
($2.50 per package)
For your convenience, please check:
J J Handling/Overseas*
Back Orders OK No back Orders, I will reorder.
($7 per package)
TOTAL
So we may serve you better, please check all that apply:
J J J
By ordering from Pieh Tool you are agreeing to the Terms and
Blacksmith Jeweler Horsesowner Conditions set forth on our website or in our catalog (see page 200).
J
Fabricator J
Gunsmith J
Farrier If you need assistance please contact Pieh Tool by phone or E-mail.
J
Whitesmith J
Knifemaker J
Veterinarian *Shipping/Handling Charges and Sales Tax (AZ only) will be applied
to your order total when processed. Please see page 200 for Wires,
J J J
Welding/Repair Shop School Instructor Tack Shop International and Motor Freight Handling Charges.
Please clip and mail, Fax, or scan and send to our E-mail address.
Payment in the form of: J
Check J
Credit Card J
Money Order J
Wire Transfer (outside US)
VISA, MasterCard, American Express, Discover/Novus #:_____________________________________________________ Expiration Date _________________
(Last 3 digits on reverse side of card
Signature __________________________________________________________________________________________ CVN # ______________ American Express: 4 digits on front)
Phone: 928-554-0700 z FAX: 928-554-0800

Customer Number _______________________________
1-888-PIEH TOOL (743-4866)
Name ________________________________________________________________________________________ Shipping To ____________________________________________________________________________
Phone __________________________________________ Fax ______________________________________

www.piehtoolco.com
Subtotal
J J
Tax (AZ 9.35%)
J Shipping*
J ($15 per pallet)
UPS Ground Overnight Standard 2nd Day 3rd Day Saturday Delivery ($2.50 per package)
($7 per package)
TOTAL
J J J
J
Fabricator J
Gunsmith J
J
Whitesmith J
Knifemaker J
J J J
Check J
Credit Card J
Money Order J
Phone: 928-554-0700 z FAX: 928-554-0800

Customer Number _______________________________
1-888-PIEH TOOL (743-4866)
Name ________________________________________________________________________________________ Shipping To ____________________________________________________________________________
Phone __________________________________________ Fax ______________________________________

www.piehtoolco.com
Subtotal
J J Tax (AZ 9.35%)
J Shipping*
J ($15 per pallet)
UPS Ground Overnight Standard 2nd Day 3rd Day Saturday Delivery
($2.50 per package)
($7 per package)
TOTAL
J J J
J
Fabricator J
Gunsmith J
J
Whitesmith J
Knifemaker J
J J J
Check J
Credit Card J
Money Order J
Phone: 928-554-0700 z FAX: 928-554-0800

Customer Number _______________________________
1-888-PIEH TOOL (743-4866)
Name ________________________________________________________________________________________ Shipping To ____________________________________________________________________________
Phone __________________________________________ Fax ______________________________________

www.piehtoolco.com
Subtotal
J J
Tax (AZ 9.35%)
J Shipping*
J ($15 per pallet)
UPS Ground Overnight Standard 2nd Day 3rd Day Saturday Delivery ($2.50 per package)
($7 per package)
TOTAL
J J J
J
Fabricator J
Gunsmith J
J
Whitesmith J
Knifemaker J
J J J
Check J
Credit Card J
Money Order J
HAMM
BLOW
Journal
of the Artist-
E R ’S
Blacksmit
hs’ Associ
ation of
North Ame
rica
A Quarterly
Publication
Vol. 19,#
Winter 2011
1
Of
+LVWRU\ RI
<HDUV
ABANA'S
NATIONA
L CURR
GRILLE IC ULUM
PROJEC
T
$UWLVW%ODFNVPLWKV
Association of North America, Inc.
A
$&21)(5(
( 9 ( 5 < 7 :2 1 & (
<($56
8 WWW.ABANA.ORG
Pieh Tool Company, Inc.
EiGHT
Magazines
a year
HAM
BLOER’S
W
JOURNAL OF
THE
M
ARTIST-BLACKSM
ITHS’
OVA L
ASSOCIATION
To o l i n
g b y Ma
OF
R I V E TS
NORTH AMERICA
rk Asp
ery
VOL
HAMME
BLOW
A Quarterly
LO
JOURNAL
R’
WINTER 2007
Publication
Of
HE ARTIST-B
. 15, # 1OF TH
THE
S
LACKSMITH
S’ ASSOCIATION OF
NORTH AMERICA
NUGGE
YO U F I N
A Quarterly Publication
TS A R E
To n g s b y
1-888-743-4866
D THEM
VOL. 14, # 4
FALL 2006
WHERE
Ja y C l o s
e
Of
HAMMER’S
BLOW
JOURNAL OF THE ARTIST
-BLACKSMITHS’ ASSOCIATION
OF NORTH AMERICA
AT T H E A B A
CO N F E R E N C
NA
E
A Quarterly Publication
VOL. 14, # 3
SUMMER 2006
Off
ABANA
259 Muddy Fork Road
2
JJonesborough, TN 37659
423/913-1022
205
NEW REPORT — FREE DOWNLOAD
Top Tips From Hoof-Care Professionals From Around The World
100 Tips Guaranteed To

Improve Your Farrier Practice
Use these tips to improve your trimming
and shoeing techniques, increase your
efficiency, run your business more
profitably and much more!
Tips & Techniques On...

• Trimming And Shoeing
• Shoeing Ideas
• Tools And Product Tips
• Importance Of Conformation
• Business Advice
• Farrier Health Concerns
• Discipline And Breed Tips
• Therapeutic And Health Issues
• Backyard Horses
Get Your FREE

DOWNLOAD NOW!
Visit AmericanFarriers.com/ff/100tips

I n d ex
Abrasives (Also see Polishing Rouges) Fullers Ironworkers (Edwards) .................... 144-145
Belts..................................................... 125-126 Fuller Punches & Sets .............................. 90 Invoice Pads (Farrier) ............................. 192
Buffing Wheels, Sanding Discs............. 119-120 Fullers (Creasers) .................................... 67 Jig Saw ....................................................115
Grinding & Cut-Off Wheels/Discs .. 118-119, 126 Guillotine Fullers ...................................... 88 Kao-Wool (Forge Lining) .......................... 153
Wire Wheels/Brushes .................................. 118 Fur naces-Industrial Knife Sharpeners (Also see Abrasives) .. 106
Adver tisers ....................................... 205-208 Crucible Furnaces .................................. 157 Lag Bolts ............................................. 98-99
Air Hammer and Dies Furnace Forges ...................................... 154 Levels ...................................................... 108
Sahinler Power Hammer, Air Hammer Dies . 138 Gift Cer tificates .................................... 160 Lighting (Portable) ................................... 137
Air Tools (JET) ........................................ 135 Gifts (Jewelry, Hats, T-Shirts) ............. 160-161 Liniments .................................................. 52
Air Gates................................................. 146 Gloves (Kevlar, Cotton, Leather, Latex) ....... 68 Magazines .............................................. 192
Anatomy Char ts (Equine) ...................... 193 Gold Pan, Classifiers .............................. 81 Magnets ................................................. 105
Anti-Fungal/Disease Remedies ........ 50-52 Gouges ...................................................... 65 Mallets (Hickory, Rawhide, UHMB) ........80, 84
Antiseptics & First Aid .......................... 52 Grease Gun .............................................117 Mandrel Cones ......................................... 87
Anvil Stands ............................................. 74 Grinders, Buffers .............. 110-111, 129-130 Metal For ming Stakes, Tools ........... 84-88
Anvils .................................................... 70-72 Hammer Handles & Accessories ... 81-82 Metal Marking (Pencils, Soapstone) ....... 108
Anvil Devils .............................................. 65 Hammers (Also see Mallets) Nail Headers ............................................ 88
Axes ........................................................... 81 Ball Pein .................................................. 77 Nail Nippers ............................................. 60
Aprons (Farrier & Blacksmith) ................54, 67 Brass/Copper/Goldsmith ........................... 80 Order For ms ................................... 201-204
Babbitting Supplies, Ingots ................ 149 Chasing & Repousse ................................ 83 Pad Cutter ................................................ 41
Band Saws Cross Pein .......................................... 76-78 Palm Nailer.............................................. 116
Portable .......................................... 109, 114 Diagonal Pein ........................................... 76 Patinas & Gilders Paste ....... 100-101, 104
Stationery (Horizontal, Vertical) .............. 131 Driving, Farrier ......................................... 79 Picks (Rock) ............................................... 80
Accessories............................................ 124 Embossing ............................................... 83 Pitch Bowls & Pitch ............................... 90
Bar Stock Shear .................................... 133 Ergonomic ................................................ 76 Pliers ....................................................... 106
Bees Wax ................................................ 103 Lapidary ................................................... 80 Polishing Rouges & Waxes
Belt Sanders .......................................... 130 Planishing ................................................ 83 Renaissance Wax & Bees Wax ............... 103
Benders (Hydraulic Pipe) .................. 134, 145 Raising .................................................... 83 Rouges (for Grinding) ....................... 126-127
Blacksmith Classes ................................ 73 Rounding ............................................ 76-77 Poultices ................................................... 52
Blacksmith Kits ..................................... 158 Sledges............................................... 78-79 Power Tools (Corded, Cordless)
Blind Bolts (Knifemaker) ........................... 95 Split-Head (Rawhide) ............................... 80 Angle Grinders, Polisher ............ 110-111, 135
Blowers (Electric) .............................. 146-147 Straight Pein ............................................ 76 Combo Kits ............................................. 115
Books Hand Stamps ............................................ 85 Die Grinders, Multi-Tools ... 110-111, 115, 135
Armor ..................................................... 183 Hardy Tools (Chisel, Forks etc) .......65, 86-88 Drills, Impact Drivers ......... 110, 112-113, 135
Blacksmithing-Decorative/Sculpture ...... 169-175 Hardener (Heat Treating) ......................... 148 Saws .................................. 109-110, 114-115
Blacksmithing-Techniques/Projects ........ 164-169 Heat Gun ..................................................117 Shears ............................. 107, 111, 116, 133
Design & Style ....................................... 186 Hoists (Electric, Manual) .......................... 134 Tubing Cutter .......................................... 116
Foundry/Metallurgy ................................. 177 Hoof Boots .......................................... 35-36 Power Tool Accessories (Corded, Cordless)
Horse Care ............................................ 191 Hoof Gauges ............................................ 63 Bandsaw. Sawzall Blades ................. 124-125
Horseshoeing ................................... 189-190 Hoof Hardeners & Sealants .................. 51 Drills Bits ......................................... 121-123
Jewelry & PMC ................................. 184-185 Hoof Knives......................................... 55-56 Wire Wheels, Sanding Discs ............. 118-120
Knifemaking ..................................... 162-163 Hoof Nippers, Rebuilds, Springs ..... 60-61 Primers, Sealers ................................... 102
Oxen & Mules ........................................ 192 Hoof Packing ...................................... 48-49 Pritchels .............................................. 65-66
Patinas & Finishes ................................. 176 Hoof Pads (Also see Pad Cutter) Pull-Offs .................................................... 62
Raising, Repousse ........................... 180-182 Bar .......................................................... 40 Punches
Shop Equipment ..................................... 179 Draft ........................................................ 42 Ball Punches .....................................89, 143
Trades & Crafts ................................ 187-188 Egg Bar ................................................... 43 Center Punches........................... 66, 89, 143
Borium Sticks (Carbraze) ....................... 148 Flat .......................................................... 42 Drift Punches ........................................... 89
Brushes (Wire) .......................................... 94 Frog, Thera-Flex, Inserts ..................... 43-45 Eye Punches .....................................90, 143
C-Clamps ................................................. 107 Hospital ................................................... 45 Fullering Punches..................................... 90
Chasing Tools .......................................... 91 Leather .................................................... 41 Round Punches (Handled) ........................ 88
Chisels .................................................65, 86 Magnetic .................................................. 44 Power Hammer Set ................................ 141
Chop Saw .................................................110 Rim ..................................................... 42-43 Radio ........................................................117
Cleaners, Rust Removal ...................... 103 Snow .................................................. 43-44 Rasp Handles/Holders ....................... 59-60
Clinch Blocks ........................................... 65 Styrofoam ................................................ 45 Rasps (Hoof) ......................................... 57-58
Clinch Cutters .................................... 64-65 Therapeutic ......................................... 44-45 Refractor y Cement ............................... 153
Clinchers & Rebuilds ............................. 64 Wedge ...........................................40-41, 43 Rivets, Burrs, Rivet Headers, Nails . 95-97
Clip Star ter .............................................. 66 Hoof Picks ................................................ 63 Rose Blanks ............................................. 88
Clothing, Suspenders ..................... 159-160 Hoof Repair (Urethane, Acrylic) ............ 46-47 Rules, Tape Measurers ...... 60, 63, 107-108
Coal & Coke ........................................... 147 Hoof Sealants, Moisturizers ................. 51 Safety Glasses ........................................ 69
Crease Nail Pullers & Rebuilds............ 62 Hoof Stands ............................................. 38 Saw Blades ...................................... 124-125
Creasers (Fullers) ................................... 67 Hoof Staples .......................................26, 46 Saws ...................... 109-110, 114-115, 131-132
Crucibles & Tongs ................................ 157 Hoof Testers ............................................ 62 Screws (Pyramid Head) .............................. 99
Drill Bits............................................ 121-123 Horse Polishes, Coat Detangler ........... 52 Scrolling Jigs/Wrenches ................... 87-88
Drill Presses .......................................... 130 Horseshoe Nails ..................................... 3-5 Shears (Hand-held, Slitting & Foot Style) 41,133
DVDs Horseshoes-Aluminum Sheet Metal Hand Brakes ................... 132
Armor ..................................................... 194 Bar (Egg, Navicular, Straight, Heart) .... 33-34 Shoe Spreaders ....................................... 62
Blacksmithing ................................... 194-196 Navicular.............................................27, 33 Shoeing Boxes ......................................... 39
Chasing & Repousse .............................. 196 Racing Plates ...................................... 29-32 Squares, Protractors ...................... 107-108
Copper & Fold Forming .......................... 196 Open Roller (Rocker) ........................... 32-33 Stall Jacks ............................................... 74
Gunsmithing ........................................... 199 Sport ..............................................27-28, 32 Stud Punches ........................................... 66
Horseshoeing ......................................... 199 Therapeutic (Denoix, Natural Balance) ...... 27 Studs, Plugs ............................................. 25
Knifemaking ..................................... 197-199 Horseshoes-Glue-On ............................... 35 Swage Blocks .......................................... 86
Ear Plugs .................................................. 69 Horseshoes-Plastic (Clogs, Polysteel) .... 34 Swages & Texturing (Also see Air Hammer)
Farrier Trimming Kit .............................. 60 Horseshoes-Rubber ................................ 37 Spring Swages ....................................... 140
Feed Supplements .................................. 53 Horseshoes-Steel Top & Bottom ......................................... 139
Files & Handles .................................. 58-59 Concave (Handmade) ............................... 19 Temperature Laser Gun ........................ 116
Fire Pot ................................................... 146 Draft ................................................... 22-23 Ter ms and Conditions ......................... 200
Flatters ..................................................... 88 Egg Bars ............................................. 23-25 Tinning Compounds & Pastes ............ 149
Fluxes (Brazing, Welding)................... 147-148 Gaited, Walking, Weighted ................... 15-16 Toe Clips, V-Inserts, Heel Springs, Rails ..26
Fly Presses, Tooling & Stand ....... 142-143 Half-Round ................................................11 Tongs (Also see Pliers) ................... 92-94, 157
Fly Spray, Masks, Insecticides ............ 53 Mule ........................................................ 22 Treadle Hammer & Dies ...................... 141
Forepunches ............................................ 66 Pony ........................................................ 22 Tubing Cutters ................................ 109, 116
Forges & Accessories-Coal, Coke Riding (Plain) ........................................ 6-13 Tooth Float, Twitch ................................ 52
Forges ................................................... 146 Rim ..................................................... 16-18 Utility Knives, Saws ............................. 109
Parts-Air Gates, Hood, Fire Pot .............. 146 Sliding Plates ...................................... 20-22 Vet Wrap ................................................... 47
Forges & Accessories-Gas (Portable) Sport ................................................... 13-15 Vises ..................................................... 74-75
Blacksmith, Knifemaker, Farrier ............ 150-156 Therapeutic (Center Fit, Nat. Balance) . 19-20 Vise Grips, Wrenches ...................... 87, 107
Parts:Fittings, Gauges, Hoses ............. 150-156 Toed & Heeled, Heeled ............................. 13 Voltage Detector .................................... 116
Reliner Kits ....................... 150-153, 155-156 Training Plates ......................................... 16 Wing Dividers ........................................... 63
1-888-743-4866 Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Vol. 14-1

2014 Catalog Web PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2014 Catalog Web PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product Catalog

Pieh Tool Company • www.piehtoolco.com

PIEH TOOL COMPANY, INC.

Distribution Center Hours Phoenix Store Hours

Follow us on Facebook! If you are in the Phoenix area be sure to visit

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866

Visit our 2nd store location Dedication

Sincerely, Amy Pieh

Catalog Coupon $5.00 Off Order

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 1

Pieh Tool Company is my dream in the making. It is my 'thank you' to

Amy Pieh, President

2 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

ANVIL BRAND NAILS

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 3

4 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

MUSTAD NAILS (continued)

VECTOR NAILS 4-1/2 Race

VX60/250 VX 60 250 2.15 12 BX 1.70 19.92 18.93

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 5

STEEL RIDING SHOES - PLAIN

6 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Kerckhaert SX7, Clipped (Light - 7mm) (continued)

Kerckhaert SX8, Clipped (Regular - 8mm)

8 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 9

10 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Kerckhaert TDR Half-Round (continued)

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 11

Shapers, 8mm Clipped (continued)

D WZL198HSC5 5 (3) Hind SC 8 28.3 6 x 5-5/8 10 PR 1.77 7.00 6.65

12 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Needing up-to-date information?

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 13

St. Croix Eventer Plus

14 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Kerckhaert Triumph Steel, Side Clipped (continued)

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 15

STEEL GAITED TOE WEIGHTS

A 34-099-13 13” 5/16 28.8 4-3/4 x 6-1/8 10 PR 1.80 8.00 7.60

16 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

We offer flux coated Carbraze rods (borium),

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 17

18 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Hand Made Shoes

Be sure to look at all of the

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 19

SLIDING PLATES (REINING)

20 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 21

Double S SJ Directional Sliding Plate, 1” Advised nail: RN 4.5 or PS5.

G 6WHH2810T 6 Hind TC 3/8 55.4 7x7 10 PR 3.46 14.90 14.16

22 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Workhorse, Toe Clipped (Heavy) (continued)

QC = Quarter Clip TC = Toe Clip

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 23

24 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

Vulcan Straight Bar (continued)

Pieh Tool Company, Inc. 1-888-743-4866 25

Pieh Tool Company

26 www.piehtoolco.com Pieh Tool Company, Inc.

THERAPEUTIC A LUM I NUM

Natural Balance PLR